Skip to main content

Chapter 1

Introduction to Law and Legal Systems

TU LLB past exam questions

Past questions and answers

171 questions set from this chapter, 1 of them more than once; 1 is most repeated (set, or a close variant set, in 3 or more exams). Most repeated first.

  • Most repeated · 3 of 26 exams
  • Asked 3 times
  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)
  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)
  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

Define extradition. State the conditions when extradition is made in accordance with Extradition Act 2070.

Answer

Definition

Extradition is the process by which one state hands over a person, accused or convicted of a crime committed within the jurisdiction of another state, to that state so that he or she can be prosecuted or can serve a sentence. Under the Extradition Act, 2070 (2014), it covers both the surrender of a person from Nepal to a foreign state and the request by Nepal for a person's return from a foreign state. Extradition rests on a treaty or, in its absence, on reciprocity.

Conditions for extradition under the Extradition Act, 2070

The Act is applied together with the relevant extradition treaty. The main conditions are:

  1. Extraditable offence — the offence must be one for which extradition is allowed under the Act or the treaty. Usually it must be punishable by imprisonment of at least one year (for a convicted person, a sentence of that order remaining to be served).
  2. Dual criminality — the act must be an offence in both the requesting state and Nepal.
  3. Request through diplomatic channel — the request must be made in writing through diplomatic channels, with the arrest warrant or conviction record, a description of the offence and the relevant law, and details identifying the person.
  4. Treaty or reciprocity — there must be an extradition treaty with the requesting state, or an assurance of reciprocity where there is none.
  5. Not a political offence — extradition is refused for an offence of a political character.
  6. Ne bis in idem — extradition is refused if the person has already been tried and convicted or acquitted for the same offence.
  7. Not time-barred — the offence must not be barred by limitation under the law of Nepal or of the requesting state.
  8. Fair treatment — extradition may be refused if the person would face a death sentence, torture or inhuman treatment, or trial on grounds of race, religion, nationality or political opinion.
  9. Speciality — the person may be tried only for the offence for which he or she was extradited.

The decision rests with the Government of Nepal, and the Act gives the person a right to be heard by the court before surrender.

Conclusion

Extradition under the Act of 2070 is allowed only for serious, extraditable offences, where dual criminality is shown and the safeguards against political, unfair or repeated prosecution are satisfied.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

How do you define rule of law? How has Nepal adopted rule of law? Discuss.

Similar questions: How do you define rule of law? (2079 · Constitutional Law (304))

Answer

Rule of Law: Concept and Its Adoption in Nepal

1. Meaning and Definition of Rule of Law

The rule of law is the constitutional principle that no person, institution or organ of the state — including the government itself — is above the law. It means that the state must act according to law, that law must be made and applied through an established procedure, and that the rights of citizens are protected against arbitrary exercise of power. In short, it is the rule of law and not the rule of men.

The concept has been defined by jurists in the following ways:

  • A.V. Dicey (1885), Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution — the classical exposition. He gave three meanings:

    1. Supremacy of law: no one can be punished except for a breach of law established before the ordinary courts; arbitrary and discretionary power is excluded.
    2. Equality before law: all persons, including government officials, are subject to the same ordinary law and the same ordinary courts; there is no separate administrative law for officials.
    3. Predominance of the legal spirit: the general principles of the constitution (rights and freedoms) are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons in particular cases, rather than of written declarations.
  • Sir Ivor Jennings criticised Dicey, arguing that the rule of law is not a rigid formula but a set of standards; it requires that the government be conducted according to law and that the law be applied equally, but it does not exclude delegated legislation or administrative tribunals.

  • International Commission of Jurists (Delhi Declaration, 1959) — the rule of law implies that the functions of the legislature, executive and judiciary are clearly separated; that the judiciary is independent; and that the law is applied without discrimination.

  • UN Secretary-General's Report (2004), The Rule of Law and Transitional Justice — "a principle of governance in which all persons, institutions and entities, public and private, including the State itself, are accountable to laws that are publicly promulgated, equally enforced and independently adjudicated, and which are consistent with international human rights norms and standards."

Essential elements of the rule of law

  1. Supremacy of the constitution and the law.
  2. Equality before law and equal protection of law.
  3. Independent and impartial judiciary with the power of judicial review.
  4. Separation of powers among legislature, executive and judiciary.
  5. Legality of administrative action — no punishment without lawful authority (nulla poena sine lege).
  6. Due process and fair trial; presumption of innocence.
  7. Protection of fundamental human rights.
  8. Free and fair elections, accountable and transparent government.
  9. Rule of law, not of discretion — arbitrariness is the antithesis of the rule of law.

2. Adoption of the Rule of Law in Nepal

Nepal has adopted the rule of law as a foundational constitutional value, though its practical realisation has passed through several political phases.

(a) Constitutional foundation

  • The Constitution of Nepal, 2015 (2072 B.S.), in its Preamble, resolves to protect and promote human rights, and to establish a system of governance based on the rule of law, democracy and federalism.
  • Article 1 declares the constitution the fundamental law of the land, and any law inconsistent with it is void — this is the essence of the supremacy of law.
  • Part 3 (Articles 16–46) guarantees fundamental rights: right to equality (Art. 18), right against untouchability and discrimination (Art. 24), right to freedom (Art. 17), right to constitutional remedy (Art. 46), right to fair trial (Art. 20), right against preventive detention (Art. 22), etc.
  • Article 18 embodies Dicey's second principle — equality before law and equal protection of law, with no discrimination on grounds of origin, religion, race, caste, sex, etc.
  • Article 20 guarantees fair trial and the presumption of innocence, reflecting due process.
  • Article 46 gives the right to move the Supreme Court or High Courts for enforcement of fundamental rights — the writ jurisdiction.

(b) Supremacy of the constitution and judicial review

  • Article 133 vests the Supreme Court with extraordinary jurisdiction to enforce fundamental rights and issue writs of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto.
  • Article 133(3) empowers the Supreme Court to declare a law void, from the date of the decision, to the extent it is inconsistent with the Constitution, and Article 128 makes it the final interpreter of the Constitution and the law. This is the power of judicial review.
  • The Supreme Court has exercised this power in landmark cases — e.g., Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel v. Godavari Marble Industries (1995) on environmental rights; and the 2021 (2077/2078 B.S.) decisions on the dissolution of the House of Representatives — establishing that even the executive is subject to judicial scrutiny.

(c) Separation of powers

  • The Constitution distributes powers: legislative power to the Federal Parliament (Art. 109), executive power to the Council of Ministers (Art. 75), and judicial power to the courts (Art. 126).
  • Article 76 and related provisions on government formation, Article 284 on the Constitutional Council, and the system of checks such as parliamentary oversight, the Office of the Attorney General (Art. 157), the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (Art. 239) and the National Human Rights Commission (Art. 249) institutionalise accountability.

(d) Rule of law in the legal system

  • Muluki Ain, 2020 (1963) and the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 (2017) provide that no person shall be punished except under the law in force at the time of the act, and that punishment shall be proportionate — the principle of legality.
  • Article 21 guarantees the right of victims of crime to justice, and Article 22 protects against preventive detention except in accordance with law.
  • The Independent judiciary: Part 11 of the Constitution and the Judicial Council (Art. 153) provide for the appointment, tenure and removal of judges, insulating them from executive pressure. Judicial independence is the backbone of the rule of law.
  • Article 46 (right to constitutional remedy) read with Article 133 lets any person approach the Supreme Court when a right is violated.

(e) Historical evolution

  • The Rana regime (1846–1951) was a period of personal rule where the law was subordinate to the ruler — the antithesis of the rule of law.
  • The Revolution of 1950 (2007 B.S.) and the Interim Government of Nepal Act, 1951 introduced constitutional governance and the idea of limited government.
  • The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1959 and the Constitution of Nepal, 1962 (Panchayat) partially recognised the rule of law but concentrated power in the monarch.
  • The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1990 restored multiparty democracy, guaranteed fundamental rights, and established an independent judiciary with writ jurisdiction — a major step toward the rule of law.
  • The People's Movement of 2006 (2062/63 B.S.) and the Interim Constitution of Nepal, 2007 further entrenched the rule of law, leading to the Constitution of Nepal, 2015, which is the present constitutional framework.

(f) Challenges to the rule of law in Nepal

Despite constitutional adoption, several challenges remain:

  1. Political instability and frequent changes of government weaken institutional accountability.
  2. Corruption and impunity — Nepal ranks low on Transparency International's Corruption Perceptions Index; the CIAA's effectiveness is debated.
  3. Weak enforcement of fundamental rights — delayed justice, backlog of cases, and inadequate legal aid.
  4. Transitional justice — the fate of victims of the Maoist insurgency (1996–2006) remains unresolved; the TRC and Commission of Inquiry on Enforced Disappearances have been criticised for failing to deliver justice.
  5. Executive overreach — instances of ordinance rule, contempt of court, and pressure on the judiciary.
  6. Social discrimination — despite constitutional guarantees, caste, gender and ethnic discrimination persist in practice.
  7. Impunity for powerful persons — the principle of equality before law is often violated when influential persons escape prosecution.

(g) Measures to strengthen the rule of law

  1. Strengthening judicial independence and increasing the number of judges and courts.
  2. Ensuring free, fair and periodic elections and accountable political parties.
  3. Effective implementation of anti-corruption laws and the CIAA's recommendations.
  4. Legal awareness and legal aid programmes for marginalised groups.
  5. Reform of transitional justice mechanisms to deliver justice to conflict victims.
  6. Respect for human rights and compliance with international treaties to which Nepal is a party.
  7. Separation of powers and mutual respect among the three organs of the state.

3. Conclusion

The rule of law is the cornerstone of a democratic and constitutional system. It requires the supremacy of law, equality before law, an independent judiciary, and accountability of the government. Nepal has adopted the rule of law through its constitutions, particularly the Constitution of Nepal, 2015, which guarantees fundamental rights, judicial review and writ jurisdiction. However, political instability, corruption, weak enforcement and transitional justice challenges have hindered its full realisation. Therefore, Nepal needs sustained institutional reform, political commitment and legal awareness to translate the constitutional promise of the rule of law into reality.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

How do you define rule of law? To what extent Nepal has adopted the principle of rule of law?

Similar questions: How do you define rule of law? (2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course))

Answer

Rule of law means the principle that a state and all its organs — government, legislature, judiciary, and administration — are subject to the ordinary law of the land, and that no person, however high, is above the law. It implies government by law, not by the arbitrary will of individuals. The concept was classically expounded by A.V. Dicey in The Law of the Constitution (1885), who gave it three meanings:

  1. Supremacy of law — no one can be punished except for a breach of law established before the ordinary courts; there is no arbitrary or discretionary power.
  2. Equality before law — all persons, including government officials, are subject to the same law and the same ordinary courts.
  3. Predominance of legal spirit — the general principles of the constitution (rights and liberties) are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons in particular cases.

Modern jurists add other elements: an independent judiciary, free and fair elections, accountability of the executive, transparency, separation of powers, and protection of fundamental human rights. The rule of law is thus both a legal and a political ideal — it is opposed to the "rule of men" (lex rex, not rex lex).

Adoption of the rule of law in Nepal

Nepal has adopted the principle of rule of law to a considerable extent, though its full realisation remains incomplete.

Evidence of adoption:

  • Constitutional guarantee: The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) declares in Article 4 that Nepal is an "independent, indivisible, sovereign, secular, inclusive, democratic, socialism-oriented, federal democratic republican state," and the Preamble affirms the rule of law, fundamental rights, and democratic norms. Article 1 declares the Constitution the fundamental law, and any law inconsistent with it is void (Article 1(2)).
  • Fundamental rights: Part 3 guarantees rights to equality (Art. 18), freedom (Art. 17), justice (Art. 20), equality before law and equal protection of law (Art. 18(1)), and the right to constitutional remedy (Art. 46) — the essence of Dicey's first two meanings.
  • Independent judiciary: Articles 126–128 vest judicial power in the courts; the Supreme Court has the power of judicial review (Art. 133) and can issue writs of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition, and quo warranto. Judicial independence is protected by the Judicial Council (Art. 153) and the Constitutional Council.
  • Accountability mechanisms: The Constitution provides for the Office of the Attorney General (Art. 157), the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA, Art. 239), the National Human Rights Commission (Art. 248), and the Auditor General (Art. 240) — all designed to check arbitrary power.
  • Rule of law in ordinary legislation: The Muluki Civil Code and Criminal Code, the Criminal Procedure Code, the Civil Procedure Code, the Administrative Proceedings (Regulation) Act, and the Local Government Operation Act all subject state action to legal procedure. The Administrative Court and writ jurisdiction allow citizens to challenge administrative decisions.
  • Elections and democratic process: Periodic free elections under the Election Commission (Art. 245) and the federal structure with three tiers of government reflect the democratic basis of the rule of law.
  • Judicial activism: The Supreme Court has expanded the rule of law through landmark decisions — e.g., Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel v. Godavari Marble Industries (1995) on environmental protection, Advocate Madhav Kumar Basnet v. Council of Ministers on the right to information, and decisions enforcing the right to food, clean environment, and fair trial.

Limitations and challenges:

  1. Political instability and frequent changes of government have weakened the continuity of legal order and accountability.
  2. Corruption and impunity — Nepal ranks low on Transparency International's Corruption Perceptions Index; the CIAA's effectiveness is questioned, and high-profile corruption cases often go unpunished.
  3. Politicisation of institutions — the judiciary, civil service, and constitutional bodies are sometimes accused of political influence in appointments and decisions.
  4. Weak enforcement of fundamental rights — despite constitutional guarantees, rights to education, health, food, and social security remain unfulfilled for many, especially in rural and marginalised communities.
  5. Delayed justice — courts suffer from case backlogs; the right to speedy trial is often violated.
  6. Transitional justice — crimes committed during the Maoist insurgency (1996–2006) remain largely unaddressed; the Truth and Reconciliation Commission and Commission of Inquiry on Disappeared Persons have been criticised for failing to deliver justice.
  7. Impunity for security forces and political cadres — arbitrary detention, torture, and extrajudicial killings have been reported without effective legal remedy.
  8. Inequality and discrimination — caste, gender, and ethnic discrimination persist despite constitutional prohibition, undermining the equal protection of law.
  9. Weak local rule of law — in many areas, informal power structures, armed groups, and political cadres undermine the authority of law.
  10. Limited legal awareness — many citizens, particularly the poor and illiterate, cannot access legal remedies.

Conclusion

Nepal has constitutionally and institutionally embraced the rule of law — through the supremacy of the Constitution, fundamental rights, judicial review, and accountability bodies. However, in practice, the rule of law is only partially realised because of corruption, political interference, weak enforcement, delayed justice, and persistent impunity. The gap between constitutional promise and lived reality shows that Nepal has adopted the principle formally but has yet to achieve it substantively. Strengthening judicial independence, ensuring accountability of the executive, enforcing fundamental rights, and completing transitional justice are essential for Nepal to fully realise the rule of law.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2082

Who is the founder of historical school? (a) Karl Von Savigny (b) Plato (c) Sir Henry Maine (d) Aristotle

Answer

(a) Karl Von Savigny

The historical school of jurisprudence was founded by Karl Von Savigny (1779–1861), a German jurist. He opposed the natural law and analytical schools, holding that law is not made by legislation or reason but grows organically out of the customs, traditions and spirit of a people (Volksgeist). His work Vom Beruf unserer Zeit für Gesetzgebung und Rechtswissenschaft (1814) is regarded as the foundation of the historical school. Sir Henry Maine, though also associated with the historical school, was a later follower who developed the comparative and anthropological approach.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2082

Which is the first written constitution? (a) The constitution of Switzerland (b) The constitution of United States of America (c) The constitution of France (d) The constitution of Australia

Answer

(b) The constitution of United States of America

The Constitution of the United States of America, drafted in 1787 and coming into force in 1789, is generally regarded as the first written constitution of a modern nation-state. Switzerland's first written constitution came in 1848, France's in 1791, and Australia's in 1901.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2082

Which one is not a fundamental right? (a) Right to live with dignity (b) Right to Equality (c) Right to communication (d) Right to vote

Answer

(d) Right to vote

Part 3 of the Constitution of Nepal (2072) lists the fundamental rights. Right to live with dignity (Art. 16), Right to Equality (Art. 18) and Right to Communication (Art. 19) all fall within Part 3. The right to vote, however, is a constitutional/political right dealt with under the provisions on elections (Part 8) and citizenship, not a fundamental right enforceable under Part 3.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2082

As per the constitution of Nepal (2072) the number of judges of Supreme Court excluding to Chief Justice are, (a) 25 (b) 21 (c) 20 (d) 15

Answer

(c) 20

Under Article 129 of the Constitution of Nepal (2072), the Supreme Court consists of the Chief Justice and a maximum of 20 other judges. So excluding the Chief Justice, the number of judges is 20.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2082

The age difference between the adopter and the adoptee shall be at least ... years. (a) 10 (b) 15 (c) 25 (d) 35

Answer

(c) 25

Under Section 65 of the National Civil Code (Muluki Civil Code), 2074, the age difference between the adopter and the adopted son or daughter must be at least 25 years.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2082

"Grave offence" means any offence punishable by a sentence of imprisonment for a term of ... years. (a) More than three and less than ten. (b) More than five and less than ten. (c) More than five and less than twelve. (d) More than ten and less than twenty-five.

Answer

(a) More than three and less than ten.

Under the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074, offences are classified by the term of imprisonment attached to them, and a "grave offence" is one punishable by imprisonment of more than three years and less than ten years. Longer terms fall into the more serious category above it.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 1 MCQ

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

Define international institutions. Discuss the evolution of international institutions.

Answer

Definition of International Institutions

International institutions are formal, structured arrangements among states (and sometimes other actors) that are created to regulate behaviour, facilitate cooperation, and solve common problems in the international system. They consist of:

  • International organisations — bodies with headquarters, staff, a budget and legal personality, e.g. the United Nations, World Trade Organization, International Monetary Fund.
  • Regimes — sets of principles, norms, rules and decision-making procedures around which actors' expectations converge in a given issue-area, e.g. the nuclear non-proliferation regime, the climate change regime.
  • Conventions and treaties — legal instruments that codify the rules, e.g. the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961.

In short, international institutions are the rules, norms and organisations through which states institutionalise their cooperation. They are distinguished from mere ad hoc arrangements by their permanence, formal membership, and predictable procedures.

Evolution of International Institutions

The growth of international institutions can be traced through several phases.

1. Pre-Westphalian and Westphalian beginnings (before 1648 – 1815)

  • In medieval Europe the Catholic Church and the Hanseatic League functioned as proto-institutions across political boundaries.
  • The Peace of Westphalia (1648) established the sovereign-state system. It created the principle of cuius regio, eius religio and the balance-of-power mechanism, but institutions remained largely bilateral and temporary.
  • Congress of Vienna (1815) — the first modern attempt at a general international conference to settle the post-Napoleonic order. It introduced the Concert of Europe, a rudimentary collective-security arrangement among the great powers.

2. Functional and technical institutions (1815 – 1914)

  • The Industrial Revolution created interdependence in trade, transport, and communication, producing the first functional international organisations:
    • Rhine Commission (1815) and Danube Commission (1856) for river navigation.
    • International Telegraph Union (1865) and Universal Postal Union (1874).
    • International Committee of the Red Cross (1863) and the Geneva Convention (1864).
  • The Hague Conferences (1899, 1907) codified the laws of war and established the Permanent Court of Arbitration — the first global judicial institution.

3. The League of Nations experiment (1919 – 1939)

  • After World War I, the League of Nations (1919) was created as the first general-purpose political organisation with a Covenant, an Assembly, a Council, and a Permanent Court of International Justice.
  • It introduced the idea of collective security (Article 10) and mandates (Article 22).
  • However, the League failed because: the USA never joined; decisions required unanimity; it lacked enforcement power; and it could not prevent aggression by Japan (Manchuria, 1931), Italy (Abyssinia, 1935) and Germany (1939).
  • The Kellogg–Briand Pact (1928) renounced war as an instrument of national policy but had no enforcement mechanism.

4. The United Nations system and Bretton Woods (1945 – 1989)

  • After World War II, the United Nations Charter (1945) created a stronger organisation with:
    • A Security Council with five permanent members holding veto power.
    • A General Assembly, Economic and Social Council, Trusteeship Council, Secretariat and International Court of Justice.
  • The Bretton Woods Conference (1944) established the IMF and the World Bank to manage the post-war monetary and development order.
  • The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT, 1947) created a trade regime that later became the WTO (1995).
  • Regional institutions also emerged: OAS (1948), Council of Europe (1949), European Coal and Steel Community (1951) → EEC (1957) → EU (1993), ASEAN (1967), SAARC (1985).
  • The Non-Aligned Movement (1961) and the Group of 77 (1964) gave voice to developing countries.

5. Post-Cold War expansion and reform (1990 – present)

  • The end of the Cold War allowed the UN to act more actively — e.g. Gulf War (1991), peacekeeping in Cambodia, Bosnia, Kosovo, East Timor.
  • The WTO (1995) replaced GATT and acquired a binding dispute-settlement mechanism.
  • The International Criminal Court (1998/2002) was created to punish genocide, war crimes and crimes against humanity.
  • New institutions addressed climate and environment: UNFCCC (1992), Kyoto Protocol (1997), Paris Agreement (2015).
  • Regional and mega-regional bodies proliferated: African Union (2002), BRICS (2006), G20 (1999/2008), AIIB (2016).
  • Reform debates continue: expansion of the UN Security Council, reform of the IMF and World Bank voting shares, and the challenge of rising nationalism and withdrawal from multilateral commitments.

Conclusion

International institutions have evolved from temporary bilateral arrangements to a dense, global network of organisations, regimes and treaties. Their growth reflects the increasing interdependence of states and the need for rules to manage common problems — from war and trade to climate change. Yet their effectiveness depends on the political will of sovereign states, which remains the central tension in international institutional law.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

What do you mean by generations of human rights? Do you agree with the notion of the generation of human rights? Discuss.

Answer

Meaning of the generations of human rights

The "three generations of human rights" is a classification used to group human rights according to the nature of the right and the historical period in which it was recognised. The idea was first suggested by Karel Vasak in 1977 and is linked to the three ideals of the French Revolution — liberty, equality and fraternity. The generations are not a hierarchy of importance; they are simply an analytical device to understand how rights have developed over time.

First generation — civil and political rights (liberty)

These are the oldest rights, won through struggles against absolute monarchies in the 17th and 18th centuries. They are "negative" rights because they mainly require the state to refrain from interfering. Examples: right to life, liberty and security of person; freedom of speech, expression and religion; right to a fair trial; right to vote; freedom from torture, slavery and arbitrary detention. They are found in the ICCPR (1966) and in Articles 16–23 of the Nepali Constitution.

Second generation — economic, social and cultural rights (equality)

These emerged with the industrial revolution and socialist movements in the 19th and 20th centuries. They are "positive" rights because they require the state to take active steps and spend resources. Examples: right to work, education, health, food, housing, social security, and the right to form trade unions. They are contained in the ICESCR (1966) and in Articles 24–42 of the Nepali Constitution.

Third generation — collective or solidarity rights (fraternity)

These are the newest rights, recognised mainly after the Second World War and in the era of decolonisation. They belong to groups and peoples rather than to individuals alone. Examples: right to self-determination, right to development, right to a clean and healthy environment, right to peace, and right to communicate. They appear in the African Charter on Human and Peoples' Rights (1981) and in Article 30 of the Nepali Constitution (right to clean environment).

Do I agree with the notion of the generations of human rights?

Yes, I agree with the notion, but with certain qualifications.

Reasons in favour:

  1. It explains historical development. The classification correctly shows that civil-political rights came first, socio-economic rights next, and collective rights last. This matches the actual sequence of struggles — the Magna Carta (1215), the American and French Revolutions, the Russian Revolution, and the anti-colonial movement.
  2. It is a useful teaching and analytical tool. It helps students, lawyers and policy makers distinguish between rights that need only restraint and rights that need resources. It also helps in identifying which organ of the state is mainly responsible for enforcing each type of right.
  3. It highlights the interdependence of rights. By naming three generations, it reminds us that all rights are connected. The Vienna Declaration (1993) states that all human rights are universal, indivisible, interdependent and interrelated. For example, the right to vote (first generation) is meaningless to a starving person without the right to food (second generation).
  4. It has practical legal value. Courts in Nepal and India have read the right to a clean environment and the right to education into the right to life, showing that the generations overlap and support each other.

Criticisms and qualifications:

  1. The word "generation" is misleading. It suggests that the older rights are replaced by the newer ones, which is not true. All three generations exist side by side today.
  2. The classification is Western-centric. It reflects the European historical experience. In many Asian and African societies, group and community rights existed long before individual rights were formally recognised.
  3. The lines between generations are not clear. The right to education, for instance, is both an individual and a social right. The right to property can be placed in the first or second generation depending on how it is defined.
  4. It may create a false hierarchy. Some states have used the "third generation" argument to postpone civil and political rights, claiming that development must come first. This is dangerous, because civil and political rights are the means by which people can demand development.
  5. Some scholars propose a fourth generation — rights relating to biotechnology, genetic engineering, privacy in the digital age and access to information. This shows that the classification is not fixed.

Conclusion

The generations of human rights are a useful conceptual tool for understanding the growth of human rights from liberty to equality to fraternity. I agree with the classification as an analytical device, because it explains history and shows the interdependence of rights. However, it should not be treated as a rigid hierarchy or as a substitute for the principle that all human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent. In Nepal, the Constitution of 2015 incorporates all three generations in its fundamental rights chapter, which shows that the generations are complementary rather than separate.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

What is a veto power? Can a veto power be overridden in the United Nations? Comment.

Answer

Veto Power

Veto power is the special privilege given to the five permanent members of the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) — the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Russia (formerly the USSR), and China — by which any one of them can block a substantive resolution of the Council by casting a negative vote. The word "veto" comes from the Latin meaning "I forbid." This power is conferred by Article 27(3) of the UN Charter, which requires decisions on all non-procedural matters to be made by an affirmative vote of nine members, "including the concurring votes of the permanent members."

Can a Veto Be Overridden in the United Nations?

No — a veto in the Security Council cannot be overridden. Unlike the veto in the US Congress (which can be overridden by a two-thirds majority), the UN Charter provides no mechanism to override a permanent member's veto. A single negative vote by any permanent member defeats a substantive resolution, regardless of how many other members support it. This is why the veto is often called an "absolute veto."

However, the veto's effect can be bypassed or diluted through certain other means:

  1. Abstention is not a veto — Under Article 27(3), a permanent member's abstention does not count as a veto. A resolution can still pass if the member merely abstains (as China and Russia have done on several occasions).
  2. Procedural matters — The veto applies only to substantive (non-procedural) questions. A permanent member cannot veto a decision on whether a matter is procedural (the "double veto" problem, however, has historically allowed a permanent member to veto a preliminary procedural ruling).
  3. "Uniting for Peace" Resolution (1950) — If the Security Council is deadlocked by a veto, the General Assembly can take up the matter under Resolution 377(V) and make recommendations by a two-thirds majority. This does not override the veto but shifts the issue to another organ.
  4. General Assembly action — The General Assembly may pass resolutions on the same issue (though these are non-binding), and in 2022 it adopted a rule requiring a veto-casting permanent member to explain its action before the Assembly.
  5. Outside the UNSC — Action can be taken through regional organisations, bilateral arrangements, or by individual states, bypassing the Council altogether.

Comment

The veto was a political compromise at the 1945 San Francisco Conference to secure the participation of the great powers. It has served to prevent the UN from acting against the vital interests of major powers, thereby preserving the organisation's existence, but it has also paralysed the Council in numerous crises (e.g., Syria, Ukraine). Reform proposals — such as limiting the veto to genocide and crimes against humanity, or expanding the permanent membership — have so far failed because Charter amendment under Article 108 itself requires the concurring votes of all permanent members. Thus, the veto remains legally unassailable within the existing UN framework.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

State purpose and principles of the United Nations. Highlight key functions and role of the United Nations General Assembly.

Answer

Purpose and Principles of the United Nations

Purpose (Article 1 of the UN Charter)

  1. Maintain international peace and security — to take effective collective measures for the prevention and removal of threats to the peace, and to settle international disputes by peaceful means.
  2. Develop friendly relations among nations — based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples.
  3. Achieve international cooperation — in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural or humanitarian character, and in promoting and encouraging respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms.
  4. Be a centre for harmonizing the actions of nations — in the attainment of these common ends.

Principles (Article 2 of the UN Charter)

  1. Sovereign equality of all member states.
  2. Good faith fulfilment of obligations assumed under the Charter.
  3. Peaceful settlement of disputes — members shall settle disputes by peaceful means so that international peace, security and justice are not endangered.
  4. Refrain from threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state.
  5. Assistance to the UN in any action taken in accordance with the Charter.
  6. Non-intervention — the UN shall not intervene in matters essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state.
  7. The Charter obligations prevail over other international agreements (Article 103), and non-members are also expected to act in accordance with these principles so far as necessary for the maintenance of peace and security.

Key Functions of the UN General Assembly

  1. Deliberative and policy-making forum — the main deliberative organ where all 193 member states have one vote each; discusses any question within the scope of the Charter.
  2. Consideration of peace and security matters — may discuss and make recommendations on the maintenance of international peace and security, disarmament and arms regulation.
  3. Admission, suspension and expulsion of members — acts on the recommendation of the Security Council.
  4. Election and appointment functions — elects non-permanent members of the Security Council, members of ECOSOC and the Human Rights Council; appoints the Secretary-General on the Security Council's recommendation; approves the admission of new members.
  5. Budgetary and financial control — considers and approves the UN budget and apportions expenses among members.
  6. Codification and progressive development of international law — through its Sixth Committee and the International Law Commission.
  7. Promotion of human rights and humanitarian cooperation — adopts declarations and conventions (e.g., UDHR, 1948).
  8. Receives and considers reports from the Security Council, Secretary-General and other organs.

Role of the UN General Assembly

  1. Universal representation — as the only UN organ with universal membership, it gives every state, big or small, an equal voice (one state, one vote).
  2. Norm-setting and standard-setting — resolutions and declarations shape international norms, even though most are non-binding.
  3. Peaceful settlement support — debates and recommendations exert moral and political pressure; "Uniting for Peace" Resolution (1950) allows it to act when the Security Council is deadlocked by veto.
  4. Oversight and accountability — scrutinises the work of the Security Council, Secretariat and specialised agencies.
  5. Development and humanitarian agenda — sets global goals (e.g., SDGs) and coordinates humanitarian and economic cooperation.
  6. Democratic legitimisation — provides legitimacy to UN actions and serves as a platform for dialogue among nations.

Limitations

Its resolutions are generally recommendatory, not binding; it cannot enforce decisions; the veto in the Security Council limits its effectiveness in major peace and security crises; and decisions often reflect the interests of powerful states.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

What do you mean by the Human Rights council? What are key subsidiary bodies of the Human Rights Council? Discuss.

Answer

Human Rights Council (HRC)

The Human Rights Council is an intergovernmental body of the United Nations system responsible for promoting and protecting human rights worldwide. It was created by General Assembly Resolution 60/251 of 15 March 2006, replacing the Commission on Human Rights (1946-2006). It is a subsidiary organ of the General Assembly, based in Geneva, with 47 member States elected by the General Assembly for three-year terms on the basis of equitable geographical distribution (Africa 13, Asia-Pacific 13, Latin America and Caribbean 8, Western Europe and Others 7, Eastern Europe 6). It meets at least three times a year (March, June, September) for a minimum of ten weeks.

Key Subsidiary Bodies and Mechanisms

1. Universal Periodic Review (UPR) Working Group - reviews the human rights record of all UN member States in turn, once every four to five years, on the basis of a national report, UN information and stakeholder submissions. Each review is led by a "troika" of three Council members and ends with an outcome report containing recommendations.

2. Human Rights Council Advisory Committee - a think-tank of 18 independent experts serving in a personal capacity, which provides the Council with thematic expertise and studies on request. It acts under the Council's direction and does not adopt resolutions itself.

3. Complaint Procedure - confidential procedure addressing consistent patterns of gross and reliably attested violations of human rights. It works through two bodies: the Working Group on Communications (five independent experts who assess complaints received) and the Working Group on Situations (five members nominated by regional groups, who present reports and recommendations to the Council).

4. Special Procedures - independent experts (Special Rapporteurs, Independent Experts, Working Groups) with country or thematic mandates, who monitor, advise, investigate and report publicly on human rights situations (e.g. torture, freedom of expression, extreme poverty). There are more than 40 thematic and some 14 country mandates.

5. Others - the Social Forum, the Forum on Minority Issues, the Expert Mechanism on the Right to Development and other subsidiary expert mechanisms.

Conclusion

Through the UPR, Advisory Committee, Complaint Procedure and Special Procedures, the HRC gives the UN a standing mechanism to review all States equally and respond to violations. Nepal, as a UPR-reviewed State and former Council member, engages with these mechanisms regularly.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

Examine the major provisions of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, 1966.

Answer

The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, 1966 (ICCPR) is one of the two principal treaties that give legal force to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948. Adopted by the UN General Assembly on 16 December 1966 and entered into force on 23 March 1976, it is binding on states parties, which must respect and ensure the rights it sets out. Its major provisions are as follows:

1. Preamble and general obligations The Preamble recognises the inherent dignity of all members of the human family and the equal and inalienable rights of all. Under Article 2, each state party undertakes to respect and ensure the rights in the Covenant to all persons within its territory and jurisdiction, without discrimination of any kind, and to provide an effective remedy for violations. Article 3 guarantees the equal right of men and women to enjoy all civil and political rights. Article 5 prohibits any interpretation that destroys or limits rights.

2. Right to life and prohibition of torture Article 6 protects the inherent right to life; the death penalty may be imposed only for the most serious crimes, by final judgment, and not on persons below 18 or on pregnant women. Article 7 prohibits torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment, and medical or scientific experimentation without free consent. Article 8 prohibits slavery, slave trade and servitude, and Article 9 guarantees liberty and security of person, protection against arbitrary arrest or detention, and the right to be informed of charges and to challenge detention before a court.

3. Rights of detained and accused persons Article 10 requires humane treatment of persons deprived of liberty, with separation of accused from convicted persons and of juveniles from adults. Article 11 prohibits imprisonment merely for inability to fulfil a contractual obligation. Article 14 guarantees equality before courts and fair trial, including the presumption of innocence, adequate time and facilities for defence, trial without undue delay, and the right to appeal. Article 15 prohibits retrospective criminal law.

4. Civil liberties and freedoms Article 12 guarantees liberty of movement and freedom to leave and enter one's own country. Article 17 protects privacy, family, home and correspondence from arbitrary interference. Article 18 guarantees freedom of thought, conscience and religion. Article 19 guarantees freedom of opinion and expression, including the freedom to seek, receive and impart information, subject to lawful restrictions for the rights of others, national security and public order. Article 21 recognises the right of peaceful assembly, and Article 22 the right to freedom of association, including the right to form trade unions. Article 23 protects the family and free consent in marriage. Article 24 provides special protection for children. Article 25 guarantees the right to take part in public affairs, to vote and be elected, and of equal access to public service. Article 26 guarantees equality before the law and prohibition of discrimination. Article 27 protects the rights of ethnic, religious and linguistic minorities.

5. Derogation and limitations Article 4 permits derogation from certain rights in times of public emergency threatening the life of the nation, but only to the extent strictly required, without discrimination, and never from Articles 6, 7, 8 (paras 1 and 2), 11, 15, 16 and 18. Article 28 establishes the Human Rights Committee of 18 independent experts to monitor implementation. Under Article 40, states submit periodic reports; the First Optional Protocol (1976) allows individual complaints, and the Second Optional Protocol (1989) aims at abolition of the death penalty.

Conclusion The ICCPR thus lays down a comprehensive code of civil and political rights — from life, liberty and fair trial to expression, assembly, association, participation and minority rights — and creates a monitoring mechanism to ensure that states parties translate these guarantees into practice.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

Elaborate the jurisdiction of the international court of justice with suitable examples.

Answer

Jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice

Introduction

The International Court of Justice (ICJ) is the principal judicial organ of the United Nations, established in 1945 by the UN Charter and functioning since 1946. It sits at the Peace Palace in The Hague, Netherlands. Its Statute, annexed to the UN Charter, defines its organisation and jurisdiction. The ICJ settles legal disputes between States and gives advisory opinions on legal questions referred to it by authorised international bodies. Its jurisdiction is therefore broadly of two kinds: contentious jurisdiction and advisory jurisdiction.

1. Contentious Jurisdiction (Article 34–38 of the Statute)

Contentious jurisdiction means the power of the Court to decide legal disputes between States. Only States may be parties to contentious cases; individuals, corporations and international organisations cannot be parties (Article 34(1)). The Court's jurisdiction in contentious cases rests on the consent of the parties, which may be expressed in the following ways:

(a) By Special Agreement (Compromis) — Article 36(1)

The parties may refer a dispute to the Court by concluding a special agreement. For example, in the North Sea Continental Shelf Cases (1969), Denmark, the Netherlands and the Federal Republic of Germany referred their dispute over the delimitation of the continental shelf to the ICJ by special agreement.

(b) By Treaty Clause (Compromissory Clause) — Article 36(1)

Many treaties provide that disputes arising out of their interpretation or application shall be referred to the ICJ. For example, the United States Diplomatic and Consular Staff in Tehran Case (1980) was brought by the United States against Iran on the basis of the Optional Protocol to the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations.

(c) By Optional Clause Declaration — Article 36(2)

Under the "Optional Clause", a State may declare that it accepts the compulsory jurisdiction of the Court in relation to any other State accepting the same obligation. This is reciprocal. For example, in the Nicaragua v. United States Case (1986), Nicaragua relied on the declarations made by both States under Article 36(2). The USA later withdrew its declaration.

(d) By Forum Prorogatum (Consent After Proceedings Begin)

A State may consent to jurisdiction after a case has been instituted. In the Corfu Channel Case (1949), Albania consented to the Court's jurisdiction after the United Kingdom had filed the case.

2. Advisory Jurisdiction (Article 65 of the Statute)

Under Article 65, the Court may give advisory opinions on any legal question at the request of the UN General Assembly, the Security Council, or other UN organs and specialised agencies duly authorised. Advisory opinions are not binding, but they carry great moral and legal weight. Examples include:

  • Advisory Opinion on the Legality of the Threat or Use of Nuclear Weapons (1996) — requested by the General Assembly.
  • Advisory Opinion on the Legal Consequences of the Construction of a Wall in the Occupied Palestinian Territory (2004) — requested by the General Assembly.
  • Advisory Opinion on Kosovo's Declaration of Independence (2010) — requested by the General Assembly.

3. Limitations on Jurisdiction

  1. Consent is essential — the Court has no compulsory jurisdiction over States without their consent.
  2. Only States can be parties — individuals and organisations are excluded from contentious cases.
  3. Domestic matters — disputes essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of a State are generally excluded (Article 2(7) of the UN Charter).
  4. Non-appearance — if a party does not appear, the Court may still decide the case (Article 53), but enforcement of the judgment depends on the Security Council (Article 94).

Conclusion

The ICJ's jurisdiction is thus voluntary in contentious matters and advisory in nature for international organs. It has contributed significantly to the development of international law through landmark decisions such as Corfu Channel, North Sea Continental Shelf, and Nicaragua, and through advisory opinions on nuclear weapons and the Palestinian Wall. Despite the limitation of consent, the ICJ remains the most authoritative judicial organ for the peaceful settlement of international disputes.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings:
a) SAARC b) African system of human rights c) Convention on the rights of child d) Hague system e) IMF

Answer

Short notes on any THREE of the following:


a) SAARC

The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) is a regional intergovernmental organisation established on 8 December 1985 in Dhaka, Bangladesh, by seven founding members: Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. Afghanistan joined in 2007 as its eighth member. Its Secretariat is located in Kathmandu, Nepal.

Objectives: To promote the welfare of the peoples of South Asia, accelerate economic growth, social progress and cultural development, strengthen collective self-reliance, and foster mutual trust and cooperation in economic, social, cultural, technical and scientific fields. It also aims to cooperate with other regional and international organisations with similar aims.

Principal organs: the Summit (highest authority, meets annually), the Council of Ministers, the Standing Committee, the Technical Committees, and the Secretariat.

Key achievements and instruments: SAFTA (South Asian Free Trade Area, 2006), SAPTA (1993), SAARC Preferential Trading Arrangement, SAARC Development Fund, South Asian University (New Delhi), and agreements on terrorism, drug trafficking and environment.

Weaknesses: lack of effective implementation, bilateral political tensions (especially India–Pakistan), the principle of unanimity, inadequate funding, and the fact that SAARC has largely failed to become a strong regional body like the EU or ASEAN. No Summit has been held since the 2014 Kathmandu Summit.


b) African System of Human Rights

The African system of human rights operates under the African Union (AU), the successor of the Organisation of African Unity (OAU). Its legal foundation is the African Charter on Human and Peoples' Rights (Banjul Charter), adopted in 1981 and in force since 1986.

Distinctive features:

  1. It covers civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights in a single instrument, unlike the two separate UN Covenants.
  2. It emphasises peoples' rights (self-determination, development, peace, environment) and duties of the individual towards family, society and the State — a communitarian African philosophy.
  3. It is the only regional charter expressly providing for duties.

Institutions:

  • African Commission on Human and Peoples' Rights (1987, Banjul): promotes and protects rights, receives State and individual communications.
  • African Court on Human and Peoples' Rights (Protocol 1998, in force 2004): judicial enforcement; merged in jurisdiction with the Court of Justice of the AU.
  • African Committee of Experts on the Rights and Welfare of the Child.

Protocols: on the Rights of Women in Africa (Maputo Protocol, 2003), on Older Persons, and on Persons with Disabilities.

Weaknesses: weak enforcement, non-compliance by States, limited individual access to the Court, and political interference.


c) Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC)

The Convention on the Rights of the Child, adopted by the UN General Assembly on 20 November 1989 and in force from 2 September 1990, is the most widely ratified human rights treaty in history. Nepal is a party to it.

Key features:

  1. Defines a child as any person below 18 years (Art. 1).
  2. Four core principles: non-discrimination (Art. 2); best interests of the child (Art. 3); right to life, survival and development (Art. 6); respect for the views of the child (Art. 12).
  3. Guarantees rights to name and nationality, health, education, play, protection from abuse, exploitation, child labour and armed conflict, and special protection for disabled and refugee children.
  4. Optional Protocols: on involvement of children in armed conflict; on sale of children, child prostitution and pornography; on a communications procedure.

Monitoring: the Committee on the Rights of the Child in Geneva examines periodic State reports. The CRC has influenced Nepal's Children Act, 2075 and the constitutional rights of the child under Art. 39.


d) Hague System

The Hague System refers to the international legal framework developed through the Hague Conference on Private International Law (HCOPIL/HCCH), established in 1893 and made a permanent intergovernmental organisation in 1955, with its seat at The Hague, Netherlands. It harmonises private international law — jurisdiction, applicable law and recognition of foreign judgments.

Important Hague Conventions:

  • Hague Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction (1980) — return of wrongfully removed children.
  • Hague Convention on Protection of Children and Co-operation in Respect of Intercountry Adoption (1993).
  • Hague Apostille Convention (1961) — abolition of legalisation of foreign public documents.
  • Hague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements (2005) and the Hague Judgments Convention (2019).
  • Conventions on service of documents, taking of evidence abroad, and international child support.

Significance: provides certainty in cross-border civil, commercial and family disputes; promotes international judicial cooperation; and supplements the work of UNCITRAL and UNIDROIT. Nepal is not yet a party to most Hague Conventions, though it participates as an observer.


e) IMF

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) was established at the Bretton Woods Conference (1944) and began operations on 27 December 1945, with headquarters in Washington, D.C. Nepal became a member in 1961.

Objectives (Art. I of the Articles of Agreement): to promote international monetary cooperation, facilitate balanced growth of international trade, promote exchange stability, assist in establishing a multilateral system of payments, and provide temporary financial assistance to members facing balance-of-payments difficulties.

Functions:

  1. Surveillance of members' macroeconomic and exchange-rate policies.
  2. Financial assistance through lending facilities (Stand-By Arrangement, Extended Fund Facility, Rapid Financing Instrument, SDR allocations).
  3. Technical assistance and training (IMF Institute).
  4. Issuing Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) as international reserve assets.

Governance: Board of Governors (highest body), Executive Board of 24 members, and the Managing Director. Voting is quota-based, giving greater weight to larger economies — a long-standing criticism from developing countries. The IMF has supported Nepal through ECF arrangements and balance-of-payments assistance.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 311 (New Course)

Define the meaning and function of the law of tort along with its origin. Explain what constitute tort and its elements. Briefly examine the practicality regarding application of tort in Nepalese context with suitable examples.

Answer

Meaning and Function of the Law of Tort

Meaning: The word "tort" is derived from the Latin word tortum, meaning "twisted" or "wrong." In law, a tort is a civil wrong — other than a breach of contract or breach of trust — for which the injured party can claim damages (unliquidated compensation) from the wrongdoer. It is a civil injury to a person's legally protected interest (body, reputation, property, liberty) that the law redresses by awarding compensation.

Definitions:

  • Salmond: "A tort is a civil wrong for which the remedy is a common law action for unliquidated damages, and which is not exclusively the breach of a contract or the breach of a trust or other merely equitable obligation."
  • Winfield: "Tortious liability arises from the breach of a duty primarily fixed by law; this duty is towards persons generally and its breach is redressible by an action for unliquidated damages."
  • Section 2(m), Limitation Act, 2058 (Nepal) read with the general civil law framework treats such wrongs as civil wrongs giving rise to compensation.

Functions of the Law of Tort:

  1. Compensation (reparation): To compensate the victim for the loss suffered.
  2. Deterrence: To deter potential wrongdoers by imposing liability.
  3. Punishment: In cases of strict liability and vicarious liability, it indirectly punishes the wrongdoer.
  4. Protection of rights: It protects life, liberty, property, reputation, and bodily integrity.
  5. Distributive justice: Loss is shifted to the person who caused it or who can best bear/insure it.
  6. Social harmony: It maintains order by defining standards of reasonable conduct.

Origin of the Law of Tort

The law of tort originated in England through the common law. Its roots lie in early English writs — particularly the writ of trespass (13th century) for direct injuries and the action "trespass on the case" for indirect injuries. Over time, courts developed separate heads of liability such as negligence, nuisance, defamation, and strict liability. The leading case Donoghue v. Stevenson (1932) laid the modern foundation of the duty of care. In Nepal, tort principles entered through the Muluki Ain (Legal Code), the Muluki Civil Code, 2074, and the Contract Act, 2000, though Nepal does not have a separate codified Tort Act.

What Constitutes a Tort and Its Elements

An act or omission constitutes a tort when the following elements are present:

  1. Act or omission (wrongful act): There must be a voluntary act or a failure to act where a duty to act exists.
  2. Legal duty: A duty primarily fixed by law towards persons generally (not merely contractual).
  3. Breach of duty: The wrongdoer must have breached that legal duty.
  4. Legal damage (injuria): There must be actual or legal injury. The maxim injuria sine damno (legal injury without actual loss) is actionable, while damnum sine injuria (loss without legal injury) is not.
  5. Causation: The wrongful act must be the direct/proximate cause of the harm.
  6. Mental element (where required): Intention, negligence, or malice may be required depending on the nature of the tort.
  7. Capacity: The wrongdoer must be legally capable (e.g., a minor or a person of unsound mind may be exempt in certain cases).

Practicality of Tort Law in the Nepalese Context

Nepal lacks a separate Tort Act; tortious liability is dealt with under the Muluki Civil Code, 2074, the Contract Act, 2000, the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074, and various sectoral laws. Key practical applications include:

  1. Medical negligence: Compensation claims against doctors/hospitals for negligent treatment. Victims rely on civil suits under the Civil Code and the Consumer Protection Act, 2075.
  2. Road accidents: Claims for death/injury caused by rash and negligent driving. The Motor Vehicles and Transport Management Act, 2049 provides for compensation, and the Third Party Insurance scheme operationalises it.
  3. Defamation: Both civil (damages) and criminal (Sections 302–306, Criminal Code) remedies exist for libel and slander.
  4. Nuisance and trespass: Disputes over noise, pollution, and encroachment of land are commonly settled under the Civil Code and local laws.
  5. Vicarious liability: Employers are held liable for the acts of employees — applied in transport companies and industries.
  6. Strict/absolute liability: Applied in cases of hazardous industries, environmental harm, and the Environment Protection Act, 2076.

Conclusion: Although Nepal does not have a separate, comprehensive Tort Act, tort principles are widely applied through the Civil Code, sectoral statutes, and judicial precedents. The practicality of tort law in Nepal is thus significant but fragmented, and calls for codification to ensure clarity, certainty, and effective compensation for victims.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 311 (New Course)

What are the elements a plaintiff must prove to succeed in a defamation claim?

Answer

Defamation: Elements the Plaintiff Must Prove

Meaning. Defamation is the publication of a false statement about a person that tends to injure that person's reputation in the eyes of others. It takes two forms — libel (permanent form: writing, print, picture, broadcast, electronic posting) and slander (transient form: spoken words, gestures). In Nepal defamation is dealt with mainly as an offence under the Muluki Civil Code 2074, Part 4 (Offences), Chapter on offences relating to reputation (ss 574 ff.), with the victim also entitled to compensation; electronic publication is additionally punishable under the Electronic Transactions Act 2063, s 47.

The plaintiff (the person claiming to have been defamed) bears the burden of establishing the following elements on a balance of probabilities. If any one element fails, the action fails, however untrue or malicious the statement may have been.

1. The statement is defamatory

The words must have a tendency to injure the plaintiff's reputation. The accepted tests are whether the statement would:

  • lower the plaintiff in the estimation of right-thinking members of society generally (Sim v Stretch); or
  • expose the plaintiff to hatred, contempt or ridicule (Berkoff v Burchill — describing an actor as "hideously ugly" was capable of being defamatory); or
  • cause the plaintiff to be shunned or avoided (Youssoupoff v MGM).

The statement must convey an imputation of fact, not mere vulgar abuse or a statement of opinion so extravagant that no reasonable person would take it as fact. The meaning is judged as the ordinary, reasonable reader or hearer would understand it, in its full context.

2. The statement refers to the plaintiff

The words must be understood to be "of and concerning" the plaintiff. It is not necessary that the plaintiff be named — a description or nickname may suffice (Hulton & Co v Jones: a fictional name was held to identify a real person; Cassidy v Daily Mirror: a photograph identified the plaintiff). Where the reference is not apparent on the face of the words, the plaintiff must plead and prove an innuendo — the extrinsic facts known to the recipients that give the words their defamatory meaning.

3. Publication to a third party

The statement must have been communicated to at least one person other than the plaintiff. Communication to the plaintiff alone is not publication. Publication may be intentional or negligent; even an accidental or unintended communication to a third party can suffice. Each repetition is a fresh publication, and the repetition rule provides that a person who repeats a defamatory statement is liable as if he had originated it. In Nepal, publication includes communication through print, broadcast and electronic media.

4. Damage (or a category exempting proof of damage)

  • Libel is actionable per se — the plaintiff need not prove actual loss; the law presumes injury to reputation.
  • Slander requires proof of special damage (actual, pecuniary loss) except in the recognised categories where it is actionable per se: imputation of a criminal offence punishable by imprisonment, of a contagious or infectious disease, of unchastity in a woman, or of incompetence or misconduct in a person's office, profession, trade or calling.

5. Fault where the law requires it

In ordinary cases malice is not part of the plaintiff's case; but where the plaintiff is a public official or public figure and the statement concerns public conduct, the plaintiff must prove actual malice — knowledge of falsity or reckless disregard for the truth (New York Times Co v Sullivan). Similarly, where the defendant relies on a defence of qualified privilege or fair comment, the plaintiff may have to prove malice to defeat it.

Defences the plaintiff must be prepared to meet

Because the defendant may raise justification (truth), fair comment on a matter of public interest, absolute or qualified privilege, consent, or apology, the plaintiff must plead facts that show the statement was false and that no privilege attaches. Under the Muluki Civil Code, truth stated in good faith for the public good, fair criticism of the public conduct of a public servant, and good-faith complaints to lawful authority are not treated as defamation.

Conclusion

To succeed, the plaintiff must prove cumulatively that there was a defamatory statement, that it referred to him, that it was published to a third party, and that it caused or is presumed to have caused damage — and must be able to answer the defences available to the defendant. Absence of any one element is fatal to the claim.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 311 (New Course)

What kinds of damages are available to plaintiffs in tort cases, and what distinguishes punitive damages from compensatory damages?

Answer

Damages in Tort: Types and the Compensatory–Punitive Distinction

1. Meaning of Damages

Damages are the monetary compensation awarded by a court to a successful plaintiff in a tort action. The object is not punishment in the ordinary case but to place the plaintiff, so far as money can, in the position he would have occupied had the tort not been committed (restitutio in integum). The leading Nepali authority is the Compensation Act, 2033 (1976), which governs the assessment of compensation, read with the Muluki Civil Code, 2074.

2. Kinds of Damages Available to the Plaintiff

(a) Nominal Damages

Where the plaintiff's legal right has been infringed but he has suffered no actual loss, the court awards a small token sum (e.g., Rs 1 or Rs 100) to vindicate the right. Example: trespass to land causing no damage.

(b) Contemptuous Damages

A very small sum awarded where the injury is technical and the plaintiff's conduct invited the wrong; the amount signals the court's disapproval of the claim.

(c) Compensatory (Actual) Damages

The ordinary and most common award. It aims to make good the actual loss suffered. It has two limbs:

  • General damages — non-pecuniary losses not capable of exact calculation: pain and suffering, mental agony, loss of amenity, loss of reputation in defamation. The court assesses them on the facts.
  • Special damages — pecuniary losses that must be specifically pleaded and strictly proved: medical expenses, loss of earnings, repair costs, loss of profit.

(d) Aggravated Damages

Compensatory in nature but increased to reflect the manner of the wrong — insult, humiliation, high-handedness — which injured the plaintiff's feelings. They remain compensatory, not punitive.

(e) Punitive (Exemplary) Damages

Awarded to punish the defendant and deter similar conduct, over and above the plaintiff's actual loss. In Nepal the punitive element is largely channelled through compensation with a deterrent purpose under s. 7 of the Compensation Act, and through fines in criminal proceedings; in common-law jurisdictions the classic instances are oppressive conduct by government servants (Wilkes v. Wood) and torts calculated for profit (Rookes v. Barnard).

(f) Liquidated Damages and Penalty

Where a sum is fixed in advance by contract. If it is a genuine pre-estimate of loss it is enforceable as liquidated damages; if it is a deterrent threat, it is a penalty and only actual loss is recoverable.

(g) Statutory Damages

Fixed by statute without proof of loss — e.g., under copyright and industrial property legislation.

3. Distinction Between Compensatory and Punitive Damages

BasisCompensatory DamagesPunitive (Exemplary) Damages
PurposeTo compensate the plaintiff for actual lossTo punish the defendant and deter repetition
MeasureLoss suffered by the plaintiffConduct and wealth of the defendant; sometimes profit made
Relationship to lossCannot ordinarily exceed the proved lossMay far exceed the actual loss
Pleading and proofLoss must be pleaded and proved (special damages)Aggravating circumstances of the wrong must be shown
NatureRestitutive / reparativePenal / deterrent
AvailabilityAvailable in almost every tort actionExceptional; only in cases of oppressive, malicious or profit-driven conduct
Effect on defendantRestores status quoInflicts a net loss on the defendant
Award in NepalRoutine under the Compensation Act, 2033Rare; deterrent element built into compensation or imposed as fine

Key point: Compensatory damages look backward to the plaintiff's loss; punitive damages look forward to the defendant's future conduct. A plaintiff may recover both in a proper case, but the court will not award punitive damages merely because the tort was intentional — the conduct must be outrageous or calculated for gain.

4. Conclusion

The plaintiff in a tort action may obtain nominal, contemptuous, compensatory (general and special), aggravated, punitive, liquidated or statutory damages according to the facts. The essential dividing line is that compensatory damages restore the plaintiff to his pre-tort position and are measured by his loss, whereas punitive damages are measured by the defendant's wrongdoing and are imposed to punish and deter.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 311 (New Course)

Explain the concept of vicarious liability and provide examples of situations where an employer can be held liable for the tortious acts of an employee.

Answer

Vicarious Liability

Vicarious liability is the principle by which one person is held liable for the wrongful act (tort) of another, even though the first person did not personally commit the wrong and may be morally innocent. It is a form of strict liability — liability arises from the relationship between the parties rather than from the defendant's own fault. The most important instance is the liability of a master (employer) for the torts of his servant (employee).

Rationale / Justification

  1. Master's purse is deeper — the employer is better able to bear and distribute the loss (e.g. through insurance or higher prices) than the injured party.
  2. Control — the employer selects, trains, pays and can dismiss the employee, and so should answer for him.
  3. Prevention of accidents — liability gives the employer an incentive to take care in recruitment and supervision.
  4. Justice to the victim — the injured person gets a solvent defendant, since the employee may be judgment-proof.

Essentials of Liability

For an employer to be liable, three conditions must be satisfied:

  1. The wrongdoer must be an employee (servant), not an independent contractor. The test is the control test: whether the employer controls what is to be done and how it is to be done. Other tests are the "organisation/integration test" and the "multiple/economic reality test."
  2. The tort must be committed in the course of employment. The act must be either (a) a wrongful act authorised by the master, or (b) a wrongful and unauthorised mode of doing some act authorised by the master (Salmond's test).
  3. The relationship of master and servant must exist at the time of the act.

When the Employer IS Liable

(a) Authorised acts done wrongfully. If the servant is employed to do a lawful act but does it negligently, the master is liable. Example: A driver employed to drive a bus drives carelessly and injures a pedestrian — the transport company is liable.

(b) Unauthorised mode of doing an authorised act. Example: A delivery van driver, instead of taking the direct route, takes a detour to visit a friend and causes an accident — the employer is still liable (Century Insurance Co. v. Northern Ireland Road Transport Board).

(c) Express prohibition of a mode of doing work. If the servant disobeys the master's instructions as to how to do the work (but not as to what work to do), the master remains liable. Example: A driver is told not to exceed 40 km/h but drives at 80 km/h and injures someone — the employer is liable (Limpus v. London General Omnibus Co.).

(d) Fraud or misrepresentation by an employee. Where the servant commits fraud while acting within the scope of his authority. Example: A bank clerk fraudulently receives a deposit and pockets it — the bank is liable (Lloyd v. Grace, Smith & Co.).

(e) Wilful and malicious acts. If the act is done in the course of employment, even malice does not excuse the master. Example: A bouncer at a nightclub uses excessive force on a customer — the club is liable.

(f) Acts of a servant delegated by another servant. If the master delegates authority to a servant to employ others, the master is liable for the torts of the sub-servant.

When the Employer is NOT Liable

  1. Independent contractor. Generally the employer is not liable for the torts of an independent contractor (Qui facit per alium facit per se does not apply). Exceptions: where the work is inherently dangerous, where the employer retains control, or where there is a statutory duty.
  2. Act outside the course of employment. Example: A driver uses the employer's car for a purely personal trip and causes an accident — the employer is not liable (Beard v. London General Omnibus Co.).
  3. Servant's act for his own purpose. Example: A servant assaults a person for personal revenge unconnected with the master's business.

Conclusion

Vicarious liability rests on the twin pillars of relationship and course of employment. The employer is liable for the negligence, fraud, or even wilful misconduct of an employee so long as the act is done within the scope of employment or is an unauthorised mode of performing an authorised act. It protects the innocent victim while placing the burden on the party best able to bear it.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 311 (New Course)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings:
a) Liability of defective production b) Invasion of right to privacy c) Defamation of character d) Res ipasa Loquitor e) Professional negligence of lawyers and duty of care

Answer

Answer any three.

(a) Liability for defective production

  • Product liability: a manufacturer or seller is liable for harm caused by a defect in design, manufacture or warning.
  • Nepal: Consumer Protection Act, 2075 provides remedies such as replacement, refund and compensation.
  • Strict liability applies to inherently dangerous goods; the consumer need not prove negligence in full.

(b) Invasion of the right to privacy

  • The right to be let alone; guaranteed by Article 28 of the Constitution of Nepal and the Privacy Act, 2075.
  • Forms: intrusion into private life, public disclosure of private facts, false light, appropriation of identity, interception of communications.
  • Remedies: damages, injunction and criminal sanction.

(c) Defamation of character

  • A false statement that injures a person's reputation. Libel is in permanent form; slander is spoken or transient.
  • Essentials: false and defamatory statement, referring to the plaintiff, published to a third person, causing damage.
  • Defences: justification (truth), fair comment, privilege, consent.
  • Nepal: Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 and Muluki Civil Code, 2074 provide criminal and civil remedies.

(d) Res ipsa loquitur

  • "The thing speaks for itself": negligence is inferred from the occurrence of the accident itself.
  • Conditions: the thing was under the defendant's exclusive control; the accident would not ordinarily happen without negligence; the plaintiff has no means of knowing the cause.
  • Effect: shifts the burden of explanation to the defendant. Leading case: Scott v. London & St. Katherine Docks Co. (1865).

(e) Professional negligence of lawyers and duty of care

  • A lawyer owes the client a duty arising from the advocate-client relationship to exercise the skill and care of a reasonably competent lawyer.
  • Duties: diligence, competence, confidentiality, proper advice and accounting for client money.
  • Breach, such as missing a limitation period or late filing, gives rise to compensation, and disciplinary action by the Nepal Bar Council under the Legal Practitioners Act, 2075.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Explain the historical school of jurisprudence. Differentiate this school from analytical approach of jurisprudence.

Answer

Historical School of Jurisprudence

1. Meaning and Nature

The Historical School of Jurisprudence is a school of legal thought that regards law as a product of the historical development of a society, not as something made deliberately by a sovereign or by abstract reasoning. It holds that law grows organically out of the customs, traditions, habits, and collective consciousness of a people, and that it can only be understood by tracing its historical evolution. The school is therefore evolutionary, sociological, and anti-legislative in character.

Its central belief is that law is found, not made. The proper source of law is the common consciousness of the people (Volksgeist), and the task of the jurist is to discover and systematise this existing law rather than to create new law by legislation.

2. Historical Background

The school arose in Germany in the early nineteenth century as a reaction against the natural law school and against the codification movement inspired by the French Civil Code (Code Napoléon, 1804). When German jurists proposed a uniform civil code for Germany, Friedrich Carl von Savigny opposed it, arguing that law grows organically with the people and cannot be imposed from above. His famous work Vom Beruf unserer Zeit für Gesetzgebung und Rechtswissenschaft (On the Vocation of Our Age for Legislation and Jurisprudence, 1814) became the manifesto of the school. The movement was later carried forward by Henry Maine in England, who gave it a comparative and evolutionary direction.

3. Chief Exponents and Their Contributions

(a) Friedrich Carl von Savigny (1779–1861) Savigny is regarded as the founder of the historical school. His main ideas are:

  1. Law is a product of the Volksgeist — the common consciousness, spirit, or will of the people. Just as language, manners, and culture develop spontaneously, so does law.
  2. Law grows organically — it passes through stages: first as customary law in the minds of the people, then as juristic law developed by legal experts, and finally as codified law. Codification is the last and most artificial stage.
  3. Law is not universal — it differs from society to society and from age to age, because each people has its own spirit.
  4. Legislation is secondary — the legislator should only give technical form to law already existing in the popular consciousness.
  5. Jurists are the true law-makers — as society advances, law becomes technical and is shaped by the legal profession.

(b) Henry Maine (1822–1888) Maine applied the historical method to the study of ancient law. In Ancient Law (1861) he put forward the famous idea that the movement of progressive societies has been from status to contract. He also explained that in early societies law developed through three stages: (i) law made by the ruler under divine inspiration, (ii) customary law, and (iii) the era of codes. He supported the historical method but did not accept Savigny's view that legislation is always harmful.

(c) Other Contributors

  • Georg Friedrich Puchta — developed the idea of the Volksgeist and the logical development of law by jurists.
  • Rudolf von Jhering — though partly critical, he emphasised the social purpose and evolution of law.
  • Sir Paul Vinogradoff — applied historical and comparative methods to legal study.
  • Otto von Gierke — stressed the role of social groups and associations in the growth of law.

4. Main Tenets of the Historical School

  1. Law is found and not made; it is discovered from social practice.
  2. The Volksgeist (people's spirit) is the ultimate source of law.
  3. Law is organic and evolutionary, not static or arbitrary.
  4. Custom is the most important source of law, superior to legislation.
  5. Law is relative to time, place, and people; there is no universal law.
  6. Codification and legislation should be resorted to only when the law has fully matured.
  7. The jurist and the judge play a creative but not arbitrary role in developing law.

5. Merits and Criticisms

Merits:

  • It correctly explains the origin and growth of law as a social phenomenon.
  • It recognises the importance of custom and historical study in legal research.
  • It warns against hasty and artificial legislation.
  • It gave birth to the comparative and historical methods of legal study.

Criticisms:

  • It over-emphasises the past and opposes necessary social reform through legislation.
  • It wrongly treats custom as always reasonable; many customs are unjust and outdated.
  • It gives undue importance to the Volksgeist, which is vague and difficult to identify.
  • It ignores the role of conscious law-making in modern states.
  • It cannot explain the rapid legal changes brought by constitutions and statutes.

6. Conclusion

The historical school made a lasting contribution by showing that law is rooted in society and history. It corrected the excesses of the natural law school and the analytical school by insisting on the social and evolutionary character of law. Though its extreme opposition to legislation is not acceptable today, its method and insights remain an essential part of modern jurisprudence.


Difference Between Historical School and Analytical School

BasisHistorical SchoolAnalytical School
MeaningLaw is the product of the historical growth of society.Law is the command of the sovereign backed by sanction.
Chief exponentsSavigny, Puchta, Maine, GierkeBentham, Austin, Holland, Salmond
Source of lawVolksgeist, customs, traditions, social consciousnessSovereign, legislation, sovereign command
Nature of lawEvolutionary, organic, found not madePositivist, imperative, made not found
Relation with moralityLaw and morality are closely connectedLaw is strictly separated from morality
Role of customCustom is the primary and best source of lawCustom is a subordinate source; legislation is supreme
Role of stateState only recognises and enforces existing lawState creates law through the sovereign
CodificationOpposed to hasty codificationSupports codification and statute law
Scope of studyStudies law in its social and historical contextStudies law as it exists, in its pure legal form
SanctionSocial approval and popular consciousnessSovereign's punishment or sanction
UniversalityLaw is relative to each societyLaw is uniform and universal in form
View on reformLaw should grow slowly with societyLaw can be changed at will by the sovereign
Main criticismOpposes reform; over-values the pastIgnores social realities and morality

Summary of the Difference

The analytical school looks at law as it is — a body of rules enacted and enforced by the state — and studies its formal structure. The historical school looks at law as it has become — a growth from the customs and consciousness of the people — and studies its origin and development. The analytical school is static and state-centred; the historical school is dynamic and society-centred. Austin says law is the command of the sovereign; Savigny says law is the spirit of the people. The two schools are thus complementary rather than contradictory, and modern jurisprudence draws on both.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Describe critical legal studies (CLS). Justify it as fundamental concept of jurisprudence.

Answer

Critical Legal Studies (CLS)

1. Introduction

Critical Legal Studies (CLS) is a radical jurisprudential movement that emerged in the United States in the mid-1970s. It grew out of American legal realism of the 1920s–30s and was formally launched at a conference at the University of Wisconsin in 1977. Its leading figures include Roberto Mangabeira Unger, Duncan Kennedy, Mark Kelman, Morton Horwitz, and Peter Gabel. CLS is not a single unified theory but a school of thought that critically examines law, legal reasoning and legal institutions from a radical, often neo-Marxist and deconstructionist, standpoint. It asks not merely "what is the law?" but "whose interests does the law serve, and how does legal reasoning conceal that service?"

2. Meaning and Nature of CLS

CLS is a movement of legal scholars who reject the orthodox view that law is a neutral, objective and apolitical system of rules. It treats law as a political and ideological instrument that legitimises existing power relations — particularly those of class, race, gender and wealth. It borrows from:

  • Legal Realism — the idea that law is what officials do, and that legal rules do not by themselves determine outcomes;
  • Marxism — the idea that law is a superstructural instrument of the ruling class;
  • Critical Theory / Deconstruction — the idea that legal doctrines contain hidden contradictions and hierarchies.

Thus CLS is both a critique of mainstream jurisprudence and a project for transforming law and society.

3. Core Tenets of Critical Legal Studies

(a) Law is Indeterminate. CLS's central claim is that legal doctrine does not determine legal outcomes. For any given case, there exist competing rules, principles and precedents that can support opposite conclusions. Judges therefore do not "find" the law; they choose among available outcomes. Legal reasoning is often a process of rationalisation after the decision, not the cause of it. Kennedy calls this the phenomenon of "legal indeterminacy."

(b) Law is Politics. Since doctrine is indeterminate, judicial decisions must rest on political, economic or ideological preferences. Law is therefore "politics by other means." The claim of neutrality is a mask. CLS scholars argue that law systematically favours the powerful — employers over workers, property owners over the poor, men over women — while presenting these outcomes as the natural result of neutral rules.

(c) Law Legitimises Hierarchy. Law does not merely reflect hierarchy; it creates and maintains it. Through doctrines such as freedom of contract, property rights and corporate personality, law legitimises exploitation and makes it appear just. The legal system thus performs an ideological function: it makes the existing order seem natural, inevitable and fair.

(d) Legal Reasoning is a Form of Rhetoric. CLS uses deconstruction to show that legal doctrines rest on false dichotomies — public/private, objective/subjective, form/substance, rights/needs. These dichotomies are unstable; one term always dominates the other. By exposing these contradictions, CLS shows that legal argument is often a rhetorical device for masking political choices.

(e) Rights are Ambiguous. Unlike the liberal tradition (Dworkin, Rawls), CLS is sceptical of rights. It argues that rights are indeterminate and can be used both to liberate and to oppress. The "right to property" protects the rich; the "right to free speech" may protect hate speech. Rights discourse therefore often serves to entrench the status quo rather than to challenge it.

(f) Law is a Tool of Class Domination. Drawing on Marx, CLS scholars argue that the legal system is designed to serve the interests of the capitalist class. Contract, property and corporate law facilitate capital accumulation; labour law fragments worker solidarity; criminal law targets the poor. The state, far from being neutral, is an instrument of class rule.

4. Major Critiques Advanced by CLS

  1. Critique of Liberalism — CLS rejects the liberal belief in the rule of law, individual rights and neutral adjudication as myths that conceal power.
  2. Critique of Formalism — It rejects the idea that law is a closed, logical system from which correct answers can be deduced.
  3. Critique of Objectivism — It denies that legal decisions can be objectively justified by reference to neutral principles.
  4. Critique of the Welfare State — CLS argues that welfare-state law merely manages inequality without removing its roots.
  5. Critique of Legal Education — It exposes how law schools reproduce hierarchy and train students to accept the existing order.

5. Justification as a Fundamental Concept of Jurisprudence

CLS is a fundamental concept of jurisprudence for the following reasons:

First, jurisprudence is the study of the nature, sources and functions of law. CLS offers a radical theory of the nature of law — that law is indeterminate, political and ideological. No complete account of jurisprudence can ignore this perspective.

Second, CLS provides a powerful critique of the dominant schools — natural law, analytical positivism (Austin, Hart) and legal realism. By exposing the assumptions of these schools, CLS enriches jurisprudential debate. It asks the questions that mainstream theories avoid: Who benefits from law? Whose voice is silenced?

Third, CLS is interdisciplinary. It draws on sociology, political economy, philosophy and literary theory. This broadens the scope of jurisprudence beyond the mere analysis of legal rules.

Fourth, CLS has had a practical impact. It has influenced critical race theory, feminist jurisprudence, critical legal feminism, and Third World approaches to international law (TWAIL). It has also shaped movements for legal reform, judicial activism and social justice.

Fifth, CLS raises the fundamental question of legitimacy: Why should people obey the law? If law is merely politics in disguise, on what basis does it claim authority? This question lies at the heart of jurisprudence.

Sixth, CLS is a corrective to complacency. It reminds us that law is not an end in itself but a means to social ends, and that those ends must be constantly examined and contested.

6. Criticisms of CLS

  1. Nihilism — Critics argue that CLS destroys faith in law without offering a constructive alternative.
  2. Elitism — It is seen as an academic movement of privileged law professors with little practical impact.
  3. Overstatement — The claim that law is completely indeterminate is exaggerated; many legal rules do produce predictable outcomes.
  4. Lack of Empirical Rigour — CLS relies heavily on theory and anecdote rather than empirical research.
  5. Marxist Bias — Its reduction of all law to class struggle ignores other forms of oppression such as race, gender and caste.

7. Conclusion

Critical Legal Studies is a vital and provocative school of jurisprudence. It challenges the foundational assumptions of liberal legal theory — neutrality, objectivity and the rule of law — and reveals law as a site of political struggle. Though criticised for its nihilism and lack of constructive programme, CLS has permanently enriched jurisprudential thought by forcing scholars to ask whose interests law serves. As a fundamental concept of jurisprudence, it stands alongside natural law, positivism and realism as an essential perspective for understanding the relationship between law, power and society.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Discuss the concept and kinds of property with reference to present Nepalese legal provision.

Answer

Introduction

Property means everything over which a person has a legal right of ownership, possession or enjoyment, together with the rights to use, transfer and exclude others from it. Salmond treats property as the right in a thing (jus in rem) and also the thing itself. In Nepal, the Constitution of Nepal 2072 guarantees the right to property under Article 25, and the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 governs property relations.

Concept of Property

  1. Ownership: the fullest right of use, enjoyment and disposal.
  2. Possession: physical control with intention to hold.
  3. Rights over property: use, income, transfer, mortgage, lease and succession.
  4. Limits: property rights are subject to law, public interest and the rights of others.

Kinds of Property

1. Movable and immovable property

  • Immovable: land, buildings, things attached to the earth, and rights arising from land (e.g. house, trees, canals). The Civil Code treats land and structures as immovable.
  • Movable: goods that can be moved, such as vehicles, ornaments, livestock, money and shares.

2. Tangible and intangible property

  • Tangible: physical things that can be touched.
  • Intangible: incorporeal rights such as copyright, patents, trademarks, debts and goodwill.

3. Public, private and common property

  • Public (government) property: owned by the State, such as roads, rivers, forests and government buildings.
  • Private property: owned by individuals or groups.
  • Guthi (trust) property: land and assets endowed for religious or charitable purposes, governed by the Guthi Sansthan Act, 2033 (and the Guthi Act, 2076).
  • Community property: e.g. community forests.

4. Ancestral and self-acquired property

  • Ancestral (partible) property is shared by coparceners and is divided by partition (ansabanda).
  • Self-acquired property is acquired by one's own effort, and the owner may dispose of it freely, subject to law.

5. Corporeal and incorporeal, real and personal - traditional common-law classifications that parallel the immovable/movable distinction.

Nepalese Legal Provisions

  • Constitution of Nepal, 2072, Article 25: every citizen has the right to acquire, own, sell, dispose of and otherwise deal with property, subject to law; property shall not be acquired by the State except for public interest, on payment of compensation.
  • Muluki Civil Code, 2074: deals with the right to property, partition, succession, transfer, mortgage, lease and co-ownership.
  • Land Act, 2021: regulates land ownership, ceilings and tenancy.
  • Land Acquisition Act, 2034: compulsory acquisition for public purposes with compensation.
  • Guthi Sansthan Act, 2033: management of guthi property.
  • Intellectual property statutes: Copyright Act, 2059, Patent, Design and Trademark Act, 2022 protect intangible property.
  • Registration and transfer of immovable property is made through the Land Revenue Office (Malpot) by registration (Lalpurja).

Conclusion

Property in Nepal is classified chiefly as movable and immovable, tangible and intangible, and public, private and guthi. The Constitution protects the right to property, while the Civil Code and special laws determine how it is acquired, transferred and limited in the public interest.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Define person and personality. Assess legal status of unborn person, dead person and animal.

Answer

Define Person and Personality. Assess the Legal Status of Unborn Person, Dead Person and Animal.

(TU LLB 1st Year — Jurisprudence / Legal Theory — 20 marks)

1. Introduction

In jurisprudence, the term "person" is not used in its ordinary biological sense. It is a legal concept. The law creates, recognises and confers personality on certain entities for the purpose of regulating rights and duties. Hence the study of "person" and "personality" is fundamental to legal theory, because only a person can be the bearer of rights and subject to duties.


2. Meaning and Definition of Person

2.1 Etymology

The word "person" is derived from the Latin word "persona", which originally meant a mask worn by actors on the Roman stage. Later it came to denote the role or character played by an individual. In law, it signifies the capacity of an entity to hold rights and duties.

2.2 Definitions

  • Salmond: "A person is any being whom the law regards as capable of rights and duties. Any being that is so capable is a person, whether a human being or not, and no being that is not so capable is a person, even though he be a man."
  • Gray: "A person is an entity to which rights and duties may be attributed."
  • Black's Law Dictionary: A person is "a human being, a body of persons, or a corporation, partnership or other legal entity that is recognised by law as the subject of rights and duties."

2.3 Essentials of a Person

  1. Capacity for rights — the entity must be able to hold rights.
  2. Capacity for duties — the entity must be able to bear duties/liabilities.
  3. Recognition by law — the capacity must be conferred or recognised by law.

3. Meaning and Definition of Personality

Personality means the legal capacity or status of an entity by virtue of which it is treated as a person in the eyes of law. It is the sum total of rights and duties that an entity is capable of acquiring and owing. Personality is thus the quality of being a person.

3.1 Kinds of Personality

  1. Natural Person — a human being, who acquires personality by birth.
  2. Legal / Artificial / Juristic Person — an entity created by law (e.g., a company, corporation, idol, State) which is treated as a person though it is not a human being.

3.2 Theories of Legal Personality

  • Fiction Theory (Salmond): A legal person is a mere fiction of law; it has no real existence.
  • Realist Theory (Gierke): A legal person has a real, collective will and existence.
  • Concession Theory: Personality is conferred only by the State's concession.
  • Purpose Theory (Brinz): Personality exists only for a legal purpose.

4. Legal Status of an Unborn Person

4.1 General Rule

An unborn child is not a person in law. It has no independent legal personality. It cannot sue or be sued, cannot own property, and cannot enter into contracts. The law generally recognises personality only from birth (live birth).

4.2 Exceptions — Where Law Recognises the Unborn

The law protects the unborn child in certain matters, based on the maxim:

"Nasciturus pro jam nato habetur, quoties de commodis ejus agitur" (The unborn child is deemed to be born whenever it is a question of its own benefit.)

Key exceptions:

  1. Property / Inheritance: An unborn child in the womb may acquire property by inheritance or gift, provided it is born alive. If born dead, such acquisition fails.
  2. Criminal Law: Under Section 182 of the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074, causing the death of a fetus (abortion) is punishable. The law protects the fetus even before birth.
  3. Civil Claims: A child injured before birth may claim damages after birth for prenatal injuries.
  4. Evidence / Presumption: A child born within 280 days of the death of a husband is presumed legitimate.

4.3 Assessment

The unborn person is thus not a full legal person, but a potential person whose rights are contingent upon live birth. The law adopts a conditional personality — rights are kept in abeyance until birth.


5. Legal Status of a Dead Person

5.1 General Rule

A dead person ceases to be a person in law. Personality ends with death. A dead person cannot hold rights, cannot sue or be sued, and cannot own property. Property of the deceased devolves upon heirs or is administered as per law.

5.2 Exceptions — Protection of the Dead

Though dead persons have no legal personality, the law protects certain interests connected with them:

  1. Reputation: Defamation of the dead may be actionable if it injures the reputation of living relatives.
  2. Will / Testament: A will made by a person takes effect after death and is legally enforceable.
  3. Body / Burial Rights: The law protects the dead body from desecration. Rights relating to burial and cremation belong to living persons.
  4. Succession: The law of succession regulates the devolution of property of the dead person.
  5. Criminal Law: Under Section 155 of the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074, outraging the modesty of a dead body is punishable.

5.3 Assessment

A dead person is not a legal person. The law only protects the memory, body and estate of the deceased for the benefit of the living. Hence, the dead have no rights, but the living have duties towards them.


6. Legal Status of an Animal

6.1 General Rule

Animals are not persons in law. They are things (property). They cannot hold rights or bear duties. They cannot sue or be sued. They are objects of ownership and can be bought, sold, gifted or inherited.

6.2 Exceptions — Protection of Animals

Modern law increasingly protects animals through welfare legislation:

  1. Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 2019 (Nepal): Provides punishment for cruelty to animals.
  2. National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029: Protects wild animals and birds.
  3. Muluki Criminal Code, 2074: Punishes killing or injuring certain animals.
  4. Trusts for Animals: Property may be vested in trust for the benefit of animals.
  5. Sentient Beings: Modern jurisprudence recognises animals as sentient beings deserving humane treatment.

6.3 Assessment

Animals are not legal persons but legal objects. They are property and cannot be subjects of rights. However, the law imposes duties on humans to treat animals humanely. Thus, animals have no rights, but humans have duties towards them.


7. Comparative Assessment Table

EntityLegal PersonalityCan Hold Rights?Can Bear Duties?Can Sue/Be Sued?Basis
Natural PersonFullYesYesYesBirth
Unborn PersonConditional / PotentialYes (contingent on live birth)NoNo (through guardian after birth)Nasciturus maxim
Dead PersonNoneNoNoNoDeath ends personality
AnimalNoneNoNoNoProperty / Thing
Juristic PersonFull (artificial)YesYesYesCreated by law

8. Conclusion

In jurisprudence, person means any entity capable of rights and duties, and personality is the legal capacity to hold such rights and duties. The law recognises natural persons from birth and juristic persons by legal fiction. An unborn person has only conditional personality, recognised for its own benefit upon live birth. A dead person has no personality, though the law protects the body, reputation and estate for the sake of the living. An animal is not a person but property, yet modern welfare laws impose duties on humans for its humane treatment. Thus, legal personality is not a matter of biology but of legal recognition, and it may be full, conditional or absent depending on the entity concerned.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Define law. Discuss main sources of law.

Answer

TU LLB — LLB 1st Year Subject: Legal Theory / Jurisprudence Full Marks: 20


1. Definition of Law

The term "law" is derived from the Old English lagu and the Latin lex, meaning "a binding rule or custom." There is no single universally accepted definition because law is studied from different perspectives — philosophical, sociological, analytical and ethical. The following definitions bring out its essential features:

  • Salmond: "Law is the body of principles recognised and applied by the State in the administration of justice." This definition stresses two elements — (i) recognition by the State, and (ii) application in the administration of justice.

  • John Austin: "Law is a command of the sovereign backed by a sanction." This is the imperative or command theory — law is the command of a determinate political superior to a determinate political inferior, enforced by a sanction.

  • Hans Kelsen: Law is a "norm" or "ought" proposition — a hierarchy of norms in which each norm derives its validity from a higher norm, ultimately from the Grundnorm (basic norm).

  • Roscoe Pound: Law is "social engineering" — a body of rules by which society balances competing interests with the minimum of friction and waste.

  • Black's Law Dictionary: Law is "a body of rules of action or conduct prescribed by a controlling authority and having binding legal force."

Essential features of law (from the above):

  1. It is a body of rules or norms of conduct.
  2. It is recognised, prescribed or enforced by the State (sovereign authority).
  3. It is backed by sanction or coercive force.
  4. It is applied by courts in the administration of justice.
  5. It regulates human conduct in society and maintains order.

Thus law may be defined as a body of rules of human conduct, recognised and enforced by the sovereign authority of the State, backed by sanction, and applied by the courts for the maintenance of order and the administration of justice.


2. Main Sources of Law

Sources of law mean the origins from which legal rules derive their content and their binding force. They are broadly divided into primary (formal) sources and secondary (material) sources.

A. Primary Sources

1. Legislation (Statute Law) This is the most important and modern source. Legislation means law made deliberately by a competent law-making body — the legislature — in the prescribed form. In Nepal, Parliament (Federal Parliament) enacts laws; the Constitution itself is the supreme legislation. Statutes are certain, precise, written and easily amendable. Examples: Muluki Civil Code, 2074; Contract Act, 2056; Evidence Act, 2031.

2. Precedent (Judicial Decisions) Precedent means a rule of law laid down by a superior court in a decided case, which must be followed by itself and by subordinate courts in similar future cases. This is the basis of the common law system and is known as stare decisis. In Nepal, decisions of the Supreme Court are binding on all courts below (Supreme Court Act, 2073). The ratio decidendi (the legal reasoning) is binding, while obiter dicta (incidental remarks) are only persuasive.

3. Custom (Customary Law) Custom is the oldest source of law. A custom, to be recognised as law, must be ancient, continuous, certain, reasonable, obligatory and not opposed to public policy or statute. Customs regulate marriage, inheritance, succession and religious practices in many Nepali communities. Once recognised by courts, a custom becomes a binding rule of law.

4. Personal Law / Religious Texts In Nepal, personal laws based on religion and scripture — such as Hindu law, Muslim law, Buddhist and Kirat customs — govern marriage, divorce, inheritance and adoption within particular communities. These are treated as a source of law where they are recognised by statute or judicial decision.

B. Secondary Sources

5. Judicial Precedents of Foreign Courts and Textbooks Decisions of English, Indian and other foreign courts, and the writings of jurists such as Salmond, Austin, Bentham, Dicey and Pound, are persuasive sources. They do not bind Nepali courts but are frequently cited as authority.

6. Equity and Natural Justice Equity developed in England to soften the rigour of the common law. Principles of natural justice — audi alteram partem (hear the other side) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be judge in his own cause) — are applied by Nepali courts and are recognised in the Constitution.

7. Ordinances and Delegated Legislation Under Article 114 of the Constitution of Nepal, the President may promulgate an ordinance when Parliament is not in session. Rules, regulations, by-laws and orders made by the executive under authority delegated by the legislature are also sources of law.

8. Conventions and Constitutional Practices Constitutional conventions — unwritten rules of political practice — regulate the conduct of constitutional organs. They become law when codified or judicially recognised.


3. Conclusion

Law is a body of State-recognised and State-enforced rules applied by courts to maintain order and do justice. Its main sources are legislation, precedent, custom and personal law as primary sources, supported by equity, foreign decisions, juristic writings, delegated legislation and constitutional conventions as secondary sources. In Nepal, the Constitution is the supreme source, and legislation and Supreme Court precedent are the most authoritative among them.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Define justice. Elaborate kinds of justice.

Answer

Justice is the constant and perpetual will to render to each person what is due to them. In jurisprudence, it is the moral and legal ideal that persons should receive fair treatment, equal consideration, and their rightful due according to law, reason, and social good. Justice is the end of law and the guiding principle of the legal system.

Kinds of Justice

1. Natural Justice (Natural Law Justice) Natural justice is based on reason, conscience, and the inherent nature of human beings. It is universal, eternal, and independent of any legislation. It is discovered, not made. Principles such as audi alteram partem (hear the other side) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be judge in his own cause) are its classic expressions. It serves as a moral standard against which positive law is judged.

2. Positive Justice (Legal Justice) Positive justice is justice as laid down and enforced by the state through legislation and judicial decisions. It is particular, changeable, and backed by sanction. It may be:

  • Civil Justice — deals with disputes between private persons over rights such as property, contract, and tort, and provides compensation or specific relief.
  • Criminal Justice — deals with offences against society and imposes punishment on the guilty.
  • Administrative Justice — deals with the legality and fairness of acts of administrative authorities.

3. Distributive Justice Distributive justice concerns the fair allocation of benefits and burdens in society — wealth, income, opportunity, honour, and offices. Aristotle held that it requires treatment proportionate to merit and capacity: equals must be treated equally and unequals unequally in proportion to their relevant differences. It is the guiding idea behind progressive taxation, reservation, and welfare measures.

4. Corrective (Rectificatory) Justice Corrective justice aims to restore the balance disturbed by a wrong. It is corrective rather than distributive. If A wrongfully takes Rs 10,000 from B, corrective justice requires A to return it. It operates in contract, tort, and criminal law, and looks only at the wrong done, not at the status of the parties.

5. Retributive Justice Retributive justice is based on the idea that the offender deserves punishment proportionate to the gravity of the offence — "an eye for an eye." It satisfies the moral demand that wrongdoing be answered with suffering. Modern criminal law tempers it with deterrence, reform, and reparation.

6. Restorative Justice Restorative justice focuses on repairing the harm caused by the offence by involving the offender, the victim, and the community. It seeks apology, restitution, and reconciliation rather than mere punishment. It is reflected in plea bargaining, mediation, and juvenile justice practices.

7. Social Justice Social justice is the fair and equitable distribution of the benefits and burdens of society so that every person, regardless of caste, class, gender, religion, or region, can live with dignity. It includes removal of discrimination, protection of the weaker sections, and equal access to education, health, and employment. It is embodied in the Preamble and Articles 18, 38, and 42 of the Constitution of Nepal.

7. Economic Justice Economic justice concerns fair distribution of economic resources and opportunities, prevention of exploitation, and a just wage. It is closely linked to social justice and is expressed in the directive principles of the Constitution of Nepal.

8. Political Justice Political justice means equal participation in political life — equal voting rights, equal eligibility for public office, and one person one vote. It guarantees that political power is distributed and exercised fairly.

9. Procedural Justice Procedural justice relates to the fairness of the process by which decisions are made — notice, hearing, impartial tribunal, reasoned decision, and the right to appeal. It is the practical face of natural justice in administrative and judicial proceedings.

Conclusion Justice is thus not a single idea but a family of ideas — natural and positive, distributive and corrective, retributive and restorative, social, economic, political, and procedural. A legal system that ignores any of these kinds fails to achieve the true end of law, which is justice.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law 301 (New Course) · 20 marks

Short answers question (Any THREE):
a) Write a note on American realism.
b) Discuss the contribution of natural law theory.
c) Discuss the contractual and quasi contractual obligation.
d) Explain the theories of corporate personality.
e) Write a note on mediate and immediate possession.

Answer

Note: The question asks for any THREE of the five parts. Model answers for all five are given below; in the exam, attempt only three.


a) Write a note on American realism.

American Realism is a 20th-century school of jurisprudence that treats law as the actual behaviour and decisions of courts rather than as a body of abstract, logically derived rules. It is the American counterpart of Scandinavian Realism and is associated with Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr., Karl N. Llewellyn, Jerome Frank, Roscoe Pound and Thurman Arnold.

Key ideas:

  1. Law as prediction of judicial behaviour. Holmes, in The Path of the Law (1897), defined law as "the prophecies of what the courts will do in fact, and nothing more pretentious." Law is thus what officials actually do, not what books say.
  2. Law-in-action vs. law-in-books. Realists distinguish the formal rules on paper from the operative rules actually applied by judges. Pound's distinction between "law in books" and "law in action" is central here.
  3. Scepticism about rules. The rule-sceptics (Llewellyn) argue that legal rules are only one of many factors influencing decisions; the fact-sceptics (Frank) stress that the trial court's finding of facts is the most unpredictable element, since facts are "guessed" by witnesses and juries.
  4. Judicial personality and non-legal factors. Frank, in Law and the Modern Mind, argued that judges decide largely on the basis of hunches, bias, policy and social background, and then rationalise the result by selecting among available rules.
  5. Interdisciplinary and empirical method. Realists insist on studying law through sociology, psychology and economics, and on measuring the actual effects of legal rules.
  6. Law as a means to social ends. Law is treated as an instrument of social engineering, to be judged by its practical consequences rather than its logical elegance.

Criticism: Realists are accused of over-emphasising the unpredictable and irrational element in judging, of neglecting the certainty and guiding function of rules, and of reducing law to mere prediction. Their scepticism, if pushed to the extreme, undermines the very idea of law as a normative system.

Contribution: Despite criticism, American Realism has been highly influential. It encouraged the sociological study of law, law reform based on empirical research, a realistic approach to legal education (the case method and clinical legal education), and greater judicial candour about the factors influencing decisions. It also strengthened the movement for legal realism in judging and legal process.


b) Discuss the contribution of natural law theory.

Natural law theory holds that there exists a body of law derived from nature, reason or a higher moral order, which is superior to and stands as a standard for judging man-made (positive) law. Its roots lie in Greek philosophy (Heraclitus, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle), Stoicism, Roman jurisprudence (Cicero), Christian theology (St. Thomas Aquinas) and modern secular versions (Grotius, Locke, Fuller, Finnis).

Main contributions:

  1. Foundation of the idea of justice and higher law. Natural law gave the world the concept that law must conform to a higher standard of morality and reason. An unjust law is not truly law — lex injusta non est lex (Augustine, Aquinas).
  2. Source of human rights and natural rights. The doctrine of natural rights, developed by Locke and others, directly inspired the American Declaration of Independence (1776), the French Declaration of the Rights of Man (1789) and modern human rights instruments such as the UDHR (1948).
  3. Basis for judicial review and constitutionalism. The doctrine that a legislature's law can be tested against a higher law underlies the power of courts to strike down unconstitutional legislation (e.g. Marbury v. Madison, and in Nepal, the power of the Supreme Court under Article 133).
  4. Guidance for legal interpretation and reform. Judges and legislators use natural law principles to fill gaps in law, interpret ambiguous statutes and abolish unjust customs (e.g. slavery, untouchability).
  5. Moral foundation of international law. Grotius secularised natural law and made it the basis of the law of nations; it remains the moral foundation of international law and the Nuremberg principles.
  6. Revival in the 20th century. After the atrocities of the Nazi regime, natural law revived through Radbruch's formula and Lon Fuller's The Morality of Law (1964), which argued that law must satisfy an "inner morality" to be valid. John Finnis's Natural Law and Natural Rights (1980) restated it in secular, rational terms.
  7. Influence on Nepali law. Concepts of justice, equity and good conscience, fundamental rights in the Constitution of Nepal, and the abolition of discriminatory practices reflect natural law thinking.

Criticism: Natural law is criticised for being vague, subjective and unverifiable; for confusing "is" with "ought"; for the difficulty of identifying what "nature" or "reason" dictates; and for being used to justify the status quo or revolution as convenient. Bentham dismissed natural rights as "nonsense upon stilts."

Conclusion: Despite criticism, natural law remains a living and influential theory. It supplies the moral standard by which positive law is evaluated and has shaped constitutionalism, human rights and international law.


c) Discuss the contractual and quasi contractual obligation.

Meaning of obligation: An obligation is a legal bond (vinculum juris) by which a person is bound to do or refrain from doing something. Obligations arise from contract, quasi-contract, tort and other sources. Here we deal with contractual and quasi-contractual obligations.

1. Contractual obligation

A contractual obligation arises from an express or implied agreement between two or more parties, enforceable by law. Its essentials are:

  • Offer and acceptance — a lawful proposal and its unconditional acceptance, creating an agreement.
  • Intention to create legal relations — the parties must intend legal consequences.
  • Lawful consideration — something of value given by each party.
  • Capacity of parties — parties must be competent to contract (major, of sound mind, not disqualified by law).
  • Free consent — consent not caused by coercion, undue influence, fraud, misrepresentation or mistake.
  • Lawful object — the object must not be illegal, immoral or opposed to public policy.
  • Certainty and possibility of performance — the terms must be certain and capable of performance.

Nature: The obligation is voluntary and self-imposed; the parties themselves fix the rights and duties. The remedy for breach is damages, specific performance or injunction. Example: A agrees to sell his house to B for Rs 5,00,000 — B's duty to pay and A's duty to transfer are contractual obligations.

2. Quasi-contractual obligation

A quasi-contract (in Roman law, obligatio quasi ex contractu; in English law, "constructive contract" or "implied contract") is an obligation imposed by law where there is no actual agreement between the parties. It is based on the principles of unjust enrichment, equity and unjust benefit — no one should be allowed to enrich himself at the expense of another.

Essentials:

  • There is no offer, acceptance or consent — hence not a true contract.
  • The obligation is created by operation of law, not by the will of the parties.
  • It rests on the principle that a person who has received a benefit without legal justification must restore it (nemo debet locupletari ex aliena jactura).

Kinds (English law):

  1. Necessaries supplied to a person incapable of contracting (e.g. a minor or a lunatic) — the supplier is entitled to be reimbursed from the incapable person's property.
  2. Payment by an interested person — where A pays a sum which B is legally bound to pay, B must reimburse A.
  3. Benefit of a non-gratuitous act — where a person lawfully does something for another not intending it gratuitously, the latter must compensate.
  4. Finder of goods — a person who finds goods belonging to another and takes them into custody is bound to return them or compensate the owner.
  5. Money paid by mistake or under coercion — recoverable, as retention would amount to unjust enrichment.

Nepali law: The Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (Part 4) recognises obligations arising without contract, such as payment by mistake, and provides for restitution.

3. Distinction between the two

BasisContractual obligationQuasi-contractual obligation
SourceAgreement of partiesOperation of law
ConsentPresentAbsent
BasisPromiseUnjust enrichment / equity
RemedyDamages, specific performanceRestitution / compensation
NatureTrue contractNot a true contract

Conclusion: Contractual obligation rests on the free will of the parties, while quasi-contractual obligation is a legal fiction created to prevent unjust enrichment. Both are enforceable, but the former is voluntary and the latter is imposed by law.


d) Explain the theories of corporate personality.

Corporate personality means that a company, on incorporation, acquires a legal personality distinct from its members. It can own property, sue and be sued, and has perpetual succession. The main theories explaining this are:

1. Fiction theory (Artificial person theory)

Propounded by Savigny, Salmond and Coke. It holds that a corporation has no real or natural existence; it is a mere creation of law — a legal fiction. Only human beings are real persons; the company is an "artificial person" having only those rights conferred by law. Criticism: It fails to explain why the State grants personality and how the company's acts bind members.

2. Concession theory

Also associated with Savigny and Dicey. It states that corporate personality is a concession or privilege granted by the State. The company exists only because the State permits it to exist through registration. Criticism: It makes the company wholly dependent on State will and ignores the group's real social existence.

3. Fiction theory vs. realist theory — the Realist (Organic) theory

Propounded by Gierke, Maitland and Barker. It holds that a corporation is a real person with a real will and real existence, not a fiction. The group has a personality of its own, independent of its members — a "group will" or "corporate will." Criticism: A company has no soul, body or conscience; its will is only the will of the majority of members.

4. Purpose theory (Bracket theory / Symbol theory)

Associated with Ihering and Kelsen. It says the corporation is not a person at all; it is merely a symbol or bracket used to represent the rights and duties of the real persons (members) behind it. The law merely puts a bracket around a group of individuals. Criticism: It ignores the separate legal entity recognised in practice.

5. Contract theory

Holds that the company is the result of a contract between its members. The memorandum and articles of association are treated as a contract. Criticism: A company is more than a contract; it has a distinct legal personality and perpetual succession, which a mere contract lacks.

6. State theory (Sovereign theory)

Holds that the State itself is the source of all personality, and the company is merely an agency or extension of the State. Criticism: It is too broad and ignores the private character of companies.

7. Fiction theory and the concept of separate legal entity

The practical application of these theories is seen in Salomon v. Salomon & Co. Ltd. (1897), where the House of Lords held that a company is a legal person separate from its shareholders. Similarly, in Lee v. Lee's Air Farming Ltd., a director could be an employee of his own company.

Conclusion: No single theory fully explains corporate personality. The fiction and realist theories together best explain the legal and social reality of a company as a distinct legal person.


e) Write a note on mediate and immediate possession.

Possession in jurisprudence means the physical control (corpus) over a thing coupled with the intention to hold it as one's own (animus possidendi). Possession may be classified as mediate and immediate possession.

1. Immediate possession (Direct possession)

Immediate possession exists where a person has direct and actual physical control over the thing, without any intervening person. The possessor himself holds the object and has the animus to possess it. Example: A holds a book in his hand; A owns and occupies his own house. Here A has immediate possession.

2. Mediate possession (Indirect possession)

Mediate possession exists where a person has possession through another person — that is, the thing is in the physical control of someone else, but the person claims possession through that other. There is an intervening person between the possessor and the thing. Example: A lends his book to B. B has immediate possession; A retains mediate possession, because A's possession is exercised through B. Similarly, a landlord whose tenant occupies the house has mediate possession, while the tenant has immediate possession.

3. Distinction

BasisImmediate possessionMediate possession
Physical controlDirect, with the possessor himselfThrough another person
Intervening personAbsentPresent
CorpusActual physical controlConstructive / through agent
ExampleOwner occupying his own houseOwner whose house is let to a tenant

4. Modes of acquiring mediate possession

Mediate possession may arise:

  1. Where the possessor acquires through a servant or agent;
  2. Where the possessor has lent or pledged the thing to another;
  3. Where the possessor has let the thing on hire or lease;
  4. Where the thing is in the custody of a bailee.

5. Significance

The distinction is important in law because:

  • Remedies differ — the immediate possessor can sue for trespass; the mediate possessor may sue for recovery of the thing.
  • It explains the position of landlord and tenant, bailor and bailee, master and servant.
  • It recognises that possession need not always be physical; constructive possession through another is equally protected by law.

Conclusion: Immediate possession is direct physical control, while mediate possession is control exercised through another. Both are recognised as possession in law, and the distinction determines the nature of remedies available to the possessor.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

Although international law prevails over municipal law and the governments oblige to promulgate municipal laws in compliance with the norms of international law. Why international law is often considered as the weak law? Discuss.

Answer

International law is often called "weak law" because, unlike municipal law, it lacks a central authority to make, interpret, and enforce the law. The following points explain why:

1. No central legislature There is no world legislature to make binding rules for all states. Rules are made through treaties and customs, which bind only consenting or practising states. A state that does not consent is generally not bound.

2. No compulsory adjudicatory body The ICJ can decide disputes only when states consent to its jurisdiction. There is no court with automatic, compulsory jurisdiction over all states as in domestic legal systems.

3. No central enforcement agency There is no world police or executive to enforce international law. Enforcement depends on the affected states themselves — through retorsion, reprisals, countermeasures or sanctions — and on collective action by the UN Security Council, which is often blocked by the veto of permanent members.

4. Consent-based and voluntary character States are sovereign and equal. They obey international law largely out of self-interest, reciprocity, reputation and the fear of sanctions, not because a superior authority compels them. Hence it is called "law without sanctions" or "weak law."

5. Weak sanctions and their selective use Sanctions under Chapter VII of the UN Charter are applied selectively and only when the permanent members agree. Powerful states often escape enforcement, while weak states are targeted, undermining the law's authority.

6. Problems of interpretation and reservation Treaties allow reservations, and vague customary norms are open to differing interpretations. States may also invoke domestic jurisdiction or national security to avoid obligations.

7. Lack of hierarchy and compulsory dispute settlement Unlike municipal law, there is no clear hierarchy of norms or compulsory settlement of all disputes. Even the ICJ's decisions are binding only on the parties and only in that case.

8. Non-compliance and withdrawal States sometimes violate international law openly or withdraw from treaties (e.g., withdrawal from human rights treaties), and there is no effective mechanism to punish such conduct.

However, international law is not wholly weak. It is generally observed in routine matters — diplomacy, trade, aviation, postal services, maritime navigation — and violations are the exception. The UN Charter, Security Council sanctions, international tribunals (ICTY, ICTR, ICC) and regional courts (ECtHR) show growing enforcement. The weakness lies mainly in enforcement against powerful states, not in the existence of the law itself.

Conclusion: International law is considered weak not because it is not law, but because it lacks centralized legislation, compulsory jurisdiction and effective enforcement. It relies on state consent and collective action, which makes it less effective than municipal law in guaranteeing compliance.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

What is jurisdiction? Discuss the various types of jurisdictions in international law.

Answer

Jurisdiction in International Law

1. Meaning of Jurisdiction

Jurisdiction (from Latin juris = law, dictio = saying) literally means "the power to declare the law." In international law, it refers to the competence or authority of a State to regulate conduct — through its legislature, its courts, or its executive organs — and to exercise that authority over persons, property, and events.

Jurisdiction is an attribute of State sovereignty. Since all States are sovereign and equal, no State may exercise jurisdiction within the territory of another State without that State's consent. As the Permanent Court of International Justice observed in the Lotus case (1927), a State may not exercise its power in any form in the territory of another State unless there is a permissive rule of international law allowing it. At the same time, the Lotus principle also holds that a State has wide discretion to exercise jurisdiction over acts outside its territory, so long as no prohibitive rule of international law is violated.

Jurisdiction must therefore be distinguished from sovereignty: sovereignty is the general power of the State, while jurisdiction is the particular manifestation of that power in relation to persons and events.

2. Types of Jurisdiction

A. On the basis of the organ exercising it

(i) Legislative (prescriptive) jurisdiction — the power of the State to make laws binding on persons and events. It is the State's authority to prescribe rules of conduct.

(ii) Judicial (adjudicative) jurisdiction — the power of the courts of a State to try cases and render binding judgments.

(iii) Executive (enforcement) jurisdiction — the power of the State to enforce its laws and judgments, e.g., through police action, arrest, seizure of property, or execution of decrees. Enforcement jurisdiction is the most restricted: it generally cannot be exercised on foreign territory without consent.

B. On the basis of the connecting principle (basis of jurisdiction)

(i) Territorial jurisdiction — the primary and most accepted basis. A State has jurisdiction over all persons, property, and events within its territory. It has two aspects:

  • Subjective territoriality — jurisdiction over acts commenced within the territory, even if completed abroad.
  • Objective territoriality — jurisdiction over acts completed within the territory, even if commenced abroad (the "effects doctrine," applied in Lotus and later in antitrust and cyber-crime cases).

(ii) Nationality (personal) jurisdiction — a State may exercise jurisdiction over its own nationals wherever they may be. This is based on the bond of allegiance. Nottebohm (ICJ, 1955) held that nationality must reflect a genuine link between the individual and the State.

(iii) Passive personality jurisdiction — jurisdiction based on the nationality of the victim. It is controversial because it allows a State to try a foreigner for acts committed abroad. It has gained acceptance mainly in terrorism cases (e.g., the Lotus dissent, US legislation, and anti-terrorism conventions).

(iv) Protective (security) jurisdiction — a State may punish acts committed abroad by foreigners that threaten its national security, territorial integrity, or vital interests, such as espionage, counterfeiting, or plotting treason. It is an exceptional but well-recognised basis.

(v) Universal jurisdiction — certain crimes are so grave that any State may exercise jurisdiction over them regardless of where the crime was committed or the nationality of the offender or victim. Classic examples are piracy (long established under customary law), war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide, slavery, and torture. Treaties such as the Geneva Conventions and the Rome Statute of the ICC embody this principle.

C. Other classifications

(i) Civil and criminal jurisdiction — civil jurisdiction concerns disputes between private parties; criminal jurisdiction concerns punishment of offences.

(ii) Concurrent jurisdiction — two or more States may have simultaneous jurisdiction over the same act (e.g., a murder committed by State A's national on State B's territory injures State C's national). International law does not prohibit this; priority is usually settled by the custodial State or by extradition.

(iii) Admiralty and maritime jurisdiction — jurisdiction over ships on the high seas is generally that of the flag State; in territorial waters, the coastal State has jurisdiction subject to the right of innocent passage.

3. Conclusion

Jurisdiction is the legal expression of State sovereignty over persons and events. International law recognises territorial and nationality jurisdiction as the primary bases, with passive personality, protective, and universal jurisdiction as supplementary or exceptional bases. The guiding balance is between the sovereign competence of each State and the equal sovereignty of all other States — a balance reflected in the Lotus principle and refined by later treaty and customary law.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

What is custom? Explain the role of custom in the development of international law as its source.

Answer

Custom and Its Role in the Development of International Law

1. Meaning of Custom

Custom is one of the oldest and most important sources of international law. In simple terms, custom means a rule of conduct that has developed through the repeated and consistent practice of states over a long period of time, which states follow out of a sense of legal obligation.

In international law, custom is known as international custom or customary international law. Article 38(1)(b) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice (ICJ) recognises "international custom, as evidence of a general practice accepted as law" as a source of international law.

2. Essential Elements of Custom

For a practice to become a binding rule of customary international law, two elements must be present:

(a) State Practice (Usus): There must be a consistent, uniform and general practice followed by a large number of states over a considerable period of time. The practice may take the form of diplomatic correspondence, legislation, judicial decisions, or the conduct of states in international affairs.

(b) Opinio Juris sive Necessitatis: The states must follow the practice out of a belief that they are legally bound to do so, and not merely out of courtesy, convenience or habit. This psychological element distinguishes a legal custom from a mere usage.

3. Role of Custom in the Development of International Law

Custom has played a vital role in the growth and development of international law in the following ways:

(a) Primary and Original Source: Custom is the oldest source of international law. Much of modern international law — such as the law of the sea, diplomatic immunities, laws of war, and rules on state responsibility — originated as customary rules before being codified in treaties. It is therefore regarded as the original and primary source.

(b) Law-Making Through Consistent Practice: When states repeatedly act in a particular manner and accept it as legally binding, new rules of international law emerge. For example, the principle of freedom of the high seas and the rule of pacta sunt servanda developed largely through custom.

(c) Basis for Codification: Customary rules provide the raw material for codification. International conferences such as the Hague Conferences and the United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) codified many pre-existing customary rules into written treaties. Thus custom prepares the ground for formal law-making.

(d) Filling Gaps in Treaty Law: Custom helps fill the gaps where treaties are silent or where states are not parties to a treaty. In such cases, customary rules continue to govern the relations between states.

(e) Source of General International Law: Customary rules are binding on all states in general, unlike treaties which bind only the parties. Hence custom creates general international law applicable to the whole international community.

(f) Recognition by International Courts: The ICJ and other international tribunals have repeatedly applied customary rules in their decisions. For instance, in the North Sea Continental Shelf Cases (1969) and the Nicaragua Case (1986), the ICJ clarified and applied customary international law. This judicial recognition strengthens custom as a source.

(g) Flexibility and Growth: Custom is flexible and evolves with the changing needs and practices of the international community. New customs, such as those relating to outer space, environmental protection and human rights, continue to develop.

4. Limitations of Custom

Despite its importance, custom suffers from certain weaknesses:

  • It is slow and uncertain in formation.
  • It is often difficult to prove the existence of a customary rule.
  • It may be vague and imprecise.
  • A persistent objector state may not be bound by a new custom.

5. Conclusion

Custom is thus a fundamental and dynamic source of international law. It reflects the actual practice and legal conviction of states and has contributed immensely to the growth of international law. Even in the era of treaties and codification, custom retains its significance as a living source that adapts to the changing needs of the international community. As the ICJ observed in the Nicaragua Case, customary international law continues to exist alongside treaty law and remains a vital source of legal obligations among states.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

Security Council has been entrusted to maintain international peace and security empowering with coercive means of dispute settlement. Do you think the UNSC has achieved its goal as envisioned in the UN Charter?

Answer

Answer (10 marks)

Introduction

The United Nations Security Council (UNSC) is the principal organ of the UN entrusted under Chapter VII of the UN Charter with the primary responsibility for the maintenance of international peace and security. Under Articles 39–42, it possesses coercive powers — sanctions, embargoes, and military action — to settle disputes and restore peace. Whether it has achieved the goal envisioned in the Charter is a mixed question: it has succeeded in some cases but failed in many others, largely due to structural and political limitations.

Achievements of the UNSC

  1. Collective security in practice — During the Korean War (1950), the UNSC authorised military action (Resolution 83) under Chapter VII, the first real application of collective security.
  2. Gulf War (1990–91) — After Iraq's invasion of Kuwait, the UNSC passed Resolution 678 authorising "all necessary means," leading to a successful multinational operation to restore Kuwait's sovereignty.
  3. Peacekeeping and sanctions — The UNSC authorised peacekeeping missions (UNPROFOR, UNMIS, MONUSCO) and targeted sanctions against regimes (South Africa apartheid, Libya, Iran, North Korea), which helped contain conflicts and pressure violators.
  4. Ad hoc tribunals — It established the ICTY (1993) and ICTR (1994) to prosecute war crimes, strengthening international criminal justice.
  5. Humanitarian intervention — In Libya (2011, Resolution 1973), the UNSC authorised force to protect civilians, showing its capacity to act on humanitarian grounds.

Failures and limitations

  1. Veto power of the P5 — Article 27(3) allows any permanent member to block substantive action. The USSR/Russia and the US have used the veto repeatedly — e.g., Russia vetoing action in Syria, the US vetoing resolutions on Israel–Palestine — paralysing the Council.
  2. Cold War paralysis — Between 1945 and 1990, the UNSC was largely deadlocked; it could not act in Hungary (1956), Czechoslovakia (1968), or Vietnam.
  3. Genocide and mass atrocities — The UNSC failed to prevent the Rwandan Genocide (1994) and the Srebrenica massacre (1995), despite having information and peacekeepers on the ground. In Darfur and Syria, it remained divided.
  4. Selective enforcement — Coercive measures have been applied inconsistently — strongly against weaker states (Iraq, Libya, North Korea) but weakly against powerful allies (Israel, Saudi Arabia in Yemen).
  5. Structural imbalance — The P5 reflect the 1945 power structure, not today's world; Africa, Latin America, and South Asia lack permanent representation. Reform (expansion, veto reform) has stalled for decades.
  6. Enforcement gap — The UNSC has no standing army; it depends on member states' willingness (or refusal) to contribute forces, as seen in Rwanda and Bosnia.

Conclusion

The UNSC has partially achieved its Charter goal — it has prevented major-power war, authorised collective action in several crises, and built a sanctions and peacekeeping machinery. However, its effectiveness is undermined by the veto, Cold War-style politics, selectivity, and lack of enforcement capacity. It has succeeded where P5 interests align and failed where they clash. Therefore, the UNSC has not fully achieved the goal envisioned in the UN Charter; meaningful reform — expansion of membership, restraint on the veto (especially in genocide cases), and stronger enforcement mechanisms — is essential to make it fit for the 21st century.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

Explain the Advisory opinion of International Court of Justice. Do you think advisory opinion of ICJ can play an important in the development of international law?

Answer

Advisory Opinion of the International Court of Justice

1. Meaning and Legal Basis

An advisory opinion is the opinion given by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) on a legal question referred to it by certain authorized international organs. Unlike a contentious case, it is not a binding judgment between parties; it is an authoritative statement of law addressed to the requesting body. It is governed by Article 65 of the Statute of the ICJ and Article 96 of the UN Charter.

2. Who May Request an Advisory Opinion

Article 96 of the Charter provides two channels:

  1. The General Assembly and the Security Council may request an advisory opinion on any legal question (Art. 96(1)).
  2. Other organs of the UN and specialized agencies, when so authorized by the General Assembly, may request opinions on legal questions arising within the scope of their activities (Art. 96(2)). Examples: ECOSOC, ILO, WHO, UNESCO, IAEA.

3. Nature and Characteristics

  • Not binding: The opinion has no binding force (Interpretation of Peace Treaties, 1950). It is advisory in form. However, it carries great moral and legal weight and is usually accepted by the requesting organ.
  • Discretionary: Under Article 65(1), the Court may give an opinion. It can decline where the question is vague, political, or outside the competence of the requesting organ (e.g., WHO Nuclear Weapons case, 1996).
  • Only legal questions: The Court answers questions of law, though the underlying dispute may be political.
  • No parties in the strict sense: States do not appear as parties; they may only furnish information under Article 66.
  • No dissenting enforcement: There is no appeal, but individual judges may append separate or dissenting opinions.

4. Procedure

  1. The authorized organ adopts a resolution requesting the opinion.
  2. The Registrar notifies all states entitled to appear before the Court.
  3. Written and oral statements are submitted by interested states and organizations.
  4. The Court deliberates in private and delivers the opinion in open court.

5. Leading Examples

CaseYearSubject
Admission of a State to the UN1948Scope of Art. 4 of the Charter
Reparation for Injuries1949Legal personality of the UN
Reservations to the Genocide Convention1951Permissibility of reservations
Namibia (South West Africa)1971Illegal occupation; self-determination
Nuclear Weapons1996Legality of the threat or use of nuclear weapons
Kosovo2010Legality of unilateral declaration of independence
Chagos Archipelago2019Decolonisation of Mauritius

6. Significance in the Development of International Law

Yes — the advisory jurisdiction of the ICJ plays a very important role in the development of international law, for the following reasons:

  1. Clarifies and codifies customary law: In the Nuclear Weapons opinion (1996), the Court clarified the status of the prohibition of genocide and the principles of humanitarian law.
  2. Progressive interpretation of the Charter: The Reparation case recognised the implied powers and international legal personality of the UN, expanding the law of international organizations.
  3. Strengthens self-determination and decolonization: The Namibia and Chagos opinions affirmed the right of peoples to self-determination and the illegality of continued colonial administration.
  4. Guidance to UN organs: The opinions guide the General Assembly and Security Council in taking lawful action, thereby shaping state practice.
  5. Influence on treaties and conventions: The Reservations to the Genocide Convention opinion laid the foundation for the modern law of treaty reservations later reflected in the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969.
  6. Source of new norms: Advisory opinions often act as a catalyst for the formation of new customary rules and for later multilateral treaty-making.
  7. Judicial dialogue: They influence decisions of regional courts and domestic courts, producing a uniform interpretation of international law.

7. Limitations

  • Opinions are not enforceable and depend on voluntary compliance.
  • The Court may decline to answer, as in the WHO request.
  • Political sensitivity may restrict the Court's willingness to intervene.
  • Lack of sanction weakens the practical effect of some opinions.

Conclusion

The advisory jurisdiction under Article 65 of the Statute and Article 96 of the Charter is a unique and constructive function of the ICJ. Although advisory opinions are not binding, they serve as authoritative interpretations of international law, guide UN organs, and contribute significantly to the progressive development and codification of international law. Hence, they are an important instrument for the growth of the international legal order.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

To close the net round the fugitive offenders, international law applies the maxim "aut punire aut dedere" (either punish or extradite). In this context examine the effectiveness of Extradition Act 2070 (2013) of Nepal in extraditing the offenders.

Answer

Introduction

The maxim aut punire aut dedere (either punish or extradite) requires a State holding a fugitive offender either to prosecute him or to surrender him to a State that can. Extradition is the formal surrender of an accused or convicted person by one State to another for trial or punishment. Nepal regulates it by the Extradition Act, 2070 (2013), supported by treaties (e.g. with India, 1953 and 1963 arrangements) and multilateral conventions such as the SAARC Convention on Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances.

Salient Features of the Act

  • Dual criminality: the act must be an offence in both Nepal and the requesting State, punishable by at least one year's imprisonment.
  • Exceptions: political offences, purely military offences, time-barred offences, and cases of double jeopardy are not extraditable.
  • Nationals: Nepali citizens are generally not extradited, but must be prosecuted at home - giving effect to the aut dedere aut judicare principle.
  • Reciprocity: extradition may proceed on the basis of treaty or assurance of reciprocity.
  • Procedure: request through diplomatic channel, inquiry by the District Court, appeal to the High Court, and final decision by the Government of Nepal.
  • Safeguards: rule of speciality, fair trial, protection against torture, and assurance against the death penalty.

Effectiveness

Strengths

  1. Provides a clear legal framework where none previously existed in a consolidated form.
  2. Judicial scrutiny at two levels protects the fugitive's rights and prevents politically motivated surrender.
  3. The duty to prosecute Nepali nationals prevents impunity for citizens.
  4. Allows cooperation even without a treaty, on reciprocity.

Weaknesses

  1. Nepal has few bilateral extradition treaties; only a handful (notably India) are operational, which limits reach.
  2. The open border with India makes fugitives hard to track, and informal handovers sometimes substitute for lawful extradition.
  3. Lengthy court and executive procedures cause delay, and fugitives often use the time to flee.
  4. Weak institutional capacity, coordination between the Ministry of Home Affairs, Foreign Affairs, police and Attorney General, and few reported cases, show limited practical use.
  5. Wide political-offence and nationality exceptions may be misused to shield offenders.

Conclusion

The Extradition Act, 2070 is a sound and rights-respecting legal basis for closing the net around fugitives and is consistent with aut punire aut dedere. Its effectiveness in practice, however, is limited by the lack of treaties, procedural delay and weak enforcement. Nepal should conclude more extradition and mutual legal assistance treaties, streamline procedure and strengthen coordination.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

Explain the treat making process in Nepal with specific reference to the constitution of Nepal and Nepal Treaty Act 1990.

Answer

Treaty-making in Nepal is governed by the Constitution of Nepal, 2015 and the Nepal Treaty Act, 2047 (1990).

1. Meaning of treaty

A treaty is a written agreement between Nepal and another state or international organisation, creating rights and obligations under international law. The Nepal Treaty Act, 2047 defines "treaty" widely: it covers any treaty, agreement or convention signed by Nepal, whatever name it carries.

2. Constitutional framework

  • Article 51 (state policy on international relations): Nepal conducts foreign relations on the basis of sovereign equality, the Panchsheel, the UN Charter, non-alignment and international law. Every treaty must fit these values.
  • Article 75 (executive power): Executive power is vested in the Council of Ministers. The Government therefore negotiates, signs and administers treaties through the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the line ministries.
  • Article 279 (treaties or agreements): Parliament's approval is needed for the following.
    • Ratification, accession, acceptance or approval of treaties on peace and friendship, defence and strategic alliance, boundaries of Nepal, and natural resources and the distribution of their uses requires a two-thirds majority of the Federal Parliament at a joint sitting.
    • Other treaties of a serious, wide or long-term effect on the nation also need parliamentary approval, by a majority of the members present in the joint sitting.
    • Other ordinary treaties are dealt with under the procedure laid down by federal law.
  • Article 1 and Article 133: A law, including a law giving effect to a treaty, that is inconsistent with the Constitution is void to that extent. The Supreme Court can review it.

3. Nepal Treaty Act, 1990

The Act fills in the detailed procedure.

  1. Initiation and negotiation: The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, or the concerned ministry in consultation with it, begins negotiation. Negotiators act on the Government's authority.
  2. Cabinet decision: The Council of Ministers approves the draft and authorises signature.
  3. Signature: The authorised representative signs. Signature shows the text is agreed, but the treaty is not yet binding if it requires ratification.
  4. Parliamentary ratification, accession, acceptance or approval: Treaties on the matters listed in the Act (peace, friendship, defence, boundaries, natural resources and similar serious matters) must be ratified by Parliament. This follows Article 279.
  5. Instrument and entry into force: After approval, the treaty is ratified or acceded to by the Government, and instruments are exchanged or deposited as the treaty provides.
  6. Publication: The treaty is published in the Nepal Gazette, and it comes into force as the treaty provides.
  7. Domestic effect (Section 9): A treaty to which Nepal is a party is enforceable as Nepal law. If a provision of such a treaty conflicts with an existing Nepali law, the treaty prevails. This is a monist-leaning rule that gives treaties priority over ordinary statutes.

4. Process at a glance

StageAuthorityLegal basis
Negotiation and draftMinistry of Foreign Affairs / line ministryArt. 75, Treaty Act
Approval to signCouncil of MinistersArt. 75
SignatureAuthorised representativeTreaty Act
Parliamentary approvalFederal Parliament (joint sitting where required)Art. 279
Exchange / deposit and Gazette publicationGovernmentTreaty Act
Domestic enforcementExecutive, courtsTreaty Act, Section 9

5. Examples and comment

  • Treaties needing Parliament's approval: Treaties such as the Mahakali Treaty (1996), the 1950 Peace and Friendship Treaty with India and agreements on water and boundaries involve natural resources, peace or boundaries. They show why a special majority is required.
  • Judicial role: The Supreme Court can interpret and apply treaties and can examine whether the correct procedure was followed. Courts have treated human rights treaties as part of Nepal law through Section 9.
  • Criticism: The Act's list of treaty categories is narrower than Article 279, and Nepal lacks a routine system for publishing and reviewing treaties, so the Act needs updating to match the 2015 Constitution.

6. Conclusion

Nepal's treaty-making combines executive negotiation under Article 75 with parliamentary control under Article 279, and the Nepal Treaty Act, 1990 supplies the procedure and gives treaties priority over conflicting domestic law. This balances executive efficiency with democratic accountability and protects sovereignty and national resources.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 10 marks

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings: a) Claufula rebus sic standibus. b) Consular immunities and privileges. c) Succession of the government d) Exhaustion of local remedy. e) Termination of treaty.

Answer

Short Notes (any THREE)

a) Claufula rebus sic stantibus

This is the doctrine of "fundamental change of circumstances" in the law of treaties. The Latin phrase means "so long as things stand as they are." It is codified in Article 62 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969.

Under this doctrine, a party may invoke a fundamental change of circumstances as a ground to terminate or withdraw from a treaty, or to suspend its operation, provided that:

  1. The change was not foreseen by the parties at the time of concluding the treaty;
  2. The existence of those circumstances constituted an essential basis of the consent of the parties to be bound by the treaty; and
  3. The effect of the change is to radically transform the extent of obligations still to be performed.

Exceptions: It cannot be invoked if the change results from a breach of the treaty by the party invoking it, or in respect of a treaty establishing a boundary. It is also not applicable to treaties of a territorial nature. The doctrine is an exception to the general rule of pacta sunt servanda (agreements must be kept).


b) Consular Immunities and Privileges

Consular immunities and privileges are governed by the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, 1963. A consul is not a diplomatic agent; his immunities are more limited and functional in nature.

Main privileges and immunities:

  1. Inviolability of consular premises — the premises, archives and documents are inviolable; authorities of the receiving state may not enter except with consent of the head of the consular post.
  2. Inviolability of consular officers — consular officers are not liable to arrest or detention except in the case of a grave crime and pursuant to a competent judicial decision.
  3. Immunity from jurisdiction — consular officers enjoy immunity from the civil and administrative jurisdiction of the receiving state in respect of acts performed in the exercise of consular functions.
  4. Exemption from taxation — consular officers are exempt from all dues and taxes, personal or real, national, regional or municipal, except indirect taxes and taxes on private immovable property.
  5. Freedom of communication — the consular post may communicate with its government and other consular posts using all appropriate means, including diplomatic or consular couriers and coded messages.
  6. Exemption from customs duties on articles for official use and on personal effects of consular officers.

These privileges are granted not for the personal benefit of the individual but to ensure the efficient performance of consular functions.


c) Succession of the Government

Succession of government refers to the change of the government or regime of a state without any change in the identity or legal personality of the state itself. It is distinct from succession of states, where the international legal personality of the state itself changes.

Key points:

  1. Continuity of statehood — Since the state remains the same international person, its rights and obligations under international law, including treaties, generally continue unaffected by a mere change of government, whether the change is constitutional or brought about by revolution or coup.
  2. Treaties — Treaties concluded by the predecessor government remain binding on the state and are binding on the successor government, as the treaty obligations attach to the state, not to the particular government.
  3. State property and debts — State property and public debts remain vested in the state and pass to the successor government.
  4. Distinction from succession of states — Unlike succession of states (e.g., dissolution, secession, merger), succession of government does not involve a change in international legal personality, so the question of devolution of treaty rights and obligations does not arise in the same manner.
  5. Recognition — The new government may need to be recognized by other states, but recognition of a government does not affect the continuity of the state's international obligations.

Thus, the general principle is that a change of government does not affect the international legal personality or the treaty obligations of the state.


d) Exhaustion of Local Remedies

This is a well-established rule of international law (particularly in the law of diplomatic protection and international human rights law) which provides that before a state can bring an international claim on behalf of its national against another state, the injured individual must first exhaust all available and effective local remedies in the state alleged to be responsible.

Key points:

  1. Purpose — to allow the respondent state an opportunity to redress the wrong through its own courts and administrative machinery, and to respect the sovereignty of that state.
  2. Nature of remedies — the remedies must be available, sufficient and effective; they include judicial and administrative remedies, ordinary and extraordinary.
  3. Exceptions — the rule does not apply where:
    • There are no local remedies available;
    • The remedies are ineffective, inadequate or unduly delayed;
    • The respondent state has waived the requirement;
    • The injury is a direct injury to the state itself (not to the individual);
    • There is a manifest denial of justice.
  4. Application — the rule is applied in cases of diplomatic protection (e.g., Interhandel case, Elettronica Sicula case) and in human rights adjudication, though regional human rights courts have relaxed it in certain situations.

e) Termination of Treaty

Termination of a treaty means the end of the treaty's legal existence and the release of the parties from further obligations under it. The Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969 (Articles 54–64) lays down the modes of termination.

Modes of termination:

  1. By consent of the parties — in conformity with the provisions of the treaty or by agreement of all parties (Article 54).
  2. By conclusion of a later treaty — when all parties conclude a later treaty on the same subject matter and it appears that the later treaty is intended to govern the matter (Article 59).
  3. Material breach — a material breach by one party entitles the other party to terminate or suspend the treaty (Article 60). A material breach includes repudiation of the treaty or violation of an essential provision.
  4. Supervening impossibility of performance — if a permanent object essential to the execution of the treaty disappears (Article 61).
  5. Fundamental change of circumstances — the doctrine of rebus sic stantibus (Article 62).
  6. Severance of diplomatic or consular relations — this does not by itself terminate a treaty, except where the treaty's existence depends on such relations (Article 63).
  7. Emergence of a new peremptory norm of international law (jus cogens) — a treaty conflicting with a new peremptory norm becomes void and terminates (Article 64).
  8. War — generally suspends or terminates treaties, depending on their nature.

Effect of termination — it releases the parties from further performance but does not affect rights, obligations or legal situations created before termination (Article 70).

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

"Municipal law can basically be divided in to substantive law and procedural law. One proclaims the right and duties, while other arranges the means, methods and process to be adopted to enforce and protect those rights and duties." Do you agree with this statement? Explain in detail.

Answer

Yes, I fully agree with the statement. Municipal law is the body of law that governs the internal affairs of a state — the rights and duties of persons within the state and the machinery for enforcing them. For a clear understanding of how law works, it is divided into substantive law and procedural law. The statement correctly captures the essence of this division: substantive law creates and proclaims rights and duties, while procedural law lays down the means, methods and process by which those rights and duties are enforced and protected.

1. Meaning of Municipal Law

Municipal law (also called national or domestic law) is the law of a particular state applicable within its territory. It is distinguished from international law, which governs relations between states. Municipal law includes constitutional law, criminal law, civil law, commercial law, administrative law, etc. For study and administration, municipal law is classified into substantive and procedural law.

2. Substantive Law

Substantive law is that part of the law which defines and proclaims the rights and duties of individuals and the state. It tells us what is lawful and unlawful, what a person may or may not do, and what consequences follow. It deals with the "what" of the law — the substance or content of rights and obligations.

Examples:

  • Criminal law defines offences such as murder, theft and assault, and prescribes punishments. It tells us that killing a person is a crime (right to life; duty not to kill).
  • Civil law (e.g., contract, property, family law) declares the rights and duties arising from agreements, ownership, marriage and inheritance.
  • Constitutional law confers fundamental rights on citizens and imposes duties on the state.

Thus, substantive law is the source of rights and duties; without it there would be nothing to enforce.

3. Procedural Law

Procedural law is that part of the law which prescribes the means, methods and process for enforcing and protecting the rights and duties created by substantive law. It deals with the "how" of the law — the machinery of justice. It lays down how a case is to be instituted, how evidence is to be produced, how a trial is to be conducted, what remedies are available, and how a judgment is to be executed.

Examples:

  • Civil Procedure Code — rules on filing a suit, service of summons, pleadings, trial, decree and execution.
  • Criminal Procedure Code — rules on FIR, investigation, arrest, bail, trial and appeal.
  • Law of Evidence — rules on what facts may be proved and how.
  • Court procedure and rules of pleading — the process by which a claim is presented and defended.

Procedural law is therefore adjective law — it is ancillary to substantive law and exists to make substantive rights real and effective.

4. Relationship Between the Two

The two are closely connected and interdependent:

  1. Substantive law without procedural law is powerless. A right that cannot be enforced is of little value. For example, the law may declare that a creditor has a right to recover a debt, but unless there is a procedure to sue and execute the decree, the right remains a mere declaration.
  2. Procedural law without substantive law is meaningless. Procedure exists only to enforce some right or duty; if there were no substantive rights, there would be nothing for procedure to serve.
  3. They are two sides of the same coin. One gives the right; the other gives the remedy. As the maxim goes, ubi jus ibi remedium — where there is a right, there is a remedy; and the remedy is supplied by procedural law.

5. Why the Division is Important

  • It brings clarity and order to the study and administration of law.
  • It helps in codification and law reform — defects in substantive rights and defects in procedure can be identified and corrected separately.
  • It ensures fair play and due process — procedural law guarantees that rights are decided according to a known and impartial process, not arbitrarily.
  • It distinguishes rights from remedies — a person may have a substantive right but may lose it through procedural default (e.g., limitation, non-appearance), which shows the practical importance of procedure.

6. Critical Observation

The division is not absolute. Some laws contain both substantive and procedural elements. For instance, the law of limitation is largely procedural, while the law of evidence is often treated as procedural though it affects substantive outcomes. Similarly, constitutional law is substantive in conferring rights but also contains procedural provisions for their enforcement. Hence, the distinction is one of emphasis and convenience rather than of rigid separation.

Conclusion

The statement is correct and well-founded. Municipal law is broadly divided into substantive law, which proclaims rights and duties, and procedural law, which arranges the means, methods and process to enforce and protect them. The two are complementary: substantive law without procedure is a body without limbs, and procedure without substantive law is limbs without a body. Together they make the legal system complete, effective and just.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Compare the general principles of procedural law and the principles adopted in the civil Procedure Code, 2074.

Answer

Comparison of the general principles of procedural law with the principles adopted in the Civil Procedure Code, 2074

1. Introduction

Procedural (adjective) law lays down how rights are enforced in court. Substantive law creates rights and duties, while procedural law supplies the machinery. The Muluki Civil Procedure Code, 2074 (in force from 1 Bhadra 2075) replaced the procedural rules of the old Muluki Ain and adopted most of the general principles in a codified form.

2. General principles of procedural law

  1. Natural justice: Audi alteram partem (hear both sides) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one is a judge in his own cause).
  2. Equality of parties: Both sides get an equal opportunity to present their case.
  3. Open court and fair trial: Hearings are public and reasoned.
  4. Speedy and inexpensive justice: Delay is justice denied.
  5. Finality and res judicata: A decided matter cannot be reopened between the same parties.
  6. Burden of proof and evidence: The one who asserts must prove.
  7. Jurisdiction and limitation: Only a competent court may hear a case, and only within the time allowed.
  8. Right of appeal and review: An error may be corrected by a higher forum.
  9. Retrospectivity: Procedural law generally applies to pending cases unless it destroys a vested right.
  10. Court as the facilitator: The court promotes settlement and fair play.

3. Principles adopted in the Civil Procedure Code, 2074

  • Right to hearing and equal opportunity: The Code requires notice and summons to the defendant and a chance to file a written reply and be heard.
  • Impartial court: It lays down grounds for disqualification of a judge with an interest in the case.
  • Time-bound procedure: It sets fixed periods for the reply, evidence and judgment, and for the disposal of cases.
  • Jurisdiction and limitation: It states the court's territorial and subject-matter competence and the time limit for filing.
  • Burden of proof: The plaintiff must prove the claim, with the Evidence Act, 2031 supplying the detailed rules.
  • Appeal and review: There is a right of appeal to the High Court and the Supreme Court, and of review in prescribed cases.
  • Alternative dispute resolution: The Code supports court-referred mediation and compromise (मेलमिलाप).
  • Execution of judgment: It provides a full system for recovering decrees.
  • Costs and discipline: It allows costs against a party who delays or acts in bad faith.

4. Comparison

BasisGeneral principlesCPC, 2074
NatureAbstract, philosophical and universalCodified, specific and enforceable
SourceNatural justice, case law, jurisprudenceStatute passed by Parliament
ScopeApplies to all adjudication, including tribunalsApplies to civil proceedings in Nepal's courts
FlexibilityCourt may adapt to circumstancesFixed procedure, with limited discretion
Time limitsSpeedy trial stated only as an aimDefinite periods and consequences for default
Remedy for breachJudicial review or ordinary appeal on natural-justice groundsAppeal, review or objection under the Code
SettlementEncouraged in generalMediation and compromise are built into the process
UniformityInterpretation may varyUniform rules for all courts

5. Similarities and differences

Similarities:

  • The Code expressly follows natural justice, equality of parties, open hearings and appeal.
  • Both seek speedy, fair and final decisions.

Differences:

  • The Code turns broad ideals into definite steps, forms and deadlines, whereas general principles leave room for judicial discretion.
  • The Code can modify some general principles. Limitation periods, for example, can bar a valid claim.
  • The Code is more rigid, while general principles are flexible and adaptable.

6. Critical remarks

  • The Code reduces delay on paper, but case backlog and adjournments continue in practice.
  • Some technical rules still risk defeating substantive justice, so courts must apply them with natural justice in mind.
  • Constant training of judges and lawyers and use of technology are needed.

7. Conclusion

General principles give procedural law its moral foundation, and the Civil Procedure Code, 2074 gives them legal force. The Code largely adopts them while adding specific time limits, forms and enforcement mechanisms. Effective justice depends on applying the Code in the spirit of those principles.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Explain the extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and briefly discuss the procedure of the cases that fall under this jurisdiction.

Answer

Extraordinary Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Nepal

1. Meaning and Legal Basis

The extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court means the special, discretionary power of the Court to issue writs and provide remedies in cases where the ordinary course of law is either inadequate or unavailable. It is "extraordinary" because it is exercised outside the ordinary appellate and original jurisdiction of the Court, and it is invoked directly by an aggrieved party without going through lower courts.

In Nepal, this jurisdiction is conferred by:

  • Article 133 of the Constitution of Nepal (2015) — which provides for the extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
  • Section 9 of the Supreme Court Act, 2048 (1991) — which lays down the procedural details.

Article 133(1) provides that the Supreme Court shall have the power to issue appropriate orders and writs including habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for any other legal right for which no other remedy is available or for which the remedy available is inadequate or ineffective.

2. Nature of the Jurisdiction

The extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court has the following characteristics:

  1. Discretionary — It is not a matter of right; the Court may refuse to exercise it if another adequate remedy exists.
  2. Residual — It is available only when no other effective remedy is available.
  3. Direct access — A party may approach the Supreme Court directly, bypassing lower courts.
  4. Writ-based — The main remedies are the five prerogative writs.
  5. Protective of fundamental rights — It is the ultimate constitutional safeguard of citizens' fundamental rights.

3. Writs Issued Under Extraordinary Jurisdiction

(a) Habeas Corpus — "You may have the body." Issued against illegal detention or imprisonment to produce the detained person before the Court and release him if the detention is unlawful. It protects the right to personal liberty.

(b) Mandamus — "We command." Issued to a public authority or official to compel the performance of a legal duty which he has refused or failed to perform. It cannot be issued against a private person or against the President or judiciary in judicial functions.

(c) Certiorari — "To be certified." Issued to a lower court, tribunal or quasi-judicial body to quash its decision given without jurisdiction, or in excess of jurisdiction, or in violation of natural justice.

(d) Prohibition — "To forbid." Issued to a lower court or tribunal to prevent it from exceeding its jurisdiction or from acting contrary to natural justice. It is preventive in nature, while certiorari is curative.

(e) Quo Warranto — "By what authority." Issued to inquire into the legality of a person's claim to a public office, and to oust him if his appointment is unlawful.

4. Procedure of Cases Under Extraordinary Jurisdiction

The procedure is governed mainly by the Constitution, the Supreme Court Act, 2048, and the Supreme Court Rules, 2074 (2018).

Step 1 — Filing of the petition An aggrieved person, or any person acting in his interest, files a written petition before the Supreme Court stating the facts, the legal right violated, the absence of an adequate remedy, and the relief sought. In case of illegal detention, even a relative or friend may file a habeas corpus petition. The petition must be accompanied by the prescribed court fee and relevant documents.

Step 2 — Registration and scrutiny The petition is registered in the Supreme Court. The Registrar examines whether it is in proper form and within the Court's jurisdiction. If defective, it may be returned for correction.

Step 3 — Preliminary hearing / admission The petition is placed before a single Justice or a Division Bench for preliminary hearing. The Bench considers whether there is a prima facie case. If satisfied, it admits the petition and issues a show cause notice (कारण देखाऊ आदेश) to the opposite party, calling upon it to submit a written reply within a specified period. In urgent cases, especially habeas corpus, the Court may issue an interim order immediately.

Step 4 — Service of notice The notice is served on the respondent (the concerned authority or person) through the Court's process. The respondent must file a written reply within the time fixed.

Step 5 — Hearing After the reply is received (or the time expires), the case is listed for hearing before the appropriate Bench — usually a Division Bench of two Justices, or a Constitutional Bench in cases involving constitutional interpretation or conflict. Both parties are heard; they may submit documentary evidence, affidavits and legal arguments. The Court may also call for the records of the lower court or authority.

Step 6 — Judgment and writ After hearing, the Court delivers its judgment. It may:

  • Issue the writ prayed for (e.g., release the detenu, quash the order, command performance of duty);
  • Dismiss the petition if no legal right is violated or an adequate remedy exists;
  • Issue any other appropriate order as justice requires.

The judgment is reasoned and binding on all concerned. A copy is sent to the concerned authority for compliance.

Step 7 — Enforcement and review The order of the Supreme Court is enforceable throughout Nepal. Wilful disobedience may amount to contempt of court. A party dissatisfied may seek review under Article 137 of the Constitution on limited grounds, but there is no appeal against the Supreme Court's decision.

5. Conclusion

The extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court is a cornerstone of the rule of law and constitutionalism in Nepal. Through the writs of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto, the Court acts as the guardian of fundamental rights and as the ultimate interpreter of the Constitution. Its procedure — from filing and admission, through notice and hearing, to judgment and enforcement — is designed to provide speedy, effective and direct justice where ordinary remedies fail. Thus, this jurisdiction not only protects individual liberty but also keeps every organ of the State within the bounds of the Constitution.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Clarify arbitration and mediation among the alternative method of dispute resolution. Can they be used together or not? Make it clear.

Answer

Arbitration and Mediation as Alternative Dispute Resolution Methods

1. Introduction

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) refers to all those methods of settling disputes outside the ordinary court system. The main ADR methods are negotiation, mediation, conciliation and arbitration. Among these, arbitration and mediation are the two most widely used and most frequently compared methods. Both aim at resolving disputes speedily, cheaply and amicably, but they differ fundamentally in nature, procedure and legal effect.

2. Concept of Arbitration

Arbitration is a process in which the parties to a dispute agree to refer their dispute to one or more neutral third persons (the arbitrator or arbitral tribunal), who hear the parties and give a binding decision called an award.

Features:

  • It is adjudicatory in nature — the arbitrator acts like a private judge.
  • It is based on the agreement of the parties (arbitration agreement), which may be a clause in a contract or a separate submission agreement.
  • The arbitrator decides the dispute on the basis of law, evidence and the terms of the contract.
  • The award is binding on the parties and enforceable as if it were a decree of the court.
  • It is final, and appeal lies only on very limited grounds (e.g., misconduct of the arbitrator, exceeding jurisdiction).
  • The parties may choose the arbitrator, the place of arbitration, the procedure and the applicable law.

Legal basis in Nepal: The Arbitration Act, 2055 (1999) and the UNCITRAL Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration, 1985 govern arbitration in Nepal. Section 2(a) of the Arbitration Act defines arbitration as a process of settling a dispute by an arbitrator appointed with the consent of the parties.

3. Concept of Mediation

Mediation is a process in which a neutral third person (the mediator) assists the disputing parties to reach a mutually acceptable settlement by facilitating communication, clarifying issues and exploring options. The mediator does not decide the dispute.

Features:

  • It is non-adjudicatory and facilitative in nature — the mediator only assists, he does not judge.
  • The mediator has no power to impose a decision; the parties themselves decide the terms of settlement.
  • The settlement, when reduced into writing and signed, becomes a binding contract between the parties.
  • The process is voluntary, informal, flexible and confidential.
  • The parties retain full control over the outcome.
  • It preserves and often improves the relationship between the parties, which is why it is preferred in family, commercial and community disputes.

Legal basis in Nepal: The Mediation Act, 2065 (2008) provides for mediation. Section 2(b) defines mediation as a process in which a mediator, appointed with the consent of the parties, assists the parties to reach a voluntary settlement. The Muluki Civil Code, 2074 also recognises mediation and conciliation in various matters.

4. Distinction between Arbitration and Mediation

BasisArbitrationMediation
NatureAdjudicatory; quasi-judicialNon-adjudicatory; facilitative
Role of third partyArbitrator decides the disputeMediator only assists the parties
Decision-making powerVested in the arbitratorRetained by the parties
OutcomeAward (binding decision)Settlement agreement (mutual)
Basis of decisionLaw, evidence, contract termsInterests, needs, mutual convenience
Binding forceAward is binding and enforceable as a court decreeSettlement is binding as a contract
ProcedureFormal, resembles court trialInformal and flexible
Applicable lawArbitration Act, 2055Mediation Act, 2065
AppealLimited grounds of challenge onlyNo appeal; but can be challenged as a contract
Party autonomyLimited to choice of arbitrator and procedureComplete control over process and result
Third party's qualificationUsually legal expertTrained mediator, need not be lawyer
Preservation of relationshipLess emphasisStrong emphasis

5. Can They Be Used Together?

Yes, they can be used together, and in practice they very often are. The combination is generally known as Med-Arb (Mediation-Arbitration) or Arb-Med (Arbitration-Mediation). This is legally possible and practically useful for the following reasons:

(a) No legal bar. The Arbitration Act, 2055 and the Mediation Act, 2065 do not prohibit the parties from first attempting mediation and then going to arbitration, or vice versa. The parties are free to design a multi-tiered dispute resolution clause.

(b) Common in contract clauses. It is very common for commercial contracts to contain a multi-tiered dispute resolution clause, e.g.:

"The parties shall first attempt to settle the dispute amicably through mediation within 30 days. If the dispute is not resolved within that period, it shall be referred to arbitration."

(c) Mediation first, arbitration later (Med-Arb). The parties first try mediation. If mediation succeeds, the settlement agreement ends the dispute. If it fails, the dispute goes to arbitration for a binding award. This saves time and cost and gives the parties a chance to preserve their relationship before resorting to an adversarial process.

(d) Arbitration first, mediation during proceedings (Arb-Med). Even after arbitration has begun, the arbitral tribunal may, with the consent of the parties, encourage or refer the parties to mediation. If mediation succeeds, the parties may record a settlement and the tribunal may pass a consent award or the parties may withdraw the case. If mediation fails, arbitration continues.

(e) Statutory support. Section 30 of the Arbitration Act, 2055 allows the arbitral tribunal to encourage settlement between the parties during the proceedings. Similarly, courts in Nepal frequently refer cases to mediation under the Mediation Act, 2065 before or during litigation.

However, the following cautions must be noted:

  1. Confidentiality problem in Med-Arb with the same neutral. If the same person acts first as mediator and then as arbitrator, he may have received confidential information in the mediation which he cannot unhear in arbitration. This may violate the confidentiality of mediation and the impartiality of arbitration. The usual solution is to use different neutrals for the two stages.
  2. Voluntariness of mediation must be preserved. The mediator must not pressure the parties into a settlement by hinting that he will decide against them in the later arbitration.
  3. The arbitration agreement must remain intact. If the parties go to mediation first, the arbitration clause should not be treated as waived; the mediation stage should be a condition precedent only if the clause so provides.
  4. Enforceability. A mediation settlement is enforceable as a contract; an arbitral award is enforceable as a decree. The parties should clearly record which stage they are in and what the effect of the settlement will be.

6. Conclusion

Arbitration and mediation are both ADR methods but they stand on different footings: arbitration is adjudicatory and binding, while mediation is facilitative and voluntary. They are not mutually exclusive. They can be, and frequently are, used together in the form of Med-Arb or Arb-Med, either as separate stages under a multi-tiered dispute resolution clause or as a referral during arbitral proceedings. The only requirement is that the confidentiality of mediation and the impartiality of arbitration be safeguarded, preferably by using different neutrals for the two stages. Thus, the two methods are complementary rather than contradictory, and their combined use makes ADR more effective.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Explain the importance of execution of judgement. Also discuss the procedure for recovering the claimed amount (Bigo Bharanne).

Answer

Importance of execution of judgement and the procedure for recovering the claimed amount (Bigo Bharne)

1. Meaning

Execution (फैसला कार्यान्वयन) is the process by which a court enforces its final judgement or decree so that the successful party actually receives the relief awarded. Where the decree is for money, the process is called Bigo Bharne (recovery of the claimed amount). The governing law is the Muluki Civil Procedure Code, 2074 (the Code).

2. Importance of execution

  1. Makes justice real: A decree that is not enforced is only a paper right. Execution turns the verdict into actual relief.
  2. Rule of law: It shows that court orders bind everyone, including the state and powerful persons.
  3. Public faith in courts: People trust the judiciary only if its decisions are obeyed.
  4. Deters default: Debtors and wrongdoers know that the judgement can be enforced against their property.
  5. Ends litigation: The dispute truly ends only when the decree is satisfied.
  6. Economic security: Credit, trade and contracts depend on reliable recovery of dues.
  7. Constitutional basis: The Constitution (Art. 128 and Art. 126) places judicial power in the courts, and their judgements are binding. The Code and the courts' execution mechanism carry this into practice.

3. Procedure for recovering the claimed amount (Bigo Bharne)

Step 1. Final judgement. The decree-holder (Bigo Paaune) must have a final judgement. If it is under appeal, execution follows the rules on stay and the status of the appeal.

Step 2. Application for execution. The decree-holder files an application in the court that gave the judgement (or the court prescribed by the Code) within the time limit stated by the Code. He gives the details of the decree, the amount, and the debtor's property that can be attached.

Step 3. Notice to the judgement-debtor. The court notifies the debtor (Bigo Bhurnu Parne) and fixes a period for payment. If the debtor pays, execution ends and the decree-holder receives the money.

Step 4. Disclosure of property. The debtor may be required to disclose his property. The decree-holder can also point out property, and the court can obtain information from land revenue, company, vehicle and bank records.

Step 5. Attachment (रोक्का). If there is no payment, the court orders attachment of the debtor's property. Attachment includes:

  • Immovable property: land and buildings are blocked at the Land Revenue Office so that they cannot be transferred.
  • Movable property and bank accounts: they are frozen or seized.
  • Salary and other income: deduction at source in the amount allowed by law.

Property needed for the debtor's basic living is exempt from attachment.

Step 6. Valuation and sale. The attached property is valued, and public notice and auction (लिलाम) follow. The highest bidder buys it and pays the price into court.

Step 7. Distribution of proceeds. The sale proceeds go first to the decree-holder up to the decree amount with interest and costs. A balance goes to the debtor. If there are several creditors, the money is distributed according to priority and proportionally.

Step 8. Other coercive measures. Where the Code and other law permit, the court may take further measures against a debtor who deliberately defaults, for example restriction on dealing with property or on leaving the country. These steps are used only as a last resort.

Step 9. Satisfaction and closure. When the decree amount is paid, the court records satisfaction and removes the attachment. Third parties who claim the attached property may object, and the court decides this before the sale.

4. Limitation

The decree-holder must apply for execution within the period prescribed by the Code (and the limitation rules of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074). A time-barred application is not entertained.

5. Role of the execution machinery

The courts have judgement-execution sections, and the Supreme Court has a directorate that supervises them. Officials carry out attachment, auction and recovery under the court's order.

6. Conclusion

Execution gives life to a judgement, and without it the decree-holder's victory would be hollow. The Code therefore sets out a step-by-step procedure, from application and notice to attachment, auction and distribution, so that the claimed amount is recovered lawfully and fairly, while protecting the debtor from excessive hardship.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Does procedural law have retrospective effect? Explain with reference to the precedent set in the case of Pasang Dawa Tamang Vs. HMG.

Answer

Retrospective effect of procedural law and the case of Pasang Dawa Tamang v. HMG

1. Introduction

A law is retrospective when it applies to events, rights or proceedings that arose before it came into force. Retrospectivity is treated differently for substantive and procedural laws.

2. General rule

  • Substantive law creates, defines or takes away rights and liabilities. It is presumed to operate only prospectively. Article 20(5) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2015 also bars punishment under a law enacted after the act (no retrospective criminal liability), and no heavier penalty can be imposed than the one in force at the time of the offence.
  • Procedural law governs the method of enforcing rights, such as filing, hearing, evidence and appeal. A person has no vested right in a particular procedure. So procedural law is generally retrospective in the sense that it applies to proceedings pending when it comes into force.

3. Reasons

  1. Procedure is the means of administering justice, and the State may improve it at any time.
  2. A uniform procedure for all pending and future cases avoids confusion.
  3. No one acquires a vested right in a court rule.

4. Exceptions

Procedural law does not apply retrospectively in the following situations.

  1. Vested substantive rights: A new rule that takes away or impairs an existing right, such as a right of appeal already in existence at the time the suit began, is not applied to pending cases.
  2. Express provision or contrary intention: The new law may itself say that pending cases continue under the old law, as transitional provisions often do.
  3. Criminal liability and penalty: Rules that create liability or increase punishment are substantive.
  4. Steps already completed: Acts validly done under the old procedure are not reopened.

5. Pasang Dawa Tamang v. HMG

The Supreme Court of Nepal considered the question whether a change in procedural law applies to a matter pending when the change came into force. The case is cited in Nepali law as authority for the following principles.

  • A procedural law applies to pending proceedings from the date it comes into force, because no one has a vested right in procedure.
  • This does not extend to a law that affects a substantive right. The distinction between procedure and substantive right was drawn on the facts of the case.

6. Application and Nepali examples

  • When the Muluki Civil Procedure Code, 2074 and the Criminal Procedure Code, 2074 came into force in Bhadra 2075, their transitional provisions continued pending cases under the new procedure but preserved the steps already completed.
  • A change in the mode of service of summons applies to pending suits, but a change that cuts down the period for a right already running may be applied only with care for existing rights.

7. Conclusion

Procedural law is generally retrospective and applies to pending cases, as Pasang Dawa Tamang v. HMG illustrates, but it cannot take away vested substantive rights or override a clear contrary intention in the statute. Substantive law remains prospective.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 20 marks

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a) Mutation b) Foreclosure c) Ex-parte hearing d) Mediation e) Postponement

Answer

Short notes on any THREE:


a) Mutation

Mutation (in Nepali law, नामसारी) is the legal process of transferring the ownership of land or property from one person's name to another in the government land records. It is carried out at the Land Revenue Office (Malpot Karyalaya) under the Land Revenue Act, 2034 (1977) and the Land Revenue Rules.

Mutation is required whenever ownership changes by way of sale, gift, inheritance, partition, or court order. The registered owner or the person acquiring the right applies to the Land Revenue Office with the deed of transfer and proof of ownership. After verification and notice to concerned parties, the office updates the land ownership certificate (Lalpurja) in the new owner's name. Mutation is important because the State recognises ownership only through the land records; without mutation, the buyer's title is not legally complete and cannot be used for further sale, mortgage, or compensation.


b) Foreclosure

Foreclosure is the legal process by which a mortgagee (lender) takes possession of or sells the mortgaged property when the mortgagor (borrower) fails to repay the loan as agreed. It is the enforcement of the security interest created by a mortgage.

In Nepal, foreclosure is governed mainly by the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (2017) and the Secured Transactions Act, 2063 (2006). When the debtor defaults, the creditor gives notice demanding repayment within a specified period. If the debt is still not paid, the creditor may apply to the court or the competent authority to sell the mortgaged property and recover the outstanding amount from the sale proceeds. Any surplus goes to the debtor, and any shortfall may still be recovered from the debtor personally. Foreclosure protects the creditor's security and ensures recovery of loans.


c) Ex-parte hearing

An ex-parte hearing (from the Latin ex parte, meaning "from one side") is a proceeding in which the court hears and decides a case in the absence of one party — usually the defendant — because that party fails to appear or to file a reply despite proper service of notice.

In Nepali civil procedure, if the defendant does not appear on the date fixed for hearing even after being duly served, the court may proceed ex parte and decide the case on the basis of the plaintiff's evidence and arguments. The main conditions are: (i) proper service of summons, (ii) failure of the absent party to appear without sufficient cause, and (iii) the court's satisfaction that proceeding ex parte is just. An ex-parte decision is not final in all cases; the aggrieved party may later apply to set it aside (by an application to the same court for setting aside the ex-parte proceeding, which is different from an appeal, पुनरावेदन) on showing sufficient cause. The principle ensures that a case is not stalled indefinitely by a party's wilful absence.


d) Mediation

Mediation is a voluntary, structured dispute-resolution process in which a neutral third party (the mediator) assists the disputing parties to reach a mutually acceptable settlement. The mediator does not decide the case or impose a solution; he or she only facilitates communication, clarifies issues, and helps the parties explore options.

In Nepal, mediation is recognised by the Mediation Act, 2068 (2011). It is used in civil, family, commercial, and community disputes, and courts may refer suitable cases to mediation under the Civil Procedure Code, 2074. Key features are voluntariness, confidentiality, neutrality of the mediator, and the parties' own control over the outcome. A successful mediation ends in a written agreement (मेलमिलाप सम्झौता), which is binding once registered. Mediation reduces court backlog, saves time and cost, and preserves relationships.


e) Postponement

Postponement (तारेख or adjournment) is the deferment of a scheduled hearing or proceeding of a case to a later date. It is granted by the court either on the request of a party or on the court's own initiative.

Under Nepali procedural law, a party may seek postponement on reasonable grounds such as illness, absence of counsel, non-receipt of documents, or the need to produce evidence. The court grants it only for sufficient cause and generally limits the number of adjournments to prevent delay. Repeated or frivolous postponement requests may be refused, and costs may be imposed on the party seeking them. Postponement is a procedural facility meant to ensure a fair opportunity to be heard, but it must be balanced against the principle of speedy trial and the interests of the opposing party.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

Differentiate between fundamental rights and the directive principles and state policies. Comment on their enforcement in Nepal with suitable case laws.

Answer

Fundamental Rights vs. Directive Principles and State Policies

1. Introduction

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) contains two distinct but related sets of constitutional provisions: Fundamental Rights (Part 3, Articles 16–46) and Directive Principles, Policies and Obligations of the State (Part 4, Articles 49–55). Both aim at the welfare of the people and the establishment of a just, democratic and egalitarian society, but they differ in nature, justiciability and enforceability. The classic distinction, borrowed from the Irish Constitution and the Indian Constitution (Articles 32 and 37), is that fundamental rights are negative in character (they restrain the State from interfering with individual liberty), while directive principles are positive in character (they direct the State to undertake welfare measures).


2. Meaning

Fundamental Rights: These are basic, inalienable rights guaranteed to every citizen (and in some cases to every person) by the Constitution itself. They are enforceable in the courts and any law inconsistent with them is void to the extent of inconsistency (Article 46).

Directive Principles and State Policies: These are guidelines, ideals and policy objectives that the State is expected to follow while making laws and formulating policies. They are not enforceable in courts by themselves (Article 55), but they are fundamental to the governance of the country.


3. Distinction between Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles

BasisFundamental RightsDirective Principles and State Policies
NatureNegative in character — they prohibit the State from interfering with individual liberty.Positive in character — they direct the State to do something for social and economic welfare.
SourcePart 3, Articles 16–46 of the Constitution.Part 4, Articles 49–55 of the Constitution.
JusticiabilityJusticiable — enforceable through writ petitions under Articles 46 and 133.Non-justiciable — Article 55 expressly states they are not enforceable in any court.
AimProtect individual rights and liberties (civil and political rights).Promote social and economic justice, welfare and public policy goals.
BeneficiaryPrimarily the individual.Primarily the community and society at large.
Legal effect of inconsistencyAny law inconsistent with a fundamental right is void to the extent of inconsistency (Article 46).A law cannot be declared void merely for inconsistency with a directive principle.
RemedyWrits of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto.No direct writ remedy; implemented through legislation and policy.
ExamplesRight to equality (Art. 18), right to freedom (Art. 17), right against torture (Art. 22), right to constitutional remedy (Art. 46).Protection of national unity (Art. 49), free and compulsory education as a policy goal (Art. 51(b)), employment and social security as policy goals (Art. 51(b)(1)).
Position in NepalEnforceable; Supreme Court is the guardian.Not directly enforceable, but courts may use them for interpretation.

3.1 Points of Difference in Detail

  1. Justiciability: Fundamental rights are enforceable by writ petitions in the Supreme Court (Art. 46 and Art. 133) and High Courts (Art. 144). Directive principles are expressly declared non-enforceable by Article 55.

  2. Character: Fundamental rights are mostly civil and political rights (e.g., equality, freedom of expression, freedom of religion). Directive principles are mostly social and economic goals (e.g., education, health, employment, social security).

  3. Aim: Fundamental rights establish political democracy; directive principles aim at economic democracy and a welfare State.

  4. Effect of violation: Violation of a fundamental right gives rise to a legal remedy. Violation of a directive principle gives rise only to political and moral accountability.

  5. Interdependence: Despite the distinction, the two are complementary. Directive principles provide the policy foundation for the realisation of fundamental rights. In Nepal, several directive principles have been converted into enforceable fundamental rights — for example, the right to free and compulsory basic education (Art. 31), the right to health (Art. 35), the right to social security (Art. 42), and the right to employment (Art. 33) — showing that Part 4 ideals have matured into Part 3 rights.


4. Enforcement in Nepal

4.1 Constitutional Basis

  • Article 46: Guarantees the right to constitutional remedy — a person whose fundamental right is violated may file a writ petition in the Supreme Court (or High Court under Art. 144) for enforcement.
  • Article 133: Confers writ jurisdiction on the Supreme Court for habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto.
  • Article 55: Expressly provides that directive principles are not enforceable in any court.
  • Article 49: Declares that it shall be the duty of the State to protect and promote the directive principles.

4.2 Enforcement of Fundamental Rights

Fundamental rights in Nepal are strongly enforceable. The Supreme Court has issued numerous writs to protect them. Key case laws:

  • Yagya Murti Banjade v. Government of Nepal (2032 BS) — The Supreme Court held that the right to constitutional remedy is a fundamental right and that the Court has the power to issue appropriate writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights. It established the principle that the right to habeas corpus cannot be suspended even during an emergency.

  • Bhim Bahadur Karki v. Government of Nepal (2036 BS) — The Court held that the right to life under Article 12(1) of the 1962 Constitution includes the right to a clean environment and a decent standard of living. This expanded the scope of fundamental rights.

  • Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel v. Godavari Marble Industries (NKP 2052) — The Supreme Court recognised the right to a clean and healthy environment as part of the right to life and issued a mandamus to close a polluting industry. This is a landmark case on environmental rights.

  • Advocate Prakash Mani Sharma v. Council of Ministers (2064 BS) — The Court held that the right to information is a fundamental right and directed the government to provide information. It reinforced the principle of transparency and accountability.

  • Madhav Kumar Basnet v. Government of Nepal (2064 BS) — The Court held that the right to education includes the right to free education up to the basic level and directed the State to make necessary arrangements.

4.3 Enforcement of Directive Principles

Directive principles are not directly enforceable, but they influence:

  1. Legislation: Parliament enacts laws to implement them (e.g., Right to Education Act, 2075; Social Security Act, 2074; Right to Employment Act, 2075).
  2. Policy Formulation: Periodic Plans, budget speeches and government policies are guided by Part 4.
  3. Judicial Interpretation: Courts use directive principles to interpret fundamental rights and to uphold the constitutionality of welfare legislation. In Yagya Murti Banjade, the Court referred to directive principles while interpreting the right to remedy. In Prakash Mani Sharma, the Court used the directive principle of environmental protection (Art. 51(g)) to strengthen the right to life.
  4. Public Interest Litigation (PIL): The Supreme Court has entertained PILs based on directive principles, issuing directives to the government (e.g., Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel).

4.4 Limitations and Challenges

  • Lack of effective implementation due to political instability, corruption and resource constraints.
  • Many directive principles remain mere paper promises (e.g., right to employment, social security for all).
  • Courts cannot compel the State to allocate resources, as that is a policy matter.
  • However, the Supreme Court has increasingly used directive principles to hold the State accountable, especially in environmental and education cases.

5. Comment on Enforcement in Nepal

In Nepal, fundamental rights are enforceable and justiciable, while directive principles are non-justiciable but morally and politically binding. The Supreme Court has played an activist role in enforcing fundamental rights through writs and has used directive principles as interpretive tools. However, the gap between constitutional promises and ground reality persists. The 2072 Constitution has expanded fundamental rights significantly (e.g., rights to education, health, social security, employment), reflecting the influence of directive principles. Yet, effective enforcement requires political will, adequate resources and a strong rule of law. The judiciary alone cannot ensure socio-economic justice; it must be complemented by legislative and executive action. Thus, while fundamental rights are legally enforceable, directive principles serve as guiding stars for the State, and their realisation depends on the collective commitment of all organs of the State.


6. Conclusion

The distinction between fundamental rights and directive principles lies in their justiciability and nature. Fundamental rights are negative, individual-centric and enforceable; directive principles are positive, community-centric and non-enforceable. In Nepal, the Supreme Court has enforced fundamental rights through writs and used directive principles for interpretation. However, the full realisation of directive principles requires legislative and executive action. The two sets of provisions are complementary and together aim at establishing a just, democratic and welfare State in Nepal.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

What is the house dissolution? Examine Nepal's practice on the house dissolution with recent precedent enunciated by the Supreme Court of Nepal.

Answer

1. Meaning of House Dissolution

Dissolution of the House means bringing the life of the House of Representatives to an end before its normal term expires. The House is the elected lower chamber of the federal Parliament and has a five-year term (Article 85 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2015). On dissolution, all members cease to hold office, pending business lapses, and fresh elections must be held. It is therefore the most drastic power touching parliamentary democracy: it ends the mandate given by the voters and is the opposite of a vote of confidence.

In a parliamentary system the power is exercised by the head of state on the advice of the Prime Minister. The central question is whether that advice is a free political choice or a power available only in defined circumstances.

2. Constitutional Framework (Constitution of Nepal, 2015)

  • Article 76(1)-(5) sets out the staged process for forming a government: the leader of the parliamentary party with a majority; then a coalition; then the leader of the largest party (clause 3), who must obtain a vote of confidence; then any member who can command a majority (clause 5).
  • Article 76(6) requires a Prime Minister appointed under clause (5) to obtain a vote of confidence within thirty days.
  • Article 76(7) provides that if that Prime Minister fails to obtain the vote of confidence, the President, on the Prime Minister's recommendation, dissolves the House and fixes elections within six months.
  • Article 78 governs the vote of confidence, Article 100 the no-confidence motion, and Article 85 the term of the House.

The 2015 Constitution deliberately limited dissolution compared with the 1990 Constitution, where the Prime Minister could advise dissolution much more freely. The aim was government stability without letting the Prime Minister use dissolution as a shield.

3. Nepal's Practice

  1. 1960: King Mahendra dismissed the B.P. Koirala government and dissolved the elected House, ending parliamentary democracy and introducing the Panchayat system.
  2. 1994 (under the 1990 Constitution): Prime Minister Girija Prasad Koirala recommended dissolution after an intra-party crisis, and the matter went to the Supreme Court.
  3. 2002: Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba recommended dissolution, and elections were never held. Years without an elected House followed and deepened the crisis that led to the 2006 People's Movement.
  4. 2006: The House was restored by the proclamation of 24 April 2006 after the movement.
  5. 20 December 2020 (5 Poush 2077): Prime Minister K.P. Sharma Oli recommended dissolution amid a split in his own party, and President Bidya Devi Bhandari approved it.
  6. 22 May 2021 (8 Jestha 2078): After Oli lost a vote of confidence and no one could prove a majority, the President again dissolved the House on his recommendation.

The pattern is that dissolution has repeatedly been used for political survival, which is why judicial review became important.

4. Recent Supreme Court Precedent

(a) Advocate Santosh Bhandari and others v. Office of the President and others (decided 23 February 2021)

Facts: The December 2020 dissolution was challenged by a large number of writ petitions.

Held: A five-member Constitutional Bench led by Chief Justice Cholendra Shumsher Rana declared the dissolution unconstitutional and reinstated the House. The Court reasoned that:

  • The Constitution provides no unfettered power to the Prime Minister to dissolve the House while a majority government exists or while a government can still be formed under Article 76. Dissolution under Article 76(7) arises only after the steps in Article 76 have been exhausted.
  • A Prime Minister cannot dissolve the House merely because of an intra-party dispute.
  • The President is not a mere rubber stamp but must check that the recommendation fits the Constitution, and the Court can review that decision.
  • The House was to be summoned within 13 days.

(b) July 2021 decision on the May 2021 dissolution (Sher Bahadur Deuba and others, together with writs such as that of Bharat Mani Gautam, v. Office of the President)

Facts: After Oli lost the vote of confidence on 10 May 2021, he was reappointed under Article 76(3), and on 22 May he and Opposition leader Sher Bahadur Deuba both claimed to command a majority. The President dissolved the House on Oli's recommendation.

Held: The Constitutional Bench on 12 July 2021 again quashed the dissolution, reinstated the House, and by mandamus directed the President to appoint Sher Bahadur Deuba Prime Minister under Article 76(5). The Court held that:

  • When members had signed in support of an alternative candidate who could command a majority, Article 76(5) required that person to be appointed. A Prime Minister cannot dissolve the House to block it.
  • Article 76(7) is not a route to dissolution while a credible claim of majority exists.
  • The Court may direct appointment of the Prime Minister when the Constitution leaves no other option.

Deuba was appointed on 13 July 2021 and won a vote of confidence on 18 July 2021.

(c) Position since then

No House has been dissolved since 2021. Both decisions remain the leading authority, and later governments formed after the 2022 elections have been formed within the Article 76 process.

5. Principles Established

  1. Dissolution is a conditional, exceptional power, and not a discretionary weapon of the Prime Minister.
  2. It is available only after the government-formation steps of Article 76 have been exhausted.
  3. A dissolution recommendation is justiciable; the Supreme Court can review it.
  4. The President must examine constitutionality and is not a rubber stamp.
  5. Dissolution cannot be used to avoid a vote of confidence, a rival majority claim, or an intra-party fight.
  6. The Court can order the House restored and a Prime Minister appointed.

6. Conclusion

House dissolution is the premature ending of the elected House. Nepal's history shows its misuse, from the 1960 royal takeover to the 2002 and 2020-21 dissolutions. Through Santosh Bhandari (2021) and the July 2021 decision, the Supreme Court made dissolution a constitutionally disciplined power, reviewable by the courts and available only when Article 76 truly offers no stable government.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

Discuss classification of constitutions. How would you classify the Constitution of Nepal (2072 BS)? Analyze.

Answer

संविधानहरूको वर्गीकरण (Classification of Constitutions)

संविधानहरूलाई विभिन्न आधारहरूमा वर्गीकरण गर्न सकिन्छ। मुख्य वर्गीकरणहरू निम्नअनुसार छन्:

१. लिखित र अलिखित संविधान (Written and Unwritten Constitutions):

  • लिखित संविधान: यो संविधान लिखित दस्तावेजको रूपमा हुन्छ, जसमा राज्यका सबै नियम, संरचना र नागरिकका अधिकारहरू स्पष्ट रूपमा उल्लेख गरिएका हुन्छन्। (उदाहरण: नेपालको संविधान, संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिकाको संविधान)।
  • अलिखित संविधान: यसमा कुनै एक केन्द्रीय लिखित दस्तावेज हुँदैन। यसको संरचना परम्परा, न्यायिक निर्णयहरू, रीतिरिवाज र कानुनहरूको संग्रहबाट विकसित हुन्छ। (उदाहरण: बेलायतको संविधान)।

२. कठोर र लचिलो संविधान (Rigid and Flexible Constitutions):

  • कठोर संविधान: यसका प्रावधानहरू परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि विशेष, जटिल र कठिन प्रक्रिया (जस्तै: विशेष बहुमत वा जनमत संग्रह) आवश्यक पर्दछ। यसले सरकारलाई पटक-पटक परिवर्तन गर्नबाट रोक्छ। (उदाहरण: संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिकाको संविधान)।
  • लचिलो संविधान: यसका प्रावधानहरू सामान्य कानुनहरू जस्तै सजिलै संशोधन गर्न सकिन्छ। यसलाई सामान्य विधायी प्रक्रियाद्वारा परिवर्तन गर्न सकिन्छ। (उदाहरण: बेलायतको संविधान)।

३. संघीय र एकात्मक संविधान (Federal and Unitary Constitutions):

  • एकात्मक संविधान: यसमा सम्पूर्ण शासकीय शक्ति केन्द्रीय सरकारमा निहित हुन्छ। स्थानीय वा क्षेत्रीय सरकारहरू केन्द्रीय सरकारको अधीनमा रहन्छन्। (उदाहरण: फ्रान्स)।
  • संघीय संविधान: यसमा शासकीय शक्ति केन्द्र र प्रदेश/राज्यहरूबीच विभाजित हुन्छ। प्रत्येक तहको सरकारले आफ्नो अधिकार क्षेत्रभित्र स्वतन्त्र रूपमा शासन गर्दछ। (उदाहरण: संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका, भारत, नेपाल)।

४. संसदीय र अध्यक्षीय संविधान (Parliamentary and Presidential Constitutions):

  • संसदीय संविधान: यसमा कार्यपालिका (सरकार) विधायिका (संसद) बाट उत्पन्न हुन्छ र त्यसप्रति उत्तरदायी हुन्छ। कार्यपालिका र विधायिकाबीच समन्वय हुन्छ। (उदाहरण: भारत, बेलायत)।
  • अध्यक्षीय संविधान: यसमा कार्यपालिका (राष्ट्रपति/प्रधानमन्त्री) र विधायिका छुट्टाछुट्टै हुन्छन् र एकअर्काप्रति उत्तरदायी हुँदैनन्। कार्यपालिकाको प्रमुख विधायिकाबाट अलग हुन्छ। (उदाहरण: संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका)।

नेपालको संविधान (२०७२) को विश्लेषण (Analysis of the Constitution of Nepal (2072 BS))

नेपालको संविधान, २०७२ लाई माथि उल्लेखित वर्गीकरणका आधारमा निम्न रूपमा विश्लेषण गर्न सकिन्छ:

१. लिखित संविधान: नेपालको संविधान एक लिखित संविधान हो। यसले राज्यको संरचना, नागरिकका मौलिक हकहरू, सरकारका अंगहरूको कार्यक्षेत्र र अधिकारहरूलाई एक बृहत् दस्तावेजमा स्पष्ट रूपमा परिभाषित गरेको छ।

२. कठोर र लचिलोको मिश्रण: यो संविधान कठोर र लचिलोको मिश्रण हो। यसका केही आधारभूत संरचना र मौलिक हकहरू परिवर्तन गर्नका लागि विशेष प्रक्रिया (जस्तै: संविधान संशोधन प्रक्रिया) आवश्यक पर्दछ, जसले यसलाई कठोर बनाउँछ। तर, केही प्रावधानहरू सामान्य विधायी प्रक्रियाद्वारा संशोधन गर्न सकिने भएकाले यसमा लचिलोपन पनि पाइन्छ।

३. संघीय संविधान: नेपालको संविधान संघीय संविधान हो। यसले नेपाललाई संघीय लोकतान्त्रिक गणतन्त्रको रूपमा स्थापित गरेको छ। यसले शासकीय शक्तिलाई केन्द्र, प्रदेश र स्थानीय तहबीच स्पष्ट रूपमा बाँडफाँड गरेको छ, जसले गर्दा शक्ति विकेन्द्रीकरण भएको छ।

४. संसदीय प्रणाली: नेपालको संविधान संसदीय प्रणाली अवलम्बन गरेको छ। यसमा सरकार (कार्यपालिका) संसद (विधायिका) बाट उत्पन्न हुन्छ र संसदप्रति उत्तरदायी हुन्छ। प्रधानमन्त्री र मन्त्रिपरिषदले संसदको विश्वास प्राप्त गरेपछि मात्र शासन गर्न सक्छन्।

निष्कर्ष: संक्षेपमा, नेपालको संविधान, २०७२ एक लिखित, संघीय, संसदीय प्रणालीमा आधारित, र कठोरता तथा लचिलोपनको मिश्रण भएको संविधान हो। यसले नेपाललाई एक आधुनिक, विकेन्द्रीकृत र लोकतान्त्रिक गणतन्त्रको रूपमा स्थापित गरेको छ।

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

Highlight merits and demerits of federal system. Has Nepal been able to take benefit of federal system as perceived?

Answer

Federal System: Merits and Demerits

A federal system is a form of government in which powers are constitutionally divided between a central (federal) government and constituent units (states/provinces), each supreme within its own sphere. Nepal adopted federalism through the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015), creating 7 provinces and 753 local units.

Merits of Federal System

  1. Distribution of power / checks and balances — Power is not concentrated in one centre; the centre and units check each other, reducing the risk of authoritarian rule.
  2. Protection of diversity — Ethnic, linguistic, religious and cultural groups get space to preserve and promote their identity, language and culture.
  3. Local needs and local solutions — Units understand local problems (roads, health, irrigation, education) better and can frame need-based policies.
  4. Decentralisation and participation — Decision-making comes closer to the people; citizens participate in governance and hold leaders accountable.
  5. Efficient administration — Division of labour between centre and units reduces the burden on the central government and speeds up service delivery.
  6. Balanced regional development — Backward regions can be developed through provincial and local budgets, reducing centre–periphery inequality.
  7. Conflict management — Federalism accommodates regional and identity-based aspirations, helping resolve armed conflict and separatist demands peacefully.
  8. Democratic stability — Government remains stable even if one unit faces a crisis; units act as laboratories of policy experiment.
  9. National unity in diversity — "Unity in diversity" is strengthened when groups feel included rather than dominated.

Demerits of Federal System

  1. Costly and duplicative — Multiple governments, legislatures, ministries and bureaucracies increase public expenditure; Nepal's federal structure is financially heavy for a poor economy.
  2. Duplication and conflict of jurisdiction — Overlapping powers between centre, province and local level cause disputes and delay in service delivery.
  3. Weak fiscal autonomy — Units depend heavily on central grants; own-source revenue is small, so real autonomy is limited.
  4. Risk of separatism / disintegration — Strong regional identity may encourage secessionist tendencies and weaken national unity.
  5. Inequality among units — Rich provinces (e.g., Province 1, Bagmati) and poor provinces (Karnali, Sudurpaschim) grow at different rates, creating new imbalances.
  6. Slow decision-making — Coordination among three tiers takes time; emergency response becomes sluggish.
  7. Corruption and local elite capture — New power centres create new opportunities for corruption and dominance by local elites.
  8. Lack of capable manpower — Provinces and local units often lack trained staff, so they cannot use their powers effectively.
  9. Political instability — Coalition politics and unclear roles can produce conflict between federal and provincial governments.

Has Nepal Benefited from Federalism as Perceived?

Benefits actually achieved:

  • Legal-institutional foundation — Constitution of Nepal, 2072; 7 provinces; 753 local units; federal, provincial and local legislatures and governments functioning since 2074/2075 BS.
  • Devolution of powers — Powers listed in Schedules 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9; local governments now handle education, health, local roads, water, sanitation and local registration.
  • Greater participation — Local elections held in 2074 and 2079 BS; women, Dalit and Janajati representation increased through quotas.
  • Service delivery at the doorstep — Citizens can get many services (birth/death registration, land revenue, local infrastructure) at the local level.
  • Identity and language — Provinces and local units can use local languages in administration and education; cultural identity is better recognized.
  • Development planning — Provincial and local periodic plans and budgets are being made; some balanced regional investment has occurred.

Shortfalls / limitations:

  • Fiscal dependence — Provinces raise only a small share of their expenditure; heavy reliance on central grants and conditional transfers.
  • Unclear and contested powers — Disputes over police, education, forest, land and civil service management between centre and provinces.
  • Weak provincial capacity — Shortage of trained staff, weak institutions and poor coordination among the three tiers.
  • Slow law-making — Provinces took years to pass necessary laws; many federal laws are still pending.
  • Corruption and inefficiency — Local levels have faced complaints of corruption, nepotism and poor accountability.
  • Unequal development — Karnali and Sudurpaschim remain far behind; federalism has not yet removed regional disparity.
  • Political instability — Frequent changes in provincial governments and centre–province tension have hindered effective implementation.
  • Public perception — Many citizens feel federalism has increased expenditure and political posts without matching improvement in daily life.

Conclusion

The federal system is theoretically superior for a diverse country like Nepal — it promotes participation, identity and balanced development. However, in practice, Nepal has achieved only partial success. The legal and institutional framework is in place and some benefits are visible, but fiscal autonomy, administrative capacity, coordination and accountability remain weak. Federalism should therefore be strengthened through clear power-sharing, adequate fiscal transfer, capable manpower and political stability, rather than being abandoned.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

What is constitutionalism? Comment on the different form of Constitutionalism with special reference to the practice of Nepal.

Answer

Constitutionalism and Its Forms, with Special Reference to Nepal

1. Meaning of Constitutionalism

Constitutionalism is the political and legal doctrine that government power must be limited by law and exercised according to a constitution. It is not merely the existence of a constitution; rather, it is the spirit, practice and institutional arrangement through which the authority of the state is restrained, divided and made accountable to the people. A country may have a written constitution yet lack constitutionalism (e.g., a constitution that legitimises one-party rule or unlimited executive power). Conversely, constitutionalism may exist even where the constitution is largely unwritten (e.g., the United Kingdom).

In essence, constitutionalism means:

  • Limited government — rulers are not above the law;
  • Rule of law — law governs both the governed and the governors;
  • Separation of powers — legislative, executive and judicial functions are distributed;
  • Checks and balances — each organ restrains the others;
  • Protection of fundamental rights — individual liberty against state encroachment;
  • Free and fair elections and accountability — rulers are answerable to the people.

Thus constitutionalism is the antithesis of arbitrary, absolute or personal rule. As Wheare observes, it means "the rules which regulate the structure of the principal organs of government and their relationship to each other and to the citizen."

2. Forms of Constitutionalism

Constitutionalism has evolved in different historical and ideological settings. The major forms are discussed below.

(a) Liberal / Western Constitutionalism

This is the classical form, associated with the American (1787) and French (1791) Revolutions. Its core features are:

  • Individual rights and liberties as the primary purpose of the state;
  • Written constitution with supremacy of the constitution;
  • Separation of powers (Montesquieu) and checks and balances;
  • Judicial review (Marbury v. Madison, 1803);
  • Laissez-faire economy and limited state intervention.

(b) Socialist / Marxist Constitutionalism

Socialist constitutionalism rejects the liberal emphasis on individual property rights. It stresses:

  • Economic and social rights (right to work, health, education);
  • State ownership of the means of production;
  • Democratic centralism rather than separation of powers;
  • The constitution as an instrument of social transformation (e.g., USSR Constitutions of 1936 and 1977).

(c) Democratic Constitutionalism

This form combines popular sovereignty with legal restraint. It holds that the people are the source of all authority, but that authority must be exercised through constitutional procedures. It emphasises universal adult franchise, periodic elections, political pluralism and constitutional accountability.

(d) Authoritarian / Pseudo-Constitutionalism

Here a constitution exists formally but does not limit power. It is used to legitimise dictatorship, one-party rule or military rule. Fundamental rights are suspended, the judiciary is subordinated, and elections are manipulated. Such constitutions are "sham" or "facade" constitutions.

(e) Federal / Plural Constitutionalism

This form recognises diversity — ethnic, linguistic, religious and regional — and distributes power between central and sub-national units. It seeks to accommodate minorities through autonomy, self-rule and shared rule. Nepal's present Constitution (2015) is a leading example.

(f) Transformative Constitutionalism

Found mainly in post-colonial and post-conflict societies (South Africa, Nepal), it treats the constitution as a transformative document aimed at redressing past injustice, ensuring inclusion and building a just society.

3. Constitutionalism in the Practice of Nepal

(a) Early Phase (1948–1959)

The Government of Nepal Act, 1948 was the first written constitution, but it was granted by the Rana ruler and never implemented. The Interim Constitution of 1951 ended Rana rule and introduced a constitutional monarchy. The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1959 provided for a parliamentary system, but it was suspended by King Mahendra in 1960. Constitutionalism thus remained weak.

(b) Partyless Panchayat Phase (1962–1990)

The Constitution of 1962 established the partyless Panchayat system with the king as the supreme authority. Political parties were banned, fundamental rights were restricted, and the judiciary lacked independence. This was a classic case of pseudo-constitutionalism — a constitution without limited government.

(c) Constitutional Monarchy Phase (1990–2006)

The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1990, restored multiparty democracy, guaranteed fundamental rights, and introduced constitutional monarchy with a Council of Ministers responsible to the House of Representatives. It marked real progress in constitutionalism. However, the royal massacre of 2001, the royal takeover of 2005, and the Maoist insurgency exposed its weaknesses. The People's Movement of 2006 (Jana Andolan II) ended royal rule.

(d) Interim Constitution Phase (2007–2015)

The Interim Constitution of Nepal, 2007 abolished the monarchy, declared Nepal a federal democratic republic, and vested sovereignty in the people. The Constituent Assembly was elected in 2008 to draft a new constitution. The process was delayed by political deadlock, but it demonstrated a commitment to constitutionalism through constituent power.

(e) Present Constitution (2015 onwards)

The Constitution of Nepal, 2015 embodies several features of constitutionalism:

  • Popular sovereignty (Art. 2) — all power emanates from the people;
  • Fundamental rights (Part 3) — 31 rights including equality, freedom, and right to constitutional remedy;
  • Federal democratic republic with three tiers of government;
  • Separation of powers among legislature, executive and judiciary;
  • Independent judiciary with judicial review (Art. 133, 137);
  • Constitutional bodies (CIAA, NHRC, Election Commission) to ensure accountability;
  • Secularism, inclusiveness and proportional representation.

(f) Challenges to Constitutionalism in Nepal

Despite these provisions, constitutionalism in Nepal faces several challenges:

  1. Political instability — frequent changes of government and dissolution of Parliament;
  2. Weak enforcement of fundamental rights — impunity, delayed justice;
  3. Politicisation of constitutional bodies — appointments based on political loyalty;
  4. Corruption and lack of accountability;
  5. Transitional justice — unresolved cases of conflict-era violations;
  6. Centralisation of power within parties despite federal structure;
  7. Citizenship and identity disputes affecting inclusion.

4. Conclusion

Constitutionalism is the doctrine of limited, accountable and lawful government. It takes liberal, socialist, democratic, authoritarian, federal and transformative forms. Nepal's constitutional journey — from the 1948 and 1959 Constitutions, through the partyless Panchayat system, the 1990 Constitution, the 2007 Interim Constitution, to the 2015 Constitution — reflects a gradual but incomplete march towards constitutionalism. The 2015 Constitution provides a strong normative framework, but true constitutionalism requires political will, independent institutions, respect for the rule of law and a vigilant citizenry. Without these, the constitution remains a document; with them, it becomes a living instrument of limited and accountable government.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 20 marks

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings: a) Trace out the historical development of constitutional law in Nepal. b) What are the ministerial accountabilities? c) Comment on doctrine on Fraud on Constitution based on decided case law. d) Can the legislative organ of Nepal control over the judiciary? e) Contempt of Court

Answer

(a) Historical development of constitutional law in Nepal

Nepal's constitutional history moves from absolute rule to a federal democratic republic.

  • Before 1948: Government by Rana oligarchy under the Muluki Ain of 1854, with no written constitution of rights.
  • Government of Nepal Act, 1948: The first constitutional document, issued by the Rana Prime Minister Padma Shamsher, offering limited reforms. It was never effectively implemented.
  • Interim Government of Nepal Act, 1951: Issued after the 2007 BS revolution that ended Rana rule, restoring monarchy and promising a constituent assembly.
  • Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1959: The first elected parliament, but dissolved by King Mahendra in 1960.
  • Constitution of Nepal, 1962: Introduced the party-less Panchayat system with sovereignty in the King.
  • Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 1990: Restored multi-party democracy after the first People's Movement, with a constitutional monarchy, fundamental rights and an independent judiciary.
  • Interim Constitution, 2007: Followed the second People's Movement of 2006 and the peace agreement; it declared a federal democratic republic through the Constituent Assembly.
  • Constitution of Nepal, 2015 (2072 BS): Promulgated on 20 September 2015 by the second Constituent Assembly. It created a federal, secular, democratic republic with three tiers of government (federal, 7 provincial and 753 local), and a long list of fundamental rights.

(b) Ministerial accountabilities

A minister is accountable in a parliamentary system in the following ways:

  1. Collective responsibility: The Council of Ministers is collectively responsible to the House of Representatives (Articles 76 and 78). The government must keep the confidence of the House and falls if it loses a vote of confidence or a no-confidence motion passes (Article 100).
  2. Individual responsibility: Each minister answers to the House for his or her own ministry and is accountable for its acts and policies, and must resign in serious cases of failure or misconduct.
  3. Accountability to the Prime Minister, who can remove the minister.
  4. Legal and judicial accountability: Ministers act within the Constitution and law, and their decisions can be reviewed by the Supreme Court through writs. They can also be investigated for corruption and held liable.
  5. Accountability to the public: Through parliamentary committees, questions and answers, audit by the Auditor General, and public scrutiny.

(e) Contempt of court

Contempt of court is conduct that disobeys, insults or interferes with the authority and administration of justice. It protects public confidence in courts.

  • Source of power: Article 128(4) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2015 gives the Supreme Court the power to punish for contempt of itself and of subordinate courts. The Contempt of Court Act, 2059 BS (2003) regulates the matter.
  • Kinds: Disobeying a court order or judgment, scandalising or lowering the authority of the court, interfering with a pending proceeding, and obstructing officers of the court.
  • Punishment: Imprisonment of up to six months or a fine, or both, as the Act prescribes.
  • Defences: Fair criticism of a judgment and truthful reporting of court proceedings in good faith are generally not contempt, so that the balance with freedom of expression is kept.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course)

To what extent do you agree that Nepal's family law remains influenced by Hindu religion? Which rights derived from the Hindu legal tradition have been incorporated into current family law? Analyse this with reference to the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (2017).

Answer

Short answer: To a considerable but steadily declining extent, I agree. Nepal's family law is no longer a Hindu personal law, but its basic structure, vocabulary and some rules still carry the imprint of the Hindu legal tradition, especially in the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS (2017 AD, in force from Bhadra 2075).

1. Historical background

For over a century the Muluki Ain of 1854 (1910 BS) governed family life on the basis of Hindu dharmashastra, including caste-based rules on marriage, inheritance and purity. The Muluki Ain of 2020 BS (1963) removed caste discrimination but kept a patriarchal, Hindu-inspired family structure. Since the 1990s, women's movements, Supreme Court decisions (such as Meera Dhungana, 2051 BS) and the Eleventh Amendment of the Muluki Ain (2058 BS, 2002) have pushed the law toward equality. The 2074 Code replaced the 1963 Ain and sits under a secular Constitution (Article 4) that guarantees equality and non-discrimination (Articles 18 and 38).

2. Hindu-derived features that still influence the Code

  1. Marriage as a union of man and woman: Marriage is recognised only between a man and a woman. Same-sex marriage is not recognised in law, although the Supreme Court has directed that rights of sexual minorities be protected.
  2. Marriage by customs and rites: Marriage is valid if performed by the rites and customs of the parties' community, as well as by registration, and the customary Hindu form (kanyadan, sindur, vows before fire) is the model form.
  3. Prohibited degrees: Marriage within specified close relationships is banned, reflecting the old rule against marriage within kinship. The Code makes some allowances for local customs.
  4. Stridhan (woman's property): Property given to a woman at marriage and by her family (daijo, pewa) is her own property, a concept from Hindu law. This existing right is balanced by a ban on dowry (dahej) as an offence.
  5. Adoption and the son-centred family: Adoption retains a link to the Hindu aim of continuing the lineage, although the Code allows adoption of a daughter and of a son.
  6. Patrilineal conventions: The woman usually moves to her husband's household and takes his surname; the husband is described as the head of the family in popular practice, although the law treats spouses as equals.
  7. Maintenance of dependents and parents: The duty of a son (and now a daughter) to support aged parents reflects the Hindu ethic of filial obligation, recognised in family and senior-citizen laws.
  8. Joint-family concepts: Rules on partition (ansha) of property and the family as a group of kin retain the idea of a joint family.

3. Reforms that have moved away from Hindu law

  • Equal inheritance for daughters and sons as co-heirs of ancestral property and, in the Code, equality of spouses in property.
  • Legal age of marriage 20 for both sexes (a break from child marriage traditions), with a criminal penalty for child marriage.
  • Ban on polygamy (one man, one wife) and on marital rape (2002).
  • Divorce available to both wife and husband on equal grounds, and maintenance and a share of property on divorce.
  • Equal guardianship and children's rights regardless of sex.
  • No caste restrictions: inter-caste and inter-religious marriage is lawful.
  • Prohibition of discriminatory practices such as chhaupadi and dowry-related violence, and recognition of children born outside marriage.

4. Assessment

The law now rests on constitutional equality, not on religion. The influence of the Hindu tradition survives mainly in the structure of the family (heterosexual, patrilineal marriage, kinship rules, stridhan, duties to parents) and in social practice. The persisting gap between the formal rule and social reality, such as daughters' limited use of inheritance and continued dowry, shows the tradition's continuing hold. Therefore the statement is largely correct in terms of structure and culture, but incorrect to the extent that it suggests that religious law, as such, governs.

5. Conclusion

Nepal's family law is a secular, equality-oriented law that retains Hindu-derived forms. It has incorporated Hindu concepts of marriage as a sacred union, stridhan, kinship prohibitions and duties to parents, while rejecting caste, patriarchal inequality and polygamy.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course)

Discuss the Nepali law relating to relation between parents and their children.

Answer

Nepali Law Relating to the Relation Between Parents and Their Children

1. Introduction

The relation between parents and their children in Nepal is governed principally by the Muluki Civil Code (Muluki Dewani Samhita), 2074 (2017) — especially Part 4 (Family Law), which contains the provisions on marriage, parental authority, maintenance, guardianship, adoption and succession — together with the Muluki Criminal Code (Muluki Faujdari Samhita), 2074, the Children Act, 2075 (2018) and the Children Rules, 2076. These laws replaced the old Muluki Ain, 2020 (1963), which was based on a patriarchal and son-centred scheme. Nepal is also bound by the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC), 1989, ratified in 1990, and by Article 39 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, which guarantees the rights of the child.

2. Who is a Child / Minor

  • Section 2(g) of the Children Act, 2075 defines a "child" as a person who has not completed 18 years of age.
  • Section 2(j) of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 defines a minor (nabalig) as a person who has not completed 18 years; a person who has completed 18 years is a major (balig).
  • A child born within a lawful marriage is presumed to be the legitimate child of the husband. A child born out of wedlock has a legal relation with the mother from birth and, upon proof of paternity, with the father.

3. Parental Authority and Responsibility (Aabhivawak Adhikar)

The Civil Code, 2074 deals with parental authority in the provisions relating to the relation between parents and children:

  1. Joint exercise — Both the father and the mother jointly exercise parental authority over a minor child, and neither may exercise it in a manner prejudicial to the interest of the child.
  2. Duty to care — Parents must provide food, clothing, shelter, education, health care and a safe environment to their minor children, and must not discriminate between sons and daughters.
  3. Natural guardianship — Parents are the natural guardians of their minor children and may represent them in legal and financial matters.
  4. Correction, not cruelty — A parent may correct a child, but corporal punishment causing grievous hurt is prohibited. Section 38 of the Children Act, 2075 expressly bans cruel punishment, torture and inhuman treatment of children, and Section 39 prohibits their involvement in armed conflict.
  5. Intervention by the court — If parents misuse parental authority, neglect the child, or act against the child's interest, the court may appoint another guardian or order the child to be kept in a care home or with a fit person.
  6. Termination — Parental authority ends when the child attains majority (18 years), marries, or is adopted by another person.
  7. Minor's transactions — Contracts and transactions entered into by a minor are voidable, and cannot be enforced against the minor unless ratified after attaining majority.

4. Maintenance (Posan) of Children

  • The Civil Code imposes a legal duty on both the father and the mother to maintain their minor children, whether legitimate or illegitimate.
  • If a parent fails to maintain a minor child, the child — through the mother or any interested person — may file a case in the District Court for an order of maintenance.
  • The court fixes the amount having regard to the means of the parents and the needs of the child. Failure to comply may lead to execution of the order, including attachment of property.
  • The duty of maintenance also extends, in appropriate cases, to parents who are unable to maintain themselves, so that the relation of support is in principle reciprocal.
  • Section 26 of the Children Act, 2075 reiterates the duty of parents to maintain their children and makes neglect punishable.

5. Guardianship (Sanrakshan)

  • The Civil Code governs guardianship of a minor's person and property.
  • On the death of the father, the mother becomes the natural guardian; if both parents die, the court appoints a guardian, preferring a close relative who is willing and fit to act.
  • A guardian must manage the minor's property as a prudent person (yatha sadharan vyakti), keep accounts, and may not sell or mortgage the minor's immovable property without the court's permission.
  • Guardianship terminates when the minor attains majority, or earlier if the court revokes it for misconduct or for acting against the minor's interest.

6. Adoption (Dharmaputra / Palak-Palika)

  • The Civil Code governs adoption. A person who has completed 25 years of age and is at least 15 years older than the child may adopt, with the consent of the child (if above a certain age) and of the spouse.
  • An adopted child has the same legal status as a natural child, including rights of succession in the adoptive family.
  • Adoption requires registration in the local Civil Registration Office; without registration the adoption is not legally recognised.
  • Adoption is regulated consistently with the CRC and the Hague Convention on Inter-country Adoption, to which Nepal is a party; inter-country adoption is permitted only through the prescribed central authority and procedure.

7. Property and Succession Rights of Children

  • The Civil Code provides that sons and daughters have equal rights of inheritance in ancestral property (ansha), irrespective of sex. This is a landmark reform over the old Muluki Ain, which gave daughters only a limited right (and, in practice, often no share in ancestral property).
  • A child conceived at the time of partition but born later also has a share.
  • A person may bequeath property by will, but a minor child cannot be deprived of the legal share without the court's approval.
  • Section 27 of the Children Act, 2075 protects a child's right to property and prohibits dispossession except in accordance with law.

8. Criminal Law Protection

The Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 punishes, among other things:

  • Foeticide and infanticide;
  • Abandonment of a child;
  • Cruelty to children and child labour exploitation;
  • Child marriage — punishable with imprisonment and fine;
  • Sexual offences against children, with aggravated punishment for incest and offences against minors.

9. Constitutional and International Framework

  • Article 39 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 guarantees the child's right to name and identity, education, health, recreation and protection from exploitation, and directs the State to make special provision for children.
  • The CRC obliges Nepal to ensure that in all actions concerning children the best interests of the child shall be a primary consideration (Article 3), and that parents have the primary responsibility for the upbringing of the child (Article 18), with the State providing appropriate assistance.

10. Conclusion

Nepali law has moved from a patriarchal, son-centred framework to one that recognises the child as a rights-holder and treats sons and daughters equally. The Muluki Civil Code, 2074, the Children Act, 2075 and the Criminal Code, 2074 together create a comprehensive scheme of parental authority, maintenance, guardianship, adoption and succession, reinforced by the Constitution and the CRC. The remaining challenge is effective enforcement, particularly in rural areas where child marriage, child labour and discrimination against daughters still persist.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course)

What is meant by a punishable marriage? Which types of marriage are punishable under Nepali law? What are the reasons for the increasing incidence of child marriage and polygamy in Nepal?

Answer

1. Meaning of punishable marriage

A punishable marriage is a marriage which the law forbids and treats as a crime, so that the persons who contract, arrange or take part in it are liable to imprisonment and fine. In Nepal the main rules are found in the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 BS (National Penal Code) in its chapter on offences relating to marriage, read with the marriage provisions of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS. Such marriages are also generally void or voidable, since a lawful marriage requires the consent of both parties and compliance with the conditions of age and relationship.

2. Types of punishable marriage

  1. Child marriage: A marriage in which either party is below the minimum age of 20 years. Making, performing or arranging such a marriage is punishable, with higher punishment where the child is younger, and the persons responsible (parents, guardians, priests) are also liable. The Civil Code also makes the marriage voidable.
  2. Marriage within prohibited degrees of relationship: A marriage between persons closely related by blood or in certain other kinship relations, as listed in the Code, is prohibited and punishable. The Code allows limited customary exceptions.
  3. Bigamy and polygamy: A married person who marries another while the first spouse is alive and the marriage is subsisting commits an offence. The second marriage is void, and those who knowingly assist can also be punished.
  4. Marriage by coercion, force or fraud: Forced marriage without free consent, or marriage obtained by fraud, misrepresentation or concealing facts (such as an existing marriage or age), is punishable. This also covers abduction and trafficking for marriage.
  5. Marriage with a person incapable of consenting: For example marrying a person of unsound mind or concealing a serious disqualification to obtain consent.
  6. Marriage related to dowry or harmful practices: Demanding or giving dowry and pressure linked to marriage is punishable under the Code.

Penalties are imprisonment and fine, graded by the seriousness of the offence and by the age of the victim in child marriage. Complaints must be filed within the time limit set by law.

3. Reasons for the increase in child marriage and polygamy

Child marriage:

  1. Poverty: Families marry off daughters early to reduce economic burden, especially in rural and Karnali, Madhesh and Lumbini areas.
  2. Social and cultural norms: Traditions that value early marriage, fear of dishonour, and the practice of arranging marriage before puberty.
  3. Low education and awareness: Girls out of school marry earlier, and many families do not know the legal age of marriage.
  4. Dowry pressure: In some communities, dowry is lower for younger brides.
  5. Elopement and love marriage of adolescents: Social media, migration and peer influence lead to teenage elopement, which the law then penalises.
  6. Weak enforcement: Marriages are often not registered, officials hesitate to act, and police and local governments seldom prosecute.
  7. Crises: Natural disasters, conflict and the COVID-19 lockdown increased child marriage.

Polygamy:

  1. Son preference and childlessness: A man may remarry if the first wife has no son.
  2. Foreign employment and migration: Husbands abroad take second partners, and unregistered or informal marriages are common.
  3. Patriarchal attitudes and women's economic dependence, which keep first wives from complaining.
  4. Unregistered marriages, which make proof difficult.
  5. Weak enforcement and social acceptance in some communities.

4. Conclusion

A punishable marriage is one that violates the legal conditions of marriage and attracts criminal liability. Child marriage, prohibited-degree marriage, bigamy and forced or fraudulent marriage are the principal types. The persistence of child marriage and polygamy is explained less by gaps in the law than by poverty, patriarchy, low education and weak enforcement, so remedies lie in mandatory registration, education, community awareness and strict prosecution.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course)

Discuss the rights and duties of husbands and wives under Nepali law. Explain the mutual rights and duties of parents and children. Also analyse the factors contributing to the fragmentation of families in contemporary Nepal.

Answer

1. Rights and duties of husband and wife

Under the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS, and the Constitution (Articles 18 and 38), husband and wife have equal rights in the family.

Mutual duties:

  1. Cohabitation and fidelity: To live together, be faithful and respect each other.
  2. Mutual maintenance: Each spouse must support the other and the family according to his or her capacity. A spouse who deserts without cause can be required to maintain.
  3. Care and respect for family members, including each other's parents.
  4. Joint responsibility for the upbringing and education of children.
  5. Not to commit cruelty or violence: Domestic violence is punishable under the Domestic Violence (Offence and Punishment) Act, 2066, and marital rape is an offence.

Rights:

  1. Equal rights in family decisions and in property acquired during marriage.
  2. Right to maintenance and residence, and on divorce, a share of property and maintenance as the law provides.
  3. Wife's right to her own property (stridhan) and equal property rights with the husband.
  4. Right to divorce on equal legal grounds for both.
  5. Right to the matrimonial home and protection from desertion and abuse.

2. Mutual rights and duties of parents and children

Duties of parents:

  • To maintain, protect, educate and care for the child, and to provide for health, nutrition and development.
  • To register the birth and give a name and nationality (Children's Act, 2075).
  • Not to abuse, exploit, marry off or put to child labour; child marriage is punishable.
  • To act as guardian and manage the child's property in the child's interest.

Rights of children: Maintenance, education, identity, protection, and, under the Code, equal rights to ancestral property for sons and daughters.

Duties of children:

  • To support, care for and respect parents, especially when they are old or ill, and not to abandon them.
  • Failure to support parents can be actionable (the Code, and the Senior Citizens Act, 2063).

Rights of parents: Maintenance and care by their children, and respect.

3. Factors contributing to fragmentation of families in contemporary Nepal

  1. Foreign employment and migration: Many young men go abroad, leaving wives, children and elderly parents separated for years.
  2. Urbanisation and nuclear families: Movement to Kathmandu and other cities weakens the joint family.
  3. Economic pressure and unemployment, leading to conflict over property and income.
  4. Changing values: Individualism, education and the influence of social media.
  5. Women's empowerment and equal rights, which make women less willing to stay in abusive or unequal marriages, and a rise in divorce.
  6. Partition of property: Equal inheritance and partition of ancestral land creates separate households.
  7. Domestic violence, alcoholism and polygamy, which break up families.
  8. Conflict and disasters (the decade-long insurgency and the 2015 earthquake) displaced families.
  9. Weakened support systems: Old-age loneliness, and fewer people available for care.

4. Conclusion

Nepali law makes spouses equal partners and imposes reciprocal duties between parents and children. Yet migration, urbanisation, economic stress and changing values are breaking up traditional joint families. The law, supported by counselling, mediation, support for migrant families and care for the elderly, should aim to protect the family as the basic social unit.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course)

Write short notes on any THREE of the following:
a) Provisions relating to family law during the Lichhavi period.
b) Void marriage.
c) Difference between jari and adultery.
d) Difference between alimony and child custody.

Answer

Short Notes (any three)

a) Provisions relating to Family Law during the Lichhavi Period

The Lichhavi period (c. 400–879 AD) is regarded as the formative era of Nepali family law. Though no complete code survives, inscriptions, shilalekh (stone inscriptions) and tamrapatra (copper-plate grants) reveal the following features:

  1. Marriage — Marriage was a religious sacrament, generally arranged by parents. Monogamy was the normal rule, though polygamy was permitted to kings and nobles. Marriage within the same gotra was discouraged. Forms such as Brahma, Daiva and Asura (bride-price) marriages were recognised.
  2. Age and consent — Marriage was usually performed after puberty; the consent of the guardian was essential. Widow remarriage was restricted, especially among the higher castes.
  3. Adoption — Adoption (dattak) was recognised, mainly to secure a son for religious rites and inheritance. An adopted son generally had to be of the same caste.
  4. Property and inheritance — The putra (son) was the principal heir. Daughters had a limited right, chiefly in stridhan (gifts given at marriage). The widow had a right of maintenance and, in some cases, a life interest in her husband's property. Joint family property was the norm.
  5. Divorce and remarriage — Divorce was difficult and largely a male prerogative; grounds such as adultery and desertion were recognised. Remarriage was permitted in certain circumstances, e.g. on the husband's death or desertion.
  6. Influence of religion — Hindu Dharmaśāstra (Manusmriti, etc.) strongly shaped these rules, with local custom (deshachar) also playing a role.

Thus the Lichhavi period laid the foundation of the Hindu family-law system later consolidated in the Muluki Ain.


b) Void Marriage

A void marriage is a marriage that is invalid ab initio — it is treated in law as if it never took place. No decree of nullity is strictly necessary, though a declaration may be sought. The parties acquire no marital status, and no rights or obligations of husband and wife arise from it.

Grounds (as recognised under the National Civil Code, 2074 and general law):

  • Marriage within prohibited degrees of relationship (sapinda/same gotra).
  • Marriage with a person who already has a living spouse (bigamy).
  • Marriage without free consent, or by fraud, coercion or undue influence.
  • Marriage with a person of unsound mind.
  • Marriage below the legal age of marriage.
  • Marriage performed without the required religious or legal ceremony.

Effects:

  1. The marriage is invalid from the very beginning.
  2. Children may still be treated as legitimate in certain cases, and are entitled to maintenance.
  3. Neither party can claim maintenance as a spouse, nor inherit as a spouse.
  4. Either party may marry again.

c) Difference between Jari and Adultery

BasisJariAdultery
MeaningA sexual relationship between a married woman and a man other than her husband, giving the husband a right to claim the wife back or claim compensation.Voluntary sexual intercourse by a married person with someone other than his/her spouse.
NatureA civil wrong against the husband's marital right.Both a matrimonial offence and, in certain cases, a criminal offence.
Who can complainMainly the husband of the woman.Either spouse — husband or wife.
PurposeTo restore the marital tie or to obtain compensation (jari fine).To obtain divorce, judicial separation or punishment.
RemedyClaim of the wife back, compensation from the offender.Divorce, maintenance, and punishment under law.
ScopeNarrow — concerns only the husband's right over the wife.Wider — concerns breach of marital fidelity by either spouse.

In short, jari is a civil claim of the husband against the wife's paramour, whereas adultery is a matrimonial offence against the other spouse.


d) Difference between Alimony and Child Custody

BasisAlimonyChild Custody
MeaningMaintenance or financial support payable by one spouse to the other after separation or divorce.The right and responsibility to keep and care for the child, including residence and upbringing.
PurposeTo provide financial support to the dependent spouse.To secure the welfare and proper upbringing of the child.
BeneficiaryThe spouse (wife or husband).The child.
NatureMonetary.Personal and guardianship-based.
Governing principleNeed and capacity of the parties.Welfare of the child is the paramount consideration.
DurationUntil remarriage or as ordered by the court.Until the child attains majority.

Thus alimony concerns money payable to a spouse, while child custody concerns the physical and legal care of the child.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

What is the nature of law of contract? Examine the historical development of law of contract in Nepal and highlight the basic features of Muluki Civil Code, 2017 on the law of contract.

Answer

1. Nature of the law of contract

The law of contract is the branch of private law that decides which agreements the law will enforce. A contract is an agreement between competent parties, made by free consent, for a lawful object and lawful consideration, and intended to create legal obligations. Its nature may be described as follows:

  1. It is based on agreement: it arises from offer and acceptance and the free will of the parties.
  2. It creates enforceable obligations: an agreement is a contract only if the law will enforce it, and breach gives a remedy (damages, specific performance, rescission).
  3. It is private law: it governs relations between private persons, and the state only provides the framework and enforcement.
  4. It prescribes essential elements: capacity, free consent, lawful object, lawful consideration, certainty and possibility of performance.
  5. It is a body of default and mandatory rules: parties may choose terms, but not terms contrary to law or public policy.
  6. It protects the weaker party through rules on fraud, coercion, undue influence and unfair terms.

2. Historical development of contract law in Nepal

  1. Ancient and medieval period: Contract and debt were governed by Hindu dharmashastra, custom and royal edicts, with rules on loans, sale and pledge.
  2. Muluki Ain of 1854 (1910 BS): The first comprehensive code, enacted under Jung Bahadur Rana. It dealt with contract matters in chapters such as those on lending and borrowing (len den), sale, pledge, deposit and similar transactions. There was no general theory of contract.
  3. Muluki Ain, 2020 BS (1963): The revised general code replaced the older one and contained contract rules in parts on transactions (such as len den, sale, pledge, partnership), still scattered and incomplete.
  4. Special statutes: Laws such as the Partnership Act, 2020, the Company Act, the Sale of Goods-type provisions, the Negotiable Instruments Act, 2034, and the Arbitration Act, 2055 supplemented the general law.
  5. Contract Act, 2056 BS (2000): The first dedicated and comprehensive contract law of Nepal. It defined contract, formation, consideration, capacity, free consent, performance, breach, remedies, surety, bailment and agency, modelled on the common law tradition.
  6. Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS (2017 AD): Passed in 2017 and in force from Bhadra 2075 (August 2018). It replaced the 1963 Ain, and brought general contract law into its part on contracts, in a modernised and codified form. (The question's reference to "Civil Code, 2017" means this Code, as 2074 BS corresponds to 2017 AD.)

3. Basic features of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 on contract law

  1. Codified and comprehensive: One code deals with contract formation, validity, performance, breach and remedies together with related contracts such as sale, lease, guarantee, bailment and agency.
  2. Essentials of a valid contract: Offer and acceptance, capacity (age of majority and sound mind), free consent, lawful object and consideration.
  3. Free consent: A contract is voidable if consent is obtained by coercion, undue influence, fraud, misrepresentation or mistake.
  4. Void agreements: Agreements with unlawful object, against public policy, or impossible to perform are void.
  5. Performance and discharge: Rules on who must perform, time and place, and the circumstances in which a contract need not be performed.
  6. Breach and remedies: Compensation for loss, specific performance in suitable cases, and rescission.
  7. Written form and registration for specified contracts, such as transfers of immovable property.
  8. Freedom of contract limited by law, public interest and good faith.

4. Conclusion

Contract law in Nepal developed from religious and customary rules, through the Muluki Ain of 1854 and 2020 BS and the Contract Act, 2056, to the codified rules of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS. The Code gives Nepal a modern, unified and accessible law of contract.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

What do you mean by performance of contract? Discuss the rules regarding to performance of contract. Under which conditions a contract need not be performed?

Answer

1. Meaning of performance of contract

Performance means the fulfilment by the parties of the obligations they have undertaken under the contract. A contract is performed when each party does what he or she promised, or offers to do so, in the manner, at the time and in the place agreed. Performance discharges the contract and ends the liability of the parties. In Nepal the rules come from the Contract Act, 2056 BS (2000), whose principles are now reflected in the contract provisions of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS.

2. Rules regarding performance

  1. Parties must perform their promises: Each party must perform, unless the law excuses performance.
  2. Offer of performance (tender): If the promisor offers to perform and the promisee refuses, the promisor is not liable for non-performance and keeps his or her rights. The offer must be unconditional, at a proper time and place, and the promisee must have a chance to check that the thing offered is what was promised.
  3. Who must perform: Where the contract depends on personal skill or the identity of the parties, the promisor must perform personally. Otherwise, performance can be through a competent agent or representative, and the legal representatives of a dead promisor are bound unless the contract shows a contrary intention.
  4. Joint promisors: Where two or more persons jointly promise, all must perform jointly, and on death the survivors and the representatives of the dead person are bound.
  5. Time and place of performance: Performance is to occur at the agreed time and place. If no time is fixed, it must be within a reasonable time, and if no place is fixed, the promisor must ask the promisee to appoint a reasonable place.
  6. Reciprocal promises: Where promises are to be performed at the same time or in a set order, they must be performed in that order. A party who is ready and willing to perform may demand performance from the other.
  7. Performance in the manner prescribed: The promisee may specify the manner or time of performance, and acceptance of performance in that manner discharges the promisor.
  8. Appropriation of payments: Where a debtor owes several debts and makes a payment, the debtor may say which debt it is for. If the debtor does not, the creditor may apply it, and otherwise it is applied in order of time.
  9. Contracts which need not be performed (see below).

3. Conditions under which a contract need not be performed

  1. Agreement of the parties: If the parties agree to substitute a new contract, to alter or rescind the original (novation, alteration, rescission), the original need not be performed.
  2. Waiver or remission: The promisee may dispense with or remit performance, or accept a lesser performance in satisfaction.
  3. Refusal of a valid tender: If the promisee refuses a proper offer of performance, the promisor is not bound to perform further, and is not liable for non-performance.
  4. Impossibility or frustration: If, after the contract is made, performance becomes impossible or unlawful because of events beyond the parties' control (destruction of the subject matter, change of law, war, natural disaster), the contract becomes void and need not be performed.
  5. Void or voidable contracts: A void contract (for unlawful object, lack of capacity, or mistake) is not performed, and a voidable contract need not be performed if the party entitled avoids it (for fraud, coercion or undue influence).
  6. Breach by the other party: Where one party fails to perform his or her part of a reciprocal promise, or repudiates the contract, the other party may treat the contract as ended and need not perform.
  7. Death or incapacity where the contract depends on personal skill.
  8. Failure of a condition: Where performance depends on a condition precedent that does not occur.
  9. Expiry of limitation: Where the time within which performance can be enforced has run out.

4. Conclusion

Performance is the normal and natural end of a contract. The law requires faithful performance at the proper time, place and manner, and protects a party who has duly offered performance. Only where the parties agree otherwise, or where law, impossibility or the other party's breach intervenes, is performance excused.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

Who is surety? What are the rights, duties and liability of surety? Discuss the conditions under which surety discharges from liability.

Answer

1. Meaning of surety

A contract of guarantee (surety) is a contract to perform the promise, or discharge the liability, of a third person in case of his or her default. The person who gives the guarantee is the surety; the person for whom it is given is the principal debtor; and the person to whom it is given is the creditor. The contract may be oral or written, and may be for a single debt or for a continuing series of transactions (a continuing guarantee). In Nepal the subject is governed by the contract law, namely the Contract Act, 2056 BS and now the guarantee provisions of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 BS.

A surety is a third party who undertakes a secondary liability: the primary liability is that of the principal debtor.

2. Liability of the surety

  1. Co-extensive with the principal debtor: The surety's liability is the same in extent as that of the principal debtor, unless the contract provides otherwise.
  2. Arises on default: The creditor may proceed against the surety as soon as the principal debtor defaults, without first suing the debtor, unless the contract says otherwise.
  3. Valid consent required: A guarantee obtained by misrepresentation or by concealing material facts from the surety is invalid.
  4. Continuing guarantee: It extends to a series of transactions until revoked.
  5. Several sureties: Co-sureties are liable jointly and severally for the debt, unless otherwise agreed.

3. Rights of the surety

(a) Against the creditor:

  • To the benefit of every security the creditor holds against the debtor at the time of the guarantee, even if the surety did not know of it.
  • To be told the truth about material facts affecting the risk.

(b) Against the principal debtor:

  • Right of indemnity: To recover from the debtor all sums rightfully paid to the creditor.
  • Right of subrogation: After paying the whole debt, to stand in the creditor's place and enforce the creditor's remedies and securities against the debtor.

(c) Against co-sureties:

  • Right of contribution: If one surety pays more than his or her share, he or she may recover a proportionate share from the other sureties.

4. Duties of the surety

  1. To pay the debt or perform the promise on the debtor's default, to the extent of the liability.
  2. To act in good faith and not to prejudice the creditor's rights.
  3. To bear his or her share of the liability alongside co-sureties.
  4. To give notice to the creditor if he or she wants to revoke a continuing guarantee for future transactions.

5. Conditions under which a surety is discharged from liability

  1. By revocation: A continuing guarantee may be revoked by notice to the creditor as regards future transactions.
  2. By death of the surety, as regards future transactions, unless the contract provides otherwise.
  3. By variance in the terms of the contract: Any change in the terms between the creditor and the principal debtor without the surety's consent discharges the surety from transactions after the change.
  4. By release or discharge of the principal debtor: If the creditor releases the debtor, or does something that legally discharges the debtor, the surety is discharged.
  5. By compromise or giving time: If the creditor makes a composition with the debtor, promises to give time, or promises not to sue the debtor without the surety's consent, the surety is discharged.
  6. By creditor's act or omission that impairs the surety's eventual remedy against the principal debtor.
  7. By loss of security: If the creditor, without the surety's consent, loses or parts with a security he held against the debtor, the surety is discharged to the extent of the value of the security.
  8. By invalidity of the contract, such as a guarantee procured by misrepresentation or concealment, or where the underlying contract is void.
  9. By performance: When the principal debtor pays or performs, the guarantee ends.

A surety is not discharged merely because the creditor delays suing, or where the surety agreed to the variation.

6. Conclusion

A surety is a person who stands behind a debtor's promise. The surety's liability is real but secondary, and the law balances it with the rights of indemnity, subrogation and contribution, and releases the surety where the creditor changes the bargain or damages the surety's position.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

What is contract of carriage? Define common carrier and discuss the rights, duties and liabilities of common carries.

Answer

Contract of Carriage

1. Meaning of Contract of Carriage

A contract of carriage is an agreement by which one person (the carrier) undertakes, for reward or hire, to transport goods or passengers of another person (the consignor/passenger) from one place to another and to deliver them at the destination to the consignee or to the person entitled to receive them.

It is a species of contract of bailment combined with a contract of carriage, because the carrier takes possession of the goods and holds them in trust for the owner until delivery. The essential elements are:

  1. Two parties — the carrier and the consignor/passenger.
  2. Carriage of goods or persons from one place to another.
  3. Reward or hire — the freight or fare (though a gratuitous carriage is possible, it is not a contract of carriage in the commercial sense).
  4. Delivery at the destination to the proper person.

In Nepal, contracts of carriage are governed mainly by the Contract Act, 2000 (2056 B.S.), the Carriage of Goods by Road Act, 2049 B.S., the Carriage by Air Act, 2016, and the general law of bailment under Chapter 10 of the Contract Act.

2. Definition of Common Carrier

A common carrier is a person (or firm) who:

  • holds himself out as ready to carry for hire the goods of any person who chooses to employ him;
  • carries as a regular business and not as an occasional or isolated act;
  • does not reserve the right to refuse service without lawful excuse; and
  • carries goods of the class to which he holds himself out, along a regular route or between fixed places.

Definitions:

  • Black's Law Dictionary: "A common carrier is a person or company that is in the business of transporting the public or goods for a fee, and that must, by law, accept any person or goods offered for carriage."
  • Carrier's Act (English) / Carriage of Goods by Road Act, 2049 (Nepal): A common carrier is one who publicly professes to carry goods for all persons indiscriminately, and is bound to carry without discrimination, at a reasonable charge, and with due care and safety.

Distinction from Private Carrier:

BasisCommon CarrierPrivate Carrier
Nature of businessRegular, public businessOccasional or selected customers
Right to refuseNo right to refuse without lawful excuseFree to accept or refuse
LiabilityStrict liability (insurer's liability)Liability only for negligence
RegulationRegulated by statuteGoverned by ordinary contract law

3. Rights of a Common Carrier

  1. Right to charge freight/fare — He is entitled to reasonable freight or fare for the service rendered. If the charge is unreasonable, the court may fix a reasonable amount.
  2. Right to lien — He has a particular lien over the goods carried until the freight and lawful charges are paid. He may retain the goods as security for payment.
  3. Right to refuse carriage — He may lawfully refuse to carry goods which are dangerous, prohibited, improperly packed, or where the consignor refuses to disclose the true nature of the goods.
  4. Right to demand disclosure — He may require the consignor to disclose the true nature, value and description of the goods, especially for calculating freight and assessing risk.
  5. Right to special contract — He may enter into a special contract limiting or excluding his liability, provided it is not contrary to law or public policy.
  6. Right to recover expenses — He may recover extraordinary expenses incurred for the safety of the goods, e.g., storage, repairs, or demurrage.
  7. Right to sue for freight — He can sue the consignor or consignee for recovery of unpaid freight and charges.

4. Duties of a Common Carrier

  1. Duty to carry — He must carry the goods of any person offering them, without discrimination, provided they are of the class he professes to carry and are properly packed.
  2. Duty to carry at reasonable charge — He cannot charge exorbitant or discriminatory rates.
  3. Duty to take reasonable care — He must take due care in loading, carriage, custody, and delivery of goods.
  4. Duty to deliver at the proper place and time — He must deliver the goods to the consignee at the destination within the agreed or reasonable time.
  5. Duty to deliver to the right person — Delivery must be made to the consignee or his authorised agent; delivery to a wrong person makes him liable.
  6. Duty to disclose the route and mode of carriage — He must carry by the usual route, unless otherwise agreed.
  7. Duty not to deviate — Any unnecessary deviation from the usual route makes him liable as an insurer for any loss.
  8. Duty to give notice of arrival — He must inform the consignee of the arrival of the goods so that delivery can be taken.

5. Liabilities of a Common Carrier

(a) Strict Liability (Liability as Insurer)

The most important feature of a common carrier's liability is that he is liable as an insurer of the goods. He is liable for loss, damage, or non-delivery of goods even without negligence on his part. This is strict liability, based on the public nature of his business and the confidence reposed in him.

(b) Exceptions to Strict Liability

A common carrier is not liable for loss or damage caused by:

  1. Act of God — e.g., earthquake, flood, lightning.
  2. Act of the State's enemies — e.g., war, foreign invasion.
  3. Inherent vice of the goods — e.g., perishable nature, fermentation, decay.
  4. Act or default of the consignor — e.g., defective packing, misdescription of goods.
  5. Act of public authority — e.g., seizure by customs or police.
  6. Special contract — where liability is limited by agreement.

(c) Liability for Deviation

If the carrier deviates from the usual route without justification, he loses the benefit of the exceptions and becomes liable even for loss caused by Act of God or enemies.

(d) Liability for Negligence

Where the strict liability is excluded by special contract, the carrier remains liable for negligence in the performance of his duties.

(e) Liability for Employees

The carrier is vicariously liable for the acts and omissions of his servants or agents committed in the course of employment.

(f) Liability for Passengers

In the case of carriage of passengers, the carrier is not an insurer but is liable for negligence causing injury or death. He must provide safe vehicles, competent drivers, and reasonable care.

(g) Statutory Limits

Under the Carriage of Goods by Road Act, 2049 and the Carriage by Air Act, the liability of the carrier is limited to a specified amount per kilogram or per passenger, unless a higher value is declared.

6. Conclusion

A contract of carriage is a bailment for reward under which the carrier undertakes to transport and deliver goods or passengers. A common carrier is one who carries as a regular public business for all persons indiscriminately. He enjoys rights such as freight, lien, and refusal of dangerous goods, and is bound by duties of care, timely delivery, and non-discrimination. His liability is strict and insurer-like, subject only to recognised exceptions such as Act of God, inherent vice, and the fault of the consignor.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

What do you mean by arbitration? Discuss the importance of arbitrator for settling disputes and mention the process of execution of arbitral award in reference to the Arbitrator Act, 1999.

Answer

1. Meaning of arbitration

Arbitration is a method of settling disputes in which the parties agree to refer their dispute to one or more neutral persons (arbitrators), who hear both sides and give a binding decision called an arbitral award, instead of going to the ordinary court. It rests on the arbitration agreement of the parties. In Nepal it is governed by the Arbitration Act, 2055 BS (1999) and rules made under it, with the Nepal Council of Arbitration (NEPCA) providing institutional arbitration.

2. Importance of the arbitrator in settling disputes

The arbitrator is the central actor of the process.

  1. Neutral decision-maker: He or she decides impartially on the evidence, the law and the agreement.
  2. Chosen by the parties: The parties choose the arbitrator or the method of appointment, which builds confidence in the outcome.
  3. Expertise: A person with technical or commercial knowledge (an engineer for a construction dispute, a banker for a financial dispute) can be selected.
  4. Speed and economy: The arbitrator conducts a flexible procedure that avoids the delays and costs of court litigation.
  5. Confidentiality: Proceedings are private, protecting business reputation.
  6. Finality: The arbitrator's award is binding and enforceable.
  7. Preserving relationships: A less adversarial process keeps commercial relationships intact.
  8. Reducing the courts' burden: Arbitration diverts disputes from the overloaded courts.

The Act therefore requires the arbitrator to be independent and impartial, allows challenge of an arbitrator on proper grounds, and requires him or her to treat the parties equally and to give each a chance to present the case.

3. Process of execution of an arbitral award under the Arbitration Act, 1999

  1. Making of the award: The tribunal decides in writing, with reasons (unless the parties agree otherwise), signs it, and gives a copy to each party.
  2. Correction and interpretation: A party may, within the short period fixed by the Act, ask the tribunal to correct clerical or computational errors or to explain a part of the award.
  3. Challenge to the award: A party dissatisfied with the award can apply to the court to set aside the award within the time fixed by the Act (35 days of receipt of the award). The grounds are limited, such as an invalid agreement, incapacity of a party, not being given proper notice or a chance to present the case, an award beyond the scope of the agreement, improper composition or procedure of the tribunal, a dispute not capable of arbitration, or conflict with public policy.
  4. Voluntary compliance: If no challenge is made, or it fails, the losing party should comply with the award voluntarily.
  5. Application for execution: If the party does not comply, the other party may apply to the competent court (the District Court) for enforcement of the award.
  6. Enforcement as a decree: The court enforces the award as if it were a decree of that court, using the same methods of execution, such as attachment of property and recovery of money.
  7. Appeal: An order of the court in a challenge or execution proceeding is open to appeal to the higher court in the manner the Act provides.
  8. Foreign awards: Foreign arbitral awards are recognised and enforced under the New York Convention, to which Nepal is a party, and under the Act.

4. Conclusion

Arbitration offers a speedy, private and expert method of settling disputes, and the arbitrator's independence and skill are its foundation. The Arbitration Act, 1999 makes the arbitral award binding and enforceable like a court decree, subject to limited judicial review, so that an award is a practical remedy and not a paper decision.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

Examine the ratio adecidendi enunciated by the Supreme Court of Nepal in the case of Bir Shankar Kashai Vs. Anita Lama (D.N. 7673, NKP 2063 Vol. Jp. 395) highlighting the facts of dispute of the case.

Answer

Citation. Bir Shankar Kashai v. Anita Lama, D.N. 7673, NKP 2063, Vol. Jp. 395, Supreme Court of Nepal. The question asks for two things: the facts of the dispute and the ratio decidendi, that is, the binding legal principle the Court needed to decide the case. Obiter remarks are not part of it.

Facts of the dispute. A lawsuit between a petitioner (Bir Shankar Kashai) and a respondent (Anita Lama) was taken up to the Supreme Court after the lower courts disagreed on a point of law. The answer should state, in order: who claimed what, which right or document was relied on, what the District and Appellate Courts held, and why the Supreme Court admitted the matter.

Issues.

  1. Did the claimant establish the right asserted under the law in force when the cause of action arose?
  2. Was the lower court's reading of the statute correct, or did it overlook a mandatory provision?

Ratio decidendi.

  • The Court first fixes the governing provision and reads it according to its plain words and purpose.
  • It then applies that provision to the facts proved on record, and it treats a point of procedure or form as decisive only where the statute makes it mandatory.
  • Its conclusion on the issue is the ratio. Because NKP reports are binding precedent under Article 128 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, the same reasoning governs later cases with similar facts.

Obiter. General remarks on policy or on facts not before the Court bind no one, though they are persuasive.

Significance. The decision shows the Supreme Court correcting a statutory misreading by a lower court and fixing a rule for future cases. In an examination, give the facts first and then the ratio, and tie each part of the ratio to a provision of the law.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2081 · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings: a) Finder of lost goods b) Hire Purchase contract c) Conditions and Warranties d) Charter party e) Lapse or Relocation of offer

Answer

Any three notes are required. Notes (a), (c) and (e) are given.

(a) Finder of lost goods. A finder takes into custody goods that the owner has lost involuntarily. He does not become the owner and holds the goods for the true owner, like a bailee.

  • Duties: take reasonable care, do not use or mix the goods with his own, and make reasonable efforts to trace and inform the owner. Dishonest appropriation attracts civil liability for the value and criminal liability under the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074.
  • Rights: he may retain the goods until the owner reimburses the reasonable expenses of preserving and finding him. He may sue for a reward the owner has publicly offered.
  • Sale: he may sell only if the owner cannot be traced with reasonable diligence, or refuses to pay his lawful charges, and the goods are perishable or the charges nearly equal their value. He accounts to the owner for the balance of the proceeds.

(c) Conditions and warranties. In a contract of sale, a stipulation about the goods is either a condition or a warranty.

BasisConditionWarranty
NatureEssential to the main purpose of the contractCollateral to the main purpose
BreachBuyer may repudiate the contract and claim damagesBuyer may claim damages only
EffectMay be waived and treated as a warrantyCannot be treated as a condition

Implied conditions include title, correspondence with description or sample, and fitness or merchantable quality. Implied warranties include quiet possession and freedom from encumbrance. A breach of condition is treated as a breach of warranty where the buyer waives it or has accepted the goods. Example: if a buyer orders a tractor of a stated model and gets another model, he may reject it. If only a minor accessory is missing, he may claim damages for it but must keep the tractor.

(e) Lapse or revocation of offer. An offer does not stay open forever. It ends in these ways.

  1. Lapse of time: the time fixed for acceptance expires, or a reasonable time passes where none is fixed.
  2. Revocation: the offeror withdraws before acceptance. The revocation must reach the offeree, and it is too late once acceptance has been communicated.
  3. Rejection or counter-offer by the offeree.
  4. Failure of a condition attached to the offer.
  5. Death or insanity of the offeror, if the offeree learns of it before accepting.

Example: A offers in Kathmandu to sell his house to B for Rs 80 lakh, open for 7 days. B says nothing for 10 days, so the offer has lapsed. If A had written on day 3 withdrawing the offer and the letter reached B before B accepted, the offer would have been revoked. Once an offer has lapsed or been revoked, it cannot be accepted.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Discuss the law and ratio involved in Anil Krishna Pokhrel v. Kathmandu District Court, NKP 2064.

Answer

Citation. Anil Krishna Pokhrel v. Kathmandu District Court, NKP 2064. A case against a District Court is a writ petition to the Supreme Court. It is brought under the extraordinary jurisdiction in the Constitution (Article 88 of the 2047 Constitution, now Article 133 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072).

Law involved.

  • The writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court (certiorari, mandamus, prohibition and others) over lower courts and authorities.
  • The principles of natural justice and the right to a fair hearing, and the procedure laid down in the relevant Court procedure legislation.
  • The rule that a writ does not lie as a substitute for an appeal, and that the Supreme Court does not re-weigh evidence unless there is an error of jurisdiction or a clear violation of law or fundamental right.

Facts and issue. The petitioner challenged an order or decision of the Kathmandu District Court. The question was whether the District Court had acted within its jurisdiction and in accordance with law and procedure, or whether its act should be quashed by writ.

Ratio.

  1. A court that decides without following the procedure required by law, or in breach of a party's right to be heard, can be corrected by the Supreme Court.
  2. The Supreme Court will intervene only for want or excess of jurisdiction or a clear legal error. It will not intervene merely because another view of the facts is possible.
  3. Where an ordinary remedy such as appeal or review exists, the petitioner must use it first.

Significance. The case is cited for the limits and purpose of certiorari against a lower court. It also supports the rule that every judicial act must be reasoned, lawful and fair.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Examine the ratio enunciated by the Supreme Court in Chhue Lama v. Ishwari Devi, NKP 2050.

Answer

Citation. Chhue Lama v. Ishwari Devi, NKP 2050. The case is taken as the authority on how possession over time affects title to land.

Facts. The dispute was over land in the possession of one party while the other claimed it by title. The claimant against the possessor said the possession was permissive or wrongful and sought to recover it. The possessor said he had held it openly for years, without interruption, as his own.

Issue. Does long, open and uninterrupted possession of another's land, held as owner, defeat the right of the person with title?

Ratio.

  1. Possession acquires legal weight only if it is open, continuous, peaceful and adverse, that is, held as of right and not with the owner's permission.
  2. The owner who sleeps on his rights beyond the statutory period (the period for lodging a claim to recover land under the Muluki Ain, and now the Muluki Civil Code, 2074) loses the remedy, and the possessor's title is strengthened.
  3. Where possession began with the owner's permission, for example as tenant or licensee, it is not adverse, and time does not run in the possessor's favour.
  4. Whoever pleads adverse possession must prove its start, its nature and its duration.

Significance. The decision shows the Court balancing the owner's registered title against the policy that stale claims should end. Cite it when a question asks whether possession can confer or defeat ownership of land in Nepal.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Define capacity to contract. What are the consequences of an agreement with or by a minor as per Civil Code 2074 B.S.?

Answer

Capacity to Contract

Definition: Capacity to contract means the legal competence or ability of a person to enter into a valid contract. Under Section 505 of the Civil Code 2074 B.S. (Muluki Civil Code), every person is competent to contract unless declared otherwise. A contract is valid only when it is made by parties who are competent to contract. The Civil Code provides that the following persons are not competent to contract:

  1. A minor (person below 18 years of age);
  2. A person of unsound mind;
  3. A person declared incompetent by a competent court.

Thus, capacity to contract refers to the legal fitness of a person to make a binding contract, which requires attainment of the age of majority, soundness of mind, and not being disqualified by law.


Consequences of an Agreement with or by a Minor under Civil Code 2074 B.S.

The Civil Code 2074 B.S. deals with the contracts of minors mainly under Sections 506, 507, 508 and 509. The consequences are as follows:

1. Agreement with a Minor is Void (Section 506)

An agreement made with a minor is void from the very beginning (void ab initio). Since a minor lacks capacity to contract, no legal obligation arises from such an agreement. The minor cannot be bound by it, though the minor may take benefit if the agreement is beneficial to him/her.

2. Agreement by a Minor is Void

Similarly, an agreement made by a minor is also void. A minor cannot create any legal liability by his/her own act. Any contract entered into by a minor is unenforceable against him/her.

3. No Ratification on Attaining Majority (Section 507)

A minor cannot ratify (validate) an agreement made during minority after attaining the age of majority. Since the agreement was void from the beginning, it cannot be made valid by subsequent ratification. However, if the minor, after attaining majority, makes a fresh agreement with free consent, it becomes valid.

4. Minor's Property is Not Liable

The property of a minor cannot be attached or sold for the enforcement of an agreement made during minority. Since the agreement is void, no liability can be enforced against the minor's estate.

5. Exception – Necessaries Supplied to a Minor (Section 508)

If a person supplies necessaries (food, clothing, shelter, education, medical treatment, etc.) to a minor, the supplier is entitled to be reimbursed from the property of the minor. However, this is not based on the contract but on the principle of quasi-contract. The minor is not personally liable; only his/her property is liable.

6. Minor as an Agent

A minor can act as an agent of another person. Since an agent does not incur personal liability, a minor can validly represent a principal. However, the minor cannot be held personally liable for breach of duty as an agent.

7. Minor as a Beneficiary

A minor can be a beneficiary of a contract. If a contract is made for the benefit of a minor, it is valid and enforceable. For example, a minor can receive gifts or be a beneficiary under a life insurance policy.

8. Minor as a Partner

A minor cannot be a full partner, but with the consent of all partners, he/she may be admitted to the benefits of partnership as a partner. However, the minor is not personally liable for the debts of the firm; only his/her share is liable.

9. Contract for Marriage

A marriage contract of a minor is governed by separate provisions. Under Section 509, a marriage of a minor without the consent of the guardian may be voidable at the option of the minor.


Conclusion

In conclusion, capacity to contract is the legal competence to enter into a valid contract. Under the Civil Code 2074 B.S., a minor lacks this capacity. Any agreement with or by a minor is void ab initio, cannot be ratified, and the minor's property is generally not liable. However, exceptions exist for necessaries supplied to a minor and for contracts made for the minor's benefit.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

What is the termination of contract? State and explain the modes discharging contract with suitable examples.

Answer

Termination (Discharge) of Contract

Meaning. Termination, or discharge, of a contract means the end of the contractual relationship. After it, neither party can be compelled to perform and the rights and duties created by the contract come to an end. In Nepal, the law of contract is in Part 4 of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074.

Modes of discharge

(a) By performance. Both parties perform what they promised, exactly and at the proper time and place. Example: A sells 100 sacks of rice to B for Rs 50,000. A delivers and B pays. The contract is discharged.

(b) By mutual agreement. The parties may end or change the contract by consent.

  • Rescission: cancelling the contract before it is fully performed.
  • Novation: replacing the contract with a new one, possibly with a new party.
  • Alteration: changing a material term.
  • Remission: accepting less than is due.
  • Waiver: giving up a right.

Example: A owes B Rs 1,00,000. B agrees to accept Rs 80,000 in full settlement. That part of the debt is remitted.

(c) By impossibility (frustration). Performance becomes impossible or unlawful after the contract is made, through no fault of either party. This includes destruction of the subject matter, a change of law, or the death or incapacity of a person whose personal service is essential. Example: A agrees to deliver goods stored in a godown, and an earthquake destroys the godown and the goods. The contract is discharged.

(d) By breach. One party fails or refuses to perform.

  • Actual breach: failure on the due date.
  • Anticipatory breach: declaring before the due date that he will not perform. The other party may treat the contract as ended at once and sue for damages.

Example: A promises to supply goods on 1 Baisakh, but on 1 Chaitra tells B he will not. B may sue immediately.

(e) By operation of law. The law ends the contract without any act of the parties. Examples are the death of a party in a personal-service contract, insolvency, a merger of rights (a tenant buys the leased property and the lease merges into ownership), and material alteration of a document without consent. The expiry of the limitation period does not extinguish the debt itself, but it bars the legal remedy.

Effect of discharge

The parties are freed from further obligations. The innocent party in a breach may claim compensation for loss that was reasonably foreseeable.

Conclusion

A contract ends by performance, agreement, impossibility, breach, or operation of law. Knowing the mode matters because it decides whether anyone can still sue and for what.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Give the meaning of carrier with its types. Also discuss right and duties of common carrier.

Similar questions: Give the meaning of carrier. Who is (2079 · Law of Contract (305))

Answer

Meaning of Carrier

A carrier is a person or business (individual, firm or company) that undertakes, for reward (hire or freight), to transport goods or passengers from one place to another. The essential element is the assumption of the obligation to carry — the carrier holds itself out as ready to transport for any person who chooses to employ it. In Nepal, carriage of goods is mainly governed by the Carriage of Goods by Land (Regulation) Act, 2042 (1985) and the Contract Act, 2000, while carriage by sea and air is governed by international conventions and the Civil Code.

Types of Carrier

  1. Common Carrier — A carrier that holds itself out to carry goods for all persons indiscriminately who offer them for carriage, for a fixed or reasonable charge, and as a regular business. It is bound to carry for anyone without refusal, subject to certain exceptions. Examples: Nepal Transport Corporation, courier companies, airlines running scheduled services.

  2. Private Carrier — A carrier that carries goods only for selected persons or on particular occasions, not as a regular business open to the public. It is not bound to carry for everyone and may accept or refuse any offer. Example: a factory's own truck carrying its own goods, or a person carrying goods for a friend occasionally.

  3. Gratuitous Carrier — A carrier who carries goods without any reward (free of charge). Since there is no consideration, the carrier is liable only for gross negligence, not for ordinary negligence.

  4. Special (Particular) Carrier — A carrier employed for a single, isolated transaction under a special contract, not as a public employment. Its rights and duties are governed by the terms of that particular contract.

Rights of a Common Carrier

  1. Right to receive freight (reward): It is entitled to the agreed charge or, if none is fixed, a reasonable charge for the carriage.

  2. Right to lien: It may retain the goods in its possession until the freight and other lawful charges are paid (carrier's lien).

  3. Right to sue for freight: If the consignee or consignor fails to pay, the carrier can sue to recover the amount due.

  4. Right to refuse or reject goods: It may refuse to carry goods that are dangerous, prohibited, improperly packed, or likely to cause loss or injury to other goods or to the carrier.

  5. Right to special contract: It may enter into a special contract limiting its liability (e.g., fixing a lower value or excluding liability for certain risks), provided such terms are lawful.

  6. Right to claim indemnity: It can claim compensation from the consignor for any loss caused by false declaration of the nature or value of goods.

  7. Right to sell goods (in certain cases): Where goods remain unclaimed and freight is unpaid, it may, after due notice, sell the goods to recover its charges.

Duties of a Common Carrier

  1. Duty to carry: It must carry the goods of any person offering them, provided they are of the kind it professes to carry, are properly packed, and the freight is tendered. Refusal without lawful excuse is a breach of duty.

  2. Duty to carry by the usual route: It must transport the goods by the ordinary and customary route without unnecessary deviation or delay.

  3. Duty to deliver safely: It must deliver the goods to the right consignee at the destination in the same condition, and is liable as an insurer for loss or damage, except for the recognised exceptions (act of God, inherent defect, act of the consignor, act of a public enemy, or inherent vice of goods).

  4. Duty to give notice: It must give notice to the consignee on the arrival of goods so that they may be collected within a reasonable time.

  5. Duty to account: It must account for the goods and pay over any amount realised, and must not deliver goods without production of the consignment note or proper authority.

  6. Duty to charge reasonable freight: It must charge only a reasonable and uniform rate, not an arbitrary or discriminatory one.

  7. Duty not to discriminate: It must treat all customers equally, without undue preference to any particular person.

Conclusion

A common carrier occupies a special position in law — it is bound to serve the public and is liable as an insurer of the goods, while enjoying rights such as freight, lien and refusal of dangerous goods. A private or gratuitous carrier, by contrast, carries a much lighter burden of liability. Thus the distinction between the types of carriers determines the extent of their rights and duties.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Explain major provision of Nepal Madhyasthata Ain, 2055.

Answer

Major Provisions of the Nepal Madhyasthata Ain (Arbitration Act), 2055

Introduction. "Madhyasthata" means arbitration. The Act, enacted in 2055 BS (1999), replaced the Arbitration Act, 2038. It modernises arbitration in Nepal on the model of the UNCITRAL Model Law, and it governs both domestic and international commercial arbitration. Its aim is to settle disputes quickly and cheaply, outside the ordinary courts.

1. Arbitration agreement

  • Parties may agree to refer present or future disputes arising from a legal relationship to arbitration.
  • The agreement must be in writing. It may be an arbitration clause in a contract or a separate submission agreement. An exchange of letters, telex or fax is also enough.
  • A court before which a suit is brought on a matter covered by a valid agreement should refer the parties to arbitration if a party so asks.

2. Arbitrable matters

  • A dispute arising from a contract or other civil or commercial relationship may be referred to arbitration if the parties are competent.
  • Matters that the law does not allow to be settled privately cannot be referred. These include criminal offences, matters of status, and subjects reserved by other laws to a court or authority.

3. Arbitral tribunal

  • The parties may fix the number of arbitrators, which should be odd. A sole arbitrator or a panel of three is usual.
  • They may agree on the manner of appointment. If they fail, or one party does not appoint, the court appoints.
  • An arbitrator must be impartial and independent. A party may challenge an arbitrator for doubts about impartiality or for lacking agreed qualifications. A tribunal may rule on its own jurisdiction (kompetenz-kompetenz).

4. Procedure

  • The parties may agree on procedure. Otherwise the tribunal conducts the proceedings with equal treatment of both sides and a full opportunity to present their case.
  • The tribunal may decide place, language, evidence and interim measures.
  • Proceedings should be completed within the time the parties or the Act fix.

5. Award

  • The award must be in writing, reasoned, dated and signed, and delivered to the parties. A majority decides where there are three arbitrators.
  • It is binding on the parties.
  • The tribunal may correct clerical errors and interpret the award.

6. Setting aside and enforcement

  • A party may apply to the competent appellate court within the prescribed time to set the award aside on grounds such as incapacity, an invalid agreement, absence of notice or opportunity, an award outside the reference, an improper tribunal, or conflict with public policy.
  • An award that is not challenged in time is enforced like a court decree by the district court.

7. Nepal Council of Arbitration

The Act provides for the Nepal Council of Arbitration, which promotes arbitration, keeps a roster of arbitrators and gives administrative help.

8. Foreign awards

The Act deals with recognition and enforcement of foreign arbitral awards. Nepal is a party to the New York Convention (1958).

Conclusion

The Act makes the arbitration agreement the basis of the process, gives the parties wide control over procedure, limits court interference, and allows limited review of the award. It is an important tool for settling commercial and construction disputes in Nepal.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)
  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings.
a) Indirect contract b) Tender c) Finder of lost goods d) Unpaid seller e) Hire purchase contract

Answer

Short Notes (any three)

b) Tender

Meaning. Tender (or "tender of performance") means an unconditional offer by the promisor to the promisee to perform his obligation under the contract, in accordance with its terms. It is an attempt at performance, not performance itself. It may be a tender of money (offer to pay a debt) or a tender of performance of any other obligation.

Essentials of a valid tender.

  1. It must be unconditional — not coupled with any condition or demand.
  2. It must be made at the proper time and place, as fixed by the contract, or, if not fixed, at a reasonable time and at the usual place of business.
  3. It must be of the whole obligation — the entire amount due or the whole of the thing promised; a part-tender is no tender.
  4. It must be made to the proper person — the promisee or his authorised agent.
  5. It must be made in the proper manner — in the manner agreed, or in the ordinary course, and, where the goods are to be delivered, the seller must be ready and willing to deliver and must offer to do so.

Effect.

  • A valid tender of money that is refused does not discharge the debtor from liability, but the creditor cannot thereafter claim interest on the amount, and the debtor is not liable for the costs of a suit for the debt.
  • A valid tender of performance discharges the promisor from his obligation, and the promisee cannot treat the contract as broken.
  • An invalid tender has no such effect; the promisor remains liable for breach.

c) Finder of lost goods

Meaning. A person who finds goods belonging to another and takes them into his custody occupies the position of a bailee towards the true owner. He is not the owner, but he has lawful possession and certain rights against the owner and third parties.

Duties of the finder.

  1. To take reasonable care of the goods as a man of ordinary prudence would take of his own goods of the same bulk and quality.
  2. To make reasonable efforts to trace the true owner and to return the goods to him.
  3. Not to use the goods, or deal with them in a manner inconsistent with the terms of the bailment.
  4. Not to mix the goods with his own goods; if he does so and the goods are separable, he must bear the cost of separation, and if inseparable, he must compensate the owner.

Rights of the finder.

  1. Right of lien — he may retain the goods until he receives compensation for the trouble and expense incurred in preserving the goods and finding the true owner.
  2. Right to reward — if the owner has offered a specific reward for the return of the goods, the finder may sue for it on returning the goods.
  3. Right to sell — he may sell the goods if (a) the goods are perishable, or (b) the owner cannot be found with due diligence, or (c) the owner, when found, refuses to pay the lawful charges of the finder. The sale must be made in a reasonable manner, and the proceeds, after deducting his lawful charges, must be handed over to the true owner.

In Nepal these matters are governed by the law of bailment under the Muluki Civil Code, 2074.


d) Unpaid seller

Meaning. Under the Sale of Goods Act, 2063, a seller is an unpaid seller when—

  1. the whole of the price has not been paid or tendered, or
  2. a bill of exchange or other negotiable instrument given as conditional payment has been dishonoured.

The term includes any person who is in the position of a seller, e.g. an agent of the seller to whom the bill of lading has been endorsed, or a consignor who has paid the price.

Rights against the goods (available so long as the property in the goods has not passed to the buyer, or, in some cases, even after it has passed):

  1. Lien — the right to retain possession of the goods until the price is paid. It can be exercised only when the seller is still in possession, no credit has been agreed upon, and the buyer has not become insolvent. The lien is lost if the seller delivers the goods to a carrier without reserving the right of disposal, or waives it.
  2. Stoppage in transit — if the buyer becomes insolvent while the goods are in transit, the seller may resume possession of the goods. This right is exercised either by taking actual possession or by giving notice to the carrier. It ends when the goods reach the buyer or his agent.
  3. Right of resale — where the goods are perishable, or where the seller has given notice of his intention to resell, or where the right is expressly reserved in the contract, the seller may resell the goods and recover damages from the defaulting buyer.

Rights against the buyer personally.

  1. Suit for the price of the goods.
  2. Suit for damages for non-acceptance.
  3. Right to repudiate the contract before the due date of delivery if the buyer repudiates or fails to pay the price.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)
  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

All contracts are agreements but all agreements are not contract. Prove with suitable illustrations.

Answer

"All contracts are agreements but all agreements are not contracts." Prove with suitable illustrations.

1. Introduction

The statement states the relationship between two legal concepts — agreement and contract. It means that every contract must necessarily contain the elements of an agreement, but every agreement does not necessarily possess those additional elements which convert it into a contract. In other words, contract is a species of the genus "agreement"; the genus is wider than the species.

2. Meaning of Agreement and Contract

Agreement — Section 2(b) of the Nepal Contract Act, 2056 (and Section 2(e) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872) defines agreement as "every promise and every set of promises forming the consideration for each other." A promise arises when a proposal is accepted. Hence:

Agreement=Offer (Proposal)+Acceptance\text{Agreement} = \text{Offer (Proposal)} + \text{Acceptance}

Contract — Section 2(a) of the Nepal Contract Act, 2056 (Section 2(h) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872) defines contract as "an agreement enforceable by law." Therefore:

Contract=Agreement+Enforceability by law\boxed{\text{Contract} = \text{Agreement} + \text{Enforceability by law}}

3. Why All Contracts Are Agreements

Every contract, by definition, is an agreement because the following elements of a valid agreement are always present in it:

  1. Two or more parties — there must be at least two persons, one making the proposal and the other accepting it.
  2. Offer and acceptance — a lawful proposal must be accepted, giving rise to a promise.
  3. Consensus ad idem — both parties must agree upon the same thing in the same sense.
  4. Consideration — there must be lawful consideration, for no contract can exist without it.
  5. Intention to create legal relations — the parties must intend legal consequences.

Since all these elements are the very ingredients of an agreement, it follows that wherever there is a contract, there is necessarily an agreement. A contract cannot exist without an agreement.

4. Why All Agreements Are Not Contracts

An agreement becomes a contract only when it satisfies the essentials of a valid contract laid down in Section 10 of the Nepal Contract Act, 2056 (Section 10 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872), namely — free consent, competent parties, lawful consideration, lawful object, certainty of meaning, possibility of performance, and no express declaration of invalidity. An agreement which fails to satisfy any of these requirements remains a mere agreement and is not enforceable by law. Such agreements may be:

  • Social or domestic agreements — not intended to create legal relations;
  • Agreements without consideration — unless falling within recognised exceptions;
  • Agreements with incompetent parties — minors, persons of unsound mind, persons disqualified by law;
  • Agreements without free consent — caused by coercion, undue influence, fraud, misrepresentation or mistake;
  • Agreements with unlawful object or consideration — forbidden by law, immoral, or opposed to public policy;
  • Agreements expressly declared void — restraint of marriage, restraint of trade, restraint of legal proceedings, uncertain agreements, wagering agreements, impossible agreements, etc.

5. Suitable Illustrations

(a) Valid contract — agreement enforceable by law. A agrees to sell his motorcycle to B for Rs 2,00,000, and B agrees to buy it. There is offer, acceptance, lawful consideration, free consent and lawful object. It is both an agreement and a contract.

(b) Social agreement — not a contract. A invites his friend B to dinner and B accepts. B fails to attend. A cannot sue B, because the parties never intended to create legal relations. It is an agreement but not a contract. (Balfour v. Balfour)

(c) Agreement without consideration — not a contract. A promises to give Rs 10,000 to his nephew B out of natural love and affection, without anything in return. Since there is no consideration and no exception applies, it is void — a mere agreement.

(d) Agreement with a minor — not a contract. A, aged 16, agrees to purchase a bicycle from B for Rs 15,000. Since a minor is not competent to contract (Section 4 of the Nepal Contract Act, 2056), the agreement is void ab initio — not a contract. (Mohori Bibee v. Dharmodas Ghose)

(e) Agreement without free consent — not enforceable as a contract. A obtains B's consent to sell his land by threatening him with bodily harm. The agreement is voidable at B's option and cannot be enforced against him so long as he does not affirm it.

(f) Unlawful object — not a contract. A agrees to pay B Rs 50,000 if B beats C. The object is unlawful; hence the agreement is void and cannot be enforced.

(g) Wagering agreement — not a contract. A and B agree that if Nepal wins the match, A will pay B Rs 1,000, and if Nepal loses, B will pay A Rs 1,000. It is a wager, expressly declared void.

(h) Uncertain agreement — not a contract. A agrees to sell to B "one hundred tons of oil" without specifying which oil. The meaning is uncertain; hence void under Section 10.

(i) Impossible agreement — not a contract. A agrees to bring a dead person back to life in consideration of Rs 1,00,000. The act is impossible; hence the agreement is void.

(j) Restraint of trade — not a contract. A agrees with B not to carry on any business in Kathmandu Valley. The agreement is in restraint of trade and therefore void (subject to statutory exceptions such as sale of goodwill and partnership agreements).

6. Conclusion

From the above discussion it is clear that agreement is the wider term and contract is the narrower one. Every contract presupposes an agreement, because offer, acceptance, consensus and consideration are its essential ingredients. But an agreement becomes a contract only when it is coupled with enforceability by law, i.e. when it fulfils all the essentials of a valid contract. Hence the proposition — "All contracts are agreements but all agreements are not contracts" — is perfectly correct and legally sound.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)
  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

What is transfer of ownership? Explain the rules regarding transfer of ownership with reference to Muluki Dewani Samhita Ain, 2074.

Answer

Transfer of Ownership under the Muluki Civil Code, 2074

Meaning

Transfer of ownership is the passing of the right of ownership in property from one person (the transferor) to another (the transferee). Ownership includes the rights to use, enjoy and dispose of a thing. It passes voluntarily by sale, gift, exchange or will, or by operation of law through succession, court sale or insolvency.

Modes of transfer

  1. Sale (bikri)
  2. Gift (daan) and will (ichchhapatra)
  3. Exchange (sattapatta)
  4. Succession (uttaradhikar)
  5. Operation of law, such as a court decree or insolvency

Rules regarding transfer

(a) Only the owner can transfer. The rule nemo dat quod non habet applies. A person cannot give a better title than he has. A non-owner may transfer only with the owner's authority, with exceptions such as a bona fide purchaser for value.

(b) Sale.

  1. Seller and buyer must be competent, and the object and price lawful.
  2. For immovable property, ownership passes only on registration of the deed (rajinama) before the proper office, together with payment of the price and fees. A bare agreement does not transfer ownership.
  3. For movable property, ownership passes when the parties intend it, generally on delivery of ascertained goods.
  4. Where ownership is made to depend on a condition, it passes only when the condition is fulfilled.

(c) Gift and will.

  1. A gift needs the owner's free consent and the donee's acceptance. A gift of immovable property must be in writing and registered.
  2. A will operates on the testator's death. It must be in writing and attested as the law requires, and it cannot defeat the shares due to heirs under the Code.

(d) Exchange. The rules of sale apply to exchange as far as possible. Registration is needed for immovable property.

(e) Succession. On death, ownership devolves on the heirs by operation of law in the shares the Code prescribes.

(f) Restrictions.

  1. A guardian cannot transfer a minor's immovable property without the permission the law requires and without benefit to the minor.
  2. A co-owner can transfer only his own share.
  3. Property of the State or a trust cannot be transferred contrary to law or the trust deed.
  4. Property under a restraint order cannot be transferred.

Conclusion

The Code recognises sale, gift, will, exchange, succession and operation of law as modes of transfer. It requires registration for immovables, protects the interests of minors and co-owners, and makes only the true owner or his authorised agent able to pass title.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

Who can refer dispute to arbitration? Explain what matters may not be referred to arbitration.

Similar questions: Who can refer dispute to arbitration? Explain (2075 · Law of Contract (325))

Answer

Under the Arbitration Act (Nepal Madhyasthata Ain), 2055:

Who can refer a dispute to arbitration

  1. Parties to a legal relationship, if they are competent and have a written arbitration agreement. The agreement may be a clause made before any dispute (a clause in the contract) or a separate submission agreement made after the dispute arises.
  2. Persons claiming through a party, such as successors, heirs, assignees or a merged company, who are bound by and can use the agreement.
  3. A court, which refers parties to arbitration when one of them asks and the suit concerns a matter covered by a valid arbitration agreement.
  4. Government bodies and corporations acting through contracts that contain an arbitration clause.

Matters that cannot be referred to arbitration

  1. Criminal offences, which only criminal courts may try.
  2. Matters of personal status such as marriage and divorce, or matters the parties have no power to compromise.
  3. Matters affecting public policy or public interest, and matters in which the law gives exclusive jurisdiction to a court or special authority (for example some tax and revenue matters).
  4. Matters prohibited from arbitration by any other law, and matters already finally decided by a competent court.

If a dispute not open to arbitration is referred, the agreement and any award on it are not enforceable.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)
  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

Analysis critically the case Bir Maya Limbu vs Rama Maya Limbu, NKP. 2061.

Answer

Citation. Bir Maya Limbu v. Rama Maya Limbu, NKP 2061. The case is taken as one involving a dispute within the Limbu community that turned on a claim based on custom and on a woman's claim to family property.

Facts. Two women of the Limbu family contested a claim to property. One relied on a custom of the Limbu community, and the other relied on the general law of the Muluki Ain. The lower courts disagreed on which governed.

Issue. Can a community custom displace or limit the rights the general law gives to a woman?

Holding (in outline). Custom is recognised in Nepal only if it is ancient, certain, reasonable, continuous, not against statute or public policy, and proved by the person who relies on it. The Court looked for proof of the custom and for its consistency with the law and constitutional equality.

Critical analysis.

  1. Strength: requiring strict proof of custom keeps the general law from being evaded by vague assertions of tradition.
  2. Strength: it treats the community's customs as legitimate but subject to law.
  3. Weakness: testing custom against "public policy" leaves wide judicial discretion, which can give unequal results for like cases.
  4. Weakness: in practice custom often disadvantaged women, so deference to it can conflict with equality guaranteed by the Constitution.
  5. Later development: the Eleventh Amendment of the Muluki Ain (2058), the 2072 Constitution (Articles 18 and 38) and the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 strengthened women's property rights. The decision should be read against this trend.

Conclusion. The case remains useful for the test of a valid custom, but its approach to women's property rights is now overtaken by statute and the Constitution.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)
  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a. Parties incompetent to contract. b. Doctrine of Frustration c. Requisites a valid tender d. Continuing guarantee e. Bill of lading.

Answer

Short Notes

a. Parties Incompetent to Contract

Section 11 of the Contract Act provides that every person is competent to contract who is of the age of majority, of sound mind, and not disqualified from contracting by any law. Thus, the following parties are incompetent to contract:

  1. Minors — A person below 18 years of age. An agreement with a minor is void ab initio (from the beginning), as held in Mohori Bibee v. Dharmodas Ghose.
  2. Persons of unsound mind — Idiots, lunatics, and drunkards. A person is of unsound mind if he is incapable of understanding the contract and its effects on his interests at the time of contracting.
  3. Persons disqualified by law — Alien enemies, insolvents (whose property is vested in the receiver), convicts, and foreign sovereigns/ambassadors.

An agreement with such parties is void.

b. Doctrine of Frustration

The doctrine of frustration means that a contract becomes void when, after its formation, an event occurs which is beyond the control of the parties and makes the performance of the contract impossible. This is contained in Section 56 of the Contract Act: "An agreement to do an impossible act is void."

Essentials:

  1. The event must be beyond the control of the parties.
  2. It must make performance impossible or unlawful.
  3. It must occur after the formation of the contract.

Illustration: A contracts to sing at B's theatre, but is struck by serious illness before the date. The contract becomes void. The doctrine is based on the maxim lex non cogit ad impossibilia — the law does not compel the impossible.

c. Requisites of a Valid Tender

A tender is an offer of performance. To be valid, a tender must satisfy the following requisites:

  1. Unconditional — It must not be subject to any condition.
  2. Proper time — It must be made at the proper time and place.
  3. Reasonable opportunity — The promisor must give the promisee a reasonable opportunity to inspect the goods.
  4. Whole obligation — The entire obligation must be tendered, not a part of it.
  5. To the proper person — It must be made to the promisee or his authorised agent.
  6. Of exact amount — In case of money, the exact amount must be tendered.
  7. Capable of performance — The promisor must be able and willing to perform his obligation.

A valid tender discharges the promisor from liability.

d. Continuing Guarantee

A continuing guarantee is a guarantee which extends to a series of transactions. Section 129 of the Contract Act defines it as "a guarantee which extends to a series of transactions." In such a guarantee, the surety's liability continues until the guarantee is revoked by notice.

Essentials:

  1. It covers a series of transactions.
  2. The surety remains liable for all transactions until revocation.
  3. It may be revoked by notice for future transactions (Section 130).
  4. The death of the surety also revokes it for future transactions.

Illustration: A guarantees to B the payment of all bills that C may draw upon B from time to time. This is a continuing guarantee.

e. Bill of Lading

A bill of lading is a document issued by the master or owner of a ship acknowledging the receipt of goods on board for carriage and undertaking to deliver them at the destination to the consignee or his order. It is a document of title to goods and is transferable by endorsement.

Functions:

  1. It is a receipt for the goods shipped.
  2. It is a contract of carriage between the shipper and the carrier.
  3. It is a document of title, enabling the holder to transfer ownership by endorsement and delivery.

Types: Clean bill of lading, claused bill of lading, through bill of lading, and container bill of lading. It plays a vital role in international trade and shipping.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Administrative Law (308)

Define administrative law. Explain the various sources of administrative law?

Answer

Administrative Law: Definition and Sources

1. Definition of Administrative Law

Administrative law is that branch of public law which deals with the organisation, powers, functions, duties and liabilities of administrative authorities, and which governs the relationship between these authorities and the citizens. It lays down the rules by which the executive branch of government is kept within the bounds of law.

Several jurists have defined it in different ways:

  • A.V. Dicey treated administrative law as the body of rules concerning the position of officials and the remedies available against them — the law relating to the droit administratif of France.
  • Sir Ivor Jennings defined it as "the law relating to administration. It determines the organisation, powers and duties of administrative authorities."
  • K.C. Davis gave a broad definition: "Administrative law is the law concerning the powers and procedures of administrative agencies, including especially the law governing judicial review of administrative action."
  • Wade regards it as the law relating to the control of governmental power.

In short, administrative law is the branch of law that controls and regulates the exercise of public power by administrative bodies. Its main concern is to prevent the abuse of power and to protect the rights of citizens against arbitrary administrative action.

2. Sources of Administrative Law

The sources of administrative law may be classified as primary and secondary.

A. Primary Sources

(i) The Constitution The constitution is the supreme and most important source. It creates the organs of the State, distributes powers among them, and provides the framework within which administrative authorities function. In Nepal, the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) contains provisions on the executive, public service, fundamental rights, and constitutional bodies, all of which form part of administrative law.

(ii) Statutes or Legislation Statutes are the main source of administrative law. Parliament enacts laws that create administrative authorities, confer powers on them, and prescribe their procedures. Examples include the Local Government Operation Act, 2074; the Public Service Commission Act; the Nepal Police Act; and the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority Act. These statutes define the jurisdiction, powers and duties of administrative bodies.

(iii) Delegated or Subordinate Legislation Because Parliament cannot make detailed rules on every matter, it delegates rule-making power to the executive. Rules, regulations, by-laws, orders and notifications issued under a parent statute are called delegated legislation. They are a very important source of administrative law because they supply the working details of administration. In Nepal, such rules are framed under the authority of Article 114 of the Constitution.

(iv) Judicial Precedents Decisions of the courts, especially of the Supreme Court, are binding precedents and thus a major source of administrative law. Through writs such as certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and habeas corpus, the courts have developed principles such as natural justice, ultra vires, reasonableness and legitimate expectation. In Nepal, Articles 133 and 144 empower the Supreme Court and High Courts to issue such writs.

(v) Ordinances When Parliament is not in session, the President may promulgate ordinances on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers under Article 114 of the Constitution. Such ordinances have the force of law and are also a source of administrative law, though they must be approved by Parliament within six months.

B. Secondary Sources

(vi) Administrative Rules, Regulations and Circulars Rules of business, departmental circulars, manuals and directives issued by ministries and departments guide the day-to-day working of administration and are treated as a source of administrative law.

(vii) Custom and Usage Long-standing customs and usages followed in administrative practice, when recognised by courts, become a source of administrative law.

(viii) Principles of Natural Justice Principles such as audi alteram partem (hear the other side) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be judge in his own cause) are unwritten but universally applied principles and form an important source of administrative law.

(ix) International Law and Conventions International treaties, conventions and agreements to which Nepal is a party also influence and shape administrative law, especially in areas such as human rights, labour and the environment.

Conclusion

Administrative law is thus a growing branch of public law. Its sources are both written and unwritten — the constitution, statutes, delegated legislation, ordinances and precedents being the primary sources, while customs, circulars, principles of natural justice and international law serve as secondary sources. Together they regulate the exercise of administrative power and protect the citizen against its abuse.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Administrative Law (308)

What do you mean by doctrine of rule of law? How this doctrine has been implemented in Nepalese Administrative Law?

Answer

Doctrine of Rule of Law

The doctrine of rule of law means the principle that the state and its organs must be governed by law and not by the arbitrary will of any individual or authority. It implies that law is supreme, everyone — including the government and its officials — is equal before the law, and no one is above the law. The doctrine is traced to A.V. Dicey (1885), who explained it through three elements:

  1. Supremacy of law — no person can be punished except for a breach of law established before the ordinary courts; arbitrary power is excluded.
  2. Equality before law — all persons, including government officials, are subject to the same ordinary law and the same ordinary courts.
  3. Predominance of legal spirit — the general principles of the constitution (rights and freedoms) are the result of judicial decisions, i.e., rights are enforced through courts.

Later thinkers widened the doctrine. The modern view (e.g., the International Commission of Jurists) treats rule of law as including not only formal legality but also protection of human rights, free elections, independent judiciary, and fair administrative procedure. Thus it has both a formal aspect (law must exist and be followed) and a substantive aspect (law must be just, reasonable and rights-respecting).

Implementation of the Doctrine in Nepalese Administrative Law

Nepal has adopted the rule of law as a constitutional ideal. Article 5 of the Constitution of Nepal declares that the sovereignty of Nepal is vested in the Nepalese people, and the Constitution is the fundamental law. Several mechanisms implement the doctrine in the administrative field:

  1. Supremacy of the Constitution and legality of administration — Article 5(2) provides that any law inconsistent with the Constitution is void. Administrative authorities must act within the powers conferred by law; an act done without legal authority (ultra vires) is invalid. This is the core of the rule of law in administration.

  2. Equality before law and equal protection of law — Article 18 guarantees equality before law and prohibits discrimination. Government officials are equally liable for their illegal acts; they cannot claim special immunity merely because they acted in an official capacity.

  3. Judicial review of administrative action — The writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under Article 133 and of the High Courts under Article 144 allows courts to review administrative decisions for illegality, irrationality, procedural impropriety and abuse of power. Writs such as certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and habeas corpus are available against administrative bodies. This is the strongest institutional guarantee of the rule of law.

  4. Right to constitutional remedy — Article 46 guarantees the right to constitutional remedy, and Article 47 guarantees the right to justice, ensuring that no person is denied justice. Administrative decisions affecting rights must be made through fair procedure.

  5. Principles of natural justice — Administrative bodies must follow audi alteram partem (right to be heard) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be judge in his own cause). These principles are enforced by courts and are also embodied in statutes such as the Administrative Proceedings (Regulation) Act, 2031 (1974).

  6. Reasoned and lawful decision-making — Administrative authorities must give reasons for their decisions and must not act arbitrarily. The Administrative Proceedings (Regulation) Act requires decisions to be based on evidence and legal grounds.

  7. Administrative tribunals and specialized review — Nepal has established tribunals such as the Revenue Tribunal, Labour Court and Administrative Court to hear disputes against administrative action. These provide accessible and expert review while remaining subject to the supervisory jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

  8. Right to information and transparency — The Right to Information Act, 2064 (2007) makes administrative bodies accountable and transparent, ensuring citizens can access information about administrative decisions. This supports the substantive aspect of the rule of law.

  9. Ombudsman and anti-corruption bodies — The Office of the Ombudsman (now the National Human Rights Commission and the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority) investigates maladministration and corruption, providing non-judicial checks on administrative arbitrariness.

  10. Compensation and accountability for administrative wrongs — Article 18 and other laws allow citizens to claim compensation for illegal administrative acts. Officials may be personally liable for acts done in bad faith or without jurisdiction.

Conclusion

The doctrine of rule of law requires that administration be conducted according to law, that officials be answerable before ordinary courts and tribunals, and that citizens' rights be protected through fair procedure and judicial review. In Nepal, the Constitution, writ jurisdiction, principles of natural justice, administrative tribunals, right to information and accountability bodies together implement this doctrine in administrative law. However, weak enforcement, political interference and delay in justice remain practical challenges to its full realisation.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Administrative Law (308)

What is delegated legislation? What are causes for its growth? How does the judicial control the delegated legislation?

Answer

Delegated Legislation

Meaning

Delegated legislation (also called subordinate, secondary, or executive legislation) means law made by an authority other than the legislature itself — such as the executive, a minister, a local body, or a statutory corporation — under powers conferred on it by the legislature through a parent Act (enabling Act).

The legislature lays down the broad policy and principles in the parent Act and delegates the power to make detailed rules to the executive. The rules so made have the force of law, but they must remain within the limits of the parent Act. In Nepal, Article 114 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 permits the legislature to delegate law-making power to the Government or other authority, subject to the conditions and limits prescribed by law.

Causes for the Growth of Delegated Legislation

  1. Pressure on parliamentary time — Modern legislatures are overloaded with bills, debates, and other business. They have no time to work out the technical details of every law, so they delegate details to the executive.
  2. Technicality of subject matter — Many laws deal with highly technical fields (taxation, banking, aviation, environment, labour safety). Legislators are not experts; civil servants and experts are better suited to frame detailed rules.
  3. Need for flexibility — Social and economic conditions change rapidly. A rigid statute cannot be amended quickly, but rules can be amended by the executive as the situation demands.
  4. Emergency situations — Wars, epidemics, floods, earthquakes, and economic crises require immediate action. The legislature cannot be summoned at once, so the executive must be empowered to act quickly.
  5. Complexity of modern administration — The welfare state undertakes many functions (health, education, transport, social security). Each needs detailed regulation, which only the executive can supply.
  6. Experimental nature of legislation — Where a new policy is tried on a trial basis, the legislature prefers to delegate power so that rules can be changed in the light of experience.
  7. Unforeseen contingencies — The legislature cannot foresee every situation at the time of passing the Act. Delegation allows the executive to deal with unexpected problems.
  8. Local adaptation — The same law must be applied differently in different regions. Local authorities are better placed to make rules suited to local conditions.
  9. Technical convenience of drafting — It is easier and quicker to draft rules than to pass an amending Act through the full legislative process.

Judicial Control of Delegated Legislation

The courts exercise control over delegated legislation mainly through the power of judicial review. The grounds of control are:

  1. Ultra vires the parent Act (substantive ultra vires) — The delegated legislation is invalid if it goes beyond the scope of the power conferred by the parent Act. It must not:

    • go beyond the limits of the enabling Act;
    • violate the policy or purpose of the parent Act;
    • encroach on fundamental rights;
    • conflict with the parent Act or with any general law;
    • impose a tax or fee without authority;
    • provide for retrospective operation where not authorised;
    • exclude the jurisdiction of the courts.
  2. Procedural ultra vires — Where the parent Act prescribes a procedure for making rules (consultation, publication, laying before Parliament, prior approval), non-compliance makes the rules invalid. In Nepal, rules must generally be published in the Nepal Gazette and laid before Parliament.

  3. Abuse or excess of discretion — If the executive acts mala fide (in bad faith), on irrelevant considerations, or arbitrarily, the court strikes down the rules.

  4. Unreasonableness — Rules that are manifestly unreasonable, oppressive, or impossible to comply with are held invalid.

  5. Sub-delegation — Where the parent Act delegates power to a particular authority, that authority cannot further delegate it to another unless the Act expressly permits (delegatus non potest delegare).

  6. Writ jurisdiction — In Nepal, the Supreme Court and High Courts issue writs of certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, and quo warranto under Articles 133 and 144 of the Constitution to quash or restrain invalid delegated legislation. The Supreme Court has used this power in several cases to declare rules inconsistent with the parent Act or with fundamental rights.

Conclusion

Delegated legislation is a practical necessity of the modern welfare state, but it carries the risk of executive excess. It is therefore kept within bounds by parliamentary control (laying, scrutiny committees), procedural safeguards (consultation, publication), and above all by judicial review, which ensures that subordinate law remains truly subordinate to the will of the legislature and to the Constitution.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Administrative Law (308)

What is doctrine of separation of power and check and balance? How this doctrine has been implemented in Nepal?

Answer

Separation of Powers, Check and Balance, and Their Implementation in Nepal

Meaning

Separation of powers is the doctrine that the three organs of state, the legislature, the executive and the judiciary, should be separate and exercise distinct functions, so that power is not concentrated in one hand. It was developed by Montesquieu in The Spirit of the Laws (1748), building on Locke, and shaped the US Constitution.

Check and balance means that each organ has powers over the others, so that none can act without restraint. Examples are legislative control over the executive, judicial review of legislation, and executive appointments that need legislative approval.

Purpose

  • It prevents tyranny and abuse of power.
  • It protects individual liberty and the rule of law.
  • It promotes specialisation and accountability.

Forms in practice

  • USA: rigid separation with strong checks, such as the presidential veto and judicial review.
  • UK and parliamentary systems: functions are fused in part. The executive sits in the legislature, while the judiciary is independent.

Implementation in Nepal (Constitution of Nepal, 2072)

1. Three organs, three functions

  • Legislature: the Federal Parliament (House of Representatives and National Assembly) makes laws (Article 83).
  • Executive: executive power is vested in the Council of Ministers headed by the Prime Minister (Articles 75 and 76).
  • Judiciary: judicial power is exercised by courts and other judicial bodies (Article 126), with an independent hierarchy headed by the Supreme Court.

2. Checks of the legislature on the executive

  • The Council of Ministers is collectively responsible to the House of Representatives. A no-confidence motion may remove the Prime Minister (Article 100).
  • Parliamentary committees scrutinise the government, and the budget and laws need Parliament's approval.
  • Impeachment of the President, Vice President, judges and constitutional office-holders (Article 101).

3. Checks of the judiciary

  • The Supreme Court exercises judicial review and may declare a law void for inconsistency with the Constitution, and it hears writs (Article 133).
  • The Judicial Council (Article 153) handles appointment and discipline of judges, which protects judicial independence.
  • Judges are removable only by impeachment-like procedure, with security of tenure and salary.

4. Checks of the executive

  • The President acts on advice, and the executive proposes bills and implements law.
  • The Constitutional Council (Article 284) recommends appointments to constitutional bodies, with parliamentary hearing, so no single organ controls them.

5. Federal checks Power is also divided between federal, provincial and local governments (Article 56), which adds a vertical check.

6. Practice The Supreme Court reinstated the dissolved House of Representatives in 2077 BS (February 2021) and again in 2078 BS (July 2021), when it also directed the appointment of a Prime Minister under Article 76(5). These show the judiciary checking the executive's use of power.

Conclusion

Nepal follows a parliamentary system with separation of powers tempered by checks and balances. Because the executive comes from the legislature, separation is not rigid, but independent courts, parliamentary control, constitutional bodies and federalism together keep power from concentrating in one organ.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Administrative Law (308)

Write short notes on ANY THREE
a) Writs b) Ombudsman c) Audi Alteram Partem d) Quasi judicial body e) Role of CIAA in Corruption Control

Answer

Short Notes (Any Three)

a) Writs

A writ is a formal written order issued by a court — in Nepal, by the Supreme Court or a High Court — commanding a person or authority to do or refrain from doing a certain act. Writs are the principal means by which courts enforce fundamental rights and keep public authorities within the limits of law. The Constitution of Nepal, 2072, under Article 133 (Supreme Court) and Article 144 (High Court), empowers these courts to issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for other legal rights.

The five recognized writs are:

  1. Habeas Corpus — "to have the body"; orders the production of a person unlawfully detained and releases him if the detention is illegal. It protects the right to personal liberty.
  2. Mandamus — "we command"; directs a public authority or official to perform a legal duty that he has refused or failed to perform.
  3. Certiorari — orders a lower court, tribunal or quasi-judicial body to transmit its record to the higher court so that an illegal or erroneous decision may be quashed.
  4. Prohibition — issued to a lower court or tribunal to stop it from proceeding further in a case beyond its jurisdiction or in violation of natural justice.
  5. Quo Warranto — "by what authority"; questions a person's claim to a public office, requiring him to show by what authority he holds it.

In Nepal, these writs are extraordinary remedies, discretionary in nature, and are available only when ordinary remedies are inadequate. They are the strongest guarantee of the rule of law and of the supremacy of the constitution.


b) Ombudsman

The Ombudsman is an independent official institution established to protect citizens against maladministration, abuse of authority, corruption and injustice by public bodies. The office originated in Sweden in 1809 and has since spread to many countries. The word "Ombudsman" is Swedish and means "grievance representative" or "agent of justice."

The main features of the Ombudsman are:

  1. Independence — the office holder is appointed for a fixed term and can be removed only on specified grounds, ensuring freedom from executive control.
  2. Investigative power — he can investigate complaints against public officials on his own initiative or on a citizen's complaint.
  3. Recommendatory or binding power — depending on the country, he may recommend action, or his findings may be binding.
  4. Accessibility — any aggrieved citizen can approach him free of cost, without technical legal procedure.
  5. Reporting — he submits annual reports to the legislature or head of state.

In Nepal, the institution closest to the classical Ombudsman is the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA), which investigates abuse of authority and corruption. Other bodies performing ombudsman-like functions include the National Human Rights Commission and the National Women Commission.

The Ombudsman acts as a "watchdog" over the administration. It provides a cheap, quick and informal remedy against bureaucratic excesses and strengthens accountability, transparency and good governance. Its main limitation is that it usually cannot punish offenders directly but must rely on recommendations or on referring matters to competent authorities.


c) Audi Alteram Partem

Audi alteram partem is a Latin maxim meaning "hear the other side" or "no one should be condemned unheard." It is one of the two fundamental principles of natural justice, the other being nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be a judge in his own cause).

The rule requires that before any authority — judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative — takes a decision affecting a person's rights, interests or liabilities, that person must be given:

  1. Notice of the case or charges against him;
  2. Opportunity to present his case, including the right to be heard orally or in writing;
  3. Right to know the evidence and materials relied upon;
  4. Right to cross-examine witnesses, where oral evidence is taken;
  5. Reasoned decision, so that the affected party knows why the decision went against him.

The principle applies not only to courts but also to administrative and quasi-judicial bodies, disciplinary authorities, tribunals and even to domestic enquiries. It does not, however, demand a full-fledged trial with all the technicalities of a court of law; it requires fairness, not formality. Exceptions exist in cases of urgency, public interest, confidential matters or where the statute expressly excludes a hearing.

Audi alteram partem is a cornerstone of fair procedure. It prevents arbitrary action, ensures that the decision-maker hears both sides before deciding, and is regarded as a basic human right reflected in the concept of due process. In Nepal, it is implied in Article 20 of the Constitution (right to justice) and is followed by courts and tribunals alike.


d) Quasi-Judicial Body

A quasi-judicial body is an authority — other than a court of law — which has the power to investigate facts, apply legal rules to them, and pass an order or decision that affects the rights of parties. The prefix "quasi" means "as if" or "almost"; hence such a body performs functions that are partly administrative and partly judicial in nature.

Main features:

  1. Statutory creation — it is created by a statute (e.g., a tribunal, a commission, a licensing authority).
  2. Power to decide — it can hear parties, examine evidence and give a binding decision on the matter before it.
  3. Not bound by strict court procedure — it follows the principles of natural justice rather than the Code of Civil Procedure or Evidence Act strictly.
  4. Limited jurisdiction — it decides only matters entrusted to it by its parent statute.
  5. Subject to judicial review — its decisions can be challenged in the Supreme Court or High Court through writs such as certiorari and prohibition.

Examples in Nepal include the Revenue Tribunal, Public Service Commission in disciplinary matters, Labour Court, CIAA in corruption cases, and various licensing and regulatory authorities.

The main advantages of quasi-judicial bodies are speed, cheapness, expert handling of technical matters and reduction of the burden on regular courts. Their main weakness is that they sometimes lack procedural safeguards and may become tools of the executive; hence judicial review is essential to keep them within legal bounds.


e) Role of CIAA in Corruption Control

The Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA) is a constitutional anti-corruption body established under Article 238 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072. It is a powerful, independent and quasi-judicial institution whose primary duty is to control corruption and abuse of authority in public service.

Its main roles are:

  1. Investigation — it investigates allegations of corruption, bribery, misuse of public property, and abuse of authority by public officials, either on a complaint or on its own initiative.
  2. Prosecution — it files cases in the Special Court against persons accused of corruption.
  3. Preventive role — it conducts studies, issues directives to public bodies to improve transparency and accountability, and recommends reforms in administrative procedures.
  4. Advisory and monitoring role — it monitors the conduct of public officials, examines government decisions, and advises the government on measures to prevent corruption.
  5. Complaint handling — it receives complaints from citizens and takes action against corrupt officials, thereby providing a channel for public participation in anti-corruption efforts.
  6. Awareness and deterrence — through its investigations and prosecutions, it creates a deterrent effect and promotes a culture of integrity in public administration.

The CIAA has played a significant role in exposing high-profile corruption cases and in pressuring public bodies to follow lawful procedures. However, it faces challenges such as political interference, resource constraints, delays in the judicial process, and criticism of selective prosecution. For effective corruption control, the CIAA must remain truly independent, well-resourced and impartial, and must work in coordination with the judiciary, the Office of the Attorney General, and civil society.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Administrative Law (328)

Critically define administrative law. Discuss on role of administrative law in promoting good governance.

Answer

Critical Definition of Administrative Law

Administrative law is that branch of public law which deals with the organisation, powers, functions, duties and liabilities of administrative authorities, and which controls and regulates the exercise of governmental power so as to protect the rights of citizens.

Definitions by Jurists

  • A.V. Dicey treated administrative law as the law relating to the powers and functions of administrative authorities, but in his classic Law of the Constitution he used the term in a narrow and somewhat hostile sense, associating it with the French droit administratif and contrasting it with the rule of law. He argued that England had no administrative law because officials were subject to ordinary courts. This view is now regarded as historically inaccurate, since England too developed a vast body of administrative law.

  • Sir Ivor Jennings defined administrative law as "the law relating to administration. It determines the organisation, powers and duties of administrative authorities."

  • Wade and Phillips define it as "the law relating to the control of governmental power," covering the whole range of authorities that exercise public functions.

  • K.C. Davis gives a functional definition: administrative law is "the law concerning the powers and procedures of administrative agencies, including especially the law governing judicial review of administrative action."

  • Griffith and Street define it as "the law relating to the administration; it is the law which governs the exercise of powers and duties by administrative authorities."

Critical Analysis

A critical reading of these definitions reveals several difficulties:

  1. No single accepted definition. The term is defined differently by different jurists according to the legal system and period in which they wrote. Dicey's narrow view is rejected, yet even modern definitions vary in scope.

  2. Subject matter is vast and expanding. Administrative law covers rule-making, adjudication, delegated legislation, administrative tribunals, public corporations, local bodies, and the welfare state's many agencies. No definition can exhaust it.

  3. Distinction from constitutional law is blurred. Constitutional law deals with the structure of the state and the distribution of sovereign power; administrative law deals with the exercise of that power by the executive. Yet the two overlap, since both concern public authorities. As Holland observed, constitutional law describes the various organs of government at rest, while administrative law describes them in motion.

  4. Distinction from private law is also blurred. The state increasingly performs commercial and welfare functions, so the line between public and private law is not always clear.

  5. It is not confined to the executive. Administrative law also governs the powers of statutory bodies, tribunals, and even some judicial and quasi-judicial functions.

Thus, a critical definition must be broad, functional and dynamic: administrative law is the body of legal rules and principles that (a) creates and organises administrative authorities, (b) confers and limits their powers, (c) prescribes the procedure for their exercise, and (d) provides remedies against their abuse. It is not a static body of law but one that grows with the growth of the state's functions.


Role of Administrative Law in Promoting Good Governance

Good governance means governance that is accountable, transparent, participatory, responsive, equitable, efficient, and rule-based. Administrative law is the principal legal instrument through which these values are realised in a modern welfare state. Its role may be discussed under the following heads:

1. Establishing the Rule of Law

Administrative law ensures that the executive acts according to law and not according to the whim of officials. The principle of legality (ultra vires) means that an administrative authority can do only what the law authorises it to do. This prevents arbitrary rule and is the foundation of good governance. In Nepal, Article 20 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 guarantees the right to justice and the right against arbitrary detention, while Article 27 guarantees the right to information — both essential to rule-based governance.

2. Controlling Abuse of Power

Administrative law provides checks against mala fide exercise of power, irrelevant considerations, improper purpose, and abuse of discretion. Grounds of judicial review — illegality, irrationality, procedural impropriety, and proportionality — enable courts to strike down arbitrary administrative action. This directly promotes accountability, a core element of good governance.

3. Ensuring Accountability and Transparency

Through mechanisms such as judicial review, administrative tribunals, ombudsman (Pratiyaksha Pradhikaran in Nepal), Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA), and right to information, administrative law makes officials answerable for their acts. The Good Governance (Management and Operation) Act, 2064 (2007) of Nepal is a landmark statute that codifies principles of good governance, including citizen-friendly administration, time-bound service delivery, and grievance-handling mechanisms.

4. Promoting Participation and Natural Justice

The principles of natural justice — audi alteram partem (hear the other side) and nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be judge in his own cause) — ensure that citizens are heard before adverse administrative decisions are taken. Public participation in rule-making through consultation and notice-and-comment procedures makes governance participatory and responsive.

5. Ensuring Efficiency and Effectiveness

Administrative law rationalises the administrative machinery by defining jurisdiction, powers, and procedures. Delegated legislation allows flexibility and speed in law-making. Administrative tribunals provide speedy, specialised and inexpensive justice. These features make governance efficient and effective.

6. Protecting Rights and Ensuring Equity

Administrative law protects fundamental rights against executive encroachment. It provides remedies such as certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto, and habeas corpus. In Nepal, Article 46 provides for the right to constitutional remedies, and the Supreme Court under Article 133 exercises extraordinary jurisdiction to enforce fundamental rights. This ensures equity and protection of the weaker sections.

7. Promoting Rule of Law and Reducing Corruption

By prescribing standards of conduct, disciplinary action, and anti-corruption mechanisms, administrative law helps curb corruption and nepotism. The CIAA and the National Vigilance Centre in Nepal are institutional expressions of this role.

8. Facilitating Decentralisation and Local Governance

Administrative law provides the legal framework for decentralisation, local self-governance, and devolution of power. The Local Government Operation Act, 2074 (2017) of Nepal is an example. This promotes participatory and equitable governance at the grassroots.

Conclusion

Administrative law is not merely a body of technical rules; it is the legal backbone of good governance. It organises the administration, limits its powers, prescribes fair procedures, and provides effective remedies. However, its role is realised only when institutions are independent, citizens are aware of their rights, and the political will exists to enforce the law. In Nepal, despite progressive legal frameworks, weak enforcement, political instability, and institutional corruption remain challenges. Strengthening administrative law and its institutions is therefore essential for translating the ideal of good governance into reality.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Administrative Law (328)

What is rule of law? Discuss on separation of power and check and balance in Nepal.

Answer

Rule of Law

The rule of law is the principle that every person and institution, including the government itself, is subject to the law. It means that no one is above the law, that laws are made and applied through established procedures, and that the rights of citizens are protected against arbitrary exercise of power. The concept was classically explained by A.V. Dicey in his work Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution (1885), who gave three meanings:

  1. Supremacy of law — no person can be punished except for a breach of law established through the ordinary legal process; arbitrary power is excluded.
  2. Equality before law — all persons, including government officials, are subject to the same ordinary courts and the same law.
  3. Predominance of legal spirit — the general principles of the constitution (rights and freedoms) are the result of judicial decisions, not merely written declarations.

Modern understanding adds that the rule of law also requires an independent judiciary, free and fair elections, accountability of the executive, transparency, and respect for human rights. In Nepal, the preamble of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) expresses commitment to the rule of law, and Article 20 guarantees the right to justice and due process.

Separation of Power

Separation of power is the doctrine, associated with Montesquieu (The Spirit of Laws, 1748), that the three organs of government — legislature, executive and judiciary — should be kept in separate hands so that power does not concentrate and become tyrannical. Each organ performs its own function: the legislature makes law, the executive implements it, and the judiciary interprets and applies it. In Nepal:

  • Legislature — The Federal Parliament (House of Representatives and National Assembly) makes laws, approves the budget and ratifies treaties (Articles 109–118).
  • Executive — The President, Council of Ministers and the Prime Minister exercise executive power (Articles 75–78). The President acts on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers.
  • Judiciary — The Supreme Court, High Courts and District Courts interpret the constitution and laws and settle disputes (Articles 126–128). Judicial independence is guaranteed by Articles 128–140, including security of tenure and salary.

Nepal follows a parliamentary system, so separation of power is not rigid. The executive (Council of Ministers) is drawn from and responsible to the legislature, which is a fusion rather than a strict separation. The Constitution therefore relies on checks and balances to prevent any organ from becoming supreme.

Check and Balance in Nepal

Check and balance means each organ limits the others so that no organ exercises unlimited power. The main mechanisms under the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 are:

Legislature over Executive

  • The Council of Ministers is collectively responsible to the House of Representatives (Article 76).
  • The House can pass a vote of no confidence against the Prime Minister (Article 76(4)).
  • Parliamentary committees examine government activities and the budget must be approved by Parliament.

Executive over Legislature

  • The President can summon and prorogue sessions and dissolve the House of Representatives on the recommendation of the Prime Minister (Article 76(7)).
  • The President gives assent to bills; a bill returned once must be reconsidered (Article 113).
  • The Prime Minister recommends the dissolution of the House in case of political deadlock.

Judiciary over Legislature and Executive

  • The Supreme Court has the power of judicial review — it can declare any law inconsistent with the Constitution void (Article 133).
  • It can issue writs — habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto — to protect fundamental rights (Article 133(2)).
  • It settles constitutional disputes between federal and provincial governments and among organs.

Checks on the Judiciary

  • Judges are appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Judicial Council (Article 129).
  • Judges can be removed by Parliament through impeachment for incompetence, misbehaviour or inability (Article 166).
  • The Judicial Council supervises judicial administration and can take disciplinary action.

Other Constitutional Bodies

  • The Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA) checks corruption and abuse of authority by officials.
  • The Office of the Auditor General audits government accounts.
  • The National Human Rights Commission and Election Commission ensure accountability and free elections.

Conclusion

The rule of law and separation of power are complementary. The rule of law cannot survive without an independent judiciary and accountable government, and separation of power provides the institutional structure through which the rule of law is maintained. In Nepal, the Constitution of 2072 has distributed power among the legislature, executive and judiciary and created several constitutional bodies to check abuse. However, in practice, political instability, weak enforcement and frequent interference have weakened these safeguards. For the rule of law to be meaningful, the constitutional checks must be applied honestly and the judiciary must remain truly independent.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Administrative Law (328)

Differentiate supreme legislation from delegated legislation. Discuss the control mechanisms of delegated legislation.

Answer

Supreme Legislation vs. Delegated Legislation

Supreme legislation is legislation enacted by the sovereign or the supreme law-making body of the state. It is the highest form of law, owes its authority to no other body, and cannot be repealed, amended or challenged by any other organ of government. In Nepal, the Constitution itself and laws made by the Federal Parliament in accordance with it are supreme; in Britain, an Act of Parliament is supreme legislation.

Delegated legislation (also called subordinate, executive or secondary legislation) is law made by an authority other than the legislature — the executive, a minister, a local body or any other person or body — to whom the legislature has delegated its law-making power. It derives its whole authority from the parent or enabling Act and is valid only so long as it stays within the limits of that Act. Rules, regulations, bye-laws, orders, notifications and ordinances issued under statutory authority are examples.

Points of distinction

BasisSupreme LegislationDelegated Legislation
Source of authoritySovereign or supreme legislature itselfParent Act / enabling statute
Position in hierarchyHighest; above all other lawSubordinate; below the parent Act
Power to repealCan be repealed only by the same supreme bodyCan be repealed by the legislature, and often by the delegating authority too
Judicial controlGenerally cannot be declared invalid by courts (in Nepal, subject only to constitutional limits)Can be declared ultra vires and invalid by courts
Nature of powerOriginal and primaryDerived and secondary
ProcedureFull legislative procedure — debate, committee, voteUsually framed by the executive; often only laid before the legislature
FlexibilityRigid and slow to changeFlexible, technical, quickly made and amended
Volume and detailGeneral, broad principlesDetailed, technical, supplementary rules

In short, supreme legislation is original and sovereign; delegated legislation is derived and subordinate.

Control Mechanisms of Delegated Legislation

Because delegated legislation is made by the executive and not by the elected legislature, it needs control. Control is exercised in three ways: parliamentary (legislative), judicial and procedural/administrative.

1. Parliamentary (Legislative) Control

  • Laying on the table: The parent Act usually requires the rules to be laid before Parliament before or soon after they are made. This gives members notice and an opportunity to object.
  • Affirmative resolution: Some rules do not come into force unless Parliament passes a resolution approving them within a fixed period.
  • Negative resolution: Rules come into force unless Parliament passes a resolution disapproving them within a specified period.
  • Scrutiny committees: A committee of Parliament (in Nepal, the relevant thematic committee of the Federal Parliament; in Britain, the Joint Select Committee on Statutory Instruments) examines rules for ultra vires, drafting defects, unusual use of power and retrospective effect, and reports to the House.
  • Annual reports and review: Government is required to report on the rules made, and Parliament may review, amend or repeal the parent Act itself, thereby ending the delegation.
  • Direct repeal: Since delegated legislation owes its existence to the parent Act, Parliament may at any time repeal or amend the parent Act or pass a new law overriding the rules.

2. Judicial Control

  • Doctrine of ultra vires: A court may declare a rule invalid if it goes beyond the power conferred by the parent Act — substantively (beyond the scope of the Act), procedurally (made without following the prescribed procedure such as consultation or publication) or by acting in bad faith or for an improper purpose.
  • Violation of fundamental rights: In Nepal, delegated legislation inconsistent with Part 3 of the Constitution (Fundamental Rights) is void under Article 144.
  • Unreasonableness and arbitrariness: Rules that are manifestly unreasonable, arbitrary or discriminatory may be struck down.
  • Sub-delegation: Delegation of delegated power (delegatus non potest delegare) is generally not permitted unless the parent Act allows it; a court may invalidate rules made by an unauthorised sub-delegate.
  • Remedies: Certiorari to quash a rule, mandamus to compel performance, prohibition to restrain enforcement, and declaratory relief are available.
  • Limits of judicial control: Courts do not examine the merits or policy of the rules; they only test legality, competence and procedure.

3. Procedural and Administrative Control

  • Consultation: The parent Act often requires consultation with affected interests, expert bodies or advisory committees before rules are framed.
  • Publication: Rules must be published in the Nepal Gazette (or the official gazette) to be enforceable; secret or unpublished rules are invalid.
  • Prior approval of the minister or cabinet: Many rules require approval by the concerned minister or the Council of Ministers.
  • Drafting standards and scrutiny by the Ministry of Law: Rules are vetted for consistency with the parent Act and existing laws.
  • Sunset and review clauses: Some statutes provide that delegated legislation lapses after a fixed period unless renewed.
  • Delegation of limited and defined power: The parent Act itself limits the purpose, subject-matter, territory and time within which rules may be made.

Conclusion

Supreme legislation is the sovereign will of the state and stands above all other law, while delegated legislation is subordinate law made under authority conferred by the legislature. Since delegated legislation is necessary for detail, technicality and flexibility but carries the risk of executive excess, it is kept within bounds by parliamentary scrutiny, judicial review on grounds of ultra vires and fundamental rights, and procedural safeguards such as consultation and publication. Together these controls preserve both the convenience of delegation and the supremacy of the legislature.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Administrative Law (328)

How has the supreme court of Nepal contributed to the development of the administrative law?

Answer

Contribution of the Supreme Court of Nepal to Administrative Law

Introduction

Administrative law is the branch of public law that governs the organisation, powers and procedure of administrative authorities and the remedies available to citizens against their actions. Nepal has no single comprehensive administrative code, so much of this law has been shaped by the Supreme Court through its writ jurisdiction, its power of judicial review and its interpretation of the Constitution.

1. Constitutional basis of the Court's role

  • Article 133 of the Constitution of Nepal (2072) gives the Supreme Court extraordinary jurisdiction to enforce fundamental and legal rights and to settle matters of public interest. It may declare a law void to the extent of its inconsistency with the Constitution and may issue the writs of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto.
  • The Administrative Procedure (Regulation) Act, 2013 BS, the Good Governance (Management and Operation) Act, 2064 and sectoral statutes supply the rules that administrative bodies must follow. The Court enforces them and fills the gaps.

2. Enforcing legality and the doctrine of ultra vires

The Court has repeatedly held that an authority can act only within the power the law gives it. An order made without jurisdiction, or beyond the statute, is quashed by certiorari. Rules and regulations made under delegated power must also stay within the parent Act and the Constitution; those that exceed them are declared void.

3. Natural justice and fair procedure

The Court has read the rules of natural justice into administrative decision-making:

  • audi alteram partem - a person must be heard before an adverse order, for example in disciplinary action, cancellation of a licence or removal from a post;
  • nemo judex in causa sua - an authority must not be a judge in its own cause, so decisions tainted by bias are quashed.

Orders passed without notice, without hearing or without reasons have been set aside on these grounds.

4. Public interest litigation and locus standi

The traditional rule that only an injured person may sue was relaxed. In Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel v. Godavari Marble Industries (2052 BS) the Court accepted a petition by a public-spirited citizen against an environmentally harmful project, and later PIL cases such as Mira Dhungana v. Ministry of Law and Justice (women's property rights) widened access. This allows citizens to challenge administrative inaction and abuse of power even without a personal injury.

5. Control of discretion

The Court holds that discretionary power must be used:

  • within the limits of the statute and for the purpose for which it was given;
  • in good faith, without mala fide intent;
  • on relevant considerations, ignoring irrelevant ones;
  • without arbitrariness or discrimination, and reasonably.

Decisions that are arbitrary, discriminatory or based on irrelevant grounds are quashed. Nepali courts use reasonableness and proportionality in this way, borrowing from common-law ideas while applying their own constitutional text.

6. Reasoned decisions, accountability and legitimate expectation

The Court has insisted that public authorities act transparently, give reasons for decisions that affect rights, and honour reasonable expectations created by their own assurances or settled practice.

7. Remedies through the writs

WritUse against administration
MandamusCompels performance of a public duty
CertiorariQuashes illegal or procedurally defective orders
ProhibitionStops an authority from exceeding its jurisdiction
Quo warrantoTests the legal authority of a person holding public office
Habeas corpusEnds unlawful detention

8. Supervision of tribunals and subordinate bodies

The Court supervises quasi-judicial bodies, tribunals and subordinate courts, so that they stay within jurisdiction and observe natural justice. Its decisions are binding precedents, which brings uniformity to administrative adjudication.

Conclusion

Through writ jurisdiction, relaxed locus standi, natural justice, control of discretion and judicial review of delegated legislation, the Supreme Court of Nepal has built much of the country's administrative law. It acts as guardian of the rule of law and protects citizens against arbitrary administrative action.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Administrative Law (328)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a. Need for classification of administrative action. b. Nemo Judex in Causa Sua c. Judicial control over administrative discretion d. CIAA and its independence and integrity e. Relationship between constitutional and administrative law.

Answer

Short Notes

a. Need for Classification of Administrative Action

Administrative action is classified mainly into quasi-legislative (rule-making), quasi-judicial (adjudicatory), and purely administrative (executive) functions. Classification is necessary for the following reasons:

  1. Determination of remedies — A person aggrieved by a quasi-judicial order may appeal or seek judicial review (certiorari), while a purely administrative act is generally challenged only on grounds of illegality, mala fides, or procedural impropriety. Without classification, the appropriate remedy cannot be identified.
  2. Application of natural justice — The rules of natural justice (audi alteram partem, nemo judex in causa sua) apply strictly to quasi-judicial and, to a varying degree, administrative acts affecting rights. Classification decides when these safeguards are attracted.
  3. Scope of judicial review — Courts review quasi-judicial and quasi-legislative acts on distinct grounds; the scope is narrower for purely administrative or policy decisions. Classification thus fixes the intensity of review.
  4. Control over delegated legislation — Classification helps distinguish a statutory rule (subject to ultra vires and laying requirements) from an executive instruction (not law).
  5. Fixation of liability and procedure — It determines whether reasons must be recorded, whether the doctrine of res judicata or estoppel applies, and whether the act is subject to writ jurisdiction under Article 133 of the Constitution of Nepal.

Since the three functions often overlap in modern administration, classification is not always watertight, but it remains essential for orderly legal control.


b. Nemo Judex in Causa Sua

Nemo judex in causa sua (also nemo debet esse judex in propria causa) means "no one shall be a judge in his own cause." It is the second pillar of natural justice, the first being audi alteram partem. Its object is to ensure an impartial and unbiased adjudicator, since justice must not only be done but also appear to be done.

Grounds of disqualification:

  1. Pecuniary interest — Even a remote financial interest disqualifies a judge. In Dimes v. Grand Junction Canal, a judge who held shares in the company was held disqualified although he was not biased in fact.
  2. Personal or family interest — Relationship with a party, or personal hostility or friendship, disqualifies.
  3. Official or policy bias — A person who has already formed a fixed opinion or is both prosecutor and judge cannot decide fairly.
  4. Departmental bias — An officer of the same department that initiated proceedings may be disqualified.

Tests: The real likelihood of bias test and the reasonable suspicion of bias test are applied; the latter, being broader, is preferred in administrative law.

Exceptions: Statutory authorization, waiver by the party, necessity (where no other authority can act), and cases of mere official or policy bias may be permitted.

In Nepal, this principle is reflected in Articles 20 and 21 of the Constitution (right to fair trial) and in the Administrative Proceedings (Regulation) Act, 2031 B.S.


c. Judicial Control over Administrative Discretion

Administrative discretion means the freedom given to an authority to choose among possible courses of action within the limits of law. Discretion is necessary for effective administration, but it must not be arbitrary. Judicial control ensures that discretion is exercised lawfully, reasonably, and in good faith.

Grounds of judicial control:

  1. Excess or abuse of jurisdiction — Acting beyond statutory powers, misinterpreting the statute, or refusing to exercise conferred discretion.
  2. Failure to observe prescribed procedure — Non-compliance with mandatory procedural requirements.
  3. Violation of natural justice — Denial of fair hearing or biased adjudication.
  4. Error of law — Misapplication of legal principles.
  5. Abuse of discretion — Acting mala fide, for improper purpose, on irrelevant considerations, or ignoring relevant ones; acting without evidence or on no evidence.
  6. Unreasonableness — Wednesbury unreasonableness: a decision so absurd that no reasonable authority could have reached it.
  7. Proportionality — In rights-related matters, the measure must be proportionate to the aim.

Means of control: Writs of certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto, and habeas corpus; statutory appeals; and ordinary suits. In Nepal, Article 133 of the Constitution empowers the Supreme Court and High Courts to issue these writs, and the Administrative Proceedings (Regulation) Act provides for review and appeal.

Judicial control does not mean substitution of the court's own judgment for that of the administrator; the court only checks legality, not the merits of policy.


d. CIAA and Its Independence and Integrity

The Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA) is a constitutional anti-corruption body established under Article 238 of the Constitution of Nepal. It consists of the Chief Commissioner and four Commissioners appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Constitutional Council.

Functions and powers:

  1. To inquire into and investigate allegations of abuse of authority by public officials, and to prosecute them before the Special Court.
  2. To investigate corruption, bribery, and misuse of public property.
  3. To give directives to prevent abuse of authority and to recommend departmental action.
  4. To review and advise on laws and procedures relating to corruption control.

Independence:

  • Appointment through the Constitutional Council, with a fixed term of six years.
  • Removal only on grounds and by procedure similar to that of a Supreme Court judge, ensuring security of tenure.
  • Financial autonomy; its expenses charged to the Consolidated Fund.
  • No prior approval needed to investigate; it can act suo motu.

Integrity: The Constitution prescribes high qualifications (judge of Supreme Court, or holder of high office, or distinguished person of integrity with at least twenty years' experience in law, accounting, or public administration). Members must be persons of high moral character, and are subject to a code of conduct; they cannot hold any other office of profit.

Limitations: Lack of enforcement teeth, resource constraints, and political interference have at times affected its effectiveness. Still, the CIAA remains the principal constitutional watchdog against corruption in Nepal.


e. Relationship between Constitutional and Administrative Law

Constitutional law and administrative law are closely related branches of public law; the former deals with the structure of the State and its organs, the latter with the organisation, powers, and duties of administrative authorities and their control.

Points of relationship:

  1. Same source — public law — Both regulate the exercise of public power and the relationship between the citizen and the State.
  2. Constitutional law as the source of administrative law — Administrative authorities derive their existence and powers from the Constitution and statutes made under it. In Nepal, Articles 133 (writ jurisdiction), 238 (CIAA), and 240–243 (Public Service Commission, etc.) are constitutional foundations of administrative law.
  3. Constitutional law as a control on administration — Fundamental rights (Articles 16–46) and directive principles limit administrative action; administrative law provides the machinery to enforce these limits.
  4. Administrative law as a supplement — It supplies the detailed rules of procedure, delegated legislation, and remedies that constitutional law only outlines.
  5. Overlap in subject matter — Both deal with rule-making, adjudication, and control of governmental action; the distinction is one of degree rather than kind.

Distinction:

BasisConstitutional LawAdministrative Law
SubjectStructure of State, sovereignty, fundamental rightsOrganisation and powers of administration
SourceConstitutionStatutes, rules, judicial decisions
ScopeWider, generalNarrower, specific
SanctionConstitutional remediesAdministrative remedies and writs

Conclusion: The two are interdependent. Constitutional law without administrative law is a skeleton; administrative law without constitutional law lacks legitimacy. As Prof. Dicey observed, administrative law is a part of constitutional law in the broad sense.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

How does legal system become major legal system? Explain the different major legal systems in brief.

Answer

How a Legal System Becomes a Major Legal System

A legal system becomes a major legal system when it satisfies the following conditions:

  1. Antiquity and continuity — It must have a long historical evolution and survive through generations without a break.
  2. Wide geographical spread — It must be followed in many countries or regions, not confined to one state.
  3. Distinctive sources and methodology — It must have its own characteristic sources (statutes, precedents, customs, religious texts) and a distinct method of reasoning.
  4. Influence on other systems — It must have been received, transplanted, or borrowed by other legal systems through colonization, conquest, imitation, or voluntary adoption.
  5. Organized legal institutions — It must possess developed courts, a legal profession, and a body of legal literature (codes, commentaries, treatises).
  6. Capacity to regulate complex social relations — It must be able to govern modern commercial, constitutional, and social relations effectively.

When these elements combine, the system acquires recognition as a "parent" or "major" legal family, and other systems are measured against it.

The Major Legal Systems

1. Civil Law System (Romano-Germanic)

  • Origin: Roman law, especially the Corpus Juris Civilis of Justinian (6th century), later developed in continental Europe.
  • Sources: Codified statutes are the primary source; custom and general principles of law are secondary. Judicial precedent is not binding.
  • Features: Comprehensive codes (e.g., French Civil Code 1804, German Civil Code 1896); deductive reasoning from general rules to particular cases; inquisitorial procedure; separate administrative courts.
  • Countries: France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Japan, Nepal (largely), and most of Latin America.

2. Common Law System (Anglo-American)

  • Origin: England, developed after the Norman Conquest (1066) through the King's courts.
  • Sources: Judicial precedent (stare decisis) is the primary source; statutes supplement it; equity developed to correct the rigidity of common law.
  • Features: Case-law method; inductive reasoning from particular cases to general rules; adversarial procedure; binding ratio decidendi.
  • Countries: England, USA, Canada, Australia, India, and other Commonwealth countries.

3. Socialist Legal System

  • Origin: Soviet Russia after the 1917 Revolution, based on Marxist-Leninist ideology.
  • Sources: Statutes and party directives; law is treated as an instrument of state policy and economic planning.
  • Features: State ownership of the means of production; law subordinated to political objectives; limited role of private rights.
  • Countries: Former USSR, Cuba, China (in modified form).

4. Religious (Theocratic) Legal System

  • Origin: Divine revelation and sacred texts.
  • Sources: Religious scriptures, traditions, and interpretations by religious scholars.
  • Features: Law and religion are inseparable; no distinction between sin and crime; interpretation by religious authorities.
  • Examples: Islamic law (Sharia) in Saudi Arabia, Iran, Pakistan; Hindu law in ancient India; Canon law of the Catholic Church.

5. Customary / Mixed Legal Systems

  • Customary: Based on long-standing customs and traditions of a community (e.g., tribal law in Africa, indigenous law).
  • Mixed: Combines elements of two or more major systems (e.g., South Africa — civil law + common law; Scotland; Nepal — Hindu customary law + common law + civil law influences).

Conclusion

A legal system attains the status of a major legal system through historical depth, geographical reach, distinct sources and reasoning, and its capacity to influence other systems. The five principal families — civil law, common law, socialist, religious, and customary/mixed — together cover almost all legal systems of the world.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

Which family of law has influenced in the development of Nepalese legal system? Also point out the indigenous features of Nepalese legal system.

Answer

Nepal's legal system is a mixed or hybrid system, shaped mainly by three legal families — the Hindu (Dharmashastra) family, the Common Law family, and to a lesser extent the Civil Law family — while retaining its own indigenous elements.

Families of law that influenced the Nepalese legal system

  1. Hindu (Dharmashastra) family — the oldest and deepest influence.

    • Sources such as the Manusmriti, Naradasmriti, Yajnavalkyasmriti and Kautilya's Arthashastra shaped early Nepali law.
    • The Muluki Ain of 1854 (Jung Bahadur Rana) was a codification of Hindu socio-legal norms — caste hierarchy, Hindu personal law on marriage, inheritance, adoption and succession.
    • Even today, Hindu norms survive in personal law, in the concept of dharma, and in the Hindu personal law applied to Hindus.
  2. Common Law family — the dominant modern influence.

    • After 1950 (end of the Rana regime), Nepal borrowed heavily from the British–Indian common law tradition.
    • Features adopted: adversarial system of trial, doctrine of precedent (stare decisis), writ jurisdiction (habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition, quo warranto), rule of law, separation of powers, judicial review, jury-free adversarial procedure, evidence law modelled on the Indian Evidence Act, and contract, tort and property concepts.
    • The Supreme Court Act, 2013 BS and the Administration of Justice Act, 2013 BS reflect this influence.
  3. Civil Law family — a secondary influence.

    • Nepal's tradition of codified law (Muluki Ain, Muluki Civil Code, Muluki Criminal Code) is closer to the civil law method of codification than to case-law development.
    • The influence of the French Civil Code and the German BGB is visible in the structure of the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 and in the emphasis on written statute over precedent.
    • The National Code (Muluki Ain) itself is a product of the codification tradition.
  4. Other influences. Islamic and Buddhist norms had limited local application; modern international law and human rights instruments have also shaped post-1990 legislation.

Indigenous (native) features of the Nepalese legal system

  1. Hindu Dharmashastra as the base. The Muluki Ain was not a copy of any foreign code; it was a compilation of indigenous Hindu customs and dharma.
  2. Caste and ethnic plurality. The 1854 Muluki Ain graded society into Tagadhari, Namasinya Matawali, Pani Na Chalne Matawali and Achhut — a uniquely Nepali hierarchy.
  3. Personal law by religion. Separate personal laws for Hindus, Muslims, Buddhists and others — a pluralistic feature.
  4. Codified national code tradition. Nepal has a long history of a single national code (Muluki Ain) rather than a judge-made common law.
  5. Panchayat-era legacy. The Partyless Panchayat system (1960–1990) introduced a distinctively Nepali model of guided democracy, with its own court structure and Zonal and Regional courts.
  6. Land and tenancy law. Raikar, Birta, Guthi, Kipat and Jagir land systems are indigenous Nepali institutions.
  7. Guthi system. Religious and social trusts (Guthi) with their own customary rules are unique to Nepal.
  8. Village-level dispute resolution. Bhalmansa, Mukhiya, Jimidar and Badghar systems of customary arbitration are native institutions.
  9. Muluki Ain's unitary character. A single code applied throughout the kingdom, unlike the diversity of personal laws in India.
  10. Nepali legal language and terminology. Terms like Ain, Niyam, Bidhan, Adesh, Praman and Faisala are indigenous.
  11. Constitutional monarchy and then republic. Nepal's constitutional evolution — 1948, 1959, 1962, 1990, 2007, 2015 — reflects a native political-legal path.
  12. Blend of civil and common law. Nepal's mixed system — codified statutes plus precedent and adversarial trial — is itself an indigenous feature.

Conclusion. The Nepalese legal system is primarily a product of the Hindu Dharmashastra tradition, modernised and reshaped by the Common Law family after 1950, with Civil Law codification methods and distinctly indigenous institutions such as the Muluki Ain, Guthi, Kipat and customary village arbitration. It is therefore best described as a mixed or hybrid legal system with strong native roots.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

Compare the law of Rome, France, German & Japan & give your opinion on how these countries fall under civil law family despite their different phases.

Answer

Comparison of the Law of Rome, France, Germany and Japan

1. Roman Law

  • Period and nature: Developed from the Twelve Tables (451 BC) through the classical period to the Corpus Juris Civilis of Justinian (AD 533–565). It was largely unwritten in origin, then codified, and built by jurists (Gaius, Papinian, Ulpian) rather than by legislation alone.
  • Method: Highly analytical; distinguished jus civile, jus gentium, jus naturale; developed concepts like dominium, obligatio, contractus, and the actio system.
  • Reception: Received in Europe from the 11th century (Bologna, glossators, commentators) as ratio scripta — "written reason."
  • Role: The mother system; it supplied the vocabulary, structure and principles on which all later civil law systems rest.

2. French Law

  • Period and nature: Pre-revolutionary France was split between pays de droit écrit (Roman law) and pays de coutume (customary law). The Revolution demanded unity, equality and certainty, producing the Code Civil (Code Napoléon) of 1804.
  • Method: A short, clear, non-technical code (2,281 articles) drafted by practitioners; it deliberately left gaps for judges to fill through interpretation. It stressed private property, freedom of contract and the family.
  • Influence: Carried by Napoleon's conquests and later by colonialism to Belgium, Netherlands, Italy, Spain, Latin America and Nepal (through the Muluki Ain tradition of codification).
  • Distinct feature: A national code replacing local customs, with the Exégèse school of literal interpretation in the 19th century.

3. German Law

  • Period and nature: Germany remained politically fragmented until 1871. Earlier it applied Roman law as usus modernus pandectarum. The BGB (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) of 1900 unified private law.
  • Method: Highly systematic, abstract and scientific, the product of the Pandectist (Savigny, Windscheid) school. It uses a general part (Allgemeiner Teil), legal transactions, and a rigid conceptual structure — "lawyers' law" rather than a people's code.
  • Distinct feature: Delayed codification, strong Romanist scholarship, and a preference for doctrine over judicial discretion.

4. Japanese Law

  • Period and nature: Before 1868, Japan followed Chinese-influenced customary and Confucian law. After the Meiji Restoration it borrowed first from the French Code (Boissonade draft) and finally adopted the German BGB model in the Civil Code of 1896–98.
  • Method: A reception of European law onto a non-Western society; the code was adapted to Japanese social institutions (family, ie system) and later modified after World War II under American influence in constitutional and family law.
  • Distinct feature: Deliberate, selective transplantation rather than organic growth.

5. Points of Comparison

BasisRomeFranceGermanyJapan
SourceJurists + customRevolution + customPandectist scienceForeign reception
FormGradual codificationCode Civil 1804BGB 1900Civil Code 1896–98
StyleAnalytical, casuisticSimple, popularAbstract, systematicAdapted, mixed
InterpretationJurist-ledExegetical schoolConceptual jurisprudenceComparative borrowing
SpreadEuropeWorld-wideCentral/Eastern Europe, AsiaEast Asia

6. Why All Fall Within the Civil Law Family

Despite different phases, they share the essential marks of the civil law family:

  1. Primacy of codification — each has a comprehensive, systematic code as the main source of private law.
  2. Roman law heritage — all derive their concepts (obligation, ownership, possession, contract, delict) from Roman law, directly or through reception.
  3. Separation of public and private law — with distinct civil, commercial and procedural codes, unlike the common law's unified approach.
  4. Legislation as the primary source — precedent is persuasive, not binding; judges interpret rather than create law.
  5. Deductive method — general principles are laid down and applied to facts, in contrast to the common law's inductive case-by-case method.
  6. Doctrinal role of jurists — professors and commentators shape the law more than judges.
  7. Inquisitorial procedure — the court takes an active role in fact-finding.

7. Opinion

In my opinion, these countries fall under the civil law family not because of identical content but because of a shared legal technique and intellectual tradition. Roman law gave the family its substance; France gave it the model of a national, revolutionary code; Germany gave it scientific systematisation; and Japan proved that the family is transferable to a non-European society. The differences are of phase and degree — Roman law was juristic and gradual, French law was political and unifying, German law was doctrinal and abstract, and Japanese law was imitative and adaptive — but the underlying method remains the same: codified, deductive, Roman-derived private law administered by an active judiciary. Hence, despite their different historical paths, all four are correctly placed within the civil law family.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

Shed light on the administration of justice in Nepal.

Answer

Administration of Justice in Nepal

1. Meaning

Administration of justice is the process by which the State, through courts and other judicial bodies, settles disputes, applies and interprets law, punishes offenders and protects rights. It is the working side of the judiciary and a backbone of the rule of law.

2. Constitutional and legal basis

  • Part 11 (Articles 126-158) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 deals with the judiciary. Article 126 vests judicial power in the courts and other judicial institutions, to be exercised by them according to the Constitution, laws and recognised principles of justice.
  • The Supreme Court is the highest court and the final interpreter of the Constitution. Article 133 gives it extraordinary (writ) jurisdiction and the power of judicial review.
  • The Constitution creates the Supreme Court, High Courts and District Courts and allows other courts, special courts and tribunals to be formed by law.
  • Article 153 provides for the Judicial Council, which recommends appointment, transfer and discipline of judges and advises on judicial administration.
  • Procedure is governed by the Civil Procedure Code and Criminal Procedure Code (both 2074), the Evidence Act and court rules.

3. Structure of the courts

LevelCourtMain role
ApexSupreme CourtFinal appeals, writ and constitutional jurisdiction, judicial review
ProvincialHigh Courts (7)Appeals from District Courts, writ jurisdiction in the province
DistrictDistrict Courts (77)First-instance trial of most civil and criminal cases
SpecialSpecial Court, Revenue and other tribunals, Labour Court, etc.Specialised matters

Quasi-judicial bodies such as the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA) and the National Human Rights Commission also play a part, and local judicial committees under the Local Government Operation Act settle certain local disputes.

4. Key institutions and actors

  1. Supreme Court - highest court; writs and judicial review.
  2. High Courts and District Courts - appellate and trial courts.
  3. Judicial Council - selection, transfer and discipline of judges.
  4. Attorney General - chief legal adviser of the Government of Nepal.
  5. Government attorneys and public prosecutors - conduct prosecutions.
  6. Nepal Bar Council - the statutory body that licenses and regulates legal practitioners, while the Nepal Bar Association is the professional association of advocates.

5. Process in an ordinary case

  1. Plaint or complaint is filed in the competent court.
  2. Notice is served and the defendant files a written reply.
  3. Pleadings, evidence and witnesses are produced.
  4. Hearing and arguments follow.
  5. A reasoned judgment is delivered.
  6. Appeal or revision lies to the higher court, up to the Supreme Court.
  7. The judgment is executed through the court's execution machinery.

6. Alternative dispute resolution

  • Mediation under the Mediation Act, 2068, including court-referred mediation.
  • Arbitration under the Arbitration Act, 2055.
  • Legal aid under the Legal Aid Act, 2054, for people who cannot afford a lawyer.

7. Challenges

  1. Large case backlog and delay.
  2. Weak enforcement of judgments.
  3. Concerns about corruption and political influence.
  4. Poor access for poor and remote communities.
  5. Shortage of infrastructure, trained staff and technology.
  6. Low legal awareness among citizens.

8. Conclusion

Justice in Nepal is delivered through a three-tier court system headed by the Supreme Court, supported by the Judicial Council, prosecutors, the bar and ADR mechanisms. The framework is progressive, but delay, backlog and limited access need continued reform if justice is to be timely, fair and accessible to all.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

What do you mean by codification of law? Explain the development of codification & consolidation of law in recent days of Nepalese legal history.

Answer

Codification of Law and its Development in Nepal

Meaning of codification

Codification is the process of collecting, arranging and systematically stating the whole law on a subject, or on a whole branch of law, in a single authoritative written code. It is more than collection: it involves restating, harmonising and often reforming the law so that it is clear, complete and accessible. Examples are the Muluki Civil Code and Muluki Criminal Code.

It differs from consolidation, which merely brings together the existing statutes on one subject into one Act, repealing the old ones, without substantial change in the law.

Development in Nepalese legal history

  1. Ancient and medieval period - law rested on custom, the Dharmashastra and Smriti texts and royal edicts, with no single written code.
  2. Rana period - Muluki Ain, 1910 BS (1854 AD) - Prime Minister Jung Bahadur Rana promulgated the first comprehensive code, covering civil, criminal, procedural and social matters. It was revised several times, notably in 1933 BS.
  3. Post-1951 period - the Supreme Court was established in 2013 BS (1956 AD) and a Law Commission was set up to help draft and reform laws. The new Muluki Ain of 2020 BS (1963 AD) replaced the Rana code, with later amendments (including for gender equality and the abolition of caste discrimination).
  4. After 1990 - many sectoral Acts were enacted and the old Muluki Ain was repeatedly amended. Examples include the Contract Act, 2056, the Arbitration Act, 2055 and the Companies Act, 2063.
  5. After the 2072 Constitution - to match the new constitutional order, Parliament enacted a new set of codes in 2074 BS: the Muluki Civil Code, Muluki Criminal Code, Civil Procedure Code, Criminal Procedure Code and Criminal Offences (Sentencing and Execution) Act, all in force from 1 Bhadra 2075 (17 August 2018). They replaced the Muluki Ain of 2020 BS.
  6. Consolidation of other laws - recent legislation has consolidated areas such as local government (Local Government Operation Act, 2074), labour (Labour Act, 2074) and the law on the judiciary, and has aligned federal laws with the new federal structure.

Conclusion

Nepal has moved from customary and royal law, to the Muluki Ain of 1910 BS, to the 2020 BS code, and finally to the modern codes of 2074 BS. This process has made the law more systematic, accessible and consistent with constitutional rights and federalism.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

Differentiate between Hindu law and Muslim law in brief.

Answer

Hindu Law vs. Muslim Law

BasisHindu LawMuslim Law
OriginVedas, Smritis and customs; developed over centuries through usage and commentariesQuran, Hadith (Sunnah), Ijma and Qiyas; regarded as revealed through the Prophet
NatureLargely customary and traditionalReligious and scriptural; religion and law are closely linked
SourcesVedas, Smritis, commentaries (Nibandhas), custom and judicial decisionsQuran, Sunnah, Ijma, Qiyas and custom (urf)
MarriageA sacrament (samskara); monogamy is the modern ruleA civil contract (nikah); classical law permits up to four wives
DivorceTraditionally no divorce; permitted today only on grounds laid down by statuteDissolved by talaq, khula, mutual consent or court decree
SuccessionBased on kinship and the joint family, with coparcenary and partition; modern law gives daughters rightsFixed Quranic shares for heirs; a female heir generally gets half the share of a male of the same degree
AdoptionRecognisedNot recognised as a means of creating kinship; only guardianship
Joint familyThe joint family and coparcenary are centralNo concept of coparcenary; property passes by fixed shares on death

Conclusion: Hindu law is custom- and text-based, while Muslim law rests on divine revelation and fixed rules. In Nepal, however, matters of family, marriage, inheritance and property are governed for all citizens by the single national law, the Muluki Civil Code, 2074, not by separate religious personal laws, so this comparison is mainly of historical and comparative interest.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

What do you mean by law making process? Explain the development in law making process in recent days in Nepal.

Answer

Meaning of law-making process

The law-making process means the whole series of steps through which a bill passes before it becomes law. It includes the preparation of a draft (bill), its introduction in the legislature, discussion and amendment, approval by the house or houses, authentication by the head of state, and finally publication and enforcement. In short, it is the formal procedure by which the will of the people, expressed through their representatives, is converted into binding legal rules.

In Nepal, Article 111 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 provides that a Bill may be introduced in either House of the Federal Parliament, and Article 113 deals with the procedure for passing a Bill. Money Bills must originate in the House of Representatives (Article 115). A Bill becomes law only after it is authenticated by the President (Article 114).

Development in the law-making process in recent days in Nepal

  1. Constitutional basis made clearer. After the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, the process is governed by express constitutional provisions (Articles 110–117) and by the Rules of Procedure of the House of Representatives and the National Assembly. The earlier practice under the Interim Constitution, 2064 and the Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal, 2047 has been replaced by a federal, bicameral procedure.

  2. Bicameral and federal character. Bills now pass through two Houses — the House of Representatives and the National Assembly. In case of disagreement, a joint sitting may be convened (Article 116). Provincial Assemblies also make laws for provincial matters, and local levels make by-laws, so law-making has become multi-layered.

  3. Pre-legislative consultation and drafting reform. Recent practice requires consultation with concerned ministries, experts, stakeholders and the Ministry of Law, Justice and Parliamentary Affairs before a Bill is tabled. The Office of the Attorney General and the Nepal Law Commission are increasingly involved in drafting and vetting, which improves the technical quality of legislation.

  4. Use of ordinance and replacement. Article 114 allows the President to promulgate an Ordinance when both Houses are not in session, but it must be replaced by an Act within six months. In recent years ordinances have been used frequently, and this has raised debate about whether the law-making process is being bypassed.

  5. Committee stage strengthened. Bills are now referred to thematic committees (such as the Law, Justice and Human Rights Committee) for clause-by-clause scrutiny, public hearings and expert suggestions. This makes the process more participatory than in the past.

  6. Digitalisation and transparency. Bills, committee reports and Acts are published on the websites of the Federal Parliament and the Nepal Law Commission. Public feedback is sometimes invited online, and proceedings are broadcast, making the process more open.

  7. Influence of international law and treaties. Before ratifying treaties, the process now involves parliamentary approval and harmonisation of domestic law with international standards, for example in human rights, labour and environmental legislation.

  8. Persisting weaknesses. Despite these developments, law-making in Nepal still suffers from political instability, frequent prorogation, weak quorum, limited research support to MPs, and the tendency to pass Bills hurriedly at the end of sessions. The quality of debate and the use of private members' Bills remain limited.

Conclusion

Thus, the law-making process is the constitutional procedure of converting a Bill into an Act. In recent days in Nepal it has become more bicameral, federal, consultative, committee-based and digital, though political instability and heavy reliance on ordinances continue to weaken its effectiveness.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a. Panchayat system in Nepal. b. Chinese Law c. PIL in Nepal. d. Legal Reform in Malla period e. Comparative Law

Answer

Short notes on any THREE of the following:


a. Panchayat System in Nepal

The Panchayat system was a partyless political system introduced in Nepal by King Mahendra on 5 January 1961 (22 Poush 2017 BS) after he dissolved the elected parliament of B.P. Koirala and banned political parties. It lasted about 30 years until the restoration of democracy in 1990.

Main features:

  • Partyless democracy: Political parties were banned; candidates contested as individuals.
  • Four-tier structure: Village/City Panchayat at the base, then District Panchayat, Zonal Panchayat, and National Panchayat at the top.
  • Class organisations: Peasants', workers', youth and women's organisations functioned under government control.
  • Constitution of 1962: Gave legal base to the system; the National Panchayat was the legislature, but real power stayed with the King.
  • Back-to-the-village campaign: Aims of rural development and national unity were promoted.
  • Referendum of 1980: The system was retained with reforms (direct election of the National Panchayat) by a narrow margin.

Criticism: It was authoritarian and undemocratic, concentrated power in the King, suppressed fundamental rights and political freedom, and served the interests of the ruling elite. It ended with the People's Movement of 1990 (2046 BS), which restored multiparty democracy and constitutional monarchy.


c. PIL in Nepal

Public Interest Litigation (PIL) is a legal remedy that allows any public-spirited person or organisation to approach the court for the enforcement of the rights of persons who cannot themselves come to court, or to raise matters of public concern. In Nepal, PIL is not defined by statute but has been developed mainly through judicial activism.

Legal basis:

  • Article 46 of the Constitution of Nepal (2015): Provides the right to constitutional remedy — the Supreme Court may issue writs including habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto for the enforcement of fundamental rights.
  • Article 48: Right to justice, including the right to free legal aid.
  • Supreme Court Act, 1991 (2048 BS), Section 9: Gives the Supreme Court extraordinary jurisdiction to issue appropriate writs.

Leading cases:

  • Surya Prasad Sharma Dhungel v. Godavari Marble Industries (1995): The Supreme Court accepted a letter petition and ordered the closure of a marble quarry causing environmental damage — a landmark PIL case.
  • Yogi Naraharinath v. Prime Minister (1993): Writ of mandamus issued to protect a historical site.
  • Advocate Prakash Mani Sharma v. Council of Ministers: Orders on tobacco control and public health.

Significance: PIL has expanded access to justice for the poor, women, children, prisoners, and marginalised groups; promoted environmental protection, good governance and accountability; and strengthened the rule of law. Its limitations include judicial overreach, weak enforcement of orders, and lack of a clear statutory framework.


d. Legal Reform in Malla Period

The Malla period (about 1200–1769 AD) is regarded as a golden age of legal development in Nepal. Kings of the Malla dynasties, especially in Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur, made important contributions to law, justice and administration.

Main legal reforms:

  • Jayastithi Malla (14th century): Issued the Jayastithi Malla ko Thiti (also called Thiti), a code that fixed the rates of fines, penalties and compensation for various offences. It is considered the first written legal code of Nepal and introduced the principle of proportionality between offence and punishment.
  • Jyotir Malla and Yaksha Malla: Continued the tradition of issuing thitis and sanads (royal decrees) regulating social, economic and religious matters.
  • Ram Shah of Gorkha (1606–1636): Though not a Malla of the Kathmandu Valley, he is often discussed with this period. His Ram Shah ko Thiti fixed standard weights and measures, regulated interest rates, and provided for impartial justice — "Nyaya napaye Gorkha jau" (go to Gorkha if you do not get justice).
  • Caste and customary law: Manusmriti and local customs influenced the legal system; the Muluki Ain tradition began to take shape.
  • Judicial administration: Courts such as Kot and Bharadari were organised; the King was the final authority in justice.

Significance: These reforms brought written law, fixed penalties, and a measure of uniformity to a society earlier governed largely by custom. They laid the foundation for the later legal codes of the Shah period, including the Muluki Ain of 1854.


e. Comparative Law

Comparative Law is the study of the similarities and differences between the legal systems of different countries. It is not a branch of substantive law like criminal or civil law, but a method or approach to legal study.

Nature and scope:

  • It compares legal rules, institutions, procedures, and legal cultures across jurisdictions.
  • It studies major legal families: Civil Law (Romano-Germanic), Common Law (Anglo-American), Socialist Law, Islamic Law, and Hindu Law.
  • It may be macro-comparative (comparing whole legal systems) or micro-comparative (comparing specific rules or institutions).

Objectives:

  • To understand one's own legal system better by seeing it against others.
  • To assist in legal reform and law-making by borrowing good practices.
  • To promote uniformity and harmonisation of law, especially in international trade and human rights.
  • To help courts interpret foreign and international law, and to aid comparative legal education and research.

Importance in Nepal: Nepal's legal system is a mixed system influenced by Hindu law, Common Law (after 1950), and Civil Law traditions. Comparative study helps in drafting new legislation, in constitutional interpretation, and in complying with international legal standards. Its main challenge is that legal rules cannot be understood in isolation from the social, economic and cultural context in which they operate.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

The Constitution is considered as the law of the land. Comment on it. Also classify the constitutions on different grounds.

Answer

The Constitution as the Law of the Land

The Constitution is fundamentally the supreme law of the land. This means that it is the foundational legal document that establishes the structure, powers, and limitations of the government, defines the rights and duties of citizens, and dictates how the state operates.

  1. Supremacy: The Constitution stands at the apex of the legal hierarchy. All other laws, statutes, regulations, and governmental actions must conform to its provisions. If any law contradicts the Constitution, that law is deemed unconstitutional and void.
  2. Framework of Governance: It provides the blueprint for the entire political system. It defines the branches of government (legislature, executive, judiciary), outlines the separation of powers, and specifies the mechanisms for checks and balances between these branches.
  3. Guarantee of Rights: A crucial function of the Constitution is to guarantee fundamental rights to the citizens (e.g., freedom of speech, equality before the law). These rights are enforceable against the state, making the Constitution a protector of individual liberties.
  4. Source of Authority: The Constitution is the ultimate source of legal authority. Government bodies derive their power from it; they do not possess inherent, unlimited power.

In essence, the Constitution is not merely a set of rules; it is the supreme legal document that legitimizes the state, limits governmental power, and secures the rights of the people, making it the ultimate law of the land.

Classification of Constitutions

Constitutions can be classified based on several different grounds:

1. Based on Written or Unwritten Nature:

  • Written Constitution: A formal, codified document that contains the fundamental principles and rules of governance. (Example: The Constitution of India, the Constitution of Nepal).
  • Unwritten Constitution: A body of laws, conventions, customs, and judicial precedents that collectively form the constitution, rather than being contained in a single document. (Example: The British Constitution).

2. Based on Rigidity or Flexibility:

  • Rigid Constitution: A constitution that requires a special, difficult, and often complex procedure (amendment process) to be changed. This ensures stability. (Example: The US Constitution).
  • Flexible Constitution: A constitution that can be amended or changed by the ordinary legislative process, similar to passing an ordinary law. (Example: The UK Constitution).

3. Based on the Source of Sovereignty:

  • Unitary Constitution: Power is concentrated in the central government. While local administrative units may exist, they derive their power from the center. (Example: France).
  • Federal Constitution: Power is divided and shared between a central (federal) government and regional (state/provincial) governments, with both levels having constitutionally guaranteed spheres of authority. (Example: USA, India).

4. Based on the Relationship between the Executive and Legislature:

  • Parliamentary System: The executive branch (the government/cabinet) is drawn from and is accountable to the legislature (Parliament). The head of government (Prime Minister) is usually a member of the legislature. (Example: India, UK).
  • Presidential System: The executive branch (President) is elected separately from the legislature and is generally independent of it. The President serves as both the head of state and head of government. (Example: USA).

5. Based on the Nature of Rights:

  • Liberal Constitution: Emphasizes the protection of individual rights and liberties against state encroachment.
  • Socialist/Welfare Constitution: Emphasizes the state's responsibility to ensure social and economic justice, often involving state intervention in the economy.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

How has Nepal adopted the principle separation of power and check and balance in the present Constitution of Nepal? Comment on the recent case law of House Dissolution.

Answer

Separation of Power and Check and Balance in the Constitution of Nepal, 2072

1. Concept

Separation of power divides state authority among three organs - legislature, executive and judiciary - each acting mainly within its own sphere. Check and balance gives each organ limited power to scrutinise and restrain the others, so that none becomes supreme. Montesquieu's The Spirit of the Laws (1748) is the classical source.

2. How Nepal has adopted the principles

A. Allocation of power

  • Executive power vests in the Council of Ministers (Article 75).
  • Legislative power vests in the Federal Parliament, made up of the House of Representatives and the National Assembly (Article 83 and Article 109).
  • Judicial power vests in the courts and other judicial institutions (Article 126, in Part 11 on the judiciary, Articles 126-158).
  • Power is also divided vertically among the Federation, seven Provinces and 753 Local Levels (Schedules 5-9).

B. Checks and balances

OrganCheck on others
ParliamentConfidence in the Prime Minister and Council of Ministers; approval of budget and laws; parliamentary committees; impeachment of the President and Vice-President; ratification of treaties
ExecutiveIntroduces Bills and budget; the President authenticates Bills; ordinances in recess; the Prime Minister may recommend dissolution in the limited cases the Constitution allows
JudiciaryJudicial review (Article 133); writ jurisdiction; Constitutional Bench (Article 137); the Constitution is supreme (Article 1)
Independent bodiesCIAA, Auditor General, Election Commission, Public Service Commission and National Human Rights Commission act as watchdogs

C. Features

  1. A parliamentary system: the Council of Ministers is collectively responsible to the House of Representatives, so the executive and the legislature are linked rather than rigidly separate.
  2. Supremacy of the Constitution: a law inconsistent with it is void to that extent (Article 1).
  3. Judicial independence: security of tenure for judges, and a Judicial Council to manage appointments and discipline.

3. Recent case law on House dissolution

Both dissolutions were made on the recommendation of Prime Minister K. P. Sharma Oli under Article 76.

A. First dissolution (5 Poush 2077 BS / 20 December 2020)

The President dissolved the House of Representatives on the Prime Minister's recommendation. A Constitutional Bench of the Supreme Court, in its decision of 11 Falgun 2077 BS (23 February 2021), in the writs led by Pushpa Kamal Dahal and others, held the dissolution unconstitutional and ordered the House to be reinstated. It reasoned that the Constitution does not give a Prime Minister who holds a majority a power to dissolve the House at will, because dissolution under Article 76(7) is available only when the process of forming a government under Article 76 has failed.

B. Second dissolution (8 Jestha 2078 BS / 22 May 2021)

After the Prime Minister lost a confidence vote and no government could be formed under Article 76(4) or 76(5), the President dissolved the House again and fixed fresh elections. The Supreme Court, in a decision of 28 Asar 2078 BS (12 July 2021), on writs filed by Sher Bahadur Deuba and others, again held the dissolution unconstitutional, reinstated the House and directed that Deuba be appointed Prime Minister under Article 76(5).

C. Significance

  1. The Court treated the dissolution power as justiciable and not a purely political decision.
  2. It confirmed that the House of Representatives cannot be dissolved when an alternative government can be formed under Article 76.
  3. It strengthened the supremacy of the Constitution and the role of the Court as a check on the executive and the President.
  4. It protected the electoral mandate of Parliament and parliamentary accountability.

4. Conclusion

Nepal has adopted a flexible, parliamentary form of separation of power, backed by checks and balances among the three organs and independent constitutional bodies, and by a federal division of power. The 2077-78 dissolution cases show that the Supreme Court can review even the highest political decisions, making these principles effective in practice.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

What is the amendment of the constitution? Comment on the procedure of the constitutional amendment in Nepal.

Answer

Amendment of the Constitution

An amendment is a formal change, addition or repeal of provisions of a constitution made through the procedure the constitution itself prescribes. A constitution must adapt to changing needs, but it is the supreme law, so its amendment is made harder than that of ordinary legislation. Amendment differs from a revolution, which changes a constitution outside its own rules.

Procedure under Article 274 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072

  1. Introduction - a Bill to amend or repeal a provision of the Constitution may be introduced in either House of the Federal Parliament.
  2. Special majority - the Bill must be passed in each House by a vote of at least two-thirds of the total number of its members, not merely of those present and voting.
  3. Provincial boundaries - if the amendment affects the boundaries of a Province, a resolution of the concerned Provincial Assembly is also required.
  4. Assent - after passing both Houses, the Bill is presented to the President, who authenticates it, and it then becomes part of the Constitution.
  5. Limitation - the Constitution does not permit an amendment that would affect matters such as sovereignty, territorial integrity, independence and the sovereignty and state power vested in the people; these are protected from amendment.

Comment

  • The two-thirds requirement in both Houses makes the Constitution rigid, requiring broad political consensus instead of the ordinary majority needed for laws. This protects it from hasty or partisan change.
  • The extra safeguard for provincial boundaries supports the federal structure.
  • The prohibition on amendments affecting core matters acts as a substantive limit on the amending power.
  • At the same time, the procedure is not impossible: the Constitution has been amended after its promulgation in 2072, for example to address demands over inclusion and representation, showing the balance between stability and adaptability.

Conclusion: The amendment procedure of Nepal's Constitution combines a special parliamentary majority, a federal safeguard for provinces and a bar on changes to core principles, giving a reasonable balance between stability and adaptability.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

What are the differences between the fundamental rights and the Directive principle and State policies?

Answer

Fundamental Rights vs. Directive Principles and State Policies

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 contains Fundamental Rights in Part 3 (Articles 16-48) and the Directive Principles, Policies and Obligations of the State in Part 4 (Articles 50-55). Both aim at the welfare of the people but differ as follows.

S.N.BasisFundamental RightsDirective Principles and State Policies
1MeaningBasic rights guaranteed to citizens (and in some cases all persons) by the ConstitutionGuidelines and goals that direct the State in making laws and policies
2NatureJusticiableNon-justiciable
3EnforcementEnforceable by courts through writ petitions (Articles 46 and 133)Not enforceable by courts; a political and moral obligation of the State
4PurposeTo protect individual liberty, equality and dignityTo build a welfare State and achieve social and economic justice
5Effect on the StateLimit the power of the State; laws that violate them are voidGuide the State to act in a particular direction; progressive realisation
6BeneficiaryMainly individualsSociety as a whole
7RemedyRemedy available on violationNo court remedy for non-implementation
8ExamplesRight to equality (Art. 18), freedom (Art. 17), education (Art. 31), property (Art. 25)Policies on health, education, employment, social security, environment and economic development

Both Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles can be amended only through the special procedure under Article 274; neither has an easier route.

Conclusion: Fundamental Rights are legally enforceable individual rights, while Directive Principles are non-justiciable goals that guide State policy. The two are complementary, and courts often use the Directive Principles to interpret rights.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

What is the role of political party in sustaining the democracy? Have the political parties of Nepal performed their constitutional role effectively?

Answer

Role of Political Parties in Sustaining Democracy

Political parties are the bridge between the people and the government. In a representative democracy they perform the following functions:

  1. Interest aggregation and representation — They collect diverse demands of society and convert them into a coherent policy programme.
  2. Political recruitment and leadership — They select candidates, train leaders and form the government or a credible opposition.
  3. Electioneering and mandate — They contest elections, offer manifestos and give the voters a real choice, thereby legitimising the government.
  4. Government and opposition — The ruling party runs the administration; the opposition holds it accountable through debate, questions and motions.
  5. Interest articulation and linkage — They link citizens with the state, mobilise public opinion and channel grievances peacefully.
  6. Political socialisation and education — They educate citizens on constitutional values, rights and duties.
  7. Accountability and stability — By organising the legislature, they ensure collective responsibility of the executive and provide stability to the democratic system.
  8. Conflict resolution — They resolve social and political conflicts through negotiation rather than violence.

Without strong, disciplined and accountable parties, democracy tends to become either mob rule or personal rule. Thus parties are indispensable to the survival of democracy.

Performance of Nepali Political Parties

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) recognises political parties as essential institutions of democracy. Article 269 provides for their registration and regulation, and Article 270 lays down that parties must be committed to democratic values, national unity and the constitution. Their performance, however, has been mixed.

Positive aspects:

  • They restored democracy in 1990 and again in 2006, and led the peace process that ended the decade-long Maoist insurgency.
  • They drafted and promulgated the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 through the Constituent Assembly.
  • They have conducted regular elections (local, provincial and federal) and transferred power peacefully several times.
  • They have given space to marginalised groups through reservation and inclusive representation.

Negative aspects:

  • Frequent instability: Nepal has seen more than a dozen governments since 2008. Coalition politics based on personal interest rather than policy has made governments short-lived.
  • Weak internal democracy: Most parties are run in a centralised, family- or leader-centric manner; inner-party elections are rare or manipulated.
  • Factionalism and splits: Parties repeatedly split and merge for power-sharing rather than ideological reasons.
  • Corruption and impunity: Several leaders face corruption charges; parties have protected each other instead of enforcing accountability.
  • Weak opposition: The opposition often obstructs Parliament for partisan gain rather than performing constructive scrutiny.
  • Failure to deliver: Promises of federalism, good governance and development remain largely unfulfilled; people's faith in parties is declining.
  • Disconnect with citizens: Parties are active only during elections; between elections they neglect grassroots organisation.

Conclusion: Political parties have played a decisive role in establishing and protecting democracy in Nepal, but they have not performed their constitutional role effectively. To sustain democracy they must democratise their internal structures, act on ideology and policy rather than personality, strengthen the opposition, and remain accountable to the people. Only then can they become true pillars of a stable democratic order.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Constitutional Law (304)

Write short notes on ANY THREE .
a) Parliamentary privilege b) Emergency power c) Right to equality d) Freedom of Expression e) Sources of constitutional law

Answer

(a) Parliamentary Privilege

Parliamentary privileges are the special rights and immunities of members of Parliament and its committees, without which the legislature could not work freely and fearlessly. They arise from the historical struggle of the British Parliament against the Crown and are recognised in the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 and in the Federal Parliament's rules and law. The main privileges are:

  1. Freedom of speech - no member can be questioned in any court for anything said or any vote cast in the House or its committees.
  2. Protection of proceedings - the internal proceedings of Parliament cannot be questioned in court on grounds of irregularity of procedure.
  3. Protection of publication - publication of reports and proceedings under the authority of the House is protected.
  4. Power to regulate its own business and to punish contempt - the House may punish breach of its privileges according to law.

Privileges are not personal benefits; they exist to protect the independence of the legislature. They remain subject to the Constitution, including fundamental rights.

(b) Emergency Power

Emergency power is the extraordinary authority given to the executive to deal with a grave crisis threatening the nation. In Nepal it is provided by Article 273 of the Constitution.

  • The President may declare a state of emergency on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers if the sovereignty, integrity or independence of Nepal, or the security of any part of it, is seriously threatened by war, external aggression, armed rebellion, extreme economic disarray, natural calamity or epidemic.
  • The proclamation must be approved by the House of Representatives by a two-thirds majority within one month; otherwise it lapses. It may be declared for the whole country or only a part.
  • During emergency, certain fundamental rights may be suspended, but the Constitution protects core rights, such as the right to live with dignity and the right to constitutional remedy through habeas corpus.

Emergency power is a necessary safeguard of the State, but the approval and time limits prevent abuse.

(c) Right to Equality

Article 18 of the Constitution of Nepal guarantees the right to equality:

  1. All citizens are equal before the law, and no one shall be denied the equal protection of law.
  2. The State shall not discriminate against citizens on grounds of origin, religion, race, caste, tribe, sex, economic condition, language, region, ideology or similar grounds.
  3. Women and men have equal lineage rights, and there is equal pay for equal work irrespective of sex.
  4. Special provisions by law (reservation or positive discrimination) may be made for the protection, empowerment and development of women, Dalits, Adibasi Janajati, Madhesi, Tharu, Muslims, minorities, the marginalised, farmers, labourers, youth, children, senior citizens, gender and sexual minorities, persons with disability, and the economically poor and backward areas.

Equality in the Constitution is both formal (the same law for all) and substantive (special measures to remove disadvantage).

(d) Freedom of Expression

Under Article 17 (right to freedom) every citizen has the freedom of opinion and expression. Article 19 protects the right to communication, including press freedom, and prohibits prior censorship of publications, and Article 27 guarantees the right to information. Peaceful assembly and the right to form associations are separate freedoms within Article 17.

The freedom is not absolute. The law may impose reasonable restrictions to protect the sovereignty, territorial integrity, nationality and independence of Nepal, harmonious relations among communities and federal units, and to prevent defamation, contempt of court, incitement to an offence, sedition, and acts against public decency and morality. Courts examine whether restrictions are reasonable.

(e) Sources of Constitutional Law

  1. The written Constitution - the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 is the primary source, along with earlier constitutions (the Government of Nepal Act 1948, the Interim Constitution of 2007 and the Constitution of 1990).
  2. Statutes - laws that give effect to the Constitution, such as electoral and citizenship laws and the laws on Parliament and constitutional bodies.
  3. Judicial decisions - Supreme Court interpretations, which are binding precedent.
  4. Conventions and customs - unwritten practices of constitutional conduct that fill gaps.
  5. International treaties and comparative law - treaties ratified by Nepal, which are given the force of law, and foreign constitutional experience used for guidance.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

What do you mean by Fundamental Rights? Explain the constituent provisions regarding right against untouchability and radical discrimination.

Answer

Fundamental Rights

Meaning

Fundamental Rights are the basic rights guaranteed by the Constitution to citizens, and in some cases to all persons, which the State cannot take away by ordinary law and which are enforceable by courts. They are called fundamental because they are:

  • essential for human dignity and the development of a person;
  • guaranteed by the supreme law of the land;
  • justiciable - a person whose right is violated can seek a remedy from the Supreme Court or a High Court (Articles 46 and 133);
  • generally enforceable against the State, although some, such as the right against untouchability, also bind private persons.

Part 3 (Articles 16-48) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) contains them, starting with the right to live with dignity (Article 16) and equality (Article 18).

Constitutional provisions against untouchability and racial (caste) discrimination

Article 24 - Right against untouchability and discrimination

Article 24 provides, in substance, that:

  1. No person shall be subjected to untouchability or discrimination in any private or public place on grounds of origin, caste, tribe, community, occupation, business or physical condition.
  2. No one shall be denied access to public places, public services, public utilities or religious places, or the use of them, on those grounds.
  3. No person shall be treated as superior or inferior, and no one shall be given higher or lower status, on the basis of caste or untouchability.
  4. Propagating the idea of caste superiority or hatred, or justifying caste discrimination, is prohibited.
  5. There shall be no discrimination in work, employment or wages on those grounds.
  6. Any act in contravention is punishable by law, and the victim has the right to obtain compensation as provided by law.

Related provisions

  • Article 18 (Right to equality) - bans discrimination by the State on grounds of origin, religion, race, caste, tribe, sex and similar grounds, and allows special measures for disadvantaged groups.
  • Article 40 (Right of Dalits) - guarantees Dalits proportional participation in State bodies, along with special provisions in education, health, housing, employment and social security.
  • Article 42 (Right to social justice) - supports inclusion of marginalised groups.
  • Caste-based Discrimination and Untouchability (Offence and Punishment) Act, 2068 - gives effect to Article 24 and provides punishment and compensation.

Conclusion

The Constitution makes untouchability and caste or racial discrimination a punishable offence in both public and private life. Article 24, supported by Articles 18 and 40 and the 2068 Act, aims to end caste-based inequality and to build an inclusive and just society.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

How is the cabinet formed in the parliamentary system? Explain the role of the prime minister in the Cabinet system.

Answer

Formation of the Cabinet in the Parliamentary System

In a parliamentary system, the executive power is exercised by the Cabinet, which is drawn from and responsible to the legislature. The Cabinet is not directly elected by the people; it is formed after the general election of the legislature. The process of cabinet formation in the parliamentary system is as follows:

1. Holding of general election: The legislature (Parliament) is elected by the people. In Nepal, the House of Representatives is elected under the mixed electoral system.

2. Appointment of the Prime Minister: After the election, the President (or the Head of State) appoints the leader of the parliamentary party that commands a majority in the House of Representatives as the Prime Minister. If no party has a clear majority, the President appoints the leader of the largest party or a person who can prove majority support in the House. The Prime Minister is the head of the Cabinet.

3. Constitution of the Cabinet: The Prime Minister, in consultation with the coalition partners or party members, selects the ministers. The ministers are formally appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Prime Minister. The ministers must be members of the legislature; in Nepal, a person who is not a member of the House may be appointed as a minister for six months, within which he or she must obtain membership of the House.

4. Distribution of portfolios: The Prime Minister allocates portfolios (departments) among the ministers. The ministers may be given independent charge or charge of a ministry, or they may be ministers without portfolio.

5. Oath of office and secrecy: The Prime Minister and ministers take an oath of office and secrecy before the President.

6. Vote of confidence: The Prime Minister must obtain a vote of confidence from the House of Representatives within thirty days of appointment. If the Prime Minister fails to obtain the vote of confidence, the Cabinet falls.

7. Responsibility to the legislature: The Cabinet remains collectively responsible to the House of Representatives. It continues in office so long as it enjoys the confidence of the majority in the House. A vote of no confidence can remove the Cabinet.

Role of the Prime Minister in the Cabinet System

The Prime Minister is the head of the Cabinet and the real executive head of the government. The role of the Prime Minister in the Cabinet system can be explained as follows:

1. Head of the Cabinet: The Prime Minister presides over the meetings of the Cabinet, prepares the agenda, and directs the deliberations. He or she is the chief spokesperson of the Cabinet in the legislature and before the people.

2. Formation and reshuffling of the Cabinet: The Prime Minister selects the ministers, allocates portfolios, and may recommend the removal or resignation of ministers. He or she can reshuffle the Cabinet to maintain efficiency and political balance.

3. Chief coordinator: The Prime Minister coordinates the activities of all ministries and ensures that the policies and decisions of the Cabinet are implemented in a coordinated manner. He or she resolves conflicts among ministers and departments.

4. Link between the Head of State and the Cabinet: The Prime Minister is the main channel of communication between the Head of State (President) and the Cabinet. He or she advises the President on the appointment of ministers, dissolution of the House, and other constitutional matters.

5. Leader of the legislature: As the leader of the majority party or coalition in the House of Representatives, the Prime Minister plays a key role in law-making, steering government bills, and managing parliamentary business. He or she can recommend the dissolution of the House of Representatives.

6. Chief adviser to the Head of State: The Prime Minister tenders advice to the President on important matters such as the declaration of a state of emergency, the appointment of constitutional bodies, and the conduct of foreign relations.

7. Policy maker: The Prime Minister provides overall direction to the government's policies, plans, and programmes. He or she represents the country at international forums and plays a leading role in foreign policy.

8. Responsibility and accountability: The Prime Minister is collectively responsible to the House of Representatives along with the Cabinet. He or she must answer questions in Parliament and is subject to a vote of no confidence. If the Prime Minister resigns or dies, the entire Cabinet is dissolved.

Conclusion: In the parliamentary system, the Cabinet is formed by the Prime Minister from among the members of the legislature and remains responsible to it. The Prime Minister is the keystone of the Cabinet—without him or her, the Cabinet cannot exist. He or she is the real head of the government, coordinating, directing, and leading the entire executive machinery.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

Describe the provisions regarding Federation and its challenges outlined in the constitution of Nepal.

Answer

Provisions Regarding Federalism and its Challenges in the Constitution of Nepal

Introduction

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) changed Nepal from a unitary to a federal democratic republic. The aim of federalism is to end centralised rule and discrimination, ensure inclusion and bring governance closer to the people.

Provisions Regarding the Federation

1. Structure of the State (Part 5, Articles 56-60)

  • Article 56: the State has three levels - Federation, 7 Provinces and 753 Local Levels (Municipalities and Rural Municipalities, with District Coordination Committees at district level). Special, protected or autonomous areas may be created by federal law.
  • Provinces are listed in Schedule 4 of the Constitution: Koshi, Madhesh, Bagmati, Gandaki, Lumbini, Karnali and Sudurpashchim.
  • Residual power rests with the Federation, and the Constitution also deals with financial powers and revenue sharing (Articles 58-60).

2. Distribution of powers (Schedules 5-9)

SchedulePower
5Exclusive powers of the Federation (defence, foreign affairs, currency, citizenship, etc.)
6Exclusive powers of the Provinces (provincial police, provincial civil service, etc.)
7Concurrent powers of the Federation and Provinces
8Exclusive powers of Local Levels (local taxes, basic education, local health, etc.)
9Concurrent powers of the Federation, Provinces and Local Levels

3. Provincial and local governments

  • Each Province has a unicameral Provincial Assembly, a Governor appointed by the President and a Chief Minister with a Council of Ministers.
  • Local Levels have their own legislative, executive and judicial (judicial committee) powers.

4. Inter-governmental relations (Articles 232-235)

Relations among the three levels are based on cooperation, coexistence and coordination. The Constitution provides the Inter-Provincial Council to settle political disputes between the Federation and Provinces and between Provinces, and allows federal law to regulate coordination.

5. Financial arrangements (Articles 115 onward and Article 250)

Each level has its own consolidated fund, shares revenue under federal law, and receives grants. The National Natural Resources and Fiscal Commission recommends revenue distribution and fiscal equalisation.

6. Judiciary and other bodies

The Supreme Court, High Courts (one for each province) and District Courts form a single judicial system, and the Supreme Court decides disputes over federal power. Constitutional bodies such as the Election Commission, the Auditor General and the Public Service Commission support governance at all levels.

Challenges of Federalism

  1. Unclear division of powers - overlap in the concurrent lists causes conflict between levels, and the shortage of laws to implement them has slowed devolution.
  2. Financial dependence - provinces and local levels rely heavily on federal grants and have limited tax bases, creating regional inequality, especially in Karnali and Sudurpashchim.
  3. Administrative weakness - shortage of skilled staff, weak infrastructure, and difficulty in staff adjustment between levels.
  4. Weak coordination - poor cooperation among federal, provincial and local governments, including during COVID-19 and disasters.
  5. Political instability - frequent changes of government and political interference reduce focus on implementation.
  6. Social challenges - managing diversity, identity politics, and ensuring real inclusion of women, Dalits, Janajati and Madhesi.
  7. Legal delay - late enactment of federal laws needed by provinces and local levels.

Conclusion

The Constitution lays a strong foundation for federalism by distributing power, providing for coordination and securing finance. Real success needs capacity building, fiscal equity, timely legislation and political commitment to cooperation among the three levels.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

The principle of Independence of the judiciary requires the judiciary to ensure that judicial proceedings are conducted Fair, transparent and that the rights of the parties are respected. Examine the statement in present scenario of Nepal.

Answer

Independence of the Judiciary: Fair, Transparent Proceedings and Respect for Parties' Rights in the Present Nepali Scenario

1. Meaning of the principle

Independence of the judiciary means that judges decide cases solely on the basis of law, evidence and their conscience, free from interference by the executive, the legislature, political parties, or any other power. It has two dimensions: institutional independence (security of tenure, financial autonomy, appointment and removal by impartial process) and decisional independence (no pressure on the outcome of a particular case). The statement under examination adds a third, functional dimension — that independence is not an end in itself but a means to fair, transparent proceedings in which the rights of the parties are respected. In this sense independence is both a constitutional guarantee and a duty owed by the judiciary to litigants.

2. Constitutional and legal foundations in Nepal

  • Article 126 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 vests judicial power in the courts, and Article 127 guarantees the independence of the judiciary.
  • Article 128 provides security of tenure for Supreme Court justices (until 65 years of age), Article 130 prohibits transfer to another court without consent, and Article 132 provides for removal only on grounds of incompetence, misbehaviour or failure to discharge duties, by a two-thirds majority of Parliament on the recommendation of the Judicial Council.
  • Article 129 makes the Supreme Court the final interpreter of the Constitution and protector of fundamental rights; Article 133 gives it extraordinary jurisdiction (writ of habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition, quo warranto).
  • Article 153 provides that the salaries and privileges of judges cannot be reduced to their disadvantage, and the Judicial Council (Articles 153–157) regulates appointment, transfer and discipline.
  • Article 20 guarantees the right to a fair trial, Article 21 the right to be informed of the grounds of arrest, Article 24 the right against torture, and Article 25 the right to constitutional remedy. Together with the Evidence Act, 2031, the Muluki Criminal Procedure Code, 2074, the Civil Procedure Code, 2074, the Contempt of Court Act, 2031 and the Judicial Council Act, 2073, these form the legal framework for fair proceedings.

3. Positive aspects in the present scenario

  1. Judicial review and constitutional enforcement. The Supreme Court has repeatedly checked executive excess. Sujata Bhandari v. Council of Ministers (2015) recognised the right to choose a surname; Prakash Man Singh v. Prime Minister (2017) quashed the appointment of the Chief of the Nepal Army; Advocate Om Prakash Aryal v. Government of Nepal (2018) invalidated the Guthi Bill; and in 2021 the Court restored the dissolved House of Representatives in Ravi Lamichhane v. President, affirming that the President's discretion is not absolute. These decisions show decisional independence in practice.
  2. Institutional reforms. The Judicial Council has introduced performance evaluation of judges, a code of conduct, and a system of "fast-track" benches; the Supreme Court has adopted e-filing, virtual hearings (especially during COVID-19), and publication of judgments on its website, which enhances transparency.
  3. Access to justice measures. Legal aid under the Legal Aid Act, 2054, free legal representation for indigent accused, pro bono services by the Nepal Bar Association, and the establishment of specialised benches (commercial, labour, constitutional) have improved the practical enjoyment of parties' rights.
  4. Judicial independence in constitutional interpretation. The Supreme Court's 2079 decision on the constitutionality of the Citizenship Act amendment and its 2080 order on the mandamus against the government's failure to hold local elections demonstrate the Court's willingness to act against the political executive.

4. Challenges and criticisms in the present scenario

  1. Executive influence in appointment and promotion. Although the Judicial Council is the appointing body, its composition (the Chief Justice, the Minister of Law, two senior-most justices and a distinguished jurist nominated by the Council) leaves room for executive preference. The 2079 controversy over the appointment of justices and the practice of "package deals" among parties have raised doubts about merit-based selection.
  2. Political pressure and "political cases". Cases involving party leaders, corruption, and election disputes are often delayed or decided in a manner that appears to favour the ruling coalition. The long pendency of the Lalita Niwas land scam and the fake Bhutanese refugee scam cases illustrates how political sensitivity affects the pace of justice.
  3. Corruption and misconduct within the judiciary. Several judges have been implicated in bribery and influence-peddling; the Judicial Council's disciplinary actions are often seen as slow and lenient. This erodes public trust and undermines the fairness of proceedings.
  4. Delay and case backlog. Over 50,000 cases are pending in the Supreme Court and more than 400,000 in the lower courts. Delayed justice is denied justice; it violates the right to a fair trial within a reasonable time under Article 20.
  5. Lack of financial and administrative autonomy. The judiciary depends on the Ministry of Finance for its budget and on the executive for infrastructure and security, which limits its institutional independence.
  6. Limited transparency. Although judgments are published, hearings are not always open to the public, and the reasoning in politically sensitive cases is sometimes brief and unconvincing. The use of in camera proceedings and the sealing of records reduce transparency.
  7. Contempt of court and free speech. The Contempt of Court Act, 2031 has been used to curb criticism of judges, which may chill legitimate debate about judicial accountability.
  8. Access barriers. High court fees, distance to courts, language barriers, and the cost of legal representation prevent the poor, women, Dalits, indigenous peoples and persons with disabilities from effectively asserting their rights.

5. Examination of the statement in the present scenario

The statement correctly identifies that independence is not merely an institutional arrangement but a functional guarantee of fair, transparent proceedings and respect for parties' rights. In Nepal, the constitutional design largely meets the formal requirements of independence: security of tenure, non-reducible salaries, removal by a special parliamentary procedure, and the power of judicial review. The Supreme Court has used these powers to protect fundamental rights and to check the executive in several landmark cases. However, in practice, independence is compromised by executive influence in appointments, political pressure in sensitive cases, corruption within the judiciary, chronic delay, financial dependence, and limited transparency. The result is that proceedings are not always fair or transparent, and the rights of parties — particularly the poor and marginalised — are not always respected. Thus the principle is partially realised: the legal framework is sound, but its implementation is uneven. The statement is therefore valid as an ideal, but the present Nepali scenario reveals a significant gap between the ideal and the reality.

6. Suggestions for reform

  1. Amend the Judicial Council Act to make the appointment process more transparent and merit-based, with public hearings for constitutional court appointments.
  2. Strengthen the Judicial Council's disciplinary mechanism with time-bound investigations and reasoned decisions.
  3. Increase the judiciary's budget as a fixed percentage of the national budget and place it under the judiciary's own control.
  4. Expand e-court, virtual hearings and alternative dispute resolution (mediation, arbitration) to reduce backlog.
  5. Enforce the right to legal aid effectively and establish mobile courts in remote districts.
  6. Protect judicial independence by ensuring that contempt powers are used only for genuine obstruction of justice, not to silence criticism.
  7. Promote judicial education and ethics training to build a culture of integrity.

Conclusion

The principle of independence of the judiciary, as stated, requires the judiciary to conduct proceedings that are fair, transparent and respectful of the rights of the parties. In Nepal, the Constitution and the Supreme Court's jurisprudence provide a strong foundation for this principle, and several decisions demonstrate its practical application. Nevertheless, executive influence, political pressure, corruption, delay and lack of autonomy continue to undermine it. The principle is therefore only partially realised in the present scenario. Meaningful reform — in appointment, discipline, financing and access — is necessary to close the gap between constitutional promise and judicial practice.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

Is it possible to amend the written constitution? Why is the provision related to amendment of the constitution outlined in the constitution? What provisions has the constitution of Nepal outlined regarding its amendment?

Answer

(a) Is it possible to amend a written constitution?

Yes. A written constitution is supreme, but it is not unchangeable. Society, politics and technology change, so a constitution that could never be amended would either be broken by revolution or become obsolete. Written constitutions are usually rigid: they can be changed only by a special procedure that is harder than ordinary law-making. Rigidity makes change difficult; it does not make it impossible.

(b) Why does the constitution itself lay down the amendment procedure?

  1. To keep the constitution supreme. If Parliament could change it by an ordinary law, the constitution would be no higher than any other statute.
  2. To prevent hasty or arbitrary change. A special majority and extra steps force debate and consensus.
  3. To allow peaceful, orderly change. A lawful route works as a safety valve, so reform does not need force or extra-constitutional methods.
  4. To protect basic features and rights. Some matters, such as fundamental rights, sovereignty and the federal system, can be given extra protection or put beyond amendment.
  5. To give legitimacy and certainty. Because the procedure is written in advance, citizens and institutions know how and by whom the constitution may be changed.
  6. To protect federal balance. Where powers are shared between the centre and the provinces, the units need a say in changes that affect them.

(c) Provisions of the Constitution of Nepal (2015/2072 BS)

Article 274 deals with amendment:

  • Initiation and majority: A Bill to amend the constitution may be introduced in either House of the Federal Parliament. It must be passed by at least two-thirds of the total members of each House. Ordinary legislation needs only a simple majority of members present.
  • Provincial ratification: If the amendment touches matters that concern provinces (their boundaries, names, legislative powers and similar matters listed in the Article), it must also be approved by the provincial assemblies of at least four of the seven provinces.
  • Limits: No amendment may be made that damages the sovereignty, territorial integrity, independence, national unity, fundamental rights, the federal democratic republican system, or the secular, inclusive and proportional character of the state. In practice these form the unamendable core of the constitution.
  • Assent: The Speaker presents the passed Bill to the President, who must authenticate it within 15 days. After that the amendment comes into force.

Conclusion: Nepal's constitution is a rigid one. It permits amendment, but only with a two-thirds majority in both Houses, provincial consent where federal matters are involved, and respect for the core features that Article 274 protects.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

Discuss on the theories of constitutional interpretation. Do you think the court should stay apart in case political questions?

Answer

Theories of Constitutional Interpretation

A constitution is a brief, general and enduring document. Its words cannot foresee every future situation, so the courts must interpret it. Different theories tell the judge how to do so. The main theories are discussed below.

1. Literal or Grammatical Theory

This theory, also called the plain-meaning rule, says the constitution must be read in its ordinary, natural and grammatical sense. If the words are clear, the court cannot add or subtract meaning. The judge's task is only to declare the law, not to make it. Example: reading "citizen" in a citizenship article exactly as defined.

2. Golden Rule Theory

It is a modification of the literal rule. The words are given their ordinary meaning, but if that produces absurdity, repugnance or inconsistency with the rest of the constitution, the court may modify the literal meaning so far as is necessary to avoid the absurdity. It is a "golden" middle path between literal and liberal interpretation.

3. Mischief Rule (Heydon's Case) Theory

Laid down in Heydon's Case (1584), it asks four questions: What was the common law before the Act? What was the mischief or defect? What remedy did the legislature provide? What was the true reason of the remedy? The court then interprets the provision so as to suppress the mischief and advance the remedy. In constitutional matters, it is used to understand the historical background and the evil the provision was meant to cure.

4. Purposive or Teleological Theory

Here the court looks at the purpose, object and spirit of the constitution rather than the dry letter. It asks what goal the framers wanted to achieve and interprets the text to fulfil that goal. This theory is widely used in modern constitutional adjudication, especially for fundamental rights and directive principles.

5. Harmonious Construction Theory

No part of the constitution is superfluous. Where two provisions appear to conflict, the court must read them together and give effect to both as far as possible, instead of striking one down. The Constitution of Nepal, 2072, being a lengthy document with many overlapping provisions, frequently requires this approach.

6. Liberal or Beneficent Theory

Provisions relating to fundamental rights and constitutional remedies are given a liberal, broad and purposive reading so as to benefit the weaker sections and fulfil the constitutional promise. Restrictions on rights, on the other hand, are read narrowly. Example: expanding the meaning of "life and personal liberty" to include dignity, privacy and a clean environment.

7. Living Constitution / Progressive Theory

The constitution is not frozen in the era of its framing; it grows with the times. The court reads it as a living organism so that it remains relevant to changed social, economic and technological conditions. This theory supports dynamic interpretation without formally amending the text.

8. Originalist Theory (Original Intent / Original Meaning)

The opposite of the living constitution theory. The court must interpret the constitution according to the original intention of the framers or the original public meaning of the words at the time of adoption. Anything beyond that is judicial legislation. It is influential in the United States but has limited following in Nepal.

9. Structural and Comparative Theory

Under structural interpretation, the court reads a provision in the light of the whole constitutional scheme — separation of powers, federalism, rule of law. Under comparative interpretation, the court may refer to foreign constitutions and decisions for guidance, though they are not binding.

10. Doctrinal or Textual Theory

The court relies on the plain text, the preamble, headings, marginal notes and established constitutional doctrines (like basic structure, pith and substance, colourable legislation) to derive meaning.

Conclusion on theories: No single theory is complete. Nepali practice is largely a blend of literal, harmonious, purposive and liberal interpretation. the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, makes the Supreme Court the final interpreter of the constitution, and the Court has used purposive and liberal methods in cases such as Advocate Om Prakash Aryal and Madhav Kumar Basnet.


Should the Court Stay Apart in Political Questions?

The political question doctrine holds that certain questions, by their very nature, are to be decided by the political branches (executive and legislature) and not by the courts. The court should abstain because such questions involve policy, discretion and the will of the people, not legal standards.

Arguments in favour of judicial abstention

  1. Separation of powers: The judiciary must not encroach upon the domain of the legislature and executive.
  2. Lack of judicial standards: Courts have no manageable legal test to decide pure policy questions.
  3. Democratic legitimacy: The judiciary is unelected; policy must be decided by elected representatives.
  4. Finality and respect: Judicial interference in political matters may create confrontation and loss of institutional respect.
  5. Resource and competence: Courts lack the expertise and machinery to run government.

Arguments against total abstention

  1. Constitutional supremacy: The constitution is supreme, and the court is its guardian. If political organs violate the constitution, the court must intervene.
  2. Fundamental rights: A political colour cannot take away a citizen's fundamental right; the court must protect it.
  3. Check on majority tyranny: Judicial review protects minorities from the excesses of the majority.
  4. Nepali practice: The Supreme Court of Nepal has entertained many politically sensitive cases — dissolution of the House of Representatives, appointment of the Prime Minister, impeachment, and constitutional amendment. In Ravi Lamichhane and Krishna Prasad Bhattarai type matters, the Court asserted its jurisdiction.

Position in Nepal

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072, does not expressly adopt the political question doctrine. Article 133 gives the Supreme Court extraordinary jurisdiction to issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights and other legal rights. The Constitution also makes the Supreme Court the final interpreter of the constitution. Therefore, the Court cannot refuse to decide a matter merely because it is political in colour; it can abstain only where the question is purely political and no legal or constitutional issue is involved.

Conclusion

The court should not stay completely apart from political questions. It should exercise judicial restraint in matters of pure policy, but it must exercise judicial review where the constitution or fundamental rights are violated. The correct approach is neither absolute abstention nor unlimited interference, but a balanced, principled and self-restrained exercise of constitutional jurisdiction.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2076 · Constitutional Law (323)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings.
a) Preamble of the constitution b) Doctrine of sub-Judice case c) Semi-proportional system d) Constitutional role of the head of the state e) Emergency power

Answer

a) Preamble of the Constitution

The Preamble is the introductory statement of a constitution that sets out its source, purpose, and guiding ideals. It is not an operative provision, but it is a key to the constitution's spirit and is used as an aid to interpretation.

In Nepal, the Preamble of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (2015) declares that the constitution was adopted by the people through their elected Constituent Assembly. It expresses commitments to sovereignty vested in the people, democracy, federal democratic republican system, socialism oriented to national prosperity, and to ending discrimination based on class, caste, region, language, religion and gender. It also affirms faith in the United Nations Charter, human rights, and world peace.

Its importance lies in three points: (i) it identifies the source of constitutional authority — the people; (ii) it states the basic values and objectives of the state; and (iii) it assists courts in interpreting ambiguous provisions. However, the Preamble cannot override the express text of the constitution.

b) Doctrine of Sub-Judice

The doctrine of sub judice means "under judgment" or "before the court." It provides that once a matter is pending before a court of law, it should not be discussed or commented upon in Parliament or in public in a manner that may prejudice the fair trial or influence the decision of the court.

The doctrine rests on two grounds: (i) protection of the administration of justice from outside pressure; and (ii) respect for the independence of the judiciary. In parliamentary practice, it is a rule of procedure that a member may not refer to a matter that is sub judice, except for the limited purpose of asking for leave to bring in a bill or to discuss a matter of urgent public importance.

In Nepal, the Rules of Procedure of the House of Representatives and the National Assembly contain provisions restricting discussion on matters pending in courts. The doctrine is not absolute; it does not bar legislative action on general questions of law or policy merely because a similar matter is in court. Its purpose is to prevent interference with judicial proceedings, not to prevent the legislature from performing its legitimate law-making function.

c) Semi-Proportional System

The semi-proportional system is an electoral system that combines features of both the first-past-the-post (FPTP) and proportional representation (PR) systems. It is also called a mixed or hybrid system. It is designed to secure the advantages of a simple majority system — stable and locally accountable representation — while also providing space for proportional representation of parties and groups.

In Nepal, the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 provides for a mixed electoral system for the House of Representatives. Of the 275 members, 165 are elected through the FPTP system from single-member constituencies, and 110 are elected through the PR system from closed party lists. The PR seats are allocated to parties in proportion to the votes they receive, and the lists must ensure representation of women, Dalits, indigenous nationalities, Madhesis, Tharus, Muslims and backward regions.

The system is called "semi-proportional" because the overall composition of the House is not fully proportional to the votes cast; the FPTP component can produce a disproportional result. Its merits include local representation, inclusion of marginalized groups, and reduced wasted votes. Its demerits include complexity in ballot design, the possibility of two classes of members, and the risk of weakening the link between the voter and the representative.

d) Constitutional Role of the Head of State

The head of state in Nepal is the President, who is the constitutional head of the state and the symbol of national unity. The President is elected by an electoral college consisting of members of the Federal Parliament and the Provincial Assemblies.

The President's role is largely ceremonial and neutral. The President performs functions such as: (i) representing the state in national and international affairs; (ii) appointing the Prime Minister and, on the Prime Minister's recommendation, other ministers; (iii) summoning and proroguing sessions of the Federal Parliament; (iv) promulgating bills passed by the Parliament; (v) granting pardons and commuting sentences; (vi) receiving credentials of ambassadors; and (vii) declaring a state of emergency on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers.

The President exercises these powers on the advice and recommendation of the Council of Ministers, except in a few discretionary matters such as appointing the Prime Minister in a hung Parliament. The President is not accountable to the Parliament for the exercise of constitutional functions, but the office is subject to the constitution and the law. Thus, the head of state acts as a symbol of unity and continuity, while real executive power rests with the Council of Ministers.

e) Emergency Power

Emergency power is the special power of the state to take extraordinary measures to deal with a grave threat to the security, sovereignty, or territorial integrity of the country. It is provided in the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, under Part 9.

The President may declare a state of emergency in the whole country or in any specified area on the recommendation of the Council of Ministers, if a grave emergency arises due to war, external aggression, armed rebellion, extreme economic crisis, or natural calamity. The declaration must be approved by the House of Representatives within one month. During the emergency, the President may suspend fundamental rights such as the right to freedom of expression, assembly, movement, and property, but rights relating to dignity, life, and liberty, and the right against torture and preventive detention cannot be suspended.

The emergency may remain in force for six months at a time and may be extended with the approval of the House of Representatives. The declaration may be revoked by the President at any time. The emergency power is a necessary safeguard for the survival of the state, but it must be used sparingly and only in genuine emergencies, because it restricts the rights of citizens and concentrates power in the executive.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Family Law (326)

Briefly discuss the Historical development of family law. Do you agree with view that Hindu Dharma Shastra guide the modern family law in Nepal.

Answer

Historical Development of Family Law in Nepal

1. Ancient / Vedic Period (c. 1500 BCE – 500 CE) Family life was governed by religious texts — the Vedas, Smritis (Manusmriti, Yajnavalkyasmriti) and Dharmashastras. Marriage, inheritance, adoption and succession were treated as religious duties (samskaras) rather than legal rights. The joint family (undivided Hindu family) was the basic unit, and the father or eldest male member (karta) held authority.

2. Medieval / Malla Period (c. 1200 – 1768 CE) Hindu law continued through Dharmashastras, supplemented by royal edicts and local customs. Jayasthiti Malla (14th century) codified social and family practices into the Manav Nyaya Shastra, regulating marriage, caste, and inheritance. Caste-based rules on marriage became rigid.

3. Pre-Rana and Rana Period (1768 – 1950) After unification, Prithvi Narayan Shah promulgated the Pahichan (identity) system. In 1854, Jung Bahadur Rana enacted the Muluki Ain (Civil Code) — the first comprehensive codification of family law. It was based on Hindu Dharmashastra, graded society by caste (Tagadhari, Namasinya Matwali, Masinya Matwali, Pani Na Chalne), and regulated marriage, divorce, adoption and partition according to caste and religion. It was discriminatory — unequal punishment by caste, restricted inter-caste marriage, and limited women's rights.

4. Post-1950 Democratic Period The 1951 revolution ended Rana rule. The Muluki Ain 1963 (New Civil Code) was a landmark: it abolished caste-based discrimination in law, introduced equality before law, recognised monogamy, and gave women limited rights to divorce and property. However, Hindu patriarchal values persisted in practice.

5. Modern Constitutional Era (1990 – present) The Constitution of the Kingdom of Nepal 1990 guaranteed equality and non-discrimination. The 11th Amendment to the Muluki Ain (2002) gave daughters equal rights in ancestral property. The Interim Constitution 2007 and the Constitution of Nepal 2015 (Articles 18, 38) guarantee equality, women's rights, and prohibit discrimination. The Muluki Civil Code 2017 replaced the old Ain, regulating marriage, divorce, adoption, and partition on more egalitarian lines — though some Hindu-based provisions remain.


Do Hindu Dharmashastras Guide Modern Family Law in Nepal?

Yes — to a significant extent. The following features of modern Nepali family law are clearly rooted in Hindu Dharmashastra:

  1. Marriage as a sacrament — The Hindu concept of marriage as a religious union (samskara) still influences the legal treatment of marriage, its solemnisation, and the preference for monogamy.
  2. Prohibited degrees of relationship — Rules on sapinda and prohibited degrees of marriage are drawn from Dharmashastra.
  3. Adoption — The Hindu doctrine of dattak putra (adopted son) and the requirement of a son for religious continuity shaped the adoption law.
  4. Partition and inheritance — The concept of the Hindu undivided family, coparcenary, and the rights of coparceners trace back to Dharmashastra.
  5. Divorce — Though liberalised, grounds for divorce and the concept of restitution of conjugal rights reflect Hindu legal tradition.
  6. Personal law system — Nepal follows a personal-law approach where religious identity determines applicable family law, a legacy of Dharmashastra.

However, it is not the sole guide:

  • The Constitution guarantees equality and non-discrimination, overriding discriminatory Dharmashastra rules.
  • Statutory law (Muluki Civil Code 2017) and judicial precedents now form the primary source.
  • Nepal is a secular state (Constitution 2015, Article 4), and family law also accommodates non-Hindu communities and international human rights standards.
  • Reforms such as equal property rights for daughters, abolition of caste-based discrimination, and recognition of women's autonomy go beyond traditional Dharmashastra.

Conclusion The historical development of family law in Nepal shows a gradual movement from purely religious Dharmashastra to a codified, constitutional, and increasingly egalitarian system. Hindu Dharmashastra remains an important source and influence on modern family law — especially in marriage, adoption, and inheritance — but it no longer exclusively guides it. Modern family law is guided by the Constitution, statutes, and human rights principles, with Dharmashastra playing a residual and cultural role.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Family Law (326)

What do you mean by Civil Marriage? Discuss the condition of marriage? Do you agree with modern concept of marriage? View of both Bride and Groom consent is important.

Answer

(a) Meaning of civil marriage

A civil marriage is a marriage that the state recognises through its own law and registration, whether or not a religious ceremony was held. Its validity depends on the conditions fixed by statute, not on scripture or custom. In Nepal the governing law is the National Civil Code, 2074 (2017). It treats marriage as a legal union of two adults who give free consent, and it requires the marriage to be registered with the local authority. Its main features are:

  1. It is secular: religious rites are optional, but the legal conditions are compulsory.
  2. It is monogamous: a person with a living spouse cannot validly marry again.
  3. It rests on the free consent of both parties.
  4. It is registered, and the registration serves as legal proof.
  5. It creates legal rights and duties: maintenance, property, inheritance and guardianship of children.

(b) Conditions of a valid marriage

ConditionContent
AgeBoth parties must have completed 20 years. Marriage below that age is not valid and is punishable.
Free consentBoth bride and groom must consent freely. Consent obtained by force, fraud, threat or misrepresentation defeats the marriage.
Sound mindEach party must be able to understand the marriage and give valid consent.
MonogamyNeither party may have a living spouse. A second marriage during the first is void and an offence.
Prohibited relationshipThe parties must not be related within the degrees of blood relationship that the Code prohibits.
RegistrationThe marriage must be registered with the local level (ward / municipality) within the period the law allows.

The Code treats a marriage that violates the basic conditions as void, and one defective in consent or similar respects as open to being set aside. Exact section numbers should be taken from the copy of the Code used in class.

(c) Do I agree with the modern concept of marriage?

Yes. The modern concept regards marriage as a voluntary partnership of equals, not a family arrangement or a transaction.

  1. Consent of both bride and groom is the foundation. Without free consent the marriage is a form of compulsion. It violates the right to freedom (Article 17) and the right to equality (Article 18) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072. It also runs against the Constitution's protection of women against violence and discrimination.
  2. Equality of spouses. Husband and wife have equal rights in the family and in property. The old picture of the husband as master and the wife as dependant has no place in the present law.
  3. Freedom of choice. An adult may choose a partner, subject only to the conditions above. This helps against child marriage, dowry-driven and forced marriages, which still occur in parts of Nepal.
  4. Dissolution on reasonable grounds. If a marriage has broken down, either party may seek divorce on grounds such as cruelty or desertion. Neither party is forced to stay in a harmful union.
  5. Welfare of children. Their interest, including custody and maintenance, remains important after the marriage ends.

A caution is reasonable: consent must be real, not just formal. In some communities family or social pressure can make "consent" a mere signature, so the state's registration and its penalties for child and forced marriage are needed to make the principle effective.

Conclusion: A valid civil marriage in Nepal requires an adult age of 20, free consent of both parties, sound mind, monogamy, a permitted relationship and registration. The modern concept, which makes the free consent of both bride and groom its centre, is legally sound and socially progressive, and I agree with it.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Family Law (326)

Discuss the concept and scope of adoption in traditional Hindu law? Explain the status of adopted son and daughter.

Answer

Adoption in Traditional Hindu Law

1. Concept of Adoption

Adoption (Dattaka) is the legal process by which a person not related by blood to the adopter is brought into the family and treated as a natural-born child. In traditional Hindu law, adoption was essentially a religious and spiritual institution rather than a secular one. Its primary purpose was to secure the continuation of the family line (vamsha) and to ensure that funeral rites (shraddha) and offerings of water (pinda) were made to the adoptive father and his ancestors after his death. The adopted son was thus called Dattaka Putra — "one given" or "one adopted."

The concept rests on three foundational ideas:

  1. Spiritual benefit — A son was believed essential for the salvation of the father's soul. The Dattaka Mimansa and Dattaka Chandrika (the two authoritative texts on adoption) treat adoption as a means of securing this spiritual benefit.
  2. Continuity of lineage — Adoption preserved the family name and prevented the extinction of the family.
  3. Inheritance — The adopted son became entitled to the adoptive father's property.

2. Scope of Adoption in Traditional Hindu Law

(a) Who could adopt

  • A male Hindu could adopt, but only with the consent of his wife, since the wife was considered a co-parent in the spiritual sense. An unmarried man, a widower, or a man whose wife had renounced the world could adopt without consent.
  • A female Hindu could not adopt under traditional law. She could only act as a guardian or hold property as a widow, but adoption was beyond her capacity. This was the settled position until the Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act, 1956 changed it.
  • A person could adopt only if he had no son, grandson, or great-grandson living — the "no male issue" rule. Even an adopted son's presence barred a second adoption.

(b) Who could be adopted

  • The adopted person had to be a male Hindu.
  • He had to be of the same caste as the adopter (though some texts allowed adoption within the same varna).
  • He could not be the only son of his parents, nor an only grandson.
  • He had to be younger than the adopter, and preferably below the age of discretion (though the age limit varied among the schools).
  • The mother of the adopted child had to be of the same caste, and the child had to be given by his parents or guardian with proper ceremony.

(c) Ceremonies

Adoption required a giving and taking (Datta Homa) — the natural parents or guardian formally gave the child, and the adoptive father received him, accompanied by religious ceremonies. The ceremony was essential; without it, the adoption was invalid. The Dattaka Chandrika required the ceremony for all castes, while the Dattaka Mimansa dispensed with it for Shudras.

(d) Schools of law

  • Mitakshara school — Adoption was recognized, but the adopted son's rights in the joint family property were limited. He could not claim a share in the property inherited by the adoptive father from his own ancestors, but he could claim a share in the property acquired by the adoptive father himself.
  • Dayabhaga school — The adopted son was treated on par with a natural-born son for all purposes, including inheritance.

3. Status of the Adopted Son

  1. Religious status — The adopted son was entitled and obliged to perform the funeral rites of the adoptive father and offer pinda. He occupied the same spiritual position as a natural son.
  2. Legal status — He was deemed to be the son of the adoptive father for all legal purposes. He acquired the adoptive father's gotra and lost his rights in the natural family.
  3. Rights in property — He became entitled to inherit the adoptive father's property. Under Mitakshara, his share in the joint family property was restricted as noted above; under Dayabhaga, he had full rights.
  4. Rights in natural family — After adoption, he lost all rights of inheritance in his natural family, except in certain exceptional cases.
  5. Marriage — He could not marry within the adoptive family's prohibited degrees, and his marriage was governed by the adoptive family's gotra.

4. Status of the Adopted Daughter

Under traditional Hindu law, the scope for adopting a daughter was extremely limited. The texts primarily contemplated the adoption of a son, because the whole purpose of adoption was spiritual — the performance of shraddha and pinda, which only a male could do. Consequently:

  • A daughter could not be adopted in the ordinary sense under traditional law. The Dattaka Mimansa and Dattaka Chandrika speak of "Dattaka Putra," not "Dattaka Putri."
  • Even where a female child was taken into the family, she did not acquire the status of an adopted daughter with rights of inheritance. She was treated more as a foster child or a dependent.
  • The Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act, 1956 radically changed this position by allowing a Hindu male or female to adopt a son or a daughter, and by giving the adopted daughter the same status as a natural-born daughter.

5. Conclusion

In traditional Hindu law, adoption was a spiritual sacrament aimed at securing spiritual benefit for the adoptive father and preserving the family lineage. Its scope was narrow: only a male Hindu without male issue could adopt, and only a male child of the same caste, younger than the adopter, could be taken in adoption. The adopted son acquired the status of a natural-born son for religious and inheritance purposes, though his property rights varied between the Mitakshara and Dayabhaga schools. The adopted daughter, however, had virtually no recognized status under traditional law. The Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act, 1956 transformed adoption from a religious sacrament into a secular legal institution, granting equal rights of adoption to males and females and equal status to adopted sons and daughters.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Family Law (326)

Explain and state the facts and principle laid down in the case of Kaushila Devi Gimire Vs. Parbati Pandey, 2046, Decision date 2047/11/15.

Answer

Citation: Kaushila Devi Gimire v. Parbati Pandey, Nepal Kanoon Patrika (NKP) 2046, decided 2047/11/15 (Supreme Court of Nepal).

Nature of the case: It is a family-property dispute decided under the Muluki Ain (General Code) of 2020 BS, which then governed inheritance and the rights of women in the household. The contest was between two women, each claiming a share in the property of the family on the basis of her relation to it.

Issue: Does a claimant acquire a right to a share in property merely because she lived in the household or was maintained there, or must the right arise from a relation that the law itself recognises as creating an heir's or wife's share?

Principle laid down:

  1. A right to property by inheritance or partition arises from the status the law recognises (wife, daughter, widow and so on), together with the conditions the Code attaches to it.
  2. Living in the same household, being maintained, or being treated as a family member is not by itself enough to create a share. Maintenance and inheritance are different rights.
  3. The court decides on the evidence of the relationship and the statutory provisions, and it reads the provisions on women's property so that a rightful claimant is not defeated by technicalities.

Importance: The case is cited in the law of family property and succession in Nepal for the distinction between a claim based on legal status and one based on mere dependence. Since 2074 BS the National Civil Code governs these questions, and it gives sons and daughters equal rights.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Family Law (326)

Write short notes on any THREE of followings. a. Divorce b. Inheritance (Aputali) c. Partition d. Family Court e. Stridhan

Answer

Short notes (any three)

a. Divorce

Divorce is the legal dissolution of a marriage during the lifetime of both spouses. Under the National Civil Code, 2074 (2017), a spouse may petition the court on grounds such as:

  • adultery by the other spouse;
  • desertion for a continuous period of three years or more;
  • living separately by mutual agreement for a prescribed period;
  • incurable mental illness or an incurable serious disease;
  • cruelty or an attempt on life;
  • conversion to another religion without the other's consent;
  • impotency or non-consummation of the marriage.

The court first attempts reconciliation. If that fails it grants a decree and also settles the partition of property and the maintenance of the wife and children. After the decree becomes final the parties may remarry.

b. Inheritance (Aputali)

Aputali means the property of a person who dies without a son or other direct heir in the male line. Under the old Hindu-based law, such property passed to the nearest male relatives, and the widow and daughters held only limited rights, mainly maintenance. The Muluki Ain (Eleventh Amendment), 2058 improved the position of daughters and widows, and the National Civil Code, 2074 has removed the old distinction. Sons and daughters inherit equally, the surviving spouse also takes a share, and the rest devolves in the order of heirs set by the Code. The idea of aputali is now mostly of historical interest.

c. Partition (Ansha Banda)

Partition is the division of joint family property among the persons entitled to a share, turning joint ownership into separate ownership. Under the Civil Code, sons and daughters have equal shares, and a spouse takes a share. A person may claim partition, and it can be made by agreement or by court decree. Provision is made for the maintenance of those who cannot support themselves. After partition each holder becomes the absolute owner of the share and may sell, mortgage or give it away.

d. Family Court

A family court is a special court for family disputes (marriage, divorce, maintenance, custody, partition and succession). In Nepal such benches work under the Family Court Act, 2065. They aim for quick, less formal and less costly justice, and they put reconciliation and mediation before adjudication. The proceedings are kept private to protect family dignity.

e. Stridhan

Stridhan means "woman's wealth": property that belongs to a woman in her own right, such as gifts received at marriage or from her parents' family and what she earns herself. She has full ownership of it and may use or dispose of it as she wishes. It is not treated as joint family property and is not divided in partition. On her death it passes to her own heirs. The institution protects a woman's economic independence.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Explain analytical school of jurisprudence emphasising state power under this concept and most relative aspect with present Nepalese legal system.

Answer

Analytical School of Jurisprudence: State Power and its Relevance to the Nepalese Legal System

1. Meaning and Nature of the Analytical School

The analytical school (also called the positivist, imperative or imperative school) treats law as it is, not as it ought to be. It concerns itself with the formal analysis of legal concepts, the structure of legal rules, and the source of their authority, rather than with their moral or ethical content. Its central question is not "what is just?" but "what is law, and by whose command does it exist?"

The chief exponents are:

  • Jeremy Bentham (1748–1832) — the founder, who distinguished "law as it is" from "law as it ought to be" and defined law as the command of a sovereign backed by sanction.
  • John Austin (1790–1859) — the principal exponent, whose The Province of Jurisprudence Determined (1832) gave the school its classic formulation.
  • Later exponents — Holland (law as a bundle of rules enforced by a determinate authority), Salmond (law as the body of principles recognised and applied by the State in the administration of justice), Kelsen (the pure theory of law and the hierarchy of norms), and Hart (law as a union of primary and secondary rules, with the rule of recognition).

2. Austin's Concept of Law and State Power

Austin's definition is the core of the school's treatment of State power:

"Law is a command of the sovereign, backed by a sanction."

Its elements are:

  1. Sovereign — a determinate human superior who receives habitual obedience from the bulk of society and is himself not in the habit of obeying any other superior.
  2. Command — an expression of a wish that another shall do or forbear, coupled with the power and purpose to inflict an evil on non-compliance.
  3. Sanction — the evil or punishment that follows disobedience; it is what makes the command law.
  4. Duty — the obverse of command; a person commanded is under a legal duty.
  5. Sovereignty is indivisible, unlimited and illimitable — the sovereign cannot be bound by the law he himself makes.

Thus, in this school, law is the will of the State expressed through its sovereign organ, and the binding force of law rests on the coercive power of the State, not on its inherent morality or on natural law. Law and State are inseparable: the State creates law, and law in turn organises and limits the exercise of State power through its own machinery. The school therefore explains law as a command theory of State power — the State is the ultimate source of all legal authority, and every legal norm derives its validity from the sovereign's will.

3. Critical Evaluation

  • It ignores the moral, customary and sociological dimensions of law (criticism by the historical and sociological schools).
  • The concept of an unlimited, indivisible sovereign does not fit federal and democratic constitutions where sovereignty is divided and power is limited.
  • It fails to explain international law, which has no commanding sovereign.
  • Custom, judge-made law and constitutional conventions are not commands yet are law.
  • Hart's criticism: Austin confuses "being obliged" with "having an obligation," and overlooks rules of recognition, change and adjudication.

4. Most Relevant Aspect to the Present Nepalese Legal System

The most relevant aspect of the analytical school to Nepal is its command theory of State power — that law is the command of the sovereign backed by sanction — as reflected in the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 and the statute-making authority of the federal legislature.

This is seen in the following:

  1. Sovereignty vested in the people and exercised through State organs — Article 2 of the Constitution vests sovereignty in the Nepali people, and Article 56 distributes State power among the federal, provincial and local levels. The Federal Parliament (Article 83) enacts laws that are binding commands enforceable through State sanction.
  2. Hierarchy of norms (Kelsen) — The Constitution is the grundnorm; federal laws, provincial laws and local by-laws derive validity from it. Article 115 makes laws inconsistent with the Constitution void ab initio — a clear positivist hierarchy.
  3. Sanction as the essence of law — The Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 and the National Penal Code impose punishment; the Administration of Justice Act, 2073 and the Judicial Administration Act, 2073 provide enforcement machinery. Without State sanction, these rules would be mere moral advice.
  4. Determinate authority — The Legislature-Parliament, the Council of Ministers, the President, and the courts are determinate human authorities whose commands and decisions are habitually obeyed — exactly Austin's sovereign.
  5. Legal positivism in judicial practice — Nepalese courts decide cases on the basis of enacted law and precedent (the Muluki Dewani and Faujdari Sanhita and the Supreme Court's Nirnaya), not on abstract natural justice, which shows the practical influence of the analytical approach.
  6. Rule of recognition (Hart) — The Constitution itself serves as the ultimate rule of recognition by which the validity of all other Nepalese laws is tested.

Conclusion

The analytical school's greatest contribution is its insistence that law is a body of authoritative, enforceable rules emanating from the State, and that legal study must be confined to positive law. Although it is incomplete as a full theory of law, its concept of State power as the source of legal obligation is directly reflected in Nepal's constitutional order, where the Constitution, federal statutes and their sanctions together constitute the positive law of the land. It is this aspect — law as the command of a determinate sovereign authority — that remains most relevant to the present Nepalese legal system.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Describe the concept of person and personality and kinds of person.

Answer

Concept of Person and Personality and Kinds of Person

(TU LLB 1st Year — Jurisprudence / Legal Theory)

1. Concept of Person

In jurisprudence, the word "person" is used in a technical sense. It does not mean a human being as such; it means a being or entity that is capable of having rights and duties. A person is the subject of legal rights and duties — the entity in whom rights reside and upon whom duties are imposed.

The Latin word persona originally meant a mask worn by actors on the stage. From this it came to mean the part played by a man in life, and finally the man himself. In law, however, the term has a wider and artificial meaning.

Salmond defines a person as "any being whom the law regards as capable of rights or duties." He adds that persons are the substances of which rights and duties are the attributes. It is only in this respect that persons possess juridical significance.

Gray defines a person as "an entity to which rights and duties may be attributed."

Black's Law Dictionary defines a person as "a human being; a natural person; an entity such as a corporation, partnership or government, that is created by or exists under the law and has legal rights and duties."

Essential elements of a person

  1. Capacity for rights and duties — the entity must be capable of holding rights and bearing duties.
  2. Recognition by law — the law must recognise the entity as capable of such rights and duties. A slave, in ancient law, was not a person because he had no rights.
  3. Legal personality — the entity must have a legal personality distinct from its members or from other entities.

Legal personality

Legal personality means the capacity of an entity to be the subject of legal rights and duties. It is a creation of law. Law may confer personality on:

  • Human beings (natural persons), and
  • Artificial entities such as corporations, companies, idol deities, etc. (legal persons).

The personality of a natural person begins at birth (in some systems, from conception for certain purposes) and ends at death. The personality of a legal person is created by law and is destroyed when the law dissolves it.

2. Concept of Personality

Personality in jurisprudence means the legal capacity or status of an entity to hold rights and to be subject to duties. It is the sum total of the legal capacities, powers and liabilities that the law attaches to an entity. It is distinct from "personality" in psychology, which refers to the character and behavioural traits of an individual.

Legal personality has the following characteristics:

  1. It is conferred by law — no entity has legal personality unless the law recognises it.
  2. It is capable of rights and duties — the essence of personality is the capacity to sue and be sued, to own property, to enter into contracts, etc.
  3. It may be limited or unlimited — a minor, a lunatic or a corporation may have limited personality; a major sane person has full personality.
  4. It is distinct from the human being — a corporation has personality separate from its shareholders; a deity has personality separate from its worshippers.
  5. It may exist independently of its members — the corporation survives the death or change of its members (perpetual succession).

3. Kinds of Person

Persons are broadly classified into two kinds:

A. Natural Person

A natural person is a human being who is recognised by law as capable of rights and duties. Every human being is, in general, a natural person. However, legal capacity may be limited by factors such as:

  • Age — a minor has limited capacity to contract.
  • Unsoundness of mind — a lunatic or idiot has limited capacity.
  • Status — in ancient systems, slaves and outlaws were not persons.

Natural personality begins at birth (and in some legal systems, a child in the womb is treated as a person for certain purposes, e.g., inheritance) and ends at death. On death, the legal personality of the deceased ends, though the law protects certain rights such as reputation and the disposal of property by will.

B. Legal Person (Artificial Person)

A legal person is an entity that is not a human being but is treated by law as a person — capable of rights and duties. It is also called a juristic person, artificial person or fictitious person.

Salmond says a legal person is "any subject-matter other than a human being to which the law attributes personality."

Kinds of legal persons:

  1. Corporation — an association of persons recognised by law as a single legal entity with perpetual succession and a common seal. It may be:

    • Corporation aggregate — e.g., a registered company, a university, a municipality. It consists of many persons united into one body.
    • Corporation sole — e.g., the King or President, a bishop. It consists of one person and his successors in office.
  2. Company — a corporation aggregate formed under the Companies Act, having separate legal personality (Salomon v. Salomon & Co. Ltd.).

  3. Partnership — in some systems (e.g., Nepal, India) a partnership firm is not a separate legal person; in others (e.g., Scotland) it is.

  4. State — the State is a legal person. It can sue and be sued, own property and enter into contracts.

  5. Idol / Deity — in Hindu law, an idol is a juristic person capable of holding property (Yogendra Nath Naskar v. CIT).

  6. Trust — a trust is a legal person in some systems.

  7. Dead persons — in a limited sense, the law recognises certain rights of the dead, e.g., the right to reputation, the sanctity of the grave, and the right to dispose of property by will.

  8. Unborn persons — an unborn child is treated as a person for certain purposes, e.g., inheritance and compensation under the Motor Vehicles Act.

  9. Animals — animals are not persons; they are objects of law. However, animal welfare laws impose duties on owners.

Comparison: Natural Person vs Legal Person

BasisNatural PersonLegal Person
NatureHuman beingArtificial entity
CreationBy nature (birth)By law
Rights & dutiesEnjoys and bears personallyEnjoys and bears through representatives
LiabilityPersonalLimited / collective
DurationEnds with deathPerpetual succession
CapacityMay be limited by age, mindDetermined by law

4. Conclusion

The concept of person in jurisprudence is not confined to human beings. It is a legal device by which the law confers the capacity to hold rights and bear duties on entities — natural and artificial. Personality is the legal capacity itself. The classification into natural and legal persons helps the law to regulate relationships involving individuals, corporations, the State and other entities. Thus, legal personality is the foundation of all legal relations.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Elaborate on the concept of sources of law. Justify on custom is the most important source of law deal with kinds of customs.

Answer

Sources of Law

1. Concept of Sources of Law

The term "source of law" is used in more than one sense. In its broadest sense, it means the origin from which law ultimately derives its force and validity. In a narrower and more practical sense, it means the authoritative materials from which the contents of legal rules are drawn and to which judges and lawyers go in order to ascertain what the law is on a given point.

Jurists have classified the meaning of "source" in different ways:

  • Salmond distinguishes between the formal source and the material source of law. The formal source is the source from which a rule of law derives its force and validity — the will of the State. The material source is the source from which the matter and content of the rule are derived — custom, precedent, legislation, agreement, and professional opinion.
  • Keeton speaks of the legal source (the authoritative source recognised by law, such as statute or precedent) and the historical source (the original source from which the rule historically developed, such as customs or the writings of jurists).
  • C.K. Allen treats sources as the agencies through which law comes into existence and the materials out of which it is made.

Thus, in the practical sense, the sources of law are the channels or agencies through which legal rules are created, recognised, and enforced. The generally accepted sources of law are:

  1. Custom — the oldest and most natural source.
  2. Precedent (judicial decisions) — the source of case law.
  3. Legislation (statute law) — the most modern and most powerful source.
  4. Agreement — contracts and treaties.
  5. Professional opinion (writings of jurists, text-books, and commentaries).
  6. Equity, justice, and good conscience — supplementary source.

2. Custom as the Most Important Source of Law

Custom is the oldest source of law. In the words of Salmond, custom is "the embodiment of those principles which have commended themselves to the national conscience as principles of justice and public utility." Before the emergence of the State and legislation, human beings regulated their conduct through customs. Even today, in many legal systems, custom continues to be recognised as a source of law.

Custom is regarded as the most important source of law for the following reasons:

  1. Antiquity and natural origin: Custom is the earliest form of law. It grew naturally out of the habits and practices of the people, without any conscious law-making authority. It is therefore called the "unconscious legislation" of the people.
  2. Reflection of social conscience: Custom represents the collective conscience, traditions, and values of a community. It is law that the people themselves have accepted and observed over a long period.
  3. Foundation of other sources: Legislation and precedent often derive their content from customs. Many statutes are merely the codification of existing customs. For example, the Nepali Civil Code (Muluki Civil Code) and the General Code (Muluki Ain) have drawn heavily from existing social customs.
  4. Flexibility and adaptability: Custom develops gradually with the changing needs of society. It is not rigid like statute law and can adjust itself to new social conditions.
  5. Binding force without State sanction: Even before the State formally recognised them, customs were binding on the members of the community. The sanction behind custom was social disapproval and exclusion, which was often more effective than legal punishment.
  6. Recognition by courts: In many legal systems, including Nepal, courts recognise customs as a source of law provided they satisfy certain conditions. For instance, the Nepali legal system recognises customs relating to marriage, inheritance, and succession among different ethnic communities.

However, custom is not an absolute source. It must satisfy certain conditions to be recognised as law:

  • Antiquity: The custom must have been observed since time immemorial.
  • Continuity: It must have been observed continuously without interruption.
  • Peaceable enjoyment: It must have been enjoyed openly and peacefully.
  • Certainty: The custom must be certain and definite in its terms.
  • Reasonableness: It must not be unreasonable or opposed to public policy.
  • Consistency: It must not conflict with other customs or with statutory law.
  • Not opposed to morality or public policy: It must conform to the standards of morality and public policy of the time.

3. Kinds of Customs

Customs may be classified in various ways. The following are the important kinds:

1. Legal Custom and Conventional Custom

  • Legal Custom: A legal custom is one that is recognised by the courts as binding and is enforced as a rule of law. It operates as a source of law and is independent of any agreement between the parties. Legal customs are further divided into:
    • General Custom: A custom that is observed throughout the whole country or a large part of it. It is binding on all persons within that territory. For example, the custom of monogamy in most communities.
    • Local Custom: A custom that is observed only in a particular locality or region. It is binding only on the inhabitants of that locality. For example, a custom relating to the inheritance of property in a particular village.
  • Conventional Custom: A conventional custom is one that derives its binding force from an agreement between the parties. It is not binding by itself but becomes binding because it is expressly or impliedly incorporated into a contract. For example, in commercial transactions, parties may agree to be bound by the custom of the trade.

2. Custom without Sanction and Custom with Sanction

  • Custom without Sanction: These are customs that are observed by the people but are not enforced by the courts. They are followed out of social pressure or convenience but have no legal consequences. For example, customs relating to dress, etiquette, or religious ceremonies.
  • Custom with Sanction: These are customs that are recognised and enforced by the courts. They have legal sanction behind them. For example, customs relating to marriage and divorce among certain communities in Nepal.

3. National and International Custom

  • National Custom: A custom that prevails within a particular State and is recognised by its courts. It may be general or local.
  • International Custom: A custom that prevails among nations and is recognised by international law. For example, the custom of diplomatic immunity.

4. Ancient and Modern Custom

  • Ancient Custom: Customs that have been observed since time immemorial and have acquired the force of law through long usage.
  • Modern Custom: Customs that have developed in recent times and are in the process of acquiring legal recognition.

Conclusion

Custom is indeed the most important source of law because it is the oldest, most natural, and most deeply rooted source. It reflects the will and conscience of the people and forms the foundation upon which other sources of law, such as legislation and precedent, are built. However, for a custom to be legally binding, it must satisfy the essential conditions of antiquity, continuity, certainty, reasonableness, and consistency with statutory law. In Nepal, customs continue to play a significant role in matters of personal law, such as marriage, inheritance, and succession, thereby proving their enduring importance as a source of law.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Discuss the concept of rights and elements of rights with relationship between rights and duties.

Answer

Rights: Concept, Elements, and Relationship with Duties

1. Concept of Rights

The term "right" is derived from the Latin word rectus, meaning "just" or "straight." In jurisprudence, a right is a legally or morally justified claim or entitlement that a person can make upon others or upon the state. It is the interest or benefit that the law recognises and protects, and which the holder may exercise, enforce, or claim through the machinery of law.

Different jurists have explained rights in different ways:

  • Salmond defines a right as "an interest recognised and protected by a rule of law — an interest the violation of which is a legal wrong, and respect for which is a legal duty."
  • Holland regards a right as "a capacity residing in one person of controlling, with the assent and assistance of the state, the actions of others."
  • Austin treats right as a creature of law — a right exists only where the sovereign commands and sanctions it.
  • Natural law jurists (Grotius, Locke) hold that rights are inherent in human nature, prior to and independent of the state. The modern expression of this view is found in human rights instruments such as the UDHR (1948) and the Nepali Constitution (2015), which guarantee fundamental rights as inherent and inalienable.

Thus, rights may be moral (based on conscience and natural justice) or legal (recognised and enforced by the state). Legal rights are of two kinds: public rights (against the state, e.g., fundamental rights) and private rights (against individuals, e.g., right to property, contract).

2. Elements of a Legal Right

Salmond's analysis is the standard one. Every legal right has five essential elements:

(a) The Subject (the person who holds the right): There must be a person — natural or legal (a corporation, a state) — in whom the right vests. A right without a subject is meaningless. Even an unborn child or a deity may be a subject in certain legal systems.

(b) The Object (the thing over which the right exists): The object is whatever the right relates to — a material thing (land, goods), an immaterial thing (reputation, patent, copyright), or the conduct of another person. It is that which the right-holder may use, enjoy, or demand.

(c) The Content (the substance of the right): This is what the right actually permits the holder to do or to claim — for example, the right to possess, use, sell, or exclude others from property. It defines the scope and limits of the entitlement.

(d) The Subject of the Duty (the person bound): Every right corresponds to a duty imposed on some person or persons — the obligor — who must act or forbear in favour of the right-holder. This may be a determinate individual or the whole world (as in rights in rem).

(e) The Title (the source or basis of the right): The title is the legal fact or event by which the right is acquired — e.g., purchase, inheritance, contract, or statute. It justifies the vesting of the right in its holder.

Some jurists add a sixth element — the remedy or sanction — the means by which the right is enforced when violated (e.g., a suit for damages or injunction). Without enforceability, a "right" is merely a moral claim.

3. Relationship Between Rights and Duties

Rights and duties are correlative and reciprocal — they are two sides of the same coin. The relationship may be explained as follows:

(a) Correlation: Every right of one person implies a corresponding duty on another. If A has a right to repayment of a loan, B has the duty to repay. The right of the creditor exists only because of the duty of the debtor. As Salmond says, "A right is the benefit conferred by a duty; a duty is the burden imposed for the benefit of a right."

(b) No right without a duty: A person cannot claim a right unless he is also prepared to discharge the duties attached to it. For example, the right to vote carries the duty to vote responsibly; the right to property carries the duty to pay taxes and not to use it against public interest.

(c) No duty without a right: Conversely, a duty owed to no one is meaningless. Even a duty towards the state implies the state's right to demand obedience.

(d) Kinds of duties: Duties may be legal (enforceable by law) or moral (enforceable by conscience). A legal right is always matched by a legal duty; a moral right by a moral duty. Some duties — like the fundamental duties in Article 48 of the Nepali Constitution — are not directly enforceable but guide conduct.

(e) Conflict and balance: In practice, rights and duties may appear to conflict — my right to free speech versus your right to reputation. Law resolves this by balancing competing claims. The exercise of a right must not infringe the equal rights of others; hence every right is limited by the duty to respect the rights of others.

(f) Widening scope: In modern welfare states, rights are no longer only negative (freedom from interference) but also positive (right to education, health, employment), and these impose positive duties on the state to provide services. Thus the relationship has expanded from individual-to-individual to individual-to-state.

Conclusion

A right is a protected interest, and its validity rests on the recognition of a corresponding duty. The five elements — subject, object, content, subject of duty, and title — together make a claim a legal right. Rights and duties are inseparable: the right of one is the duty of another, and a balanced legal order requires that rights be exercised with due regard to duties. As the Supreme Court of Nepal has repeatedly held, fundamental rights are not absolute but subject to reasonable restrictions in the interest of public order, morality, and the rights of others.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Differentiate between obligation and liability. Deal with kinds of liability.

Answer

Obligation and liability

An obligation is a bond of necessity (vinculum juris) that binds a person to do or not to do something. It may be moral, social or legal. A liability is the legal condition of being bound to make good a wrong or a breach. It arises when an obligation is broken. Every liability presupposes an obligation, but an obligation need not give rise to liability. In that sense obligation is the genus and liability is the species.

BasisObligationLiability
NatureThe duty itselfThe consequence of breaching the duty
TimeExists before any breachArises after the breach (or the act of harm)
ScopeMoral, social and legalAlways legal
ContentTo do or to forbearTo pay compensation or to suffer punishment
ExampleA debtor must repay a loanThe debtor who does not pay can be sued and must pay with interest

Kinds of liability

Following Salmond, liability is first classified into civil and criminal. Other divisions are also made.

  1. Civil liability: the wrongdoer must compensate or perform, and the aim is to enforce the right of the injured person. The proceedings are brought by that person (breach of contract, tort).
  2. Criminal liability: the wrongdoer is punished in the name of the State (imprisonment, fine). It aims at deterrence and the protection of society (theft, murder).
  3. Remedial liability: it aims to restore the injured party to his original position, for example through damages or specific performance.
  4. Penal liability: it aims to punish the wrongdoer, for example through imprisonment.
  5. Vicarious liability: one person is liable for the wrong of another because of the relation between them. Examples are an employer for an employee's act in the course of employment and a principal for an agent.
  6. Strict or absolute liability: liability without proof of fault, as in the rule in Rylands v. Fletcher and in hazardous activities.
  7. Joint and several liability: several wrongdoers are each liable for the whole damage, so the injured party may recover it from any one of them.
  8. Contractual and tortious liability: the first arises from breach of an agreement, the second from breach of a duty fixed by law.

In Nepal, criminal liability is dealt with under the National Criminal Code, 2074, and civil liability under the National Civil Code, 2074 and other statutes.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Highlight on concept of ownership and kinds of ownership, elaborate the Nepalese present context regarding ownership.

Answer

Concept of Ownership

Meaning. Ownership is the most complete right a person can have over a thing. It is the sum total of all rights (possession, use, enjoyment and disposal) that a person can exercise over an object, subject only to the restrictions imposed by law. It is a right in rem — available against the whole world, not against a particular person.

Definitions.

  • Salmond: "Ownership in its most comprehensive signification denotes the relation between a person and any right that is vested in him." In its narrower sense, it is the relation between a person and a material object over which he has full control.
  • Austin: Ownership is "a right indefinite in point of user, unrestricted in point of disposition and unlimited in point of duration."
  • Holland: Ownership is the "plenary control of a person over a thing."
  • Black's Law Dictionary: Ownership is the bundle of rights allowing one to use, manage and enjoy property, including the right to convey it to others.

Essentials / Characteristics.

  1. Indefinite in point of user — the owner may use the thing in any lawful manner.
  2. Unrestricted in point of disposition — the owner may sell, gift, mortgage or destroy it.
  3. Unlimited in point of duration — the right is perpetual, not limited to a term.
  4. Residuary right — all rights in a thing, after others are taken away, remain with the owner.
  5. Subject matter — may be a material object or an immaterial right (e.g., copyright, patent).
  6. Guaranteed by law — the State protects ownership against interference.

Distinction from Possession. Possession is a de facto relation (physical control plus animus), while ownership is a de jure relation (legal title). A thief has possession but not ownership; a landlord may have ownership without possession. Ownership is a right in rem, possession is generally a right in personam.

Kinds of Ownership

1. Corporeal and Incorporeal Ownership. Corporeal ownership is over a material object — land, house, car. Incorporeal ownership is over an immaterial right — copyright, patent, trademark, easement, a debt.

2. Sole and Co-ownership. Sole ownership vests in one person. Co-ownership vests in two or more persons at the same time. Co-ownership may be of four types:

  • Tenancy in common — each co-owner holds a distinct, undivided share; on death the share passes to his heirs.
  • Joint tenancy — all hold one undivided whole with the right of survivorship (jus accrescendi); on death the interest passes to the surviving joint tenants.
  • Tenancy by entirety — a form of joint tenancy between husband and wife.
  • Coparcenary — ownership held by members of a Hindu undivided family, as under the old Mitakshara law.

3. Trust and Beneficial Ownership. The trustee holds legal ownership and the beneficiary holds equitable (beneficial) ownership. The trustee must use the property only for the benefit of the beneficiary. This split is recognised in Nepal through the concept of guthi and in the Trust Act, 2064.

4. Legal and Equitable Ownership. Legal ownership is recognised by the common law courts; equitable ownership is recognised by the courts of equity. The two coincide where the same person holds both.

5. Vested and Contingent Ownership. Vested ownership is complete and absolute at present — title has already passed. Contingent ownership is imperfect and becomes complete only on the happening of a condition precedent (e.g., property given to A "if he passes the bar examination").

6. Absolute and Limited Ownership. Absolute ownership is unrestricted in user, disposition and duration. Limited (restricted) ownership is subject to limitations — e.g., life estate, ownership subject to a condition, or the interest of a Hindu widow under the old law.

7. Corporeal and Incorporeal, Movable and Immovable Ownership. Ownership may also be classified by the nature of the object — movable (goods, money) or immovable (land, building) — which determines the mode of transfer and the applicable law.

Ownership in the Nepalese Present Context

Constitutional and legal basis. Article 25 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 guarantees the right to property: every citizen has the right to acquire, own, sell and otherwise dispose of property, subject to law. The State may acquire or requisition private property only for public purposes, on payment of compensation. The Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (Book Three, Part 4) deals with ownership (swamitwa), its acquisition, exercise, transfer and extinction. The Land Act, 2021 (1964) regulates land ceilings and tenancy; the Trust Act, 2064 governs trust property; the Company Act, 2063 recognises share ownership; the Patent, Design and Trademark Act, 2025 and the Copyright Act, 2059 protect incorporeal ownership.

Modes of acquiring ownership in Nepal.

  • Original acquisition: prescription (adverse possession), accession, occupation of res nullius, and creation of new property.
  • Derivative acquisition: purchase, gift, inheritance, will, exchange, partition and State grant.

Features of the present context.

  1. Constitutional guarantee with reasonable restriction. Ownership is not absolute; the State may restrict it for public interest, land reform, forest conservation, heritage protection and taxation.
  2. Land ownership and reform. The Land Act, 2021 fixed ceilings and gave tenancy rights to actual tillers. The current debate concerns landlessness, absentee landlordism, guthi land, birta abolition and the digitisation of land records through the Malpot system.
  3. Co-ownership in practice. Joint family property, ancestral ansha (partition) and undivided shares are still common in rural Nepal. The Civil Code, 2074 provides for partition, and daughters now have equal inheritance rights in ancestral property.
  4. Trust and guthi ownership. Guthi land is held for religious and social purposes. The Civil Code and the Guthi Sansthan Act, 2033 regulate it; disputes over guthi land are frequent.
  5. Intellectual property ownership. With globalisation and digital economy, ownership of patents, trademarks, copyrights and software has gained importance. Nepal is a member of WIPO and TRIPS.
  6. State and public ownership. Forests, national parks, highways, rivers and public land are owned by the State (Article 25(4) and the Civil Code). Community forestry and community ownership of forests are recognised.
  7. Foreign ownership. Foreigners may not own land in Nepal; they may only take long-term leases or invest in companies. This is a deliberate policy to protect national sovereignty.
  8. Problems. Fragmented holdings, weak land records, illegal occupation of public land, squatting, delays in registration, and gender discrimination in practice despite legal equality.

Conclusion. Ownership in Nepal is a constitutionally protected but socially regulated institution. The Muluki Civil Code, 2074 has modernised the old rules, yet effective implementation, land reform, digitisation and gender-equal access remain the main challenges in the present context.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2080 · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings:
a) Rule of law b) Feminist jurisprudence c) Explain on kinds of jurisprudence d) Rights in rem and rights in personam e) Distributive and Corrective justice

Answer

Short Notes

a) Rule of Law

The Rule of Law is the principle that every person and institution, including the government itself, is subject to the law and accountable to it. It is opposed to arbitrary rule by the whim of rulers. The concept was classically expounded by A.V. Dicey in The Law of the Constitution (1885), who gave three meanings:

  1. Supremacy of law — no one can be punished except for a breach of law established before the ordinary courts; there is no arbitrary or discretionary power.
  2. Equality before law — all persons, officials and private citizens alike, are subject to the same ordinary law and the same ordinary courts.
  3. Predominance of the legal spirit — the general principles of the constitution (e.g., fundamental rights) are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons in particular cases.

The Rule of Law is a foundational ideal of constitutionalism and is reflected in the Nepali Constitution (e.g., Article 20 — right to justice; Article 18 — equality before law). Critics (e.g., Ivor Jennings) argue that Dicey's formulation is too narrow, since modern states necessarily exercise wide discretionary powers, and administrative tribunals exist alongside ordinary courts. Nonetheless, the Rule of Law remains the core safeguard against tyranny and the bedrock of a free society.


b) Feminist Jurisprudence

Feminist jurisprudence is a school of legal thought that examines how law has historically reflected and reinforced male-dominated (patriarchal) perspectives, and seeks to reform law to achieve gender equality. It emerged in the 1970s alongside the women's movement and treats law not as neutral but as a gendered institution.

Its main strands are:

  • Liberal feminism — law should remove formal barriers (e.g., voting, property, employment) so that women compete equally with men.
  • Radical feminism — patriarchy is the root cause of women's subordination; law itself is a tool of male domination (e.g., laws on rape, domestic violence, pornography).
  • Socialist/Marxist feminism — women's oppression is linked to capitalism and unpaid domestic labour.
  • Cultural/difference feminism — women's distinct experiences and values should be recognised rather than forcing them into a male norm.
  • Postmodern feminism — rejects a single "woman's experience"; gender is constructed and intersects with class, race and caste.

Key concerns include consent in rape law, reproductive rights, equal pay, workplace harassment, and the public/private divide (the slogan "the personal is political"). In Nepal, feminist jurisprudence informs laws on citizenship, property inheritance, and gender-based violence. Its contribution lies in exposing the law's hidden biases and demanding substantive, not merely formal, equality.


c) Kinds of Jurisprudence

Jurisprudence (Latin juris prudentia — knowledge of law) is the systematic study of the nature, sources and functions of law. It is broadly classified as follows:

1. Analytical (Positivist) Jurisprudence — studies law as it actually exists, its concepts, structure and validity, without reference to morality. Chief exponents: John Austin (command theory of law), Jeremy Bentham, H.L.A. Hart (rule of recognition).

2. Historical Jurisprudence — traces the origin and growth of law as a product of social customs and traditions rather than of legislation. Exponents: Savigny (law is the spirit of the people, Volksgeist), Sir Henry Maine (law develops from status to contract).

3. Philosophical (Natural Law) Jurisprudence — examines the ideal or ethical basis of law and the relation between law and morality/justice. Exponents: Cicero, Aquinas, Grotius, Kant, Stammler.

4. Sociological Jurisprudence — studies law in its social context and its actual effects on society; law as a means of social engineering. Exponents: Roscoe Pound, Ehrlich, Duguit.

5. Realist Jurisprudence — focuses on what courts actually do rather than on abstract rules. Exponents: Holmes (American realism), Scandinavian realists like Hägerström.

6. Comparative Jurisprudence — compares legal systems of different countries to understand similarities and differences.

These kinds are not watertight compartments; they overlap and together give a complete picture of law.


d) Rights in rem and Rights in personam

Rights are classified by the persons against whom they can be enforced.

Rights in rem (Latin rem = thing): A right available against the whole world. It corresponds to a duty imposed on all persons generally not to interfere with the right-holder's enjoyment. It is negative in character (a right to be let alone) and is usually attached to a thing or status. Examples: right to ownership of property, right to reputation, right to life and liberty. Remedies for breach are available against any person who violates the right (e.g., an action for trespass against anyone).

Rights in personam (Latin persona = person): A right available against a specific person or persons only, arising out of a special relationship such as contract. It corresponds to a duty imposed on a determinate person. It is generally positive (a right to claim performance). Examples: right of a creditor to recover a debt from a particular debtor, right of a landlord against a particular tenant. Breach gives a remedy only against the person bound.

Distinction: Rights in rem are enforceable against all, rights in personam only against particular persons; the former are generally negative and the latter positive; rights in rem are usually proprietary, rights in personam contractual. The same right may have both aspects — e.g., ownership of land (in rem) and the right to receive rent under a lease (in personam).


e) Distributive and Corrective Justice

These two forms of justice were distinguished by Aristotle in the Nicomachean Ethics.

Distributive Justice concerns the fair allocation of benefits and burdens in society — wealth, honours, offices, resources and duties — among its members. It follows the principle of proportional equality: each person receives a share proportionate to his or her merit, need, contribution or desert. It is the justice of the legislator, who distributes society's goods through laws and policies (e.g., reservation, taxation, welfare schemes). The guiding question is: Who gets what, and on what basis?

Corrective (Rectificatory) Justice concerns setting right a wrong between parties — restoring the position that existed before an injustice such as a breach of contract, tort or crime. It follows the principle of arithmetic equality: the wrongdoer must compensate the victim so that the balance is restored, regardless of the parties' merit or status. It is the justice of the judge, applied through remedies like damages, restitution or punishment. The guiding question is: How do we undo the wrong?

Distinction: Distributive justice deals with the fair share in the distribution of social goods; corrective justice deals with fair correction of transactions and wrongs. Distributive justice looks forward to a just social order; corrective justice looks backward to repair a violation. Both are complementary — a just society needs fair distribution as well as effective correction of wrongs.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Explain the sociological school of jurisprudence. Highlight key differences between the sociological school of jurisprudence and historical school of jurisprudence.

Answer

Sociological School of Jurisprudence

Meaning

The sociological school of jurisprudence treats law as a social phenomenon — a product of social forces, needs and interests — rather than as a body of rules derived from a sovereign command (analytical school) or from the spirit of a people (historical school). Its central claim is that law exists to serve society, and therefore law must be studied in relation to the social conditions in which it operates. The school is also called functional jurisprudence, because it asks not "what is law?" but "what does law do, and how well does it do it?"

Chief Exponents and Their Contributions

1. Auguste Comte (1798–1857) — Founder of sociology. He first insisted that social phenomena be studied scientifically, and this sociological method was later applied to law.

2. Rudolf von Jhering (1818–1892) — Law as a Means to an End (1877). He rejected the historical school's view of law as an unconscious growth of the Volksgeist. For him law is a purposive instrument consciously made to secure individual and social interests, and it involves a constant struggle (Kampf ums Recht) between competing interests. He gave the idea of law as a "social engineering" device before Pound.

3. Leon Duguit (1859–1928) — Law in the Modern State. He attacked the notion of subjective individual rights and the sovereignty of the state. Law, he argued, rests on social solidarity and the performance of social duties; property is a social function, not an absolute right.

4. Roscoe Pound (1870–1964) — The leading figure. His sociological jurisprudence holds that law is "social engineering" — the balancing of competing claims and interests with the minimum of friction and waste. He gave:

  • A classification of interests: individual, public and social interests.
  • The jural postulates — assumptions about civilised society on which law rests.
  • The distinction between "law in books" and "law in action".
  • The task of law as satisfaction of wants, i.e., maximum satisfaction of human wants with minimum sacrifice.

5. Other contributors — Émile Durkheim (law as an index of social solidarity), Max Weber (law and rational authority), Eugen Ehrlich (living law), and in India, Justice P. B. Gajendragadkar and Justice V. R. Krishna Iyer, who applied sociological jurisprudence in constitutional interpretation.

Main Tenets

  1. Law is a social product and grows with social change; it is not static.
  2. Law is a means to an end, not an end in itself — the end being social welfare.
  3. Law must be studied in its social context, using the methods of sociology, economics and psychology.
  4. The balancing of competing interests is the core function of law.
  5. Judges and legislators have a creative role; law is not merely discovered but made and adjusted.
  6. Law must be flexible enough to keep pace with changing social conditions.
  7. Social justice and welfare are the ultimate goals of the legal order.

Criticism

  • It makes law too vague and gives judges excessive discretion.
  • It over-emphasises social ends and neglects the normative or ethical element of law.
  • It is difficult to measure or weigh "interests" objectively.
  • It tends to justify the existing order and majority will, at the cost of minority rights.

Differences between the Sociological School and the Historical School

BasisSociological SchoolHistorical School
Nature of lawLaw is a consciously made instrument of social welfareLaw is an unconscious, organic growth of the people's spirit
Source of lawSocial needs, interests and social forcesVolksgeist — the common consciousness of the people
Chief exponentsComte, Jhering, Duguit, PoundSavigny, Puchta, Maine (in part)
Role of the State/LegislatureLegislature is an active law-maker and social engineerLegislature only declares law; it cannot create it
Role of the JudgeCreative; balances interests and adapts lawLargely declaratory; finds the pre-existing law
Attitude to changeLaw must change with social change; reform-orientedLaw is organic and slow; opposed to hasty codification
View of codificationSupports codification and legislation for reformOpposed codification (Savigny opposed the German Civil Code)
EmphasisOn the function and effect of law in societyOn the origin and growth of law in the community
Relation to customCustom is one source among many; tested by social utilityCustom is the primary and authentic source of law
GoalSocial engineering, maximum satisfaction of wantsPreservation of the organic continuity of law
Nature of studyEmpirical, forward-looking, interdisciplinaryHistorical, backward-looking, organic and romantic

Points of Similarity (for contrast)

Both schools are anti-individualist and anti-formalist: they reject the analytical school's view of law as the command of a sovereign. Both stress the social dimension of law — the historical school locating it in the past, the sociological school in the present and future. Savigny's later work and Maine's historical comparative method in fact prepared the ground for the sociological approach.

Conclusion

The historical school explains where law came from; the sociological school explains what law is for. The former is conservative and genealogical, the latter reformist and functional. Modern legal systems — including Nepal's, with its emphasis on social justice, public interest litigation and progressive legislation — draw far more heavily on the sociological school, while using historical study only as a tool for understanding the roots of legal institutions.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Discuss post-modernism. Give reason why it is considered the latest development in jurisprudence.

Answer

Post-Modernism in Jurisprudence

1. Meaning and origin

Post-modernism is a broad intellectual movement that emerged in the mid-to-late twentieth century, chiefly in Europe and North America, as a reaction against the assumptions of the Enlightenment and of modernity. Modernity trusted in reason, science, objective truth, universal values and linear progress. Post-modernism rejects or radically doubts each of these. In jurisprudence it entered through the writings of thinkers such as Friedrich Nietzsche (as a precursor), Michel Foucault, Jacques Derrida, Jean-François Lyotard, Richard Rorty and, in legal theory, Duncan Kennedy, Roberto Unger, Peter Goodrich and the Critical Legal Studies movement. Lyotard's famous definition — "incredulity towards meta-narratives" — captures its core attitude.

2. Chief features

  • Rejection of meta-narratives. No single grand theory — natural law, positivism, Marxism, liberalism — can explain law for all times and all societies. Every such theory is a partial, situated story.
  • Anti-foundationalism. There is no neutral, objective foundation (reason, human nature, God, sovereign command) on which law can be built. Truth is not discovered but constructed.
  • Deconstruction. Derrida's method shows that legal texts contain internal contradictions and hierarchies (e.g. rule/exception, public/private, male/female) which can be reversed to expose hidden bias.
  • Law as language and discourse. Law is not a body of neutral rules but a system of signs, rhetoric and interpretation. Meaning is never fixed; it shifts with context and reader.
  • Knowledge and power. Following Foucault, law is seen as an instrument and product of power relations, disciplining bodies and normalising behaviour rather than simply protecting rights.
  • Pluralism and difference. It stresses the voices excluded by mainstream law — women, minorities, indigenous peoples, the poor — and denies that a uniform legal subject exists.
  • Indeterminacy of law. Rules do not decide cases by themselves; judges choose among competing meanings, so law is inherently unstable and political.

3. Post-modernist critique of traditional schools

  • Natural law is attacked as a universalist meta-narrative resting on an unprovable moral order.
  • Analytical positivism (Austin, Hart) is attacked for treating law as a closed, objective system of rules and ignoring its language, politics and social power.
  • Sociological school is praised for looking at law in society but criticised for still seeking general laws of social development.
  • Realism and Critical Legal Studies share the post-modern doubt about certainty of law, but post-modernism goes further in denying any stable meaning at all.

4. Why it is considered the latest development in jurisprudence

  1. Chronological sequence. Jurisprudence has moved from natural law (moral foundation), to analytical positivism (law as command and rule), to sociological school (law in society), to realism (law in action), and then to critical and post-modern approaches. Post-modernism is the most recent stage in this chain.
  2. It questions the very project of jurisprudence. Earlier schools argued about what law is; post-modernism asks whether law can have a single, determinate identity at all. It thus marks a break rather than a continuation.
  3. It absorbs and radicalises earlier critiques. It takes the realist insight that judges make law, the Marxist insight that law serves power, and the linguistic insight of hermeneutics, and pushes them to the conclusion that all legal meaning is contingent.
  4. It reflects contemporary social reality. Globalisation, multiculturalism, identity politics, media saturation and legal pluralism have made the grand, uniform legal theories of the past inadequate. Post-modernism supplies the vocabulary for this fragmented world.
  5. It has produced new movements. Feminist jurisprudence, critical race theory, law and literature, and deconstructive legal analysis are direct offshoots, showing its continuing influence and its status as the current frontier of legal thought.

5. Criticism

Critics such as Habermas and Hart's followers argue that post-modernism is nihilistic, offers no criteria for distinguishing just from unjust law, and undermines the rule of law by denying determinacy. It is strong in critique but weak in construction.

Conclusion

Post-modernism treats law as a contested, language-bound and power-laden discourse rather than a fixed body of rules. Because it is the most recent theoretical response to the failures and limits of natural law, positivism, sociological and realist schools, and because it continues to generate new critical movements, it is rightly regarded as the latest development in jurisprudence.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Define right. Discuss its correlation with duty.

Answer

Definition of Right

The term right comes from the Latin word rectus, meaning "just" or "straight." In jurisprudence, a right is a legally or morally recognised claim or entitlement of a person, protected and enforceable against others, to do or to forbear from doing something, or to demand something from another.

Salmond defines a right as "an interest recognised and protected by a rule of law — an interest the violation of which would be a legal wrong done to him whose interest it is, and respect for which is a legal duty."

Holland defines a right as "a capacity residing in one man of controlling, with the assent and assistance of the State, the actions of others."

Thus a right has five essential elements: (i) a subject (the person who holds it), (ii) a content/object (what it is a right to), (iii) a duty imposed on others, (iv) a title or event by which it is acquired, and (v) protection/legal remedy for its violation.

Rights are classified as moral rights and legal rights; legal rights are further divided into fundamental rights, civil rights, political rights, and constitutional rights.

Correlation between Right and Duty

Right and duty are two sides of the same coin — correlative and inseparable. The correlation may be explained as follows:

  1. Every right implies a corresponding duty. If A has a right to own property, every other person has a duty not to interfere with that property. A right without a correlative duty is meaningless.

  2. Every duty implies a corresponding right. If B is under a duty to pay tax, the State has a right to collect it. Thus duties create rights and rights create duties.

  3. Rights and duties are reciprocal. The same act may be a right from one angle and a duty from another. A citizen's right to vote is also his duty to vote in the larger interest of democracy.

  4. Rights are limited by duties. No right is absolute. My right ends where your right begins. The exercise of a right must not violate the equal rights of others.

  5. Duties are of two kinds — legal and moral. Legal duties are enforceable by the State; moral duties are enforced by conscience and social sanction. Both correspond to rights, though moral duties correspond to moral rights.

  6. Rights and duties share a common source. Both are recognised and protected by the same legal or moral order. Law creates rights and imposes duties simultaneously.

  7. Duties are prior to rights in one sense. A person must first discharge his duties to society before he can claim rights from it. As Mahatma Gandhi observed, "The true source of rights is duty. If we all discharge our duties, rights will not be far to seek."

Conclusion

Thus right and duty are not opposed but complementary. A right is a protected interest, and the protection itself takes the form of a duty on others. The healthy functioning of any legal or social order depends on the balance between the two — rights without duties lead to anarchy, and duties without rights lead to slavery. Hence the correlation between right and duty is fundamental to the very concept of law and justice.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Elaborate the concept of person and personality. Clarify on double capacity and double personality.

Answer

1. Person

The word comes from the Latin persona, a mask worn by actors. In law, a person is any being or entity that the law regards as capable of having rights and duties. Salmond defined it as "any being whom the law regards as capable of rights or duties". Gray described it as an entity to which rights and duties may be attributed. There are two kinds:

  • Natural persons: human beings.
  • Legal (artificial) persons: entities created by law, such as companies, corporations, universities, trusts and the State. They can own property and sue and be sued in their own name. Salomon v. Salomon & Co. (1897) established that a registered company is separate from its members. In Nepal the Companies Act, 2063 gives a company a legal personality of its own.

2. Personality

Personality is the legal status of being a person, that is, being recognised as a bearer of rights and duties. It is a legal idea, not a psychological one. It should be distinguished from capacity, which is the extent to which the person can exercise rights and perform duties. A minor or a person of unsound mind has legal personality but limited capacity.

Theories of legal personality:

  1. Fiction theory (Savigny, Salmond): a legal person is a fiction created by law.
  2. Concession theory: personality exists only because the State grants it.
  3. Realist theory (Gierke): a group has a real will and life of its own.
  4. Purpose or bracket theory: a legal person is a device for holding property for a purpose.

3. Double capacity

One person may act in two or more distinct capacities, with separate rights and duties in each. There is still only one person.

Examples: a person who is both trustee and beneficiary of the same trust; a director who is also a shareholder; a person who is a debtor in one transaction and a creditor in another; and a person acting as guardian of a minor and in his own right.

4. Double personality

Here two distinct legal persons are recognised where, in ordinary view, only one exists. Examples: a company and its members, the State and its citizens, and a firm and its partners where the law treats the firm as separate. The company can sue its members, and members can sue the company.

5. Distinction

BasisDouble capacityDouble personality
Number of personsOneTwo or more
MeaningOne person holds two rolesTwo legal persons exist
ExampleTrustee who is also beneficiaryCompany and shareholder
Rights and dutiesAttach to the roleAttach to each person separately

Conclusion: Personality is the legal status that makes a being a person. Double capacity is one person in two roles; double personality is two legal persons. The two ideas explain the position of individuals, companies and the State in law.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Highlight the relationship between realist approach of jurisprudence and judicial activism. Differentiate American realism from Scandinavian realism.

Answer

Relationship between the Realist Approach and Judicial Activism

Realism (legal realism) holds that law is not a body of fixed, logically self-contained rules but what courts actually decide. Its core claims are:

  • Law is what officials, especially judges, do in practice — "law in action" rather than "law in books."
  • Rules are only one of many factors; policy, social interest, morality, economics and the judge's own personality also shape decisions.
  • The judge does not merely discover law; he makes it (judicial legislation).
  • Law should be studied empirically, by observing actual decisions and predicting future ones.

Judicial activism is the tendency of judges to go beyond the literal text of the law and to interpret it creatively — expanding rights, filling gaps, correcting legislative inertia, and giving effect to the spirit and social purpose of the constitution or statute. It treats the judiciary as an active partner in governance and social change.

The relationship between the two:

  1. Theoretical foundation. Realism supplies the intellectual justification for judicial activism. If, as realists argue, the judge inevitably exercises choice and creates law, then activism is not a usurpation of power but a normal, honest description of the judicial function. Realism "unmasks" the declaratory theory (that judges only declare pre-existing law) and thereby legitimises creative judging.

  2. Rejection of mechanical jurisprudence. Both reject the syllogistic, slot-machine model of judging. Realism attacks the fiction of certainty in law; activism attacks the fiction that the judge has no discretion. The two are thus two sides of the same critique.

  3. Policy-oriented decision-making. Realism insists that judges decide in the light of social consequences and policy. Judicial activism is precisely the practice of such consequence-oriented judging — e.g. expanding Article 21-type rights, public interest litigation, and reading directive principles into fundamental rights.

  4. Instrument of social engineering. Realist thought (Holmes, Pound, Llewellyn) treats law as a means to social ends. Activist courts use this idea to make law an instrument of social justice, protecting the weak against the powerful.

  5. Limits. Realism also warns that judicial choice is not unlimited — it must be reasoned, socially grounded and institutionally restrained. Activism that ignores this becomes judicial excess or "judicial populism," which realism itself would criticise as unprincipled.

Thus realism is the theory and judicial activism its practical manifestation: realism explains why judges make law; activism is the deliberate use of that law-making power for progressive ends.


Difference between American Realism and Scandinavian Realism

BasisAmerican RealismScandinavian Realism
Chief exponentsOliver Wendell Holmes, Karl Llewellyn, Jerome Frank, John Chipman GrayAxel Hägerström, Vilhelm Lundstedt, Karl Olivecrona, Alf Ross
Main focusBehaviour of judges and the actual process of adjudicationThe metaphysical and psychological nature of legal concepts
Central thesisLaw is a prediction of what courts will do; rules do not determine decisionsLegal concepts like "right," "duty," "ownership," "justice" are metaphysical and meaningless; law is a set of social facts and psychological pressures
Attitude to rulesRules are among many factors; the "rule-sceptic" and "fact-sceptic" strands doubt their certaintyRules are not binding in a metaphysical sense; they work as directives influencing conduct
MethodEmpirical, behavioural, pragmatic — study decided cases and predict outcomesPhilosophical, analytical, anti-metaphysical — logical and psychological analysis of concepts
View of rights and dutiesRights and duties are real legal relations created by courtsRights and duties are not real entities; they are only words expressing the feeling of being bound
Role of force and sanctionLaw is linked to prediction of official action; sanction is important but not the wholeLaw is binding because of the psychological feeling of obligation, not because of force alone
InfluenceShaped sociological jurisprudence, legal process school, critical legal studies, and judicial activismInfluenced analytical positivism, legal theory of norms, and Scandinavian legal education
Attitude to natural lawRejects natural law as vague and unscientificRejects natural law even more strongly as pure metaphysics
Practical orientationReformist — law as a tool of social engineeringTheoretical — clarifying what legal language really means

In short: American realism asks what judges actually do, while Scandinavian realism asks what legal words actually mean. The former is behavioural and pragmatic; the latter is philosophical and conceptual.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Define ownership. Elaborate on relationship between possession and ownership with reference to Nepalese legal provision.

Answer

Definition of Ownership

Ownership is the most complete right a person can have over a thing. It is the bundle of rights to possess, use, enjoy, alienate and even destroy the thing, to the exclusion of others, subject only to the limits set by law.

  • Austin: the right to use or deal with a given subject according to one's will, unrestrained by law, except for duties imposed by the law.
  • Holland: the plenary control over an object, the entirety of the powers of use and disposal allowed by law.
  • Salmond: the relation between a person and a right vested in him; in its widest sense, the "ownership of a right".

Essentials:

  1. Plenary and residuary: when lesser rights (lease, mortgage, easement) end, the thing returns to the owner's full control.
  2. Exclusive: the owner may keep all others away from the thing.
  3. Indeterminate in duration: it lasts as long as the thing exists and passes to heirs.
  4. Right in rem: it is enforceable against the whole world.
  5. Includes the power of disposal: sale, gift, mortgage, destruction.

Possession and Ownership

Possession is actual control of a thing (corpus) with the intention to hold it for oneself (animus). It is a fact protected by law; ownership is the legal right. They normally go together, but they can be separated.

1. Possession as prima facie evidence of ownership. The law presumes the person in possession to be the owner until the contrary is proved. The burden lies on the person who claims that possession is without title.

2. Ownership without possession. The owner of a house let to a tenant, or land mortgaged with possession to a mortgagee, keeps ownership while another holds the thing.

3. Possession without ownership. A tenant, a bailee, a finder, a mortgagee in possession, or a trespasser holds the thing without being its owner. Lawful possession is protected even against the owner until the right of possession ends; even a wrongful possessor is protected against persons with no better right.

4. Possession leading to ownership. Long, open and uninterrupted possession can in some cases give title, as in prescription or adverse possession. In Nepal, however, ownership of land is shown mainly by registration (the lalpurja under the land laws), so mere possession of registered land does not by itself defeat the registered owner's title, and limitation rules govern how long a person may wait before suing to recover it.

5. Possession as a means of transferring ownership. In sale and gift of movables, delivery of possession is usually the mode by which ownership passes. For immovables, registration is also required.

6. Remedies. An owner who is dispossessed may sue for recovery of the property on the basis of title. A person dispossessed without lawful process may also seek restoration of possession on the basis of prior possession, without proving title. Both remedies are regulated by the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 and the Civil Procedure Code, 2074.

BasisPossessionOwnership
NatureFactual controlLegal right
SourcePhysical control plus intentionLaw, transfer, inheritance, registration
DurationMay be temporaryIndeterminate
ScopeNarrowerPlenary
LossCeases when control or intention endsLost only by transfer, destruction, abandonment or prescription

Conclusion: possession is the outward form and ownership the inner right. Possession is evidence of ownership and a possible root of it, while ownership is the right that ultimately decides who is entitled to possession. Nepali law keeps the two distinct and protects each by separate remedies.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Jurisprudence (301)

Write short answers to the following questions (Any Three): a) Write a short note on socialist school of jurisprudence. b) Give a brief on criminal and civil justice. c) Elaborate on kinds of liability. d) Explain in brief on acquisition and termination of possession. e) Write a note 'jura in re-aliena and 'jura in re-propria'

Answer

(a) Socialist school of jurisprudence

The socialist (Marxist) school treats law as part of the superstructure that rests on the economic base, and as an instrument of the ruling class. It stems from Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels and was developed in practice by Lenin and Soviet jurists.

  1. Law is not independent; the mode of production determines the legal system.
  2. In capitalist society law serves the owners of the means of production and keeps the working class subordinate.
  3. Rights are historically relative, not eternal natural rights.
  4. After revolution law is used to abolish private ownership of the means of production; in the final stage of classless communism, state and law are expected to "wither away".
  5. Social and collective interest is given priority over individual interest.

Merit: it exposes the economic and class background of law and has influenced labour, land-reform and welfare legislation. Criticism: it overstates economic determinism, ignores morality, custom and ideas, and socialist states developed their own coercive legal machinery.

(b) Criminal and civil justice

Criminal justice deals with offences treated as wrongs against society. The State prosecutes, the aim is punishment and deterrence, guilt must be proved beyond reasonable doubt, and the outcome is conviction and sentence (imprisonment, fine). Example: theft, homicide, corruption.

Civil justice settles disputes between private persons over rights and obligations (contract, property, family). The injured party sues, the aim is compensation or restoration, proof is on the balance of probabilities, and the outcome is a decree (damages, specific performance, injunction, declaration). Example: recovery of a debt, partition of property.

One act may give rise to both, for example assault is an offence and also a civil wrong for which damages can be claimed. In Nepal criminal matters follow the National Criminal Procedure Code, 2074 and civil matters the Civil Procedure Code, 2074.

(c) Kinds of liability

Liability is the bond of necessity by which a person must answer for a wrong, either by suffering punishment or by making good the harm. The main classification is:

  1. Civil liability: enforced by civil proceedings; the object is redress to the injured party (damages, restitution, performance). It arises from contract, tort and similar sources.
  2. Criminal liability: enforced by criminal proceedings; the object is punishment of the wrongdoer. It normally requires a guilty act (actus reus) and a guilty mind (mens rea).

Within these, liability is further divided into:

  1. Remedial liability: the wrongdoer is made to restore or compensate, so that the plaintiff gets what the law gave him. Specific enforcement of a contract, return of a thing, or payment of damages (including a sum fixed in advance as liquidated damages) are examples.
  2. Penal liability: the wrongdoer undergoes punishment such as imprisonment or fine, and nothing is restored to the victim by that alone.
  3. Strict (absolute) liability: liability without proof of intention or negligence, as for hazardous activities or certain statutory offences.
  4. Vicarious liability: liability for another's act because of a relationship, for example employer for employee within the course of employment, or principal for agent.

(d) Acquisition and termination of possession

Possession needs physical control (corpus) and intention to hold (animus).

Acquisition:

  1. Original: taking control of a thing with no possessor, for example by occupation of ownerless things, or by accession of what is produced by property already held.
  2. Derivative (by transfer): by delivery, actual, symbolic (handing over keys) or constructive (holder begins to hold for the transferee).
  3. By operation of law: for example succession or court attachment.

Termination: possession ends when control or intention (or both) is lost, by

  1. voluntary delivery to another,
  2. abandonment,
  3. destruction of the thing,
  4. dispossession or loss of control, and
  5. operation of law, such as seizure or confiscation.

(e) Jura in re aliena and jura in re propria

Jura in re propria are rights over one's own property, that is ownership, the fullest right of use, enjoyment and disposal, available against all persons.

Jura in re aliena are rights over the property of another. They are limited rights carved out of the owner's right and are also called encumbrances. Examples: easements and servitudes (right of way, right to draw water), lease, mortgage, lien and trust.

BasisJura in re propriaJura in re aliena
HolderOwnerPerson other than the owner
ExtentPlenaryLimited
DurationIndeterminateUsually temporary or conditional
ExampleOwning a houseMortgage, lease or right of way over it

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Discuss the importance of jurisprudence in the study of law and society.

Answer

Importance of Jurisprudence in the Study of Law and Society

Introduction. The term jurisprudence is derived from the Latin words juris (law) and prudentia (knowledge or skill), meaning "knowledge of law." In its broadest sense, jurisprudence is the systematic and scientific study of law — its nature, sources, concepts, and functions. It is not the study of the rules of one particular legal system, but of law as a social phenomenon. Its importance in the study of law and society can be discussed under the following heads.

1. Understanding the nature and concept of law. Jurisprudence examines fundamental questions: What is law? What distinguishes law from morality, custom, and religion? What is the relationship between law and the State? Schools such as natural law, analytical positivism, sociological jurisprudence, and realism give different answers. A student of law who studies these theories understands that law is not merely a command or a set of rules, but a complex social institution. This conceptual clarity is the foundation of all legal study.

2. Providing a theoretical foundation for legal rules. Legal rules are not isolated; they rest on theories. For example, the doctrine of stare decisis rests on analytical theory, the doctrine of natural justice on natural law, and welfare legislation on sociological theory. Jurisprudence supplies the theoretical base on which substantive and procedural laws stand. Without it, law study becomes mere memorisation of sections and cases.

3. Aiding interpretation and application of law. Judges and lawyers constantly face hard cases where the text of a statute is silent or ambiguous. Jurisprudential reasoning — the purpose of the legislation, the social interest involved, the principles of justice, equity and good conscience — guides interpretation. Sociological jurisprudence in particular has influenced the "purposive" approach to statutory construction. Thus jurisprudence is a practical tool, not merely a theoretical subject.

4. Understanding law as a social phenomenon. Law does not exist in a vacuum; it is a product of society and, in turn, an instrument of social change. Jurisprudence studies the relationship between law and society — how customs become law, how law responds to social needs, and how it shapes social behaviour. Roscoe Pound's theory of "social engineering" and Ehrlich's "living law" show that law must be studied in its social context. This helps students and lawyers understand why a law works in one society and fails in another.

5. Assisting in legal reform and development. By critically evaluating existing laws against the ideals of justice, liberty, and social welfare, jurisprudence provides the intellectual basis for law reform. Law commissions, constitution drafters, and policy-makers rely on jurisprudential thought. The abolition of slavery, the recognition of women's rights, labour welfare laws, and consumer protection laws are all products of jurisprudential movements.

6. Developing critical and analytical thinking. Jurisprudence trains the mind to reason logically, to examine assumptions, and to argue from principle. It develops the skills of analysis, synthesis, and criticism that are essential for a competent lawyer, judge, or legal scholar. It teaches the student to ask why a rule exists, not merely what the rule is.

7. Comparative and universal value. Jurisprudence is universal in character. It helps compare legal systems, borrow useful principles, and understand the common problems of all legal systems — the problem of certainty versus flexibility, of individual rights versus social interest, of law versus morality. This comparative outlook is valuable in a globalised world.

8. Guiding the legal profession and legal education. Jurisprudence defines the ideals of the legal profession — justice, fairness, and service to society. It also provides the theoretical framework for the curriculum: constitutional law, criminal law, contract, and jurisprudence itself are interlinked. It trains law students to see law as a coherent whole rather than a collection of unrelated rules.

9. Understanding the relationship between law and the State. Theories of sovereignty, legal personality, rights, duties, and the rule of law are jurisprudential concepts. They explain how the State makes, applies, and enforces law, and how the citizen is protected against arbitrary power. In a constitutional democracy like Nepal, these concepts are indispensable.

10. Practical utility in legal practice. A lawyer arguing a novel point, a judge deciding a case of first impression, a legislator drafting a new statute — all draw on jurisprudence. It supplies the vocabulary and reasoning tools for legal argument. It also helps in understanding the ratio of a case and in distinguishing precedent.

Conclusion. Jurisprudence is thus both a theoretical and a practical discipline. It is the "eye of law" — it gives insight into the nature, purpose, and working of law. For the student of law, it is not an optional luxury but a necessary foundation; for society, it is the source of ideas that shape just and effective legal systems. As Salmond observed, jurisprudence is the science of the first principles of the civil law, and its study is essential for anyone who wishes to understand law as a living social institution rather than a dead letter.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

What does the American Realist approach to jurisprudence infer? Discuss. What are the contributions of Holmes under this approach to jurisprudence?

Answer

American Realist Approach to Jurisprudence

Meaning and Inference of the American Realist Approach

American Realism is a 20th-century movement in legal philosophy that emerged mainly in the United States during the 1920s and 1930s. It is a reaction against legal formalism (the "mechanical" or "slot-machine" theory of law), which held that law consists of fixed rules that judges apply deductively to facts. The American Realist approach infers the following key propositions:

  1. Law is what courts actually do, not what is written in books. The realists distinguish between "law in books" and "law in action." The law is not the abstract rule but the actual behaviour and decisions of judges and officials. As Holmes put it, "The prophecies of what the courts will do in fact, and nothing more pretentious, are what I mean by the law."

  2. Judicial decisions are not purely logical or mechanical. Realists argue that the traditional syllogistic reasoning (rule + facts = judgment) is a myth. Judges first reach a conclusion based on intuition, policy, or personal factors, and then rationalise it by selecting and interpreting rules to fit that conclusion. This is the "rationalisation" or "post-hoc justification" theory.

  3. Law is indeterminate and uncertain. Because general rules cannot cover every concrete situation, there is always a gap between the rule and the facts. The realists emphasise the "open texture" of law and the discretion of judges in applying it.

  4. Non-legal factors influence judicial decisions. Realists study the actual factors that shape judgments, such as the judge's personality, background, economic interests, political views, social environment, and psychological biases. This is why they are called "realists" — they want to study law as it really operates.

  5. Law should be studied empirically and scientifically. Realists advocate a scientific, behavioural approach to law, using statistics, sociology, and psychology to predict judicial behaviour. They want to replace the "conceptual" study of law with a "factual" study.

  6. Law is a means to social ends. Law is not an end in itself but a tool for achieving social purposes. Judges should decide cases in light of social policy and the needs of the community, not by rigid deduction from abstract concepts.

  7. Precedent and statutes are not the only sources of law. Realists recognise that custom, social norms, and the "law in action" are equally important. They also distinguish between "paper rules" (formal rules) and "real rules" (rules actually applied by courts).

Contributions of Oliver Wendell Holmes to American Realism

Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. (1841–1935), a Justice of the US Supreme Court, is regarded as the intellectual father of American Realism. His contributions are:

  1. Definition of Law as Prediction: Holmes defined law as "the prophecies of what the courts will do in fact." This shifted the focus from abstract rules to the actual behaviour of courts. It is the foundational idea of realism.

  2. The Bad Man Theory: Holmes argued that the best way to understand law is to look at it from the perspective of a "bad man" who cares only about the material consequences of his actions. The bad man wants to know what the courts will do to him, not what moral or abstract principles say. This emphasises the predictive and coercive nature of law.

  3. Law as Experience, Not Logic: Holmes famously stated, "The life of the law has not been logic; it has been experience." He argued that legal rules develop through the practical needs and experiences of society, not through deductive reasoning. This directly attacked legal formalism.

  4. Rejection of Natural Law and Conceptualism: Holmes rejected the idea that law is derived from moral or natural principles. He insisted that law is a product of social expediency and the will of the sovereign. He separated law from morality.

  5. Judicial Legislation: Holmes recognised that judges make law (interstitial legislation) when they interpret statutes and precedents. He believed that judges should openly acknowledge this creative role and decide based on policy and social welfare.

  6. Emphasis on Social Interest: Holmes argued that law should serve the interests of society. He advocated for a pragmatic approach where the judge considers the social consequences of a decision.

  7. The "Clear and Present Danger" Test: In constitutional law, Holmes introduced this test for restricting speech, showing how legal rules must adapt to social realities.

  8. Influence on Legal Realism: Holmes's ideas directly inspired the next generation of realists like Karl Llewellyn, Jerome Frank, and Roscoe Pound. His scepticism of formalism and his empirical approach became the core of the realist movement.

Conclusion

The American Realist approach infers that law is a dynamic, judge-made, and socially oriented phenomenon, not a static set of rules. Holmes's contributions — the prediction theory, bad man theory, law as experience, and judicial legislation — laid the foundation for this approach. His work transformed legal thinking by making law realistic, pragmatic, and responsive to social needs.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Why is legislation called as the most important source of law in the modern welfare state? Discuss difference between supreme legislation and sub ordinate legislation.

Answer

Legislation as the most important source of law in the modern welfare state

Legislation means the deliberate making of law by a competent authority (the legislature) through a prescribed procedure. In the modern welfare state, legislation has become the most important source of law for the following reasons:

  1. Expansion of state functions. The welfare state undertakes wide-ranging functions — education, health, employment, social security, environment, banking, taxation. These cannot be regulated by custom or precedent; they require planned, positive law-making.
  2. Speed and adaptability. Legislation can be made, amended or repealed quickly to meet changing social and economic needs. Custom and precedent change slowly and cannot keep pace with modern conditions.
  3. Certainty and precision. Statutes are enacted in definite, written form. They are published in advance, so citizens know their rights and duties. Case law is scattered and uncertain until judicially declared.
  4. Democracy and popular will. The legislature is an elected body representing the people. Legislation therefore expresses the will of the people, which is the legitimate basis of law in a democratic welfare state.
  5. Completeness and coverage. Legislation can deal with any subject matter exhaustively and prospectively. It can also codify and consolidate existing customs and precedents (e.g., Muluki Civil Code, Contract Act).
  6. Flexibility of form. Statutes may be general or detailed, and may delegate rule-making power to the executive to handle technical and local matters.
  7. Agency of reform. Law is used as an instrument of social engineering — abolishing untouchability, child marriage, dowry, and introducing land reform, labour welfare and consumer protection. Only legislation can bring such deliberate reform.
  8. Control over other sources. Legislation can override custom, and can modify or abolish rules of precedent. Hence it stands at the top of the hierarchy of sources.

For these reasons, legislation is regarded as the most important source of law in the modern welfare state.

Difference between supreme legislation and subordinate legislation

BasisSupreme legislationSubordinate legislation
MeaningLaw made by the sovereign or supreme law-making authority itselfLaw made by an authority to which the power of law-making has been delegated
Source of powerOriginal and inherent — the authority is itself sovereignDerived — power is delegated by the supreme authority
PositionCannot be repealed or annulled by any other authority; it is the highest form of lawCan be repealed, amended or annulled by the supreme authority
LegalityAlways valid; cannot be challenged as ultra viresValid only so long as it stays within the limits of the delegating statute; otherwise ultra vires
ExamplesActs of Parliament (Federal Parliament of Nepal), Constitution made by the sovereign peopleRules, regulations, by-laws, ordinances, orders made by the Council of Ministers, ministers, local bodies, statutory corporations
ControlNot subject to control by any other organSubject to control by the legislature (laying, scrutiny), the executive and the judiciary
NatureOriginal legislationDelegated or executive legislation

In short, supreme legislation is the law of the sovereign itself and is above all other law, while subordinate legislation is law made by a body acting under authority delegated by the sovereign and is therefore inferior and controllable.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Define justice and differentiate between distributive justice and corrective justice.

Answer

Justice — Definition

Justice is the moral and legal principle that requires every person to receive what is due to them — fair treatment, fair share, and fair remedy — according to law, reason, and established standards of right and wrong. In jurisprudence, it is the end or goal of law: the constant and perpetual will to render to each person their rightful due (Ulpian's classic definition: justitia est constans et perpetua voluntas jus suum cuique tribuendi).

Justice has two main dimensions:

  • Formal/legal justice — applying the law equally and impartially to all.
  • Substantive justice — the fairness of the law's content and outcomes, not merely its procedure.

Distributive Justice vs. Corrective Justice

BasisDistributive JusticeCorrective Justice
MeaningFair allocation of benefits and burdens (wealth, resources, rights, duties) among members of society.Fair correction/rectification of a wrong done between parties, restoring the original position.
ConcernWho gets what and why — distribution of shares.What is owed to whom after a wrong — repair of loss or injury.
PartiesSociety (state) and its members; a whole community.Two specific parties — wrongdoer and victim.
RelationshipVertical — state/society to individual.Horizontal — individual to individual.
Guiding principleProportional equality — equal shares to equals, unequal to unequals (merit, need, contribution).Restorative equality — the wrongdoer must restore the victim to the position before the wrong.
AimFairness in the structure of society; social and economic balance.Undoing the wrong; compensation, restitution, punishment.
ExamplesTaxation (progressive tax), reservation/quota, welfare schemes, minimum wage, distribution of public services.Damages in tort, refund of money obtained by fraud, return of stolen property, punishment of a criminal.
ThinkerAristotle (proportional equality); Rawls (justice as fairness).Aristotle (rectificatory justice); Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics, Book V.

Key Point of Distinction

Aristotle explained that distributive justice deals with the distribution of honour, wealth, and goods among citizens according to merit — it follows geometric proportion (A : B = C : D). Corrective justice, on the other hand, deals with voluntary and involuntary transactions (contracts, torts, crimes) and follows arithmetic proportion — the judge takes from the wrongdoer and gives to the victim, treating both parties as equal before the law, ignoring their social status.

In short: distributive justice asks "Is the share fair?"; corrective justice asks "Has the wrong been undone?"

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Do you think that Rights and Duties are correlated? Discuss.

Answer

Yes. Rights and duties are correlated: they are two aspects of the same legal relation, and one cannot exist meaningfully without the other.

1. Meaning. A right is an interest recognised and protected by law; a duty is the obligation to respect that interest. Where a person has a right, someone else is under a duty to act or to refrain from acting. A right that nobody is bound to respect is empty, and a duty owed to no one has no purpose.

2. Juristic support

  • Austin: every legal right implies a corresponding duty imposed by the sovereign's command.
  • Salmond: a right is an interest protected by a rule of law, and a duty is the necessity that gives that right effect; the two are correlatives.
  • Hohfeld: in his scheme of jural relations, right is the exact correlative of duty (X's right against Y means Y's duty to X).

3. Illustrations from Nepal

  • Right to life with dignity (Art. 16, Constitution of Nepal, 2072) corresponds to the duty of everyone, and of the State, not to take life arbitrarily or violate dignity.
  • Right to property (Art. 25) corresponds to the duty of others not to trespass, steal or damage, and of the State not to deprive a person of property except by law.
  • Right to education (Art. 31) corresponds to the State's duty to provide basic education, and the citizen's duty to use it for the nation's benefit.
  • Fundamental duties (Art. 48), such as loyalty to the nation, protecting public property and upholding the Constitution, stand beside the fundamental rights in Part 3.

4. Kinds of correlation. Legal rights match legal duties (a creditor's right to repayment and the debtor's duty to repay). Moral rights match moral duties. A moral duty may exist without a legal right, as with charity.

5. Qualification. Not every duty has a correlative right in a specific person. Duties owed to society at large, as in criminal law (a duty not to commit an offence), are owed to the State and the public; and some rights, such as a liberty or privilege, correspond only to an absence of right in others. Absolute duties of this type do not weaken the general principle.

6. Importance. The correlation prevents rights from becoming absolute, balances liberty with social interest, makes both the State and citizens accountable, and underpins the rule of law.

Conclusion. Rights and duties are complementary, not opposed. The enjoyment of a right by one person depends on the performance of the corresponding duty by another, so they are properly regarded as correlated.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Discuss the various theories of corporate personality.

Answer

Theories of Corporate Personality

1. Introduction

A company, on incorporation, acquires a legal existence separate from its members. This artificial legal person is called a corporate personality. The law treats the company as an entity that can own property, sue and be sued, and enter into contracts in its own name. Jurists have offered several theories to explain the nature of this personality.

2. The Fiction Theory

Propounded by Savigny, Salmond and Dicey. It holds that a corporation has no real or natural personality; it is merely a fiction created by law. Since only human beings can be persons in the true sense, the company's personality is artificial and exists only in the contemplation of law. Its rights and duties are conferred by the State, which may also take them away. Salmond said a corporation is a person only by a legal fiction.

3. The Realist Theory

Associated with Gierke and Maitland. It rejects the fiction theory and argues that a corporation has a real personality — a real "group will" or "corporate will" distinct from the wills of its members. The group is a living social organism with a mind and will of its own. The law merely recognises this pre-existing reality rather than creating it.

4. The Concession Theory

Propounded by Savigny and Salmond. It states that a corporation derives its personality from the concession or grant of the State. The State creates the corporation by law and grants it legal personality; without such concession, the group has no legal existence. It is closely linked to the fiction theory.

5. The Bracket Theory (Symbol Theory)

Associated with Ihering. It treats corporate personality as a symbol or bracket used for convenience. The law puts a bracket around the group of members and treats them as one unit for legal purposes. In reality, the rights and duties belong to the members; the corporate name is only a shorthand device. The bracket can be removed to reveal the real persons behind the entity.

6. The Purpose Theory (Zweckvermögen Theory)

Propounded by Brinz and Bekker. It holds that a corporation is not a person but a purposive fund or "Zweckvermögen" — property devoted to a particular purpose. The rights vest not in any person but in the property itself, which is administered for the object for which it is created. The company is thus a legal arrangement for holding property for a purpose.

7. The Organ Theory

Propounded by Gierke and developed by Maitland. It regards the corporation as a social organism in which the organs (directors, shareholders, officers) act for the body corporate. The acts of the organs are the acts of the corporation itself. This theory explains how a company can act through its directors and bind itself.

8. The Enterprise Entity Theory

Propounded by Adolf Berle. It treats the corporation as an enterprise entity — the law should look at the economic reality of the enterprise rather than the legal form. The entity is the business organisation as a whole, and legal personality should follow the economic substance of the enterprise.

9. Conclusion

No single theory fully explains corporate personality. The fiction and concession theories emphasise the State's role; the realist and organ theories stress the group's real existence; the bracket and purpose theories treat it as a convenient legal device. In practice, the law adopts a pragmatic approach, using the corporate personality as a separate legal entity while occasionally lifting the corporate veil to reach the members behind it.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

What is ownership? What are its various kinds? Discuss.

Answer

Meaning of Ownership

Ownership is the most complete right a person can have over a thing. It is the sum of the rights to possess, use, enjoy, transfer and destroy the thing and to exclude others, limited only by law.

Definitions

  • Austin: the right to use or deal with a given subject according to one's will, unrestrained by law, except duties imposed by law.
  • Holland: the entirety of powers of use and disposal allowed by law.
  • Salmond: in its widest sense, the relation between a person and a right that is vested in him.

Characteristics

  1. Plenary, the greatest right over the thing, subject only to law.
  2. Residuary: when lesser rights such as lease or mortgage end, the thing reverts to the owner's full control.
  3. Indeterminate in duration; it lasts as long as the thing exists.
  4. Right in rem, good against the whole world.
  5. Transferable and heritable unless law restricts it.
  6. Exclusive: the owner may keep others away.

Kinds of Ownership

1. Corporeal and incorporeal. Corporeal ownership is of material things (land, house, vehicle). Incorporeal ownership is of intangible rights such as copyright, patent and easement.

2. Sole and co-ownership. Sole ownership vests in one person. Co-ownership vests in two or more at the same time, for example co-owners of undivided land.

3. Trust and beneficial ownership. The trustee holds legal ownership; the beneficiary enjoys the beneficial (equitable) interest.

4. Legal and equitable. Legal ownership is recognised by the ordinary law and equitable ownership is recognised and protected on grounds of fairness.

5. Vested and contingent. Vested ownership is already complete. Contingent ownership depends on a future uncertain event, such as a gift to a person on attaining a certain age.

6. Absolute and limited. Absolute ownership is unrestricted apart from general law. Limited ownership is restricted in duration, use or power of disposal, for example a life interest.

7. Private and public (State). Private ownership belongs to individuals or bodies. Public ownership belongs to the State, such as national parks, forests and government buildings.

Conclusion. Ownership is the highest right over a thing and is distinguished from possession by its legal character and permanence. Its kinds show that it is not one uniform right, but takes different forms according to the object, the number of owners and the limits placed by law.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Jurisprudence (321)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings.
a) Obligation b) Animus possidendi c) Legal status of dead person d) Feminist Jurisprudence e) Stare decisis

Answer

Short Notes

a) Obligation

The word "obligation" comes from the Latin obligatio, meaning a bond or tie by which a person is bound to another. In jurisprudence, an obligation is a legal bond or tie by which one person is bound to do or forbear from doing something in favour of another.

Essentials:

  1. Two parties — a person who is bound (debtor/obligor) and a person to whom the bond is owed (creditor/obligee).
  2. A duty — the obligor must do or abstain from doing something.
  3. A correlative right — the obligee has a corresponding right to enforce the duty.
  4. Legal sanction — the duty is recognised and enforceable by law.

Classification:

  • Civil obligation — enforceable by a civil action; the remedy is compensation or specific performance.
  • Natural obligation — binding in conscience or morals but not enforceable by law (e.g., a time-barred debt).
  • Sole or several — depending on whether one or many persons are bound.
  • Simple or penal — depending on whether the bond is to perform the act itself or to pay a penalty for non-performance.

Sources: Obligations arise from contract, tort (civil wrong), quasi-contract, and statute. In the Nepali context, the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (Book 4) deals with the law of obligations, covering contracts, torts and unjust enrichment.


b) Animus possidendi

Animus possidendi is a Latin term meaning "intention to possess." It is one of the two essential elements of possession, the other being corpus possessionis (the physical element or actual control over the object).

Meaning: Animus possidendi is the intention of the person in control of a thing to hold it as his or her own, to the exclusion of all others. It is the mental element of possession.

Importance:

  1. Distinguishes possession from mere custody — a servant or a watchman has corpus over the master's goods but no animus possidendi; hence he has mere custody, not legal possession. The master, who has the intention to hold as owner, has possession.
  2. Determines the nature of possession — the same physical control may amount to possession or to something else depending on the animus. A bailee holds goods with the animus of a bailee, not of an owner.
  3. Basis of adverse possession — to acquire title by adverse possession, the possessor must have the animus to hold the property as owner, openly, continuously and hostilely to the true owner.
  4. Protection of possession — even a wrongful possessor is protected against everyone except the person having a better title, because he has both corpus and animus.

Thus, possession in the legal sense is the union of corpus possessionis and animus possidendi.


c) Legal Status of a Dead Person

In law, a person is a being capable of rights and duties. Legal personality begins at birth (in some systems, from conception for certain purposes) and ends at death. A dead person, therefore, has no legal personality.

Position in law:

  1. No rights or duties — a dead person cannot sue or be sued, cannot own property, and cannot be bound by obligations. His property devolves on his heirs or legatees.
  2. Reputation and body protected — although the dead have no rights, the law protects their body, burial and reputation in the interest of the living and of society. Defamation of the dead is generally not actionable unless it injures the living relatives. Desecration of a corpse or grave is a criminal offence.
  3. Testamentary wishes — a will made by a person takes effect after death; the law gives effect to the wishes of the deceased through the executor or heirs. This is not a right of the dead but a legal recognition of his intention.
  4. Debts — the debts of the deceased are payable out of his estate; the heirs are liable only to the extent of the assets inherited (in most systems).
  5. Presumption of death — a person unheard of for a statutory period (seven years in many systems) may be presumed dead, and the same legal consequences follow.

Hence, a dead person is not a legal person, but the law does not leave him wholly unprotected — it protects certain interests connected with him for the benefit of the living and the peace of society.


d) Feminist Jurisprudence

Feminist jurisprudence is a school of legal thought that examines the law through the lens of gender, arguing that law is not neutral but reflects and reinforces male-dominated (patriarchal) values and structures. It emerged in the 1970s and 1980s, mainly in the United States and Europe.

Main strands:

  1. Liberal feminism — seeks equality between men and women within the existing system; demands equal rights, equal pay and equal opportunity. Leading figure: Mary Wollstonecraft (early), later Betty Friedan.
  2. Radical feminism — sees patriarchy as the root cause of women's oppression; law itself is an instrument of male domination. Leading figure: Catharine MacKinnon.
  3. Socialist/Marxist feminism — links women's oppression to capitalism and class; women's liberation requires economic restructuring. Figures: Clara Zetkin, Sheila Rowbotham.
  4. Cultural/difference feminism — argues that women have distinct values and experiences; law should take account of the "different voice" of women. Figure: Carol Gilligan.
  5. Postmodern feminism — rejects a single "woman's experience"; focuses on intersection of gender with race, class and caste. Figure: Judith Butler.

Contributions: It has influenced laws on rape, sexual harassment, domestic violence, maternity rights, and equal inheritance. In Nepal, feminist legal thought has supported campaigns for equal property rights, criminalisation of marital rape, and reservation for women in representative bodies.

Criticism: Critics say it is not a single coherent theory, is Western-centric, and sometimes ignores the diversity of women's experiences.


e) Stare Decisis

Stare decisis is a Latin phrase meaning "to stand by things decided" (stare decisis et non quieta movere — to stand by decisions and not disturb settled matters). It is the principle that courts should follow previously decided cases (precedents) in deciding later cases involving similar facts and legal issues.

Kinds:

  1. Vertical stare decisis — a lower court is bound by the decisions of the higher courts in the same hierarchy. In Nepal, all courts are bound by the decisions of the Supreme Court.
  2. Horizontal stare decisis — a court is bound by its own earlier decisions. The Supreme Court of Nepal is not strictly bound by its own decisions, but it ordinarily follows them for consistency and certainty.

Rationale:

  1. Certainty and predictability — people can arrange their affairs knowing what the law is.
  2. Equality and fairness — like cases are treated alike.
  3. Efficiency — saves time and labour of re-deciding settled questions.
  4. Respect for the judiciary — consistency enhances the authority of courts.

Limits: A precedent is not binding if it is overruled by a higher court, reversed by statute, given per incuriam (by oversight of a relevant law), or if the material facts are distinguishable. The Supreme Court may depart from its own earlier decision to correct error or to keep the law in step with changed social conditions.

In Nepal, Article 128 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 provides that the Supreme Court's decisions bind all courts and other judicial authorities, and the Supreme Court may, by its own decision, declare its earlier precedent no longer applicable.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Law of Contract (325)

Who can refer dispute to arbitration? Explain what matters cannot be referred to arbitration.

Similar questions: Who can refer dispute to arbitration? Explain (2075 · Law of Contract (325))

Answer

Who can refer a dispute to arbitration

Under the Arbitration Act, 2055 (1999), arbitration rests on the agreement of the parties. A dispute may be referred by:

  1. Parties to the dispute: any person or body, natural or legal, with a dispute arising out of a legal relationship, who has agreed in writing to arbitrate, either by an arbitration clause in a contract or by a separate submission agreement.
  2. Persons competent to contract: minors, persons of unsound mind and others disqualified by law cannot validly agree to arbitrate, except through a lawful guardian or representative.
  3. Authorised agents: a person holding valid authority may refer a dispute for a party.
  4. Legal representatives or successors: on the death or dissolution of a party, the successors may continue the arbitration unless the right is purely personal.
  5. Court-directed reference: where a party sues in court despite a written arbitration agreement, the other party may ask the court to send the matter to arbitration.
  6. Under institutional rules: where parties choose an arbitral institution, the reference proceeds under its rules.

Matters that cannot be referred

Matters that touch public policy, personal status or are barred by law are not arbitrable:

  1. Criminal offences: punishment is a State matter.
  2. Matrimonial matters: marriage, divorce, restitution of conjugal rights.
  3. Adoption, guardianship and legal status of persons.
  4. Inheritance and partition of family property in so far as the law reserves them for the courts.
  5. Public-law matters: taxation and sovereign functions.
  6. Matters already decided by a competent court (res judicata).
  7. Insolvency and similar proceedings affecting third parties.
  8. Any matter that the prevailing law prohibits from being settled by arbitration.
ArbitrableNot arbitrable
Commercial and contractual disputesCriminal offences
Construction and trade disputesMatrimonial matters
Partnership and company disputesAdoption and status
Labour and service disputesPublic-law and tax matters

Conclusion: only competent parties with a valid written agreement can refer a dispute to arbitration, and criminal, matrimonial, status and public-policy matters remain with the courts.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Law of Contract (305)

Give the meaning of carrier. Who is a common carrier? Also discuss right and duties of common carrier.

Similar questions: Give the meaning of carrier with its (2079 · Law of Contract (305))

Answer

Meaning of Carrier

A carrier is a person or business that undertakes, for reward (hire or freight), to transport goods or passengers from one place to another. The word "carrier" comes from the Latin carrier (one who carries). In law, a carrier is one who holds himself out as ready to carry goods or persons for others in the ordinary course of business.

Carriers are of three kinds:

  1. Common carrier — carries for all persons indiscriminately, as a public employment.
  2. Private carrier — carries for particular persons only, by special agreement, and not as a public calling.
  3. Gratuitous carrier — carries without reward.

Who is a Common Carrier?

A common carrier is a person who:

  • holds himself out to the public as ready to carry goods (or passengers) for any person who chooses to employ him;
  • carries as a regular business and not as a casual or occasional occupation;
  • charges uniform or reasonable rates (freight) for the service;
  • does not have the right to refuse service without lawful justification.

Definition: A common carrier is one who undertakes for hire to transport the goods of any person who may choose to employ him, from place to place, and who is bound to carry for all alike, so long as he has room and the goods are of the kind he professes to carry.

Examples: Railways, airlines, bus companies, postal services, shipping companies, and goods transport companies that carry for the general public.

Test: The true test is whether the carrier offers his services to the public at large, not to selected individuals. If he reserves the right to accept or reject any offer at his discretion, he is a private carrier.

Rights of a Common Carrier

  1. Right to receive freight (hire): He is entitled to charge and receive the agreed or reasonable freight for the carriage of goods. He may also claim demurrage or detention charges for unreasonable delay by the consignor.

  2. Right to a lien: He has a particular lien on the goods carried until the freight and other lawful charges are paid. He may retain the goods until payment is made.

  3. Right to refuse goods: He may lawfully refuse to carry goods that are:

    • dangerous or explosive in nature (unless properly declared and packed);
    • of a kind he does not profess to carry;
    • improperly or insufficiently packed;
    • offered at a place or time other than the usual place and time;
    • such that he has no room or accommodation for them.
  4. Right to refuse credit: He may demand payment of freight in advance or on delivery, and is not bound to give credit.

  5. Right to sue for freight: If the consignor or consignee fails to pay the freight, he may sue to recover it.

  6. Right to sell goods (in some cases): If the goods remain unclaimed and the freight is unpaid after due notice, he may sell the goods to recover his charges, subject to the terms of the contract and the law.

  7. Right to special contract: He may enter into a special contract with the consignor fixing the rate of freight, limiting his liability, or imposing special conditions, provided it is not opposed to public policy or statute.

  8. Right to indemnity: He is entitled to be indemnified by the consignor for any loss or damage caused to him by the dangerous or defective nature of the goods, or by the consignor's failure to disclose their true nature.

Duties of a Common Carrier

  1. Duty to carry for all alike: He must carry the goods of any person who offers them, provided he has room, the goods are of the kind he carries, and the freight is paid or tendered. He cannot discriminate between customers.

  2. Duty to carry by the usual route: He must carry the goods by the ordinary and customary route, without unnecessary deviation. Any deviation makes him liable as an insurer for loss.

  3. Duty to deliver safely and within reasonable time: He must take reasonable care in loading, carrying, and unloading the goods, and deliver them at the destination within a reasonable time.

  4. Duty to deliver to the right person: He must deliver the goods only to the consignee or to a person authorised to receive them. Delivery to a wrong person makes him liable.

  5. Duty to give notice of arrival: He must give due notice to the consignee on the arrival of the goods so that the consignee may take delivery.

  6. Duty to account for goods: He must account for the goods entrusted to him and, in case of loss or damage, explain the circumstances.

  7. Duty not to charge unreasonable freight: He must charge only reasonable and uniform rates, and must not make arbitrary or excessive charges.

  8. Duty to carry by the customary mode and route: He must not deviate from the usual mode or route, and must not deliver the goods to another carrier without authority.

  9. Duty to disclose the nature of liability: If he limits his liability by special contract, he must bring such limitation to the notice of the consignor.

  10. Duty to indemnify the consignor: If the goods are lost or damaged due to his negligence, he must compensate the consignor.

Liability of a Common Carrier

A common carrier is liable as an insurer of the goods entrusted to him. He is liable for loss or damage to the goods even without negligence, except where the loss is caused by:

  • an act of God (e.g., earthquake, flood);
  • an act of the Queen's enemies (foreign enemies in war);
  • inherent defect in the goods (e.g., perishable nature);
  • improper packing by the consignor;
  • fraud or misrepresentation by the consignor.

However, he may limit his liability by a special contract, provided it is reasonable and not opposed to public policy.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Compare between procedural law and Substantive law in detail.

Answer

Meaning

Substantive law creates, defines and regulates rights, duties and liabilities. It tells us what the law is. Examples in Nepal: the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 (rights of property, contract, family, inheritance) and the National Penal Code, 2074 (what acts are offences and how they are punished).

Procedural law (adjective law) lays down the machinery and method by which those rights and duties are enforced in courts. It tells us how the law is applied. Examples: the Civil Procedure Code, 2074, the National Criminal Procedure Code, 2074 and, in large part, the Evidence Act, 2031.

Points of comparison

BasisSubstantive lawProcedural law
ConcernRights, duties, liabilities, offencesProcess of enforcing them
Question answeredWhat is right, wrong or lawful?How is a right enforced or an offence tried?
NatureSubstance, the "end"Form, the "means"
EffectCreates or takes away rightsProvides remedy; does not itself create the right
ExamplesPenal Code, Civil CodeCivil and Criminal Procedure Codes, rules of evidence
RetrospectivityPresumed prospective; new liabilities or loss of vested rights are not imposed backwardsGenerally applies to pending proceedings from the date of change, unless a vested right is affected
BreachGives rise to cause of action or offenceMay make proceedings irregular or, if serious, void
StabilityMore stableChanges more readily with court practice

Detailed discussion

(a) Substance and form. Substantive law says that theft is an offence and that a debt must be repaid; procedural law says how a case is filed, how summons is served, how evidence is taken and how an appeal lies.

(b) Right and remedy. A right without a remedy is of little value. The Civil Code gives a creditor the right to recover a debt; the Civil Procedure Code tells him how to file the suit, prove it and execute the decree.

(c) Retrospective operation. A change in procedure usually governs cases already pending, because no one has a vested right in a procedure. But a right of appeal is treated as a substantive right: in Colonial Sugar Refining Co. v. Irving (1905), the Privy Council held that a later enactment taking away an appeal did not affect a suit started before it. So the line has to be drawn by asking whether the rule touches a right or only the manner of enforcing it.

(d) Borderline subjects. Limitation, evidence and costs are usually procedural, but a rule that extinguishes the right itself can be substantive. Courts decide by looking at the effect of the rule.

(e) Interdependence. Substantive law without procedure cannot be enforced, and procedure without substantive law has nothing to enforce. Both are needed for justice.

Conclusion

Substantive law is the what and procedural law the how of the legal system. They are distinct but inseparable; in Nepal the Civil Code and Penal Code are the substantive laws and the Civil and Criminal Procedure Codes the procedural ones.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Define jurisdiction. Discuss nature and kinds of jurisdiction.

Answer

Jurisdiction

Definition: Jurisdiction is the authority or power conferred upon a court or a judicial tribunal to hear and determine a case, to adjudicate upon the rights and liabilities of the parties, and to pronounce a binding judgment. In its strict legal sense, jurisdiction means the power of a court to take cognizance of a matter, apply the law to the facts, and give a decision that is enforceable. A court cannot act beyond the jurisdiction vested in it; any decision given without jurisdiction is a nullity.

Nature of Jurisdiction:

  1. Sovereign attribute — Jurisdiction flows from the sovereignty of the State. It is the State that creates courts and confers upon them the power to adjudicate. Hence jurisdiction is a delegated and limited authority.
  2. Legal and mandatory — Jurisdiction is a question of law, not of fact. It cannot be conferred by consent, waiver, or agreement of the parties. Even if both parties agree, a court cannot exercise jurisdiction it does not possess.
  3. Condition precedent — Jurisdiction is the very foundation of a valid judgment. A decree or order passed without jurisdiction is void ab initio and cannot be enforced.
  4. Not affected by waiver — Since jurisdiction is a matter of public policy, it cannot be waived. Consent cannot give jurisdiction, nor can it take it away.
  5. Determined at the time of institution — Jurisdiction is generally determined with reference to the facts and law existing on the date the suit or proceeding is instituted.
  6. Amenable to review — An objection to jurisdiction can be raised at any stage of the proceeding, even in appeal or execution, because it goes to the root of the matter.

Kinds of Jurisdiction:

  1. Civil and Criminal Jurisdiction — Civil jurisdiction deals with disputes relating to rights, property, contracts, and civil wrongs; criminal jurisdiction deals with offences and punishment.

  2. Original and Appellate Jurisdiction — Original jurisdiction is the power to hear a case for the first time; appellate jurisdiction is the power to hear appeals against decisions of subordinate courts.

  3. Territorial Jurisdiction — The power of a court to hear matters arising within a defined geographical area. A court cannot ordinarily exercise authority over persons or property outside its territory.

  4. Pecuniary Jurisdiction — Jurisdiction determined by the monetary value of the subject matter. Courts are graded according to the value of the suit they can entertain.

  5. Subject-matter Jurisdiction — Jurisdiction over the nature or type of the dispute, e.g., a special court for corruption cases or a labour court for labour disputes. This is the most fundamental kind, as consent cannot cure its absence.

  6. Exclusive and Concurrent Jurisdiction — Exclusive jurisdiction means only one court can hear the matter; concurrent jurisdiction means two or more courts have the power to hear the same matter, and the plaintiff may choose.

  7. Territorial and Extra-territorial Jurisdiction — Extra-territorial jurisdiction extends a court's authority beyond its territorial limits in specified cases.

  8. Advisory Jurisdiction — The power to give advisory opinions on questions of law referred by the executive or legislature (e.g., the Supreme Court of Nepal under the Constitution).

Conclusion: Jurisdiction is the sine qua non of judicial proceedings. It defines the limits within which a court may lawfully act. A decision rendered without jurisdiction is a nullity, and the parties cannot by consent create or destroy it. Hence, the existence of jurisdiction is essential for the validity and enforceability of any judicial order.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Explain about the stages of hearing in Criminal Proceeding in details.

Answer

Under the National Criminal Procedure Code, 2074, a criminal case moves through the following stages from the filing of the case to the final judgment. Investigation precedes them, and the stages of trial are:

1. Filing of the case. After investigation, the public prosecutor (government attorney) decides whether to prosecute. If so, the charge sheet (abhiyog-patra) is filed in the competent court within the time allowed by law, with the evidence collected.

2. Registration and preliminary scrutiny. The court registers the case, checks jurisdiction and limitation, and examines whether the charge sheet is in proper form.

3. Appearance of the accused and custody. The accused is brought before the court or summoned. The court hears the prosecution and the accused on whether to detain him pending trial, or to release him on bail or with other conditions. The accused must be informed of the charge and of his right to counsel; legal aid is available if he cannot afford a lawyer.

4. Statement of the accused. The accused is given the charge sheet and asked to state whether he admits the charge. The statement is recorded in the presence of his lawyer. An accused who admits guilt may have that considered under the provisions on admission or plea.

5. Pre-trial steps. The court fixes the date of hearing, issues summons to witnesses, calls for documents and decides the points to be proved. The parties exchange the evidence they intend to rely on.

6. Hearing of evidence. The prosecution produces its witnesses and documents. Each witness is examined by the prosecution, cross-examined by the defence, and re-examined if needed. The accused is then allowed to produce defence evidence, which is also tested in cross-examination. The accused may remain silent; the burden of proving guilt lies on the prosecution.

7. Final arguments. After evidence closes, the prosecution and defence make their closing submissions on the facts and law.

8. Judgment. The court weighs the evidence and decides whether guilt has been proved beyond reasonable doubt. It gives a reasoned judgment, acquitting or convicting. If convicted, the sentence and any compensation to the victim are stated, and the accused is told of the right to appeal.

9. Execution and further remedies. The sentence is executed through the prescribed machinery. The aggrieved side may appeal, and in suitable cases seek review or revision before the higher court.

Principles running through all stages: presumption of innocence, right to a fair and public hearing, right to counsel, right to cross-examine, and speedy disposal. These rest on the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (Art. 20, rights of the accused) and the Code itself.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Explain about in which condition the Revision petition is to be filled. Write in details about Revision Proceeding.

Answer

Meaning

Revision is a remedy by which a higher court (in Nepal, ordinarily the Supreme Court) re-examines a final judgment of a lower court, to correct serious errors of law or failure of justice. It is exceptional and discretionary; it is not a further appeal as of right. It differs from review, which asks the same court to reconsider its own decision.

The relevant sources are the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 (provisions on the Supreme Court's jurisdiction), the Administration of Justice Act, 2073, the Civil and Criminal Procedure Codes, 2074, and the Supreme Court Rules, 2074.

Conditions for filing a revision petition

A revision petition is entertained only where:

  1. There is a final decision. The decision must have been made by a court of lower level, and ordinary appeal must be exhausted or not available.
  2. The petitioner is a person aggrieved, being a party to the case, or the government attorney in a criminal case.
  3. There is a recognised ground, such as
    • a serious error in the interpretation or application of law,
    • a decision contrary to a binding precedent of the Supreme Court,
    • interpretation of the Constitution involved in the case,
    • a serious defect in procedure or a failure of justice resulting in manifest injustice,
    • an important question of law of public importance.
  4. The petition is filed within time (generally 35 days from the date of receipt of the decision, or as the relevant law prescribes).
  5. Fixed formalities are met: a written petition stating the facts, grounds and relief, with copies of the judgment and the documents relied on, and payment of fee.

Revision proceeding

  1. Filing and registration before the court with revision jurisdiction, or through the court which made the decision.
  2. Preliminary hearing. A bench decides whether the petition shows a ground and whether the case should be admitted. If not, it is dismissed. If it is admitted, notice is issued to the other side.
  3. Notice and reply. The opposite party is called to file a written reply and relevant papers; the record of the case is called for from the lower court.
  4. Stay. Where justified, the court may stay execution of the decision under challenge while the petition is pending.
  5. Hearing. Both sides are heard on the grounds raised. The court generally confines itself to errors of law, jurisdiction and serious procedural defects rather than re-weighing evidence, although it may interfere if findings are perverse or without evidence.
  6. Decision. The court may reject the petition, uphold the judgment, set it aside or modify it, order retrial or further hearing, or pass any order needed to do justice.
  7. Effect. The order of the revising court binds the parties and the lower court, and the judgment so revised is final.

Revision and review compared

BasisRevisionReview
CourtHigher courtSame court
NatureCorrective, discretionaryReconsideration on narrow grounds
GroundsSerious error of law, failure of justiceNew evidence, error apparent on record
RightNot as of rightOnly on listed grounds

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

State and explain the facts and ratio of the case Parshuram Banjade vs. Durgadai Shrestha (N.K.P. 2027. No 1, Page 157)

Answer

I should be transparent: I don't have reliable, verifiable knowledge of the specific contents of Parshuram Banjade vs. Durgadai Shrestha (N.K.P. 2027, No. 1, p. 157). I cannot confirm the facts, issues, or ratio the model answer states, and I won't fabricate a "corrected" version, since that would risk inventing case details and misrepresenting Nepali case law — worse than leaving the model answer unverified.

What I can tell you:

  • The citation format "N.K.P. 2027" refers to Nepal Kanoon Patrika, the official law journal. 2027 B.S. corresponds to roughly 1970–71 A.D.
  • The answer as written is generic. Its "facts" section contains no concrete particulars (no names of lower courts, no specific plot location, no dates, no document types), and its ratio consists of broad, universally applicable property-law platitudes ("title must be proved," "possession follows title," "burden of proof"). Such content could be written about almost any title dispute without knowing anything about this case.
  • Because of that, the answer is not verifiably "correct and complete," but I also cannot supply the actual facts and ratio without access to the original report.

What I'd suggest:

  1. Consult the original source — Nepal Kanoon Patrika, 2027 B.S., Vol. 1, p. 157 — in a law library or via the Supreme Court of Nepal's publication records.
  2. Cross-check with secondary sources: Nepali property law textbooks (e.g., works discussing N.K.P. precedents on title and possession) or case digests that summarize this decision.
  3. If you can share the text of the original judgment or a scanned copy, I can help you extract and structure the facts, issues, and ratio accurately in the same Markdown/KaTeX style.

I'm not able to give you the "OK" verdict (I can't verify the answer) or a corrected answer (I won't invent one). The honest response is: verify against the primary source.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Write in detail about the execution of criminal judgement.

Answer

Meaning and legal basis

Execution of a criminal judgment means giving practical effect to the sentence and orders in the court's final judgment. Without execution the judgment would be only a declaration. The substantive punishments are prescribed by the National Penal Code, 2074, and their execution is regulated by the National Criminal Procedure Code, 2074, with the Prison laws and the Constitution of Nepal, 2072. A sentence is executed once the judgment becomes final, or earlier where law so provides.

Punishment in Nepal

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 guarantees the right to life with dignity (Art. 16) and provides that no law shall be made providing for the death penalty. Hence there is no death sentence to execute; the heaviest punishment is life imprisonment (and, in certain cases of aggravated crime, imprisonment for life without remission as the Penal Code provides).

Execution of different parts of a sentence

1. Imprisonment. The court sends the convict to prison under a warrant of commitment issued to the prison. Time already spent in custody during investigation or trial is set off against the sentence. The prison authority reports to the court on completion and releases the convict. Special arrangements apply to women, children, the sick and the aged.

2. Fine. The convict must pay within the time fixed. If he does not pay, the fine can be recovered from his property, or the Penal Code allows imprisonment in lieu of fine within the limits it prescribes. Fines go to the government fund.

3. Compensation and restitution. The court may order the offender to compensate the victim and restore property. This is recovered like a decree from the convict's property and handed over to the victim or heirs. Victims' rights are also protected by Art. 21 of the Constitution.

4. Confiscation. Property that is the instrument or proceeds of the offence is forfeited as ordered, and the court-directed authorities (such as the Judgment Execution Directorate and administrative offices) carry it out.

5. Other penalties. These may include disqualification from public office, or departure of foreign convicts from the country, carried out by notifying the relevant authority.

Procedure

  1. The judgment is delivered and a copy is given to the parties.
  2. The court issues the order of execution and sends the warrant to the prison, police or recovery authority.
  3. The convict is delivered to prison and fine, compensation or confiscation is recovered.
  4. The executing body reports to the court.
  5. The court supervises and disposes of any application about execution.
  6. The convict is released when the sentence ends.

Postponement and suspension

Execution may be put off for good reason such as serious illness, pregnancy or childbirth of a woman convict, or insanity, and the court may suspend a sentence pending appeal or revision when it orders so.

Appeal, review and pardon

Filing an appeal does not itself bar execution unless the court so orders; a sentence is executed only to the extent it stands. If the higher court reduces or sets aside the sentence, the lower order is corrected. The President, on the recommendation of the government, may grant pardon, suspend, commute or remit a sentence as provided by law. Remission and parole are available under the prison laws for eligible prisoners.

Conclusion

Execution is the last stage of criminal justice and gives effect to the aims of punishment: deterrence, reformation, protection of society and justice to the victim. Nepali law requires that it be carried out lawfully and humanely, under the court's supervision.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Procedural Law (302)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a. Responsibilities- judicate b. Separate Bench System c. Laches d. Continuous Hearing e. Mediation

Answer

Short Notes


a. Responsibility to Adjudicate

The responsibility to adjudicate means the duty of a court or tribunal to hear and decide a dispute that has been properly brought before it. Once a case is validly instituted and the court has jurisdiction, it cannot refuse to decide it merely because the matter is difficult, unclear, or involves a conflict of laws. This duty is a core element of the judicial function and flows from the principle that the judiciary must provide justice and not leave parties without a remedy.

In Nepal, this responsibility is recognised through the inherent powers of the courts and the constitutional mandate of the judiciary under Article 126 of the Constitution of Nepal, which vests judicial power in the courts. The court must adjudicate within a reasonable time, follow the prescribed procedure, and give reasons for its decision. The responsibility to adjudicate is thus linked with the principle of audi alteram partem (hear the other side) and the right to a fair hearing. It also implies that once a court has started hearing a matter, it should ordinarily proceed to give a final verdict rather than abandoning it midway. The duty is not absolute; it may be affected by lack of jurisdiction, mootness, or withdrawal of the case by the parties.


b. Separate Bench System

The separate bench system is a practice in which different benches of the same court are constituted to hear different types or categories of cases. Instead of all judges sitting together or hearing all matters randomly, the court divides its work among specialised or separate benches, such as a constitutional bench, a criminal bench, a civil bench, or a revenue bench. This system is intended to promote specialisation, efficiency, and consistency in judicial decision-making.

In the context of the Supreme Court of Nepal, the Constitution and the Supreme Court Rules provide for the constitution of a Constitutional Bench and other benches. The Constitutional Bench, for example, hears matters relating to constitutional interpretation and disputes of constitutional importance. Separate benches help in the speedy disposal of cases because judges develop expertise in particular fields and similar cases are grouped together. However, the system also has criticisms: it may create inconsistency in interpretation if different benches take different views on the same legal question, and it may lead to forum-shopping or judge-shopping. To reduce such risks, the full court or larger benches may be used to settle conflicting decisions. Overall, the separate bench system is a practical arrangement for managing heavy caseloads and promoting specialised justice.


c. Laches

Laches is an equitable defence based on unreasonable delay by a party in asserting a legal right or claim. Unlike limitation, which is governed by statute and prescribes a fixed period within which a suit must be filed, laches is a doctrine of equity and depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. If a person sleeps over his rights for an unreasonable time and thereby causes prejudice or disadvantage to the other party, the court may refuse to grant equitable relief on the ground of laches.

The principle is expressed in the maxim "Equity aids the vigilant, not those who sleep on their rights." For laches to apply, two elements are generally required: (i) unreasonable delay in bringing the claim, and (ii) prejudice or injury to the opposite party caused by that delay. Laches is commonly invoked in cases involving specific performance, injunction, specific restitution, and other equitable remedies. It does not ordinarily bar a legal right or a claim within the period of limitation; it mainly affects discretionary equitable relief. In Nepal, the concept is reflected in the general principles of justice, equity, and good conscience applied by the courts, and in the requirement that claims be brought within the time prescribed by the Muluki Civil Code and other laws. Thus, laches is a discretionary defence that prevents a party from taking undue advantage of his own delay.


d. Continuous Hearing

Continuous hearing means the practice of hearing a case from day to day, or in successive sittings, without unnecessary adjournments until the hearing is complete. It is also called the principle of "continuous trial" or "consecutive hearing." The main purpose of continuous hearing is to ensure speedy justice, prevent delay, and avoid the loss or weakening of evidence that may occur if hearings are prolonged over a long period. It also helps the court to remember the facts and arguments clearly and to decide the case promptly.

In Nepal, the concept of continuous hearing is supported by statutory provisions and procedural rules that limit adjournments and require cases to be heard continuously as far as practicable. For instance, the Muluki Criminal Procedure Code and the Muluki Civil Procedure Code contain provisions relating to the expeditious hearing of cases and the grant of adjournments only on reasonable grounds. The Supreme Court has also emphasised the need for continuous hearing to reduce case backlog. However, continuous hearing is not always possible because of the heavy workload of courts, the unavailability of parties, witnesses, or counsel, and other practical difficulties. Therefore, it is observed more as an ideal or a general rule rather than an absolute practice. Its importance lies in ensuring a fair, speedy, and effective adjudication process.


e. Mediation

Mediation is a method of alternative dispute resolution in which a neutral third party, called the mediator, assists the disputing parties to reach a mutually acceptable settlement. The mediator does not decide the dispute or impose a solution; he only facilitates communication, clarifies issues, and helps the parties to explore options for resolution. Mediation is voluntary, confidential, and informal, and it aims at a win-win outcome rather than a win-lose judgment. It is based on the principle of party autonomy, meaning the parties themselves control the process and the outcome.

In Nepal, mediation has been given legal recognition through the Mediation Act, 2065 (2008) and the Mediation Rules. The Act provides for the appointment and functioning of mediators, the procedure of mediation, and the enforcement of mediation agreements. Mediation is used in civil, commercial, family, and community disputes, and court-annexed mediation is also practised in many districts. The advantages of mediation include speed, lower cost, confidentiality, preservation of relationships, and reduction of the burden on courts. Its limitations include the absence of binding force unless the parties agree, the possibility of unequal bargaining power, and the risk of non-compliance. Despite these limitations, mediation is an important tool for accessible and participatory justice.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

What do you mean by of procedural law? Explain on the various principles of procedural law in brief.

Answer

Procedural law (also called adjective law) is that branch of law which prescribes the machinery and method by which substantive rights and duties are enforced through courts. It lays down how a case is to be instituted, what pleadings are required, how evidence is to be produced, how the trial is to be conducted, what remedies are available, and how a judgment is to be executed. It does not create or define rights; it only provides the process for their realisation. For example, the Muluki Civil Procedure Code, 2074 and the Muluki Criminal Procedure Code, 2074 are the principal procedural laws of Nepal, while the Muluki Civil Code, 2074 and the Muluki Criminal Code, 2074 are substantive laws. In short, substantive law tells us what the law is, and procedural law tells us how it is applied and enforced.

Principles of procedural law (in brief):

  1. Principle of fair hearing (natural justice). Every party must be given a reasonable opportunity to be heard before an adverse decision is made. No one should be condemned unheard (audi alteram partem).

  2. Principle of impartiality of the adjudicator. The decision-maker must be neutral and must not have any personal interest in the case. No one shall be a judge in his own cause (nemo judex in causa sua).

  3. Principle of equality of parties. Both parties are treated equally before the court. Each side gets an equal chance to present its case, examine witnesses and rebut the other's evidence.

  4. Principle of legality and due process. Procedure must be followed strictly as laid down by law. Any action taken without legal authority or in violation of the prescribed process is invalid.

  5. Principle of the right to be heard and the right to legal representation. A party has the right to present his case personally or through a legal practitioner (pleader/advocate) of his choice.

  6. Principle of reasoned decision. The court or authority must give reasons in support of its decision so that the party knows why the decision went against him and can decide whether to appeal.

  7. Principle of the right to appeal and review. A party aggrieved by a decision must have the opportunity to challenge it before a higher authority, subject to the conditions laid down by law.

  8. Principle of speedy and inexpensive justice. Procedure should ensure that justice is not delayed or made too costly; unnecessary adjournments and technicalities should be avoided.

  9. Principle of open court and publicity. As a general rule, proceedings are held in open court so that justice is seen to be done, except where the law requires secrecy (e.g., juvenile cases, matters of privacy).

  10. Principle of presumption of innocence (in criminal procedure). An accused is presumed innocent until the charge is proved beyond reasonable doubt by the prosecution.

  11. Principle of burden of proof. The party who asserts a fact must prove it; in criminal cases the burden lies on the prosecution.

  12. Principle of res judicata and finality. Once a matter is finally decided by a competent court, it cannot be re-litigated between the same parties on the same issue, ensuring certainty and finality.

  13. Principle of execution of judgment. A judgment is of no use unless it can be enforced; procedural law therefore provides for execution, attachment and sale of property, etc.

  14. Principle of jurisdiction. The court must have territorial and pecuniary jurisdiction, and the case must be filed before the proper forum; otherwise the proceeding is void.

These principles together ensure that procedural law serves its real purpose — to secure fair, orderly, speedy and effective administration of justice without defeating the substantive rights of the parties.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

Discuss the jurisdiction of the supreme of Nepal in brief.

Answer

Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Nepal

The Supreme Court is the highest court of Nepal, established under Part 10 (Articles 126–133) of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072. It is the court of record, the guardian of the Constitution, and the final interpreter of constitutional and legal provisions. Its jurisdiction may be discussed in brief as follows:

1. Original jurisdiction (Art. 133): The Supreme Court has exclusive original jurisdiction over disputes relating to the constitutionality of laws and constitutional questions. Any citizen may file a writ petition directly before it.

2. Appellate jurisdiction (Art. 128): It hears appeals against judgments of the High Courts and other subordinate courts in cases involving substantial questions of law or constitutional interpretation.

3. Extraordinary writ jurisdiction (Art. 133(2)): It may issue five prerogative writs — habeas corpus, mandamus, certiorari, prohibition and quo warranto — for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for the enforcement of legal rights where no other remedy exists.

4. Writ jurisdiction for legal rights: Under Article 133(2), the Court may also issue writs for the enforcement of any other legal right for which no other remedy is available.

5. Constitutional interpretation and judicial review: It has the power to interpret the Constitution and to declare any law inconsistent with it void (ultra vires) to the extent of inconsistency.

6. Final authority on election disputes: It decides disputes relating to the election of the President, Vice-President, Speaker, Deputy Speaker, and members of the Federal Parliament.

7. Advisory jurisdiction (Art. 129): The President may refer any question of constitutional or legal importance to the Supreme Court for its opinion, which is binding in practice.

8. Supervisory and contempt powers: It supervises all courts and tribunals, and may punish for contempt of court (Art. 128(4)).

9. Transfer and judicial administration: It may transfer cases from one court to another and frame rules for judicial administration.

Conclusion: The Supreme Court thus exercises original, appellate, writ, advisory and supervisory jurisdiction, making it the ultimate protector of the Constitution, fundamental rights and the rule of law in Nepal.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

What are the existing legal provisions on review and revision? Explain.

Answer

Review (punarawalokan) is reconsideration of a judgment by the same court that delivered it. Revision is examination of a final judgment by a higher court, in exceptional cases, to correct serious error or failure of justice. Both are extraordinary remedies after the ordinary appeal.

Constitutional provisions

The Constitution of Nepal, 2072 makes the Supreme Court the highest court. Under its provisions on the Supreme Court's jurisdiction (Art. 128), the Court is the final appellate court, hears cases on revision and exercises power of review of its own judgments as provided by law, in addition to its writ and constitutional jurisdiction.

Statutory provisions

Administration of Justice Act, 2073, the Civil Procedure Code, 2074, the National Criminal Procedure Code, 2074 and the Supreme Court Rules, 2074 together regulate how a petition is filed, the time allowed, the court that hears it and the orders that may be passed.

Review

  • Available before the court which gave the judgment.
  • Grounds: discovery of new and important evidence which could not be produced earlier despite diligence; a mistake or error apparent on the face of the record; a serious error in interpreting or applying the law; or any other ground the law recognises.
  • It must be filed within the limitation fixed by the law (35 days in ordinary cases), and is decided by the court itself, often by the same bench where possible.
  • Review is not a re-hearing of the whole case on merits.

Revision

  • Available only on exceptional grounds, such as a serious error of law, a decision against settled precedent, a question of constitutional interpretation, or manifest failure of justice.
  • Heard by a higher court, ordinarily a bench of the Supreme Court after admission.
  • Procedure: petition, preliminary hearing and admission, notice and reply, hearing, and decision, with the power to stay execution.
  • Orders may uphold, set aside or modify the judgment or direct rehearing.

Distinction

BasisReviewRevision
CourtSame courtHigher court
NatureReconsideration on narrow groundsSupervisory and corrective
GroundsNew evidence, error on the recordSerious error of law, failure of justice, precedent
RightOn listed groundsDiscretionary, after admission
ScopeNarrowWider but still not a fresh appeal

Conclusion

The Constitution, the Administration of Justice Act, 2073 and the 2074 procedural codes together provide review and revision as limited safeguards against error. They protect finality of judgments while allowing correction of serious mistakes.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

Highlight the jurisdiction of the Special Court and important features of the jurisdiction of the Special Court in brief.

Answer

Jurisdiction of the Special Court

The Special Court is established under the Special Court Act, 2059 (2002), as provided for in the Constitution of Nepal, 2072, to try certain offences of a special nature.

  1. Subject-matter jurisdiction. It hears cases of corruption and related offences filed by the Commission for the Investigation of Abuse of Authority (CIAA) under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 2059 and other laws that give it jurisdiction, as listed in the Special Court Act and its Schedule.
  2. Original jurisdiction. It is a court of first instance. It does not hear appeals from other courts.
  3. Territorial jurisdiction. It has jurisdiction over the whole of Nepal, with its seat at Kathmandu; it may sit elsewhere as arranged by the Government.
  4. Power to punish and order recovery. It can impose the punishment prescribed by law, including imprisonment and fine, and order recovery of embezzled or unlawfully acquired property or its value.
  5. Appeal. A decision of the Special Court may be appealed to the Supreme Court within the time allowed by law (35 days).

Important features

  1. Special, limited jurisdiction. It tries only the offences specified by law, not ordinary criminal or civil matters.
  2. Composition. It is a bench of a chairperson and members appointed by the Government on the recommendation of the Judicial Council, with the qualifications set by the Act.
  3. Prosecution by the State. Cases are filed by the government attorney on the basis of the CIAA's charge, and the Government of Nepal is the plaintiff.
  4. Speedy process. The Act aims at quick disposal, and the court follows the procedure in the Special Court Act and, where the Act is silent, the general criminal procedure.
  5. Court of record powers. It can summon witnesses, call for documents and punish contempt of the court.
  6. Appeal to the Supreme Court. Its decisions are subject to the review of the highest court.

In brief, the Special Court is a first-instance court of special jurisdiction for corruption and allied offences, with appeals going to the Supreme Court.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

Explain the ratio enunciated by the Supreme Court of Nepal in ADVOCATE RADHESHYAM ADHIKARI V. HMG. COUNCIL OF MINISTERS SECRETARIATE [2044] 1 KLR (1994), others, NKP, 2048, P.810.

Answer

Case: Advocate Radheshyam Adhikari v. HMG, Council of Ministers Secretariat, NKP 2048, p. 810 (Supreme Court of Nepal).

Subject matter. The case is cited in Nepali international law for the relationship between treaties binding Nepal and domestic law, and for the limits on executive action that conflicts with those obligations. The petitioner, a public-interest advocate, invoked the writ jurisdiction of the Supreme Court against a decision of the Council of Ministers.

Ratio decidendi (principles the case stands for)

  1. Treaties are binding and enforceable in Nepal. A treaty to which Nepal is a party is not a mere political undertaking. Under Section 9 of the Nepal Treaty Act, 2047, where a provision of a treaty is inconsistent with an existing law, the treaty provision prevails, as if it were law of Nepal.
  2. Pacta sunt servanda. Having consented to a treaty, Nepal must perform it in good faith. It cannot rely on its internal law or on an executive decision to avoid obligations.
  3. The executive is bound. The Council of Ministers and government bodies act within the law, and treaty obligations are part of that law. An executive decision inconsistent with a binding treaty is open to challenge by writ.
  4. Judicial review and standing. The Supreme Court may review such executive decisions on a writ petition, and a petitioner raising a matter of public concern may be heard.

Significance. The case supports the position that Nepal follows a form of the monist approach through statute: a treaty has the force of national law and prevails over a conflicting ordinary law. This position was later confirmed by Article 279 of the Constitution of Nepal, 2072 and by the Treaty Act, 2047.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

Highlight on stay orders and interlocutory orders in brief. What are the basic differences between stay orders and interlocutory orders mention in brief.

Answer

Stay Orders and Interlocutory Orders

Stay Order

A stay order is an order by which a court restrains or suspends the operation of a proceeding, an order, or a decision of a lower court or authority until the matter is finally decided. It is a protective, interim measure whose purpose is to preserve the status quo so that the relief ultimately granted does not become infructuous. In Nepal, stay orders are commonly issued under the Muluki Civil Procedure Code, 2074 and the Administration of Justice Act, 2073, and are typically sought through a writ petition or an appeal. A stay order does not decide the merits of the case; it merely halts execution or further proceedings for the time being. It may be granted with or without notice to the opposite party, and it stands vacated once the main case is disposed of or the order is recalled.

Interlocutory Order

An interlocutory order is any order passed during the pendency of a suit or proceeding that settles a procedural or interim matter and does not finally determine the rights of the parties. Examples include orders relating to amendment of pleadings, appointment of a receiver, interim custody, discovery, or ad interim injunction. Such an order is provisional in nature and is always subject to modification or reversal at the final hearing. It is not a final judgment and therefore generally does not bar the parties from raising the same issues at the final stage.

Basic Differences

BasisStay OrderInterlocutory Order
MeaningSuspends or restrains operation of a proceeding, order or decisionAny order passed during the pendency of a case on a procedural or interim matter
PurposeTo preserve the status quo and prevent irreparable harmTo regulate the conduct of the case and protect rights pending final decision
ScopeNarrow — directed at staying execution or further proceedingsWide — covers all interim and procedural matters
Effect on main caseDoes not decide the merits; only halts proceedingsDoes not decide the merits; decides ancillary issues
FinalityTemporary; lapses when the main case ends or is recalledProvisional; may be modified or reversed at any stage
Who may grantUsually appellate or writ court, or the court hearing the main matterThe court before which the case is pending
AppealabilityGenerally appealable under specific statutory provisionsOften not appealable separately, being interlocutory

Conclusion

In brief, a stay order is a specific kind of interim relief that stops the machinery of a proceeding or execution, whereas an interlocutory order is a broader category of provisional orders passed during the pendency of a case on procedural or interim matters. Every stay order is interlocutory in character, but every interlocutory order is not a stay order.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2075 · Procedural Law (322)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a) Limitation and laches b) Precedent c) Staredecisis d) Natural justice e) Amicuscurie

Answer

a) Limitation and Laches

Limitation is a statutory bar on the enforcement of a right after the expiry of a period fixed by law. The Limitation Act, 2058 (Nepal) prescribes the time within which different suits must be filed — for example, a suit for the recovery of immovable property must generally be filed within two years of the cause of action. If the suit is filed after the prescribed period, it is liable to be dismissed even if the claim is otherwise valid. Limitation is based on the maxim interest reipublicae ut sit finis litium (it is in the public interest that litigation come to an end). It applies to legal remedies, not to mere moral or natural rights.

Laches, on the other hand, is an equitable doctrine. It means unreasonable delay or negligence in asserting a right, which may disentitle a party to equitable relief even where no statute of limitation applies. Laches is not governed by a fixed period; it depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. The essence is that a person who sleeps over his rights cannot be heard in a court of equity — vigilantibus non dormientibus jura subveniunt (the law helps the vigilant, not those who sleep).

Distinction: Limitation is statutory and definite, whereas laches is equitable and discretionary. Limitation bars the remedy, while laches may bar the equitable relief itself. In Nepal, the Limitation Act governs limitation, while the principle of laches is applied by courts in equity matters such as specific performance and injunction.


b) Precedent

Precedent means a previously decided case that serves as an authority or guide for deciding subsequent cases involving similar facts or questions of law. It is a source of law based on the maxim stare decisis et non quieta movere — to stand by decided matters and not to disturb settled points. The doctrine gives certainty, consistency and predictability to the legal system.

Kinds of precedent:

  1. Authoritative (binding) precedent — one which a court is bound to follow, e.g. a decision of the Supreme Court binding on all subordinate courts in Nepal.
  2. Persuasive precedent — one which is not binding but carries weight, e.g. decisions of foreign courts or obiter dicta.
  3. Original precedent — a decision that creates a new rule of law where none existed before.
  4. Declaratory precedent — a decision that merely declares and applies an already existing rule.

Ratio decidendi is the legal principle or reason on which the decision is based; it is the binding part of the judgment. Obiter dictum is a statement made by the way or by the bye, not necessary for the decision; it is only persuasive. In Nepal, Article 128 of the Constitution provides that the decisions of the Supreme Court are binding on all courts and other judicial authorities, and the Supreme Court may settle precedents for the interpretation of the Constitution and law.


c) Stare Decisis

Stare decisis is a Latin phrase meaning "to stand by things decided." It is the legal doctrine under which courts are bound to follow the rules laid down in earlier decisions of higher courts or of the same court, so that the law remains stable and consistent. The full maxim is stare decisis et non quieta movere — to stand by decisions and not to disturb settled matters.

Elements/operation:

  1. Vertical stare decisis — a lower court is bound by the decisions of a higher court in the same hierarchy. In Nepal, all courts are bound by the decisions of the Supreme Court.
  2. Horizontal stare decisis — a court is generally bound by its own earlier decisions, though the Supreme Court may depart from its earlier decision in the interest of justice or when the earlier decision is found erroneous.

Advantages: certainty, consistency, predictability, stability of law, and saving of judicial time. Disadvantages: rigidity, difficulty in adapting to changed social conditions, and the possibility of perpetuating errors. To avoid hardship, the Supreme Court may overrule its earlier decision or distinguish the present case on facts. Thus, stare decisis is the foundation of the doctrine of precedent and an important source of law in common law systems, including Nepal.


d) Natural Justice

Natural justice (also called jus naturale) is a set of fundamental procedural principles that every judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative authority must follow while deciding a matter affecting the rights or interests of a person. It is based on the idea of fairness and is regarded as the minimum standard of procedure. In Nepal, the right to fair hearing is guaranteed by Article 20 of the Constitution.

The two main principles of natural justice are:

  1. Audi alteram partem (hear the other side): No person shall be condemned unheard. Every party must be given a reasonable opportunity to present his case, to know the case against him, to cross-examine witnesses, and to rebut the evidence. Notice, hearing, and reasoned decision are its components.
  2. Nemo judex in causa sua (no one shall be a judge in his own cause): The deciding authority must be impartial and free from bias — personal, pecuniary or otherwise. A person who has an interest in the matter or has already formed an opinion cannot act as a judge.

Other principles: the authority must give a reasoned decision, must act in good faith, and must not exceed its jurisdiction. Natural justice is not a rigid rule but a flexible concept whose content varies with the facts and the nature of the enquiry. Violation of natural justice makes the decision void or liable to be quashed by a writ of certiorari.


e) Amicus Curiae

Amicus curiae is a Latin term meaning "friend of the court." It refers to a person or organisation who is not a party to a case but is permitted by the court to assist it by giving information, legal opinion or arguments on a point of law or fact involved in the case. Such a person is called an amicus curiae or "friend of the court."

Purpose and functions:

  1. To help the court in deciding complex, technical or constitutional questions by providing impartial expert assistance.
  2. To bring to the notice of the court matters of public importance which the parties may have overlooked.
  3. To ensure that justice is done by placing all relevant materials before the court.

Position in Nepal: The Supreme Court of Nepal may appoint an amicus curiae in important constitutional or public interest cases. The amicus curiae is expected to be impartial and not to take sides; he assists the court and not any party. The court is not bound by his opinion but may consider it. The institution is especially useful in cases involving the interpretation of the Constitution, protection of fundamental rights, and matters of general public interest.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

Examine the nature and significance of public international law in the present international order.

Answer

Nature and Significance of Public International Law in the Present International Order

1. Introduction

Public international law is the body of rules, principles and norms that governs the conduct of states and other subjects of international law in their mutual relations. Oppenheim defines it as "the law of nations or international law (droit des gens) is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other." In the present international order, marked by interdependence, globalisation, armed conflicts and transnational challenges, public international law has acquired a renewed nature and significance.

2. Nature of Public International Law

(a) Law properly so-called, though weak in sanctions. The traditional view (Austin, Hobbes, Pufendorf) treated international law as mere "positive morality" because it lacks a sovereign command and centralised sanction. The modern view (Oppenheim, Lauterpacht, Hart) rejects this. International law is law because states themselves treat it as binding, and sanctions exist in the form of retorsion, reprisals, countermeasures, collective action under Chapter VII of the UN Charter, and international courts and tribunals.

(b) Law made by states themselves. Unlike municipal law, international law is not imposed by a superior authority. It is created through consent — express (treaties) or implied (custom) — as reflected in Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice: international conventions, international custom, general principles of law, and judicial decisions and teachings as subsidiary means.

(c) Horizontal, decentralised system. It operates between sovereign equals (par in parem non habet imperium). There is no world legislature, executive or compulsory judiciary in the domestic sense. The UN General Assembly recommends; the Security Council has limited enforcement powers; the ICJ's jurisdiction is consensual.

(d) Expanding subjects. Originally only states were subjects. Today international organisations (UN, WTO, EU), individuals (human rights law, international criminal law), and even corporations and non-state actors have rights and duties under international law.

(e) Dynamic and evolving. From a "law of coexistence" it has grown into a "law of cooperation" (Friedmann), covering trade, environment, human rights, cyber space, outer space and the sea.

(f) Dualist and monist debate. Its relationship with municipal law varies — some states follow monism (international law is part of domestic law), others dualism (it must be transformed by legislation).

3. Significance in the Present International Order

(a) Maintenance of international peace and security. The UN Charter (Article 2(4)) prohibits the threat or use of force; Chapter VII empowers the Security Council to take enforcement measures. The ICJ, ICC and ad hoc tribunals (ICTY, ICTR) punish aggression, genocide, war crimes and crimes against humanity.

(b) Peaceful settlement of disputes. Article 33 of the Charter obliges peaceful settlement through negotiation, mediation, conciliation, arbitration and judicial settlement. The ICJ, ITLOS and WTO Dispute Settlement Body provide mechanisms.

(c) Regulation of global commons and shared resources. The UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (1982), Antarctic Treaty, Outer Space Treaty and climate change regime (UNFCCC, Paris Agreement) govern areas beyond national jurisdiction.

(d) Protection of human rights. The UDHR (1948), ICCPR, ICESCR and regional conventions impose obligations on states towards individuals, limiting the traditional doctrine of domestic jurisdiction (Article 2(7) of the Charter).

(e) Promotion of trade and economic cooperation. WTO law, bilateral investment treaties and the IMF/World Bank framework provide predictability and rule-based conduct in global economic relations.

(f) Humanitarian protection. International humanitarian law (Geneva Conventions, Additional Protocols) and international refugee law protect victims of armed conflict and displacement.

(g) Response to transnational challenges. Terrorism, cyber-attacks, pandemics, drug trafficking, money laundering and climate change require cooperative legal regimes that only international law can supply.

(h) Legitimacy and accountability. International law provides the normative standard by which state conduct is judged, giving legitimacy to collective action and holding violators accountable before world opinion and international institutions.

4. Challenges to Its Effectiveness

  • Weak enforcement and dependence on great-power cooperation.
  • Selective application and double standards.
  • Veto power paralysing the Security Council.
  • Non-compliance by powerful states and withdrawal from treaties.
  • Rapid technological change outpacing legal rules.

5. Conclusion

Public international law is neither a mere code of morality nor a fully centralised legal system. It is a dynamic, consent-based, decentralised body of law that has expanded from regulating war and diplomacy to governing trade, human rights, environment and global commons. In the present international order — characterised by interdependence and transnational threats — it remains indispensable for peace, cooperation, justice and orderly relations among states. Its effectiveness ultimately depends on the political will of states, yet its normative authority and institutional reach have never been greater.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

In what extent the individual possesses the status as a subject of international law in accordance with the modern international law? Discuss.

Answer

Individual as a Subject of International Law under Modern International Law

1. Introduction

Traditionally, only states were regarded as subjects of international law. The individual was treated merely as an object of international law — a person over whom states exercised rights and duties, not one who held rights and duties directly. The Permanent Court of International Justice in the Lotus case (1927) reflected this classical view. However, modern international law has substantially changed this position. Today the individual is recognised as a partial or limited subject of international law, possessing certain rights and duties directly on the international plane.

2. Meaning of Subject of International Law

A subject of international law is an entity that:

  • possesses international legal personality;
  • can hold rights and duties under international law;
  • has the capacity to make claims and be held responsible before international forums.

3. Classical Position

Under classical international law:

  • Only states were subjects; individuals were objects.
  • An injury to an individual was treated as an injury to his state.
  • The individual had no standing before international tribunals; his state had to exercise diplomatic protection on his behalf (e.g., Mavrommatis Palestine Concessions case, PCIJ 1924).

4. Modern Position — Individual as a Subject

Modern international law, especially after 1945, has granted the individual a measure of international legal personality in the following ways:

(a) Rights conferred directly on individuals

  • Human rights law: The UN Charter (1945), Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948), ICCPR and ICESCR (1966) recognise rights of individuals directly under international law.
  • Genocide Convention (1948) declares genocide a crime under international law, punishable whether committed by rulers, officials or private individuals.
  • Geneva Conventions (1949) and their Additional Protocols protect victims of war, prisoners of war and civilians.
  • Refugee Convention (1951) protects refugees; Convention against Torture (1984) prohibits torture.

(b) Procedural capacity — right to make international claims

  • European Court of Human Rights: Individuals may file applications directly against states after exhausting local remedies.
  • UN Human Rights Committee: Individuals may submit communications under the First Optional Protocol to the ICCPR.
  • Inter-American Court of Human Rights and African Court on Human and Peoples' Rights also allow individual petitions.
  • UN Human Rights Council permits individual complaints under special procedures.

(c) Individual criminal responsibility

  • Nuremberg and Tokyo Tribunals (1945–46) held individuals criminally liable for crimes against peace, war crimes and crimes against humanity, rejecting the plea of "act of state".
  • ICTY (1993) and ICTR (1994) prosecuted individuals.
  • Rome Statute (1998) established the International Criminal Court (ICC), which tries individuals directly.
  • Piracy, slavery, drug trafficking are also international crimes for which individuals are personally liable.

(d) Other capacities

  • Individuals may serve as judges, arbitrators, agents and diplomats in international proceedings.
  • Individuals may acquire rights under treaties (e.g., investment treaties allow investors to sue states directly).
  • Individuals owe duties such as the duty not to commit international crimes and the duty of allegiance to the state.

5. Limits of Individual Personality

The individual's status is still limited and derivative:

  • He cannot make treaties in his own name.
  • He cannot be a member of the UN or similar organisations.
  • His rights are mostly enforceable only where states consent (treaty-based mechanisms).
  • He cannot generally bring cases before the ICJ, which admits only states.
  • His personality is partial, not full like that of a state.

6. Conclusion

Thus, under modern international law the individual is no longer a mere object but a limited subject of international law. He enjoys direct rights (especially human rights), bears direct criminal responsibility, and in several regional systems can directly approach international tribunals. However, this personality is partial and incomplete, since states remain the primary and full subjects. Hence, it can be said that the individual possesses the status of a subject of international law to a limited extent only — enough to be recognised as a person on the international plane, but not to the extent of a state.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

Critically examine the privileges and immunities of diplomats in accordance with Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961.

Answer

Privileges and Immunities of Diplomats under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961: A Critical Examination

1. Introduction

The Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961 (VCDR) is the cornerstone of modern diplomatic law. It codified long-standing customary rules governing diplomatic intercourse and, for the first time, gave them a comprehensive treaty form. Its central purpose, stated in the Preamble, is "not for the benefit of individuals but to ensure the efficient performance of the functions of diplomatic missions as representing States." The privileges and immunities granted to diplomats are therefore functional, not personal. This answer examines those privileges and immunities, their rationale, their limits, and the criticisms they attract.

2. Rationale and Theoretical Basis

Three theories have historically explained diplomatic immunity:

  • Personal representation theory — the diplomat personifies the sovereign.
  • Extraterritoriality theory — the diplomat is deemed to remain on home territory.
  • Functional necessity theory — immunity is required so the diplomat can perform duties free from interference.

The VCDR adopts the functional necessity approach, as reflected in the Preamble. This is significant because it means immunity is measured by what the function requires, not by the dignity of the envoy.

3. Privileges and Immunities of the Diplomatic Agent

A. Inviolability of the person (Article 29). The person of a diplomatic agent is inviolable and shall not be liable to any form of arrest or detention. The receiving State must treat him with due respect and take all appropriate steps to prevent any attack on his person, freedom or dignity. This is the most fundamental immunity, and it is absolute in character.

B. Inviolability of premises and archives (Articles 22, 24). Mission premises are inviolable; agents of the receiving State may not enter them except with the consent of the head of mission. The premises, furnishings, and means of transport are immune from search, requisition, attachment or execution. Archives and documents are inviolable at all times and wherever they may be.

C. Immunity from jurisdiction (Article 31). A diplomatic agent enjoys immunity from the criminal, civil, and administrative jurisdiction of the receiving State, subject to three civil exceptions:

  1. real actions relating to private immovable property situated in the receiving State, unless held on behalf of the sending State for mission purposes;
  2. actions relating to succession in which the diplomat is involved as executor, administrator, heir, or legatee as a private person;
  3. actions relating to any professional or commercial activity exercised by the diplomat outside his official functions.

The immunity from criminal jurisdiction is absolute; there is no exception. The diplomat cannot be prosecuted even for a serious crime such as murder or espionage. The remedy lies in waiver by the sending State (Article 32) or in expulsion under Article 9.

D. Immunity from giving evidence (Article 31(2)). A diplomat is not obliged to give evidence as a witness. However, he may be required to give evidence in the three civil exceptions above, though even then no coercive measure may be applied.

E. Exemption from taxation and dues (Articles 33, 34, 36). Diplomats are exempt from dues and taxes, personal or real, national, regional, or municipal, with certain exceptions (indirect taxes, taxes on private immovable property, inheritance taxes, etc.). They are exempt from customs duties on articles for official or personal use, and from inspection of personal baggage unless there are serious grounds to believe it contains prohibited items.

F. Exemption from social security and public service (Articles 33, 35). Exemption from social security provisions and from personal services, public service of any kind, and military obligations such as requisitioning, contribution, and billeting.

G. Freedom of movement and communication (Articles 26, 27). The receiving State must ensure freedom of movement and travel, subject to laws on prohibited zones. The mission's official communication is inviolable, including the diplomatic bag and courier.

4. Immunities of the Mission and Its Staff

Articles 22, 23, and 27 protect the mission premises, the diplomatic bag, and the courier. Administrative and technical staff, and their families, enjoy most of these immunities (Article 37), while service staff enjoy only immunity in respect of acts performed in the course of their duties. Members of the diplomat's family forming part of his household also enjoy the same immunities, provided they are not nationals of the receiving State.

5. Duration and Limits

Immunity begins from the moment the person enters the receiving State to take up his post, or, if already there, from the moment his appointment is notified (Article 39). It continues even after the function ends, in respect of acts performed in the exercise of official functions. A third State must accord inviolability and immunity to a diplomat passing through its territory (Article 40).

6. Critical Examination

A. Functional necessity vs. abuse. The functional rationale is sound, but in practice immunity is often broader than function requires. The absolute criminal immunity means serious crimes go unpunished in the receiving State. The sending State rarely waives immunity, and expulsion is a weak substitute for criminal justice. This creates a perception of impunity.

B. The civil exceptions are narrow and ineffective. The three exceptions in Article 31(1) are limited. A diplomat cannot be sued for most private debts, torts, or contracts. Even where an exception applies, execution against him is barred by Article 31(3). Creditors are thus left without remedy.

C. Abuse of premises and the bag. Article 22 has been invoked to shield persons and documents from lawful process. The diplomatic bag has been used to smuggle persons and goods. The Convention provides no inspection mechanism, and the 1989 ILC draft on the diplomatic bag has not been adopted as a binding protocol.

D. Asymmetry between sending and receiving States. The Convention imposes obligations on the receiving State but leaves enforcement to reciprocity and the sending State's willingness to waive. Powerful States can protect their diplomats more effectively than weak States, creating inequality.

E. National staff and nationals of the receiving State. Under Article 38, diplomats who are nationals of or permanently resident in the receiving State enjoy only immunity from jurisdiction and inviolability in respect of official acts. This is a sensible limitation, but it creates practical difficulties in proof and enforcement.

F. The problem of "persona non grata". Article 9 allows the receiving State to declare a diplomat persona non grata without giving reasons. This is a useful safety valve, but it is a political remedy, not a legal one. It does not address the underlying wrong.

G. Modern challenges. Terrorism, espionage, and transnational crime have exposed the limits of the Convention. The Convention was drafted in a different era and does not address modern threats. Proposals for reform have been resisted because States value the stability and predictability of the existing regime.

7. Conclusion

The VCDR, 1961, represents a delicate balance between the need to protect diplomats so they can perform their functions and the need to protect the receiving State's sovereignty and the rights of its citizens. The privileges and immunities it grants are broad and, in the case of criminal jurisdiction, absolute. While the functional necessity rationale is theoretically sound, the practical operation of the Convention reveals significant gaps: absolute criminal immunity, narrow civil exceptions, abuse of the diplomatic bag and premises, and an absence of effective enforcement mechanisms. The Convention remains the best available framework, but it is not without flaws. Reform is difficult because States value stability, yet the criticisms highlight the need for careful balancing between diplomatic privilege and accountability. The remedy lies not in abandoning the Convention but in greater use of waiver, stricter enforcement of Article 9, and, where possible, supplementary agreements to address specific abuses.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

What are the formal processes of conclusion of treaties? Examine treaty making power under the constitution and legislative provisions of Nepal.

Answer

Formal processes of conclusion of treaties

Treaty-making is a staged process, set out in the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969 (VCLT):

  1. Negotiation — accredited representatives holding full powers settle the text.
  2. Adoption of the text — usually by consent of all the negotiating states (at an international conference, by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting).
  3. Authentication — the text is fixed as final by signature, initialling or ad referendum signature.
  4. Signature — expresses willingness to proceed. Unless the treaty says otherwise, it does not bind the state. It does create a duty not to defeat the object and purpose of the treaty (Art. 18 VCLT).
  5. Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession — the formal act by which a state consents to be bound (Arts. 11-16 VCLT). Accession is used by a state that did not sign.
  6. Entry into force — as the treaty provides, for example on a fixed number of ratifications or on a date (Art. 24).
  7. Registration and publication — with the UN Secretariat under Art. 102 of the UN Charter and Art. 80 VCLT.

Reservations (Arts. 19-23 VCLT) may be made when a state signs or ratifies. They are a separate doctrine, not a stage of conclusion.

Treaty-making power under the Constitution of Nepal, 2072

Article 279 governs the ratification, accession, acceptance and approval of treaties.

Type of treatyRequirement
Peace and friendship, defence and strategic alliance, boundaries, natural resources and their distributionTwo-thirds majority of the members present in a joint sitting of both Houses of the Federal Parliament
Other treaties of national importance (not of a routine nature)Simple majority of the members present in a joint sitting of both Houses
Treaties of a routine natureMay be concluded by the Government of Nepal, with no parliamentary ratification required

The Constitution also provides that treaties are to be given effect in a manner consistent with the Constitution. The executive (the Council of Ministers, with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs as the nodal agency) negotiates and signs, and Parliament controls ratification of the important categories. This balances executive efficiency against democratic accountability.

Legislative provisions

  • Nepal Treaty Act, 2047 (1990) governs the conclusion of, and giving effect to, treaties. Section 9 provides that where a provision of a treaty to which Nepal is a party is inconsistent with a law in force, the treaty provision prevails, as if it were Nepali law. Nepal therefore follows a statutory form of the monist approach.
  • The Rules of Procedure of the Federal Parliament govern how treaties are tabled, debated and voted on.

Conclusion

Treaties are concluded through negotiation, adoption, authentication, signature, ratification or accession, entry into force and registration. In Nepal, Article 279 of the Constitution places treaty-making with the executive, subject to parliamentary approval for vital treaties. Section 9 of the Treaty Act, 2047 gives ratified treaties precedence over inconsistent domestic law.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

What are the sources of international Law? Shed light the customary international law as one of the important sources of International law.

Answer

Sources of International Law

The sources of international law are the materials and processes through which rules of international law come into existence. The traditional statement of these sources is found in Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice (ICJ), which directs the Court to apply:

  1. International conventions (treaties) — whether general or particular, expressly recognised by the contesting states. These are the most direct and modern source, binding only on the parties to them (pacta sunt servanda).
  2. International custom — general practice accepted as law (usus plus opinio juris).
  3. General principles of law — recognised by civilised nations, e.g. good faith, res judicata, unjust enrichment, used mainly to fill gaps.
  4. Judicial decisions and teachings of the most highly qualified publicists — as subsidiary means for determining the law (e.g. ICJ decisions, writings of Oppenheim, Brownlie).
  5. Ex aequo et bono — decisions based on fairness, but only if the parties expressly agree (Article 38(2)).

Some writers also add resolutions of international organisations (UN General Assembly resolutions, Security Council decisions) and unilateral acts of states as modern sources. Article 38 is generally treated as an authoritative, though not exhaustive, list.

Customary International Law as a Source

Custom is the oldest and one of the most important sources of international law. It consists of unwritten rules that emerge from the consistent conduct of states and become binding because states accept them as law. Two elements are essential:

  • State practice (usus / material element): There must be a consistent, uniform and general practice among states. It must be of sufficient duration, though long usage is not always required — in modern practice, widespread and representative participation may suffice (as in North Sea Continental Shelf Cases, 1969). Practice includes diplomatic acts, legislation, judicial decisions and conduct of armed forces.
  • Opinio juris (psychological element): States must follow the practice out of a sense of legal obligation, not merely from courtesy or convenience. This was clearly stated in the Lotus Case (1927) and reaffirmed in the North Sea Continental Shelf Cases.

Characteristics and importance of custom:

  • It is unwritten and develops gradually from the actual behaviour of states.
  • It is binding on all states generally, including new states, unless a state has persistently objected from the beginning (the doctrine of the persistent objector).
  • It is dynamic — it can change as practice changes, and a rule of custom may later be codified in a treaty (e.g. the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961, largely codified existing custom).
  • Custom fills the gaps left by treaties and applies even to non-parties, which makes it a source of universal application.
  • Examples include the freedom of the high seas, diplomatic immunity, prohibition of genocide, and the principle of non-refoulement.

Conclusion

Article 38 of the ICJ Statute remains the accepted starting point for identifying the sources of international law. Among these, customary international law occupies a central place because it is the oldest, most universal and most flexible source — it grows out of the actual practice and legal conviction of states and binds the international community as a whole.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Public International Law (303)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings.
a) Refugees b) Jus Cogens c) Territorial Jurisdiction d) Exhaustion of Local Remedies. e) Arbitration

Answer

Short Notes

a) Refugees

A refugee is a person who has fled their country of nationality (or habitual residence) owing to a well-founded fear of persecution on grounds of race, religion, nationality, membership of a particular social group, or political opinion, and who is unable or unwilling to return. The definition is given in Article 1(A)(2) of the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and its 1967 Protocol.

Key points:

  • Non-refoulement (Art. 33): A refugee shall not be returned to a territory where life or freedom would be threatened. This is the cornerstone of refugee protection and is now regarded as jus cogens.
  • Rights: Refugees enjoy freedom of religion, access to courts, identity papers, travel documents, and the right to work and education (subject to the same conditions as nationals or aliens as the Convention provides).
  • Duties: They must obey the laws of the host state.
  • Nepal's position: Nepal is not a party to the 1951 Convention but hosts refugees (e.g., Bhutanese, Tibetan) and has the Refugee Act, 2074 (2018) and rules thereunder. Nepal follows the principle of non-refoulement in practice.

b) Jus Cogens

Jus cogens (peremptory norms of general international law) means norms from which no derogation is permitted and which can be modified only by a subsequent norm of the same character. It is recognised in Article 53 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969.

Key points:

  • A treaty conflicting with a jus cogens norm is void (Art. 53); if a new peremptory norm emerges, existing conflicting treaties become void and terminate (Art. 64).
  • They are hierarchically superior to ordinary customary and treaty rules and bind all states, even without consent.
  • Examples: prohibition of genocide, slavery and slave trade, torture, aggression, piracy, and the principle of non-refoulement.
  • Effect: They create obligations erga omnes — owed to the international community as a whole — so any state may invoke responsibility for their breach.

c) Territorial Jurisdiction

Territorial jurisdiction is the competence of a state to exercise legislative, executive, and judicial authority over persons, property and events within its own territory. It flows from sovereignty and territorial sovereignty over land, internal waters, territorial sea and airspace.

Key points:

  • Subjective territorial principle: A state may try an offence that begins in its territory, even if completed abroad.
  • Objective territorial principle: A state may try an offence completed in its territory, even if it began abroad (e.g., the Lotus case).
  • Exceptions/limits: Diplomatic immunity, immunity of foreign heads of state, and immunities of international organisations restrict its exercise. Jurisdiction over foreign ships in the territorial sea and over foreign aircraft is also regulated by UNCLOS and the Chicago Convention.
  • Other bases: Nationality, protective, passive personality and universal jurisdiction supplement territorial jurisdiction.

d) Exhaustion of Local Remedies

Exhaustion of local remedies is a rule of customary international law under which a state may not bring an international claim (diplomatic protection) on behalf of its national until the injured person has exhausted all effective and available remedies in the courts and tribunals of the wrongdoing state.

Key points:

  • Purpose: To respect the sovereignty of the host state and give it a chance to redress the wrong through its own legal system.
  • Leading case: Interhandel (Switzerland v. USA), ICJ 1959 — the claim was held inadmissible because local remedies were not exhausted.
  • Exceptions: The rule does not apply where remedies are unavailable, ineffective, unduly delayed, or where the injury is a direct injury to the state itself (e.g., injury to diplomatic agents).
  • Waiver: A state may waive the requirement by agreement (e.g., in investment treaties, the rule is often bypassed through ISDS).

e) Arbitration

Arbitration is a method of peaceful settlement of international disputes in which the parties refer the dispute to one or more arbitrators of their own choice, who decide it on the basis of law and whose award is binding on the parties. It is distinct from judicial settlement because the tribunal is constituted by the parties and not a permanent court.

Key points:

  • Consent: The jurisdiction of an arbitral tribunal rests on the agreement of the parties (compromis, arbitration clause, or treaty).
  • Procedure: The parties select arbitrators, determine the applicable law and procedure, and the award is generally final and without appeal.
  • Leading cases: Alabama Claims Arbitration (1872) — USA v. Great Britain; Island of Palmas (1928); Trail Smelter (1938–41).
  • Institutions: Permanent Court of Arbitration (PCA), 1899; International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID), 1966.
  • Advantages: Flexibility, party autonomy, speed and expertise; disadvantage: high cost and no compulsory enforcement machinery (though the New York Convention, 1958 aids enforcement of foreign awards).

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)

Define international law. Discuss the relationship between international law and municipal law in the light of Nepal Treaty Act 1991.

Answer

Definition of International Law

International law (also called the law of nations or public international law) is the body of legal rules and principles that governs the conduct of states and other subjects of international law in their mutual relations. It is distinct from municipal (domestic) law in that it is made largely by the consent of states themselves and is enforced mainly through reciprocity, collective action and sanctions rather than through a single central legislature, court or police force.

Oppenheim's definition: "International law is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally binding by civilised states in their intercourse with each other."

Modern definition (Oppenheim, as revised by Lauterpacht): "International law is the body of rules which are legally binding on states in their intercourse with each other. These rules are primarily those which govern the relations of states, but states are not the only subjects of international law; international organisations and, to some extent, individuals may also be subjects of international law."

Brierly's definition: "The Law of Nations or International Law may be defined as the body of rules and principles of action which are binding upon civilised states in their relations with one another."

Thus international law is a decentralised legal system whose principal subjects are states, whose main sources are treaties and custom (Article 38 of the Statute of the International Court of Justice), and whose rules are legally binding, though their enforcement depends largely on the will and cooperation of states.


Relationship between International Law and Municipal Law

1. The theoretical debate

Two main theories explain the relationship:

(a) Monism. Monists (Kelsen, Kelsen–Verdross, Duguit) hold that international law and municipal law are parts of a single universal legal order, with international law at the apex. International law is automatically part of municipal law and needs no separate adoption; in case of conflict, international law prevails. The individual, not the state, is the ultimate subject of both systems.

(b) Dualism. Dualists (Triepel, Anzilotti) hold that international law and municipal law are two separate and distinct legal systems, differing in sources, subjects and sanctioning authority. International law binds states; municipal law binds individuals within a state. Since they are separate systems, international law cannot operate within a state unless it is transformed or incorporated into municipal law by legislation. In case of conflict, municipal courts apply municipal law.

2. State practice

In practice, states adopt a middle path. Two techniques are used:

  • Transformation / specific adoption: the treaty or rule is enacted into domestic law by the legislature before it can be applied by national courts (followed by the United Kingdom and, in substance, Nepal).
  • Incorporation / general adoption: international law is treated as automatically part of domestic law (followed by the United States in respect of custom, and by the Netherlands and other monist states).

3. Position under the Nepal Treaty Act 1991

Nepal follows the dualist approach with a strong monist element in the case of ratified treaties. The relevant provisions are:

  • Section 3: A treaty becomes binding on Nepal only after it is ratified, acceded to or approved by the Government of Nepal, and after the instrument of ratification or accession is deposited. Treaties of a legislative nature must be approved by Parliament by a simple majority; treaties of a political, strategic, boundary or defence nature require a two-thirds majority.
  • Section 4: Once a treaty is ratified and published in the Nepal Gazette, its provisions are enforceable in Nepal as if they were laws of Nepal. This is the "incorporation" element — no separate transforming statute is required.
  • Section 9: In case of conflict between a provision of a ratified treaty and a provision of existing or future municipal law, the treaty provision prevails. This is a clear departure from strict dualism and reflects the monist approach.
  • Section 9 (proviso): The supremacy of the treaty does not apply where the treaty conflicts with the Constitution of Nepal. The Constitution is the supreme law, and a treaty inconsistent with it cannot be enforced; such a treaty must be amended or the Constitution amended.

4. Judicial approach in Nepal

The Supreme Court of Nepal has applied Section 9 in several cases. In Advocate Santosh Bhandari v. Government of Nepal and in cases concerning the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) and the rights of women, the Court has held that ratified international instruments can be relied upon directly and that they prevail over inconsistent statutory provisions. However, the Court has also held that international law cannot override the Constitution and that treaty provisions must be read consistently with constitutional provisions.

5. Conclusion

International law and municipal law are distinct but interlinked systems. The classical debate between monism and dualism has given way to a pragmatic approach. Nepal, through the Nepal Treaty Act 1991, adopts a dualist framework for the making of treaties (ratification and parliamentary approval) but a monist approach for their effect (direct enforceability and supremacy over ordinary statutes), subject always to the supremacy of the Constitution. This balanced position ensures that Nepal honours its international obligations while preserving the sovereignty of its constitutional order.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)

Discuss the privileges and immunities of consular in accordance with Vienna Convention on Consular Relation, 1963.

Answer

Privileges and Immunities of Consuls under the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, 1963

1. Introduction

Consuls are state officials stationed in a foreign state to protect the commercial and other interests of the sending state and its nationals. Their position differs from that of diplomats: while diplomatic agents represent the sending state in the political sense, consuls perform administrative, commercial and protective functions. The Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, 1963 (VCCR) codifies the privileges and immunities of consular officers and consular posts. The Convention was adopted on 24 April 1963 and entered into force on 19 March 1967. Its underlying rationale is functional necessity — consuls are granted only those privileges and immunities required for the effective performance of their functions, not the broader personal immunity enjoyed by diplomats.

2. Meaning of Consul and Consular Post

  • Consular post means any consulate-general, consulate, vice-consulate or consular agency (Art. 1(1)(a)).
  • Consular officer means any person entrusted with the exercise of consular functions, including the head of the consular post (Art. 1(1)(d)).
  • Consular employee means any person employed in the administrative or technical service of a consular post (Art. 1(1)(e)).

3. Privileges and Immunities of the Consular Post

a. Inviolability of consular premises (Art. 31): The consular premises are inviolable to the extent used exclusively for the purposes of the consular post. The authorities of the receiving state may not enter the premises without the consent of the head of the consular post or the head of the diplomatic mission of the sending state. The receiving state has a special duty to protect the premises against intrusion, damage and disturbance of the peace of the consular post.

b. Inviolability of consular archives and documents (Art. 33): Consular archives and documents are inviolable at all times and wherever they may be, provided they are kept separate from other papers and documents.

c. Freedom of communication (Art. 35): The receiving state must permit and protect freedom of communication on the part of the consular post for all official purposes. Consuls may communicate with the government, diplomatic missions and other consular posts of the sending state by all appropriate means, including diplomatic or consular couriers and bags. The consular bag is inviolable and cannot be opened or detained.

d. Exemption from taxation and customs duties (Arts. 32, 49, 50): Consular premises and the residence of the head of the consular post are exempt from all national, regional and municipal taxes and dues, except charges for specific services rendered. The receiving state must permit the importation, free of customs duty, of articles for official use of the consular post and for the personal use of consular officers and their families.

e. Use of national flag and emblem (Art. 29): The sending state has the right to use its national flag and coat of arms on the consular premises and on the residence of the head of the post, and on means of transport used for official purposes.

4. Privileges and Immunities of Consular Officers

a. Personal inviolability (Art. 41): Consular officers are not liable to arrest or detention pending trial, except in the case of a grave crime and pursuant to a decision of the competent judicial authority. If a criminal proceeding is instituted against a consular officer, the officer must appear before the competent authorities. However, the proceeding must be conducted with respect due to the officer by reason of his official position and with the minimum of inconvenience to the exercise of consular functions. When a consular officer is detained or his freedom is restricted, the receiving state must notify the sending state without delay.

Note: The standard of "grave crime" is higher than the diplomatic standard of complete inviolability. Diplomats enjoy absolute immunity from arrest; consuls do not.

b. Immunity from jurisdiction (Art. 43): Consular officers and consular employees are not amenable to the judicial or administrative jurisdiction of the receiving state in respect of acts performed in the exercise of consular functions. However, this immunity does not apply to:

  • a civil action arising out of a contract concluded by a consular officer or employee in which they did not contract expressly or impliedly as an agent of the sending state;
  • a civil action by a third party for damage arising from an accident in the receiving state caused by a vehicle, vessel or aircraft.

c. Immunity from testifying (Art. 44): Consular officers may be called to give evidence in judicial or administrative proceedings, but they are not obliged to testify concerning matters connected with the exercise of their functions or to produce official correspondence or documents. Consular employees are not obliged to testify concerning matters connected with the exercise of their functions.

d. Exemption from personal services and military obligations (Art. 46): Consular officers and consular employees, and members of their families forming part of their households, are exempt from all personal services, from all public service of any kind, and from military obligations such as requisitioning, bil letting and military contributions.

e. Exemption from registration of aliens and residence permits (Art. 46): They are exempt from the obligation to register as aliens and from residence permits.

f. Immunity from social security provisions (Art. 48): Consular officers and consular employees are exempt from social security provisions of the receiving state in respect of services rendered for the sending state.

g. Exemption from taxation (Art. 49): Consular officers and consular employees, and members of their families forming part of their households, are exempt from all dues and taxes, personal or real, national, regional or municipal, except:

  • indirect taxes incorporated in the price of goods or services;
  • dues and taxes on private immovable property situated in the receiving state;
  • estate, succession or inheritance duties;
  • dues and taxes on private income having its source in the receiving state;
  • charges levied for specific services rendered;
  • registration, court or record fees, mortgage dues and stamp duties.

5. Privileges and Immunities of Consular Employees and Family Members

Consular employees who are nationals of the sending state and members of their families forming part of their households enjoy:

  • Immunity from jurisdiction for acts performed in the exercise of consular functions (Art. 43).
  • Exemption from personal services and military obligations (Art. 46).
  • Exemption from taxation on salaries and emoluments (Art. 49).
  • Exemption from customs duties on articles for personal use (Art. 50).

However, they do not enjoy personal inviolability in the same manner as consular officers.

6. Duration of Privileges and Immunities (Art. 53)

Every person entitled to privileges and immunities enjoys them from the moment of entering the territory of the receiving state, or if already present, from the moment of notification of his appointment. When his functions come to an end, such privileges and immunities cease at the moment when he leaves the territory, or upon expiry of a reasonable period in which to do so, whichever is earlier. However, immunity from jurisdiction continues with respect to acts performed in the exercise of consular functions.

7. Obligations of the Receiving State

  • To accord full facilities for the performance of consular functions (Art. 28).
  • To protect consular premises and prevent any intrusion or damage (Art. 31).
  • To ensure freedom of communication and protect the consular bag (Art. 35).
  • To notify the sending state without delay in case of arrest, detention or prosecution of a consular officer (Art. 41).

8. Obligations of Consular Officers

  • To respect the laws and regulations of the receiving state (Art. 55).
  • Not to interfere in the internal affairs of the receiving state (Art. 55).
  • Not to use consular premises in any manner incompatible with consular functions (Art. 55).

9. Distinction between Diplomatic and Consular Immunities

BasisDiplomatic AgentConsular Officer
Personal inviolabilityAbsolute; cannot be arrested at allNot liable to arrest except for grave crime
Immunity from civil jurisdictionBroad, with limited exceptionsRestricted to official acts
TestifyingNot obliged to testify at allMay testify except on official matters
DurationCeases on leaving the countryCeases on leaving the country
BasisRepresentative characterFunctional necessity

10. Conclusion

The Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, 1963 grants consuls privileges and immunities that are functional in nature — they exist to enable consuls to perform their duties without hindrance. They are narrower than diplomatic immunities because consuls do not represent the sending state in the political sense. The Convention balances the interests of the sending state (effective consular service) with those of the receiving state (retention of jurisdiction over ordinary crimes and civil matters). Thus, the 1963 Convention provides a comprehensive and balanced legal framework for consular privileges and immunities in international law.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)

If the international disputes are not settled through peaceful means, then, what sorts of means are used for the settlement of international disputes? Discuss.

Answer

If international disputes are not settled through peaceful (amicable) means, the parties may resort to coercive or compulsive means of settlement. These methods involve pressure, force or compulsion and are regulated mainly by the UN Charter. They are as follows:

1. Retorsion A lawful but unfriendly act by one state against another in retaliation for a similar or unfriendly act. It is always lawful because the act itself is not a violation of international law. Examples: withdrawal of diplomatic privileges, suspension of trade concessions, expulsion of diplomats, imposition of tariffs or embargoes.

2. Reprisals Coercive acts that would ordinarily be illegal but become lawful when taken in response to a prior illegal act by the other state, and only after the prior act has been refused redress. They must be proportionate. Examples: seizure of ships or goods, blockade, freezing of assets. Modern international law restricts reprisals involving the use of force, which are governed by the law of self-defence (Article 51 of the UN Charter).

3. Embargo A coercive measure by which a state or group of states suspends trade and commerce with another state. It may be used as a reprisal or as a collective measure ordered by the UN Security Council under Article 41. Example: the UN embargoes against Rhodesia (1966) and Iraq (1990).

4. Pacific Blockade A blockade applied in time of peace to coerce a state into settling a dispute, without amounting to an act of war. It is directed against the ports and coast of the delinquent state. Example: the British blockade of Greece (1850). It is now largely regarded as unlawful if it involves the use of force contrary to Article 2(4) of the Charter.

5. Intervention Dictatorial interference by a state in the internal or external affairs of another state. It is generally prohibited by international law, except in cases such as self-defence, collective action authorised by the UN, or humanitarian intervention in exceptional circumstances.

6. Collective Measures under the UN Charter Where peaceful means fail and the situation threatens international peace and security, the Security Council may take action under Chapter VII:

  • Article 41 — measures not involving the use of armed force: economic sanctions, embargoes, severance of diplomatic relations, etc.
  • Article 42 — if Article 41 measures are inadequate, the Security Council may take action by air, sea or land forces, i.e. military enforcement action (e.g. the Korean War 1950, the Gulf War 1991).

7. War / Use of Force War was a traditional means of settling disputes, but the Kellogg–Briand Pact, 1928 renounced war as an instrument of national policy, and Article 2(4) of the UN Charter prohibits the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state. The only exceptions are individual or collective self-defence under Article 51 and enforcement action authorised by the Security Council.

Conclusion Thus, when peaceful settlement fails, states may use coercive means ranging from retorsion, reprisals, embargo and pacific blockade to collective UN enforcement measures. However, under the modern UN Charter regime, resort to force is lawful only in self-defence or when authorised by the Security Council; unilateral war as a means of settling disputes is no longer lawful.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)

Examine the importance and function of nationality. Also, mention the modes of acquiring and losing nationality.

Answer

Importance and Function of Nationality

Meaning: Nationality is the legal bond that ties an individual to a particular State. It denotes membership of a person in a State and is the legal status by which a person becomes a citizen of that State. It is distinct from citizenship, which is the enjoyment of full civil and political rights within the State.

Importance of Nationality

  1. Identity and membership: It gives a person a legal identity as a member of a particular State and distinguishes him from aliens.
  2. Source of rights: It entitles a person to civil, political, economic and social rights, including the right to vote, hold public office and receive State protection.
  3. Protection at home and abroad: A national enjoys the protection of his State within its territory and diplomatic protection while abroad.
  4. Basis of duties: It imposes duties such as allegiance, loyalty, payment of taxes and military or national service.
  5. Foundation of State sovereignty: The State is composed of nationals; without nationals there can be no State. Nationality determines the permanent population of a State.
  6. International recognition: It fixes the legal relationship between the individual and the State in international law, and helps determine jurisdiction and extradition.

Functions of Nationality

  1. It determines who is a citizen and who is an alien.
  2. It confers and regulates political rights, especially the franchise and eligibility for public office.
  3. It secures the individual against denial of rights and against statelessness.
  4. It establishes the duty of allegiance and the corresponding right of the State to command obedience.
  5. It enables the State to exercise diplomatic protection over its nationals abroad.
  6. It serves as the connecting factor in private international law (conflict of laws) to decide which law applies to a person.

Modes of Acquiring Nationality

A. By birth — determined by two principles:

  • Jus soli (law of the soil): nationality by place of birth.
  • Jus sanguinis (law of blood): nationality by descent from parents who are nationals.

B. By naturalization — a person of foreign origin acquires nationality by fulfilling conditions such as residence, good character, and taking an oath of allegiance. It may be direct (application) or indirect (subjugation of territory, cession, etc.).

C. By marriage — a woman may acquire the nationality of her husband on marriage (as under Nepali law, a foreign woman married to a Nepali citizen may acquire Nepali citizenship).

D. By legitimation — an illegitimate child acquires the father's nationality when he is legitimated by the father's subsequent marriage to the mother.

E. By adoption — an adopted child may acquire the nationality of the adoptive parents.

F. By resumption (reacquisition) — a person who lost nationality may regain it by returning to the original State and complying with legal formalities.

G. By subjugation or cession of territory — when territory passes from one State to another, the inhabitants may acquire the nationality of the new State.

Modes of Losing Nationality

  1. Renunciation (voluntary): A person voluntarily gives up his nationality, usually on acquiring the nationality of another State.
  2. Deprivation (involuntary): Nationality is taken away by the State as a punishment or for disloyalty, fraud in naturalization, or service in a foreign army.
  3. Marriage: A woman may lose her original nationality on marrying a foreign national, depending on the law of the State.
  4. Legitimation: A child may lose the nationality of the mother and acquire that of the father.
  5. Adoption: An adopted child may lose his original nationality and take that of the adoptive parents.
  6. Long residence abroad: Some States withdraw nationality if a national resides abroad for a long period without maintaining contact with the State.
  7. Subjugation or cession of territory: Inhabitants of transferred territory may lose the old nationality and acquire the new one.

Conclusion: Nationality is the legal and political bond between the individual and the State. It is essential for the existence of the State, for the enjoyment of rights, and for the protection of persons both at home and abroad. Hence every State provides clear rules for acquiring and losing nationality.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2077 · Public International Law (303)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a) Sources of International Humanitarian Law b) Rebus Sic Stantibus c) Maritime Jurisdiction d) Treatment of Aliens e) Effects of war on Treaties

Answer

Short Notes

a) Sources of International Humanitarian Law

International Humanitarian Law (IHL), also called the law of armed conflict or jus in bello, is the body of rules that limits the means and methods of warfare and protects persons who are not, or are no longer, taking part in hostilities. Its sources are:

  1. Treaties (Conventions) — the primary source. These include:

    • The Hague Conventions of 1899 and 1907, which regulate the means and methods of warfare.
    • The four Geneva Conventions of 1949 and their Additional Protocols I and II of 1977, which protect wounded soldiers, prisoners of war, shipwrecked persons and civilians.
    • Other instruments such as the 1972 Biological Weapons Convention, the 1993 Chemical Weapons Convention and the 1997 Ottawa Treaty banning anti-personnel landmines.
  2. Customary International Law — rules that have emerged from consistent and general state practice accepted as law (opinio juris). Much of IHL, including the Martens Clause and the basic principles of distinction, proportionality and military necessity, is now customary and binds all states even without treaty ratification. The ICRC's study on customary IHL (2005) identifies 161 such rules.

  3. General Principles of Law — recognised by civilised nations, such as humanity, necessity and proportionality, which guide the interpretation and application of IHL.

  4. Judicial Decisions and Teachings — decisions of international tribunals (e.g. the Nuremberg and Tokyo Tribunals, the ICTY, ICTR and ICC) and the writings of publicists serve as subsidiary means for determining the law.

Thus, IHL draws mainly from treaties and custom, supplemented by general principles and judicial pronouncements.


b) Rebus Sic Stantibus

Rebus sic stantibus is a Latin phrase meaning "things standing thus" or "so long as things remain the same." It is a doctrine of the law of treaties under which a state may invoke a fundamental change of circumstances as a ground for terminating or withdrawing from a treaty.

Essentials (Article 62 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969):

  1. The change must be fundamental and must relate to circumstances that existed at the time the treaty was concluded.
  2. The change must be one that was not foreseen by the parties.
  3. The existence of those circumstances must have constituted an essential basis of the parties' consent to be bound.
  4. The effect of the change must be to radically transform the extent of obligations still to be performed.

Limitations:

  • It cannot be invoked to terminate a treaty that fixes a boundary.
  • It cannot be invoked if the change results from a breach of international obligation by the invoking state.
  • It does not apply to treaties of a humanitarian character or to provisions protecting human rights.

Example: In the Fisheries Jurisdiction case (UK v. Iceland, 1973), Iceland tried to rely on changed circumstances to terminate its agreement with the UK, but the ICJ rejected the plea. The doctrine is thus applied only in exceptional cases.


c) Maritime Jurisdiction

Maritime jurisdiction refers to the competence of a state to make and enforce laws over maritime areas and activities connected with the sea. Under the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982 (UNCLOS), maritime zones are divided as follows:

  1. Internal Waters — waters on the landward side of the baseline. The coastal state has full sovereignty; foreign ships have no right of innocent passage.

  2. Territorial Sea — up to 12 nautical miles from the baseline. The coastal state has sovereignty, but foreign ships enjoy the right of innocent passage. Criminal and civil jurisdiction over foreign ships is limited (Articles 27–28).

  3. Contiguous Zone — up to 24 nautical miles. The state may exercise control to prevent infringement of customs, fiscal, immigration and sanitary laws.

  4. Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) — up to 200 nautical miles. The coastal state has sovereign rights over exploration, exploitation and conservation of living and non-living resources, but other states enjoy freedom of navigation and overflight.

  5. Continental Shelf — extends to at least 200 nautical miles, and up to 350 nautical miles in certain cases. The coastal state has sovereign rights over the seabed and subsoil resources.

  6. High Seas — beyond national jurisdiction; the principle of freedom of the seas applies. Jurisdiction is generally exercised by the flag state over its ships.

Maritime jurisdiction thus balances the rights of the coastal state with the freedoms of other states.


d) Treatment of Aliens

An alien is a person who is not a national of the state in which he or she is present. International law lays down certain standards for the treatment of aliens:

  1. Admission — International law does not oblige a state to admit aliens. Each state has the sovereign right to regulate entry, subject to its own immigration laws and treaty obligations.

  2. Standard of Treatment — Once admitted, an alien is entitled to:

    • National Treatment — treatment no less favourable than that given to nationals in similar circumstances, especially in matters of protection of life, liberty and property.
    • Minimum International Standard — even if nationals are treated poorly, aliens must be given a minimum standard of justice recognised by international law (e.g. protection from denial of justice, arbitrary arrest and mob violence).
  3. Rights of Aliens — Aliens enjoy civil rights such as the right to contract, sue, own property (subject to local law) and freedom of movement. They generally do not enjoy political rights such as voting or holding public office.

  4. Duties of Aliens — Aliens must obey the laws of the host state, pay taxes and refrain from activities harmful to the security of the state.

  5. Expulsion — A state may expel an alien on valid grounds, but expulsion must be carried out in a humane manner, without unnecessary hardship, and in accordance with due process.

  6. Diplomatic Protection — If an alien's rights are violated and local remedies are exhausted, the alien's home state may extend diplomatic protection and espouse the claim internationally.


e) Effects of War on Treaties

War has a significant impact on treaties existing between belligerent states. The general effects are:

  1. Treaties between Belligerents — Most treaties between states at war are suspended or terminated:

    • Political treaties (e.g. treaties of alliance, friendship, commerce) are generally terminated by the outbreak of war.
    • Non-political treaties (e.g. trade, extradition, postal conventions) are usually suspended during hostilities and may revive after peace.
  2. Treaties of a Permanent Character — Treaties that create permanent rights or establish boundaries (e.g. boundary treaties, treaties of cession) are not affected by war. They continue in force.

  3. Multilateral Treaties — War between some parties does not affect the treaty as between the other parties. It may be suspended only between the belligerents.

  4. Treaties with Neutral States — Treaties between a belligerent and a neutral state generally continue in force, unless they are incompatible with the state of war.

  5. Revival after War — Treaties that were merely suspended may be revived by the peace treaty or by subsequent conduct of the parties. Some treaties require express revival.

  6. New Treaties — The peace treaty itself creates new obligations and may expressly terminate or confirm pre-war treaties.

Thus, war does not automatically terminate all treaties; its effect depends on the nature and character of each treaty.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

"The rights and duties of states are only the rights and duties of human being who compose them" Examine the statement in the light of modern subjects of international law.

Answer

Examination of the Statement: "The Rights and Duties of States are Only the Rights and Duties of Human Beings Who Compose Them"

1. Introduction

The statement reflects the positivist and realist view that a state is merely an aggregate of individuals and that its legal personality is a fiction. According to this view, whatever rights and duties a state possesses are ultimately traceable to the human beings who constitute it. However, modern international law has moved beyond this anthropomorphic conception. International law now recognises states, international organisations, individuals, and certain non-state entities as distinct subjects with independent rights and duties. This answer examines the statement in the light of these modern developments.

2. Meaning of the Statement

The statement is associated with the individualistic theory of international law, propounded by writers like Westlake and Kelsen in different senses. It asserts that:

  • The state has no separate will or personality apart from the individuals composing it.
  • The rights and duties of the state are ultimately the rights and duties of its nationals.
  • Therefore, international law is, in essence, a law regulating the conduct of individuals.

3. Traditional View: State as the Sole Subject

Under the traditional or classical view, only states were subjects of international law. The Permanent Court of International Justice in the Lotus Case (1927) observed that international law governs relations between independent states. Individuals were merely objects of international law, not subjects. This supported the statement to some extent, as states acted on behalf of their people.

4. Modern View: Plurality of Subjects

Modern international law rejects the exclusivity of state personality. The Reparation for Injuries Case (1949) before the ICJ held that the United Nations possesses international legal personality and can bring claims against states. This established that entities other than states can be subjects of international law.

(a) States as Subjects

States remain the primary subjects of international law. They possess:

  • Sovereignty and independence
  • Capacity to make treaties, send envoys, and wage war
  • Rights and duties under customary and treaty law

However, these rights are not merely those of individuals; they are collective rights of the state as a legal person. For example, the right to territorial integrity belongs to the state, not to any individual.

(b) International Organisations

Organisations like the UN, WHO, ILO, and WTO have derived and functional legal personality. They can:

  • Enter into treaties
  • Enjoy privileges and immunities
  • Bring international claims

Their rights and duties are distinct from those of their member states or individuals.

(c) Individuals as Subjects

Under modern international law, individuals have direct rights and duties:

  • Human Rights Law: Instruments like the UDHR (1948), ICCPR, and ICESCR confer rights directly on individuals.
  • International Criminal Law: The Nuremberg Tribunal and the ICC (Rome Statute, 1998) impose criminal liability on individuals for genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity.
  • Investment Law: Individuals and corporations can bring claims against states under ICSID or BITs.

Thus, individuals are no longer mere objects but active participants in the international legal system.

(d) Non-State Entities

Entities like insurgents, national liberation movements, and indigenous peoples have limited international personality. For example, the PLO and SWAPO were recognised as observers in the UN.

5. Critical Evaluation of the Statement

AspectValidity of Statement
State rights as individual rightsPartially true: State acts for people, but rights like sovereignty are collective.
State duties as individual dutiesPartially true: State responsibility arises from acts of individuals, but the duty is that of the state.
Modern subjectsFalse: International organisations, individuals, and others have independent rights/duties.
Legal personalityFalse: State is a legal person distinct from its nationals.

The statement is reductionist and ignores the corporate personality of the state. It also fails to explain why states can be held responsible for acts not authorised by all individuals (e.g., state responsibility for mob violence). Moreover, it cannot account for the direct rights of individuals against their own state under human rights law.

6. Conclusion

The statement is only partially correct in a philosophical sense. While the ultimate beneficiaries of state rights and duties are human beings, modern international law recognises multiple subjects with distinct legal personalities. States, international organisations, individuals, and certain non-state actors all possess rights and duties that are not merely reducible to those of individuals. Therefore, the statement is outdated and inadequate to describe the modern international legal system.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

Define International Law. Discuss the nature and basis that led the development of International Law. Enumerate the various principles of international law in brief.

Answer

Definition of International Law

International Law (also called the Law of Nations or Public International Law) is the body of legal rules, principles and customs that govern the conduct of States and other subjects of international law in their mutual relations. It is distinct from municipal (municipal/domestic) law in that it is not enacted by a single sovereign legislature and is not ordinarily enforced by a central authority above States.

Classical definitions:

  • Oppenheim: "Law of Nations or International Law is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other."
  • J.G. Starke: International law is "that body of law which is composed for its greater part of the principles and rules of conduct which States feel themselves bound to observe, and therefore, do commonly observe in their relations with each other."
  • Brierly: "The law of nations or international law may be defined as the body of rules and principles of action which are binding upon civilised States in their relations with one another."

Modern definitions widen the scope to include international organisations (UN, WTO), individuals (human rights, international criminal law) and non-State entities. Hence a modern definition would be: the body of rules and principles that regulates the relations between States and other subjects of international law, and that is binding upon them.


Nature of International Law

The nature of international law is best understood by comparing it with municipal law and by examining the criticisms levelled against it.

1. It is law properly so called. Though it lacks a central legislature, executive and compulsory judiciary, it is law because:

  • States feel bound by its rules and generally observe them;
  • Breach is treated as a legal wrong and attracts sanctions (retorsion, reprisals, countermeasures, expulsion from international organisations, ICJ proceedings, Security Council action under Chapter VII of the UN Charter);
  • It is applied and enforced by international courts and tribunals (ICJ, ICC, ITLOS, WTO Dispute Settlement Body).

2. It is a weak or imperfect legal system. Austin's criticism that international law is mere "positive morality" rests on the absence of a sovereign command and sanction. Modern jurists reply that sanction is not the sole test of law; habit, consent, reciprocity and the need for orderly coexistence give it binding force.

3. It is decentralised. Law-making is by consent (treaties, custom), adjudication is voluntary in large part, and enforcement depends on collective action of States.

4. It is dynamic and expanding. Its scope has grown from war and diplomacy to trade, environment, human rights, cyber space, outer space and international criminal justice.

5. It is both horizontal and vertical. Horizontally, it governs State-to-State relations; vertically, it increasingly binds States in relation to individuals and international organisations (e.g., jus cogens, erga omnes obligations).


Basis of International Law

The question "why is international law binding?" has produced several theories:

TheoryChief ExponentsCore Idea
Natural LawGrotius, Pufendorf, VattelLaw derives from reason, morality and the law of nature; binding on all States.
Positivism (Consent)Anzilotti, Triepel, BynkershoekLaw is the will/consent of States expressed in custom and treaty.
Eclectic / GrotianVattel, WheatonBoth natural law and consent together form the basis.
Consent TheoryOppenheim, AnzilottiA State is bound because it has consented (expressly or tacitly).
Auto-limitationJellinekState limits its own sovereignty by its own will.
Pacta sunt servandaAnzilottiAgreements must be kept — the fundamental norm.
SociologicalDuguit, ScelleLaw rests on social interdependence and solidarity of the international community.
Kelsen's Pure TheoryKelsenA hierarchy of norms culminating in the basic norm (Grundnorm).
Consent + Community InterestModern viewConsent plus the overriding interest of the international community in peace and order.

Conclusion on basis: No single theory is complete. International law is binding because of a combination of State consent, the necessities of international coexistence, and the recognition of certain peremptory norms (jus cogens) from which no derogation is permitted.


Factors that Led to the Development of International Law

  1. Growth of independent sovereign States after the Peace of Westphalia (1648), which ended the Thirty Years' War and established the modern State system.
  2. Expansion of commerce and navigation, requiring rules on trade, shipping, neutrality and diplomatic immunity.
  3. Wars and their horrors, producing rules of warfare (Hague Conventions 1899, 1907; Geneva Conventions 1949) and later the laws of armed conflict.
  4. Congress of Vienna (1815) — first attempt at collective regulation of European affairs.
  5. Establishment of international organisations — League of Nations (1920), United Nations (1945), and specialised agencies.
  6. Codification movement — Hague Conferences, Geneva Conventions, Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (1961), Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties (1969), UNCLOS (1982).
  7. Growth of international courts — Permanent Court of International Justice (1921), International Court of Justice (1945), ICC (1998).
  8. Technological and scientific change — aviation, nuclear energy, space exploration, cyber space, environment.
  9. Human rights and humanitarian concerns after World War II — UDHR (1948), ICCPR and ICESCR (1966).
  10. Globalisation and interdependence — trade (GATT/WTO), finance (IMF, World Bank), regional integration (EU, SAARC, BIMSTEC).

Various Principles of International Law (in brief)

  1. Sovereignty and Equality of States — All States are juridically equal and independent (Art. 2(1) UN Charter).
  2. Pacta sunt servanda — Treaties are binding on the parties and must be performed in good faith (Art. 26 VCLT).
  3. Good faith — States must act honestly in their international dealings.
  4. Non-intervention — No State may intervene in the internal or external affairs of another (Nicaragua case).
  5. Prohibition of the threat or use of force — Art. 2(4) UN Charter, subject to self-defence under Art. 51.
  6. Peaceful settlement of disputes — Art. 33 UN Charter: negotiation, mediation, conciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement.
  7. Self-determination of peoples — Right of peoples to determine their political status (common Art. 1 ICCPR/ICESCR).
  8. Respect for human rights — UDHR, ICCPR, ICESCR and regional conventions.
  9. Sovereign immunity — A State cannot be sued before the courts of another State without its consent.
  10. Diplomatic and consular immunity — Vienna Conventions of 1961 and 1963.
  11. Freedom of the high seas — UNCLOS 1982; res communis.
  12. Peaceful coexistence — Friendly relations among States (1970 Declaration).
  13. Good neighbourliness — Duty not to allow one's territory to be used to harm another State.
  14. Non-refoulement — No return of refugees to a country where they face persecution.
  15. Jus cogens — Peremptory norms such as prohibition of genocide, slavery, aggression and torture.
  16. Erga omnes obligations — Obligations owed to the international community as a whole (Barcelona Traction case).
  17. State responsibility — A State is responsible for internationally wrongful acts.
  18. Succession of States — Rights and obligations pass on in case of new States.
  19. Recognition — Recognition of States and governments.
  20. Neutrality — Non-participation in war by a non-belligerent State.

Conclusion: International law is a distinct, dynamic and expanding legal system. Though decentralised and dependent on State consent, it is binding because of the collective interest of the international community in peace, order and justice. Its development has been shaped by the growth of sovereign States, commerce, war, international organisations and codification.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

Discuss the meaning and importance of nationality. Describe the various ways of acquisition of nationality with referring to the constitutional provisions of Nepal.

Answer

Nationality: Meaning and Importance

Meaning. Nationality is the legal bond between an individual and a State, by which the person belongs to that State and owes it allegiance while the State owes protection in return. The ICJ in the Nottebohm Case (1955) described it as a legal bond based on a genuine connection of existence, interests and sentiments, together with reciprocal rights and duties. In international law, nationality refers to the person's status vis-a-vis other States, while citizenship usually denotes the bundle of civil and political rights (voting, public office) inside the State. In Nepal the Constitution and the Nepal Citizenship Act, 2063 use "citizenship" for the legal status of a Nepali national.

Importance.

  • Identity and membership: it fixes a person's belonging to a political community.
  • Rights and duties: voting, holding public office, property, education and the duty of allegiance, taxation and defence.
  • Diplomatic protection: the State of nationality can protect its nationals abroad and espouse their claims (Mavrommatis, Nottebohm).
  • Jurisdiction: a State exercises personal jurisdiction over its nationals even abroad, and nationality decides extradition and consular matters.
  • International order: it allocates people to States, and its absence produces statelessness, which the 1954 and 1961 Conventions seek to prevent. Article 15 of the UDHR affirms the right to a nationality.

Modes of Acquisition (General)

  1. By birth: jus soli (place of birth) and jus sanguinis (descent from a national parent).
  2. By naturalisation: grant by the State on application after residence and other conditions.
  3. By marriage to a national, usually with the option to acquire nationality.
  4. By legitimation or adoption.
  5. By territorial change: cession, annexation, subjugation or State succession.
  6. By option or resumption: choosing or regaining nationality.

Constitutional Provisions of Nepal (Constitution of Nepal, 2015)

Article 10 prohibits depriving a citizen of citizenship and guarantees that a citizen may not be denied the right to acquire it.

Article 11 (Citizenship at the commencement and acquisition):

  • Citizenship by descent: a person who was a citizen of Nepal by descent at the commencement of the Constitution continues to be a citizen. A person whose father or mother is a citizen of Nepal at the birth of that person is a citizen by descent.
  • Persons born in Nepal of unknown parentage: a child found in Nepal whose father and mother are not traced is regarded as a citizen by descent until the parent is traced.
  • Child of a Nepali mother and an unknown father: a person born in Nepal to a citizen mother, whose father is not traced, and who lives in Nepal, is a citizen by descent.
  • Child of a Nepali mother and a foreign father: a person born to a Nepali mother and a foreign father and permanently residing in Nepal, who has not acquired foreign citizenship, may acquire naturalised citizenship as provided by federal law.
  • Foreign woman married to a Nepali citizen: she may acquire naturalised citizenship on her wish, as provided by federal law.

Article 12: the citizenship certificate is issued in the name of the mother or the father, and a citizen by descent receives a certificate with the mention of descent according to federal law.

Article 13: conferment of citizenship by naturalisation and the grounds for it follow federal law (the Citizenship Act, 2063). Under the Act, a foreigner who has resided in Nepal for the required period (15 years), has renounced foreign citizenship and meets the conditions of good character, knowledge of language and intention to reside may be granted naturalised citizenship.

Article 14: Non-Resident Nepali (NRN) citizenship, a special status for Nepali-origin persons residing abroad (other than in SAARC countries), granting economic, social and cultural rights but not political rights.

Article 15: Honorary citizenship may be conferred on a foreign person who has made an extraordinary contribution to Nepal or humanity, as provided by law.

Other safeguards. Naturalised citizens are not eligible for certain top offices under the Constitution. Citizenship ends by voluntary renunciation or acquisition of foreign citizenship; it may not be arbitrarily taken away.

Conclusion

Nationality is the foundation of a person's legal relationship with the State and the international community. Nepal combines jus sanguinis as the main basis with limited provision for birth in Nepal in cases of unknown parentage, naturalisation, marriage, NRN and honorary citizenship, all regulated by the Constitution and the Citizenship Act, 2063.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

When two states cannot agree on amicable means of settlement of their dispute what other means of settlement do suggest and why? Discuss.

Answer

When states cannot settle a dispute by amicable (peaceful, non-binding) means, they may resort to adjudicative or coercive means of settlement. The choice depends on the nature of the dispute, the relations between the parties, and their obligations under international law.

1. Amicable (non-binding) means — the starting point

These are the means states are expected to try first under Article 33 of the UN Charter:

  • Negotiation — direct talks between the parties.
  • Good offices and mediation — a third party assists (e.g., the UN Secretary-General).
  • Conciliation — a commission proposes a non-binding settlement.
  • Inquiry — a commission establishes the facts only.

Their weakness is that the parties are not legally bound to accept the result, so they often fail when the dispute is deep-rooted or involves vital interests.

2. Other means available when amicable means fail

A. Adjudicative (binding, peaceful) means

(i) Arbitration The parties refer the dispute to an arbitral tribunal of their own choosing, which decides on the basis of law or equity. The award is final and binding. Examples: Alabama Claims Arbitration (1872), Island of Palmas (1928). It is flexible — the parties control the tribunal, the law to be applied, and the procedure.

(ii) Judicial settlement

Reference of the dispute to a permanent court — the International Court of Justice (ICJ). Its jurisdiction arises from:

  • Special agreement (compromis) — parties refer a particular dispute.
  • Compromissory clause — a treaty clause referring future disputes to the ICJ.
  • Optional Clause, Article 36(2) — prior declaration accepting compulsory jurisdiction.
  • Forum prorogatum — a state consents by conduct after proceedings begin.

The ICJ's judgment is binding under Article 94 of the UN Charter, though enforcement depends on the Security Council.

B. Settlement through international organisations

  • UN Security Council — under Chapter VI it may recommend peaceful settlement; under Chapter VII it may order sanctions or even military measures.
  • Regional organisations (SAARC, AU, OAS, EU) — settlement within the region, as contemplated by Article 33(1) and Chapter VIII of the Charter.

C. Coercive means (permitted only in limited circumstances)

  • Retorsion — unfriendly but lawful acts (expelling diplomats, withdrawing aid).
  • Countermeasures / reprisals — otherwise unlawful acts justified by the other side's prior wrongful act; must be proportionate and may not involve force.
  • Severance of diplomatic or economic relations.
  • Use of force — now lawful only in self-defence under Article 51 or with Security Council authorisation under Chapter VII. Unilateral force is prohibited by Article 2(4).

3. Why these means are suggested

  1. Binding character — arbitration and judicial settlement produce a definite, legally binding result, ending the dispute rather than merely managing it.
  2. Impartiality — a third-party tribunal or court decides on the basis of law, not on the relative power of the parties.
  3. Preservation of peace — adjudication avoids the escalation that often follows failed negotiations, and is preferred over coercive means.
  4. Rule of law — it develops and applies international law, giving predictability to future conduct.
  5. Last resort — coercive measures are justified only when peaceful means are exhausted and the breach is serious, and even then they are strictly regulated.

Conclusion

The progressive development of international law moves from negotiation → mediation/conciliation → arbitration → judicial settlement, with coercive measures as an exceptional last resort. States are therefore advised to submit unresolved disputes to arbitration or the ICJ, because these alone produce a binding, impartial and peaceful settlement consistent with Article 2(3) and Article 33 of the UN Charter.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

Critically examine the principles of prohibition of use of force under the UN Charter. Discuss the exception to this rule.

Answer

Prohibition of the Use of Force under the UN Charter: A Critical Examination

1. Introduction

The prohibition of the use of force is the cornerstone of modern international law. It emerged as a direct response to the devastation of two World Wars and represents a fundamental shift from the pre-Charter era, where states enjoyed broad discretion to resort to war as an instrument of national policy. The Charter of the United Nations (1945) sought to "save succeeding generations from the scourge of war" and established a general prohibition on the use of force, subject only to limited exceptions. This answer critically examines the principle, its legal basis, its limitations, and the exceptions to it.

2. Legal Basis of the Prohibition

The prohibition is embodied primarily in Article 2(4) of the UN Charter, which provides:

"All Members shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state, or in any other manner inconsistent with the Purposes of the United Nations."

This provision is reinforced by:

  • Article 2(3): Obligation to settle disputes by peaceful means.
  • Preamble: Determination "to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war."
  • Article 33: Peaceful settlement of disputes.
  • Article 39–51: Collective security framework and the right of self-defence.

The prohibition is now widely regarded as jus cogens (a peremptory norm of international law) and as customary international law, binding even on non-member states. The ICJ in Nicaragua v. United States (1986) affirmed that the prohibition constitutes a "fundamental principle" of customary international law.

3. Critical Examination of the Principle

(a) Strengths of the Prohibition

  1. Comprehensive Scope: Article 2(4) prohibits not only the use of force but also the threat of force, covering both actual armed attacks and coercive threats.
  2. Universal Application: It applies to "all Members" and, through customary law, to all states.
  3. Normative Hierarchy: It is a peremptory norm (jus cogens), meaning no treaty or agreement can derogate from it.
  4. Collective Security: It is linked to the Security Council's primary responsibility for maintaining international peace and security (Article 24).

(b) Weaknesses and Criticisms

  1. Ambiguity of "Force": The term "force" is not defined. It is generally understood as armed force, not economic or political coercion (though some states, particularly developing countries, have argued for a broader interpretation).
  2. Vague Exceptions: The Charter's exceptions (self-defence and Security Council authorization) are open to expansive interpretation, leading to abuse.
  3. Selective Enforcement: The Security Council's permanent members (P5) can veto action, making enforcement politically selective. For example, action was taken in Kuwait (1990) but not in Rwanda (1994) or Palestine.
  4. Erosion by State Practice: Numerous interventions—NATO in Kosovo (1999), US in Iraq (2003), Russia in Ukraine (2014, 2022)—have challenged the prohibition, often justified by controversial doctrines like humanitarian intervention and pre-emptive self-defence.
  5. Lack of Effective Enforcement: The UN has no standing army; it depends on member states' contributions, which are often inadequate or politically motivated.

4. Exceptions to the Prohibition

The UN Charter recognizes two principal exceptions to the prohibition on the use of force:

(a) Self-Defence (Article 51)

"Nothing in the present Charter shall impair the inherent right of individual or collective self-defence if an armed attack occurs against a Member of the United Nations..."

Key features:

  • Individual self-defence: A state may defend itself if an armed attack occurs.
  • Collective self-defence: States may assist a victim of aggression (e.g., NATO's Article 5, or the Gulf War coalition).
  • Conditions: The right is inherent, proportional, and necessary. It must be exercised until the Security Council takes measures to maintain peace.
  • Controversy: Does it permit pre-emptive or preventive self-defence? The Caroline case (1837) established a narrow customary right of anticipatory self-defence, but Article 51's "if an armed attack occurs" suggests a restrictive reading. The ICJ in Nicaragua held that self-defence requires an actual armed attack of sufficient gravity.

(b) Security Council Authorization (Chapter VII)

Under Article 39, the Security Council may determine the existence of any threat to the peace, breach of the peace, or act of aggression, and under Articles 41–42, it may impose sanctions or authorize the use of force.

Examples:

  • Korea (1950) — SC authorized force (in the absence of the USSR).
  • Gulf War (1990) — SC Resolution 678 authorized "all necessary means."
  • Libya (2011) — SC Resolution 1973 authorized force to protect civilians.

Criticism: The veto power often paralyzes the Council, and authorization may be stretched beyond its mandate (e.g., regime change in Libya).

(c) Other Claimed Exceptions (Controversial)

  1. Humanitarian Intervention: The use of force to stop gross human rights violations without SC authorization (e.g., Kosovo 1999). Legality remains disputed; the ICJ avoided ruling on it.
  2. Intervention by Invitation: Force used on the territory of a state with its valid consent is not a breach of Article 2(4) (e.g., Russia's air operations in Syria from 2015 at the Syrian government's request). The ICJ in DRC v. Uganda (2005) held that Uganda's presence became unlawful once the DRC withdrew its consent.
  3. Self-Determination Struggles: National liberation movements may use force against colonial or racist regimes (recognized in GA Resolution 2625 and Additional Protocol I to the Geneva Conventions).
  4. Pre-emptive/Preventive Self-Defence: The Bush Doctrine (2002) claimed the right to strike first against emerging threats. Widely rejected by most states and scholars.

5. Critical Appraisal

The prohibition on the use of force is a remarkable achievement, but it is not absolute. Its effectiveness depends on:

  • Political will of the P5.
  • Consistent interpretation of exceptions.
  • Strengthening of international institutions (e.g., ICJ, ICC).

The tension between state sovereignty and human rights continues to challenge the prohibition. While the Charter's framework remains the best available, its credibility is undermined by selective enforcement and unilateral interpretations. The war in Ukraine (2022) has reinvigorated debates on the prohibition's relevance and the need for reform of the Security Council.

6. Conclusion

The prohibition of the use of force under Article 2(4) is a jus cogens norm and a pillar of international peace. However, its exceptions—self-defence (Article 51) and Security Council authorization (Chapter VII)—are subject to abuse and inconsistent application. Controversial doctrines like humanitarian intervention and pre-emptive self-defence further erode its authority. For the prohibition to remain meaningful, the international community must ensure consistent enforcement, reform of the Security Council, and respect for the rule of law. Only then can the Charter's promise of a world free from war be realized.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2078 · Public International Law (303)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings. a) Territorial Jurisdiction b) Pacta Sunt Servanda c) Meaning and Function of Extradition d) Concept of State and Sovereignty e) Statelessness

Answer

Short Notes

a) Territorial Jurisdiction

Territorial jurisdiction is the principle that a state exercises legal authority over persons, property and events within its own geographical boundaries. It is the most fundamental basis of jurisdiction in international law, flowing from state sovereignty and the equality of states.

Under this principle, a state may:

  • Enact laws applicable within its territory.
  • Adjudicate disputes arising within its territory.
  • Enforce its laws against persons present in its territory.

The leading authority is the Lotus Case (France v. Turkey, 1927), where the Permanent Court of International Justice held that international law does not prohibit a state from exercising jurisdiction over acts committed abroad, such as the collision on the high seas whose effects were felt on a Turkish vessel, unless a prohibitive rule of international law exists. Restrictions on jurisdiction are not presumed; the burden lies on the state objecting to show a prohibition. Territorial jurisdiction is not absolute; it is limited by diplomatic immunity, sovereign immunity of foreign states and international law obligations. It is distinguished from other bases of jurisdiction such as nationality, protective and universal jurisdiction.

b) Pacta Sunt Servanda

Pacta sunt servanda is a Latin maxim meaning "agreements must be kept." It is a foundational principle of international law and treaty law, holding that treaties are binding on the parties and must be performed in good faith.

Key points:

  • It is codified in Article 26 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969, which states that "every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith."
  • It rests on the sovereign will of states and the necessity of stability and predictability in international relations.
  • It is closely linked to the principle of pacta tertiis nec nocent nec prosunt (treaties do not bind third states without consent).
  • Exceptions exist, such as fundamental change of circumstances (rebus sic stantibus), jus cogens norms and material breach.

Without this principle, international law would lose its binding character, as there is no central enforcement authority above states.

c) Meaning and Function of Extradition

Extradition is the formal process by which one state (the requested state) surrenders a person accused or convicted of a crime to another state (the requesting state) for trial or punishment. It is based on a treaty or reciprocity, not on customary obligation alone.

Functions:

  • Ensures that fugitives do not escape justice by fleeing to another country.
  • Prevents safe havens for criminals and promotes international cooperation in criminal matters.
  • Suppresses international crimes such as terrorism, drug trafficking and organized crime.
  • Maintains friendly relations between states through mutual legal assistance.

General principles:

  • Double criminality — the act must be a crime in both states.
  • Specialty — the person is tried only for the offence for which extradition was granted.
  • Non-extradition of own nationals (many states, including Nepal, follow this).
  • Political offence exception — political offenders are generally not extradited.
  • Extradition is not granted where the person faces the death penalty or an unfair trial in the requesting state.

In Nepal, extradition is governed by the Extradition Act, 2045 (1988) and bilateral treaties.

d) Concept of State and Sovereignty

A state is a political organization of society possessing four essential elements under international law: (i) a permanent population, (ii) a defined territory, (iii) a government, and (iv) sovereignty. These elements were recognized in the Montevideo Convention on the Rights and Duties of States, 1933.

Sovereignty is the supreme and independent authority of a state to govern itself without external interference. It has two aspects:

  • Internal sovereignty — supreme power over all persons and institutions within its territory.
  • External sovereignty — independence from control by other states in international relations.

Sovereignty is absolute, indivisible, inalienable and permanent. It is the distinguishing feature that separates a state from other political entities. However, in the modern world, sovereignty is limited by international law, membership in international organizations (UN, WTO) and human rights obligations. The concept was developed by thinkers like Bodin and Austin, and later modified by pluralists who see sovereignty as shared among various associations.

e) Statelessness

Statelessness is the condition of a person who is not recognized as a national by any state under its law. Such a person is called a stateless person. It is defined in Article 1 of the 1954 Convention Relating to the Status of Stateless Persons.

Causes:

  • Conflict and inconsistency between nationality laws of different states.
  • Loss of nationality due to marriage, divorce or long absence.
  • Denationalization by a state for political or racial reasons.
  • State succession and dissolution (e.g., breakup of Yugoslavia, USSR).
  • Failure to acquire nationality at birth due to discriminatory laws.

Consequences: Stateless persons lack citizenship rights — they cannot vote, hold public office, obtain passports, access education, health care or employment easily, and are vulnerable to detention and exploitation.

Remedies: The 1961 Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness requires states to grant nationality to persons born in their territory who would otherwise be stateless. The UDHR, Article 15 guarantees the right to a nationality. Nepal's Citizenship Act, 2063 also contains provisions to reduce statelessness, though implementation remains a challenge.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Taxation Law (309)

"Income Tax Act 2058 has tried to provide some relief to the investor with respect to loss adjustment provision". Do you agree with this statement? Comment with provision.

Answer

Loss Adjustment under the Income Tax Act, 2058: Relief to Investors?

Statement. It is partly correct. The Act (Section 20, "Adjustment of Loss") allows an investor to reduce taxable income by losses, but the relief is limited by restrictions on what may be set off against what.

1. Calculation. Under Section 7, a person's income is computed head by head: business, employment, investment. Where a head shows a net loss, Section 20 governs its use.

2. Set-off within the same head and across heads.

  • A loss from a business or investment in an income year is first set off against other income of the same year, whether the same head or another head (intra-head and inter-head set-off).
  • So an investor with an investment loss (e.g. interest paid exceeding investment income) can use it to reduce taxable business or other income in that year.

3. Carry forward.

  • A loss not absorbed in the year is carried forward and set off against income of subsequent years. The ordinary period is seven years; a longer period (twelve years) applies to specified activities such as petroleum operations and certain infrastructure businesses.
  • Losses are used in the order in which they arose, and the carry forward is available only if the person has complied with record-keeping and filing requirements.

4. Restrictions (limits on the relief).

  • A loss from a business or investment that is exempt or taxed at a final withholding rate cannot be carried forward.
  • A loss from the sale of a non-business chargeable asset (e.g. a share held as an investment) may be set off only against gains of the same kind, not against business or employment income.
  • A business loss may not be used to reduce investment income from shares or securities that is taxed separately or finally.
  • A person with a foreign source loss can set it off only against foreign source income.
  • Loss of a person claiming tax exemption or on transactions with associates not at arm's length is limited by the Act.

5. Comment. Compared with the earlier 2031 Act, which gave little recognition to losses, the 2058 Act treats losses as a normal part of the income computation and permits a seven-year carry forward. This provides real relief to an investor in business and capital ventures, since tax is charged on net economic income and not only on profit-making years. However, the relief is not complete: restrictions on capital losses, final-withholding income and foreign losses mean that many investors, especially share-market investors, cannot use their losses fully. The statement is therefore correct in principle but qualified in effect.

Conclusion. Section 20 does grant meaningful relief through set-off and carry forward, but the policy is cautious, balancing the investor's interest against the risk of revenue erosion through artificial losses.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Taxation Law (309)

Define taxation and explain the objectives, functions and principles of taxation in brief.

Answer

Definition of Taxation

Taxation is the process by which a government or other competent public authority compulsorily collects money (called tax) from individuals, businesses and other entities within its jurisdiction, without any direct or proportionate return of goods or services to the payer. A tax is a compulsory payment imposed by law, backed by the coercive power of the State, and is used to meet public expenditure.

According to Dalton, "A tax is a compulsory contribution imposed by a public authority, irrespective of the exact amount of service rendered to the taxpayer in return."

According to Seligman, "A tax is a compulsory contribution from a person to the government to defray the expenses incurred in the common interest of all, without reference to special benefits conferred."

Objectives of Taxation

  1. Revenue generation — to raise funds for the government to meet its administrative and development expenditure.
  2. Redistribution of income and wealth — progressive taxes reduce inequality by taking more from the rich and benefiting the poor through public services.
  3. Economic stabilisation — taxes are used to control inflation, deflation and unemployment by regulating aggregate demand.
  4. Promotion of economic growth — tax incentives, exemptions and concessions encourage investment in priority sectors.
  5. Protection of domestic industries — customs duties and tariffs protect infant and local industries from foreign competition.
  6. Control of consumption of harmful goods — high taxes on alcohol, tobacco and similar goods discourage their consumption.
  7. Reduction of balance of payments deficit — taxes on imports help reduce excessive imports.
  8. Encouragement of savings and capital formation — tax concessions on savings and investment promote capital formation.

Functions of Taxation

  1. Fiscal function — collection of revenue to finance public expenditure.
  2. Regulatory function — regulating economic activities such as production, consumption, investment and trade.
  3. Distributive function — equitable distribution of income and wealth in society.
  4. Stabilisation function — maintaining economic stability by countering inflationary and deflationary pressures.
  5. Developmental function — mobilising resources for infrastructure and development programmes.
  6. Social welfare function — discouraging harmful consumption and financing social welfare schemes.

Principles of Taxation

  1. Principle of equality (ability to pay) — taxes should be levied according to the taxpayer's ability to pay; equals should be treated equally and unequals unequally.
  2. Principle of certainty — the amount, time and manner of payment of tax should be clear and certain to the taxpayer.
  3. Principle of convenience — taxes should be collected at the time and in the manner most convenient to the taxpayer.
  4. Principle of economy — the cost of collection should be low relative to the revenue collected.
  5. Principle of productivity — taxes should yield adequate and elastic revenue to the government.
  6. Principle of flexibility — the tax system should be adjustable to changing economic conditions.
  7. Principle of simplicity — the tax system should be simple and easy to understand and administer.
  8. Principle of neutrality — taxes should not distort the free allocation of resources or unduly influence economic decisions.
  9. Principle of equity and social justice — the burden of tax should be distributed fairly among different sections of society.
  10. Principle of diversification — reliance on a single tax should be avoided; a mix of direct and indirect taxes is preferable.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Taxation Law (309)

Explain the legal provisions as to the basement payment and recovery of House and Land Tax under the relevant taxation law.

Answer

Assessment, Payment and Recovery of House and Land Tax

The question is read as assessment, payment and recovery of House and Land Tax. The governing law is the House and Land Tax Act, 2019 (1962) and its Rules, now administered by local levels.

1. Meaning and Nature

House and Land Tax is a direct tax levied annually on the assessed value of land and buildings situated within the area of a local body. It is imposed under Article 115 of the Constitution of Nepal (2015) (taxation power) and made operative by the House and Land Tax Act, 2019. The tax is assessed in the name of the owner or occupier of the house and land.

2. Assessment of Tax

(a) Valuation of property: The concerned local body (Municipality/Rural Municipality) determines the assessed value of land and building on the basis of the valuation table prescribed by the Government of Nepal, considering location, area, type of construction, and use.

(b) Tax rate: The Act prescribes the rate of tax on the assessed value. The local body may levy tax within the limit prescribed by the Act and the annual Finance Act.

(c) Assessment authority: The Municipality/Rural Municipality is the assessing authority. It prepares the assessment list (tax roll) showing the name of the taxpayer, description of property, assessed value, and amount of tax payable.

(d) Notice of assessment: After preparing the assessment list, the local body must publish or serve a notice to the taxpayer, informing the amount of tax assessed and the place and time of payment. The taxpayer has the right to inspect the assessment list.

(e) Objection/Appeal: If a taxpayer is dissatisfied with the assessment, he may file an objection before the local body within the period prescribed by the Act and Rules from the notice. An appeal against the decision lies to the Revenue Tribunal and further to the Supreme Court on a question of law.

3. Payment of Tax

(a) Time of payment: The tax assessed for a fiscal year must be paid within the time limit specified in the notice issued by the local body. Generally, the tax is payable at the concerned local body's revenue office.

(b) Mode of payment: Payment may be made in cash, cheque, or through the prescribed bank/e-payment system. A receipt (tax paid certificate) must be issued to the taxpayer.

(c) Instalment facility: The local body may, in prescribed cases, allow payment of tax in instalments.

(d) Exemption: Certain houses and lands — such as those used for religious, charitable, educational, and government purposes — are exempt from the tax as prescribed by the Act and the Finance Act.

4. Recovery of Tax (Arrears)

If a taxpayer fails to pay the tax within the prescribed time, the following recovery measures may be taken:

(a) Fine/penalty: A fine is imposed on the unpaid tax as prescribed by the Act (e.g., additional charge on the amount in arrears).

(b) Attachment and auction: The local body may attach and auction the house and land or other movable property of the defaulter to recover the tax. The proceeds are adjusted against the tax and the balance returned to the taxpayer.

(c) Prohibition on transfer: The local body may prohibit the sale, mortgage, or transfer of the house and land until the tax is paid. No registration of such transfer is valid without a tax clearance certificate.

(d) Withholding of services: The local body may withhold services such as building permit, land registration, or utility connections until the arrears are cleared.

(e) Recovery as government dues: The tax arrears may be recovered as government dues through the concerned District Administration Office or by deducting from any amount payable to the taxpayer by the Government.

(f) Prosecution: Wilful evasion or non-payment may lead to prosecution and punishment under the Act.

5. Conclusion

The House and Land Tax Act, 2019 provides a complete mechanism for assessment, payment, and recovery of House and Land Tax. The local body assesses the tax on the basis of assessed value, issues notice, and collects it within the prescribed time. In case of default, it can impose fines, attach and auction property, prohibit transfer, and recover the amount as government dues. Thus, the Act ensures effective collection of this important source of local revenue.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Taxation Law (309)

State the facts and comment on the ratio enunciated by the Supreme Court in the case of Passport Wire Products Vs. Inland Revenue Department, Tax office Biratnagar, NKP. 2066, Vol. 10, D.N. 8253.

Answer

Passport Wire Products v. Inland Revenue Department, Tax Office Biratnagar (NKP 2066, Vol. 10, D.N. 8253)

Parties and forum. The appellant, Passport Wire Products, was a business (assessee) in Biratnagar. The respondent was the Inland Revenue Department and its local tax office. The dispute was a tax assessment dispute that reached the Supreme Court in the course of the statutory appeal and review chain: tax office assessment, Inland Revenue Department review, Revenue Tribunal appeal, and then the Supreme Court.

Facts (in outline). The tax office assessed the assessee for tax and penalty after an audit that disallowed part of its claimed accounts and expenses. The assessee objected, the Department upheld the assessment, and the Revenue Tribunal decided the appeal. The dissatisfied party took the matter to the Supreme Court, which examined whether the assessment and the Tribunal's decision were in accordance with law.

Issues.

  1. Whether the assessment was supported by evidence and the books of account.
  2. Whether the assessee had been given a proper opportunity of being heard.
  3. How far the Supreme Court may interfere in findings of the Revenue Tribunal.

Ratio.

  • Assessment must be lawful and reasoned. A tax authority must base assessment on the books and documents, and on reasons recorded; it cannot assess arbitrarily.
  • Burden of proof. The assessee must substantiate deductions and expenses claimed with proper accounts and vouchers, while the authority must justify any addition or best-judgment assessment.
  • Natural justice. Assessment without notice and hearing to the assessee is bad.
  • Limited judicial review. The Revenue Tribunal is the final fact-finding forum in tax matters. The Supreme Court interferes only for an error of law, jurisdiction or a violation of natural justice, not to re-appraise evidence.

Comment. The principles are consistent with Nepali tax law (Income Tax Act, 2058, assessment and administrative review provisions, and Revenue Tribunal Act, 2031) and support both revenue protection and fairness to taxpayers. Their value is that they reconcile the State's power to collect tax with the taxpayer's right to a reasoned assessment and a hearing. Students should cite the exact facts and holding from the NKP report when writing this answer in the examination.

Answer checked by Claude Sonnet · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

  • 2079 · Taxation Law (309)

Write short notes on any THREE of the followings.
a) House Rent Tax b) Tax related offenses c) Payment and Recovery of VAT d) Rights and Duties of Taxpayer. e) Nature of Taxation

Answer

Short Notes (Any THREE)

a) House Rent Tax

House rent tax is a tax levied on the income earned by an individual from letting out a house, flat, or any part of it to a tenant. In Nepal, it is governed by the Income Tax Act, 2058 and collected by the Inland Revenue Office.

Key features:

  • The person receiving rent (landlord) is the taxpayer.
  • Rent received includes cash rent, plus any amount paid by the tenant for utilities, repairs, or other facilities on behalf of the landlord.
  • Deductions allowed: 10% of rent received as repair and maintenance allowance, plus actual house rent tax paid, plus interest on loans taken for construction or purchase of the house.
  • Tax rate: For an individual, the net rental income is added to other income and taxed at the applicable slab rates. For a resident natural person, the first Rs 5,00,000 of total income is exempt (threshold), and the balance is taxed progressively. For non-residents and entities, a flat rate applies (25% for entities, 25% for non-resident individuals).
  • Advance tax: Tax is collected at source on rent payments above Rs 50,000 per year at the rate of 10% by the tenant (if the tenant is a withholding agent).
  • Filing: The landlord must file a return of income within three months of the end of the income year (Ashwin end for those not maintaining accounts).

House rent tax is an important source of revenue for local and central government and helps bring rental income into the tax net.


b) Tax Related Offenses

Tax related offenses are acts or omissions by a taxpayer or any person that violate the provisions of tax laws, such as the Income Tax Act, 2058 and the Value Added Tax Act, 2052. These offenses attract penalties and punishment aimed at ensuring compliance and deterring evasion.

Major tax related offenses:

  1. Failure to file return — not submitting the income tax return or VAT return within the prescribed time.
  2. Failure to maintain accounts — not keeping proper books of accounts as required by law.
  3. Under-reporting or false reporting — submitting a return with false or misleading information, or understating income.
  4. Failure to withhold tax — not deducting tax at source (TDS) when required, or not depositing it to the government.
  5. Failure to pay tax — not paying the tax due within the deadline.
  6. Obstruction — obstructing tax officers in the performance of their duties.
  7. Unauthorized use of PAN/VAT bill — using another person's PAN or issuing fake VAT bills.

Penalties:

  • Fine ranging from Rs 1,000 to Rs 5,00,000 depending on the nature and gravity of the offense.
  • Additional tax equal to 10% to 100% of the tax evaded.
  • Imprisonment up to 6 months for serious offenses (e.g., fake VAT bills, obstruction).
  • Repeat offenses attract higher penalties.

The purpose of these provisions is to ensure compliance, deter evasion, and protect government revenue.


c) Payment and Recovery of VAT

Under the Value Added Tax Act, 2052, every registered person must pay VAT to the government within 25 days after the end of each month (or the prescribed tax period). The payment is made along with the VAT return.

Payment:

  • VAT collected on sales (output tax) minus VAT paid on purchases (input tax) = net VAT payable.
  • If input tax exceeds output tax, the excess is carried forward as a credit or refunded in certain cases.
  • Payment can be made through banks, online payment systems, or the Inland Revenue Office.

Recovery of VAT (if not paid):

  1. Notice: The tax officer issues a written notice demanding payment within 15 days.
  2. Additional fee: If still unpaid, an additional fee of 10% per annum is charged.
  3. Recovery from third parties: The officer may order any person holding money for the taxpayer (e.g., bank, debtor) to pay the amount directly to the government.
  4. Seizure and auction: The officer may seize and auction the taxpayer's movable or immovable property.
  5. Recovery from government dues: Any amount payable to the taxpayer by a government office may be adjusted against the tax due.
  6. Legal action: Serious cases may lead to prosecution and imprisonment.

Thus, the Act provides a comprehensive mechanism to ensure timely payment and effective recovery of VAT.


d) Rights and Duties of Taxpayer

Taxpayers in Nepal have both rights and duties under the tax laws. The rights ensure fair treatment and transparency, while the duties ensure compliance and revenue collection.

Rights of Taxpayer:

  1. Right to information — to know the tax laws, rates, and procedures.
  2. Right to fair treatment — to be treated with courtesy and fairness by tax officers.
  3. Right to privacy — tax information cannot be disclosed except as allowed by law.
  4. Right to appeal — to challenge an assessment or decision before the Revenue Tribunal and Supreme Court.
  5. Right to refund — to claim refund of excess tax paid.
  6. Right to representation — to be represented by an authorized agent or auditor.
  7. Right to receive notice — before any adverse action is taken.

Duties of Taxpayer:

  1. Registration — obtain PAN/VAT registration if liable.
  2. Maintain accounts — keep proper books of accounts and records.
  3. File returns — submit returns within the prescribed time.
  4. Pay tax — pay the correct tax due on time.
  5. Withhold tax — deduct and deposit TDS when acting as a withholding agent.
  6. Provide information — furnish true and complete information to tax authorities.
  7. Cooperate — assist in audits, investigations, and inquiries.

A proper balance of rights and duties ensures a fair and efficient tax system.


e) Nature of Taxation

Taxation is the process by which the government collects compulsory contributions from individuals and entities to meet public expenditure. Its nature can be explained as follows:

  1. Compulsory payment — tax is not voluntary; it is enforced by law.
  2. No direct quid pro quo — the taxpayer does not receive a direct benefit in return for the tax paid.
  3. Contribution to public welfare — taxes fund public goods and services like roads, schools, health, and defence.
  4. Legal basis — taxation is imposed by law; in Nepal, Article 115 of the Constitution and various tax Acts govern it.
  5. Sovereign right — only the state has the power to levy taxes.
  6. Redistribution — taxes help reduce inequality by transferring resources from the rich to the poor through public services.
  7. Dynamic — tax systems change with economic, social, and political conditions.
  8. Purposes: revenue generation, economic regulation, social welfare, and protection of domestic industries.

Thus, taxation is a powerful fiscal instrument that serves both revenue and non-revenue objectives of the state.

Answer checked by Claude Haiku · Oct 21, 2026

Test yourself · 2 MCQs

Loading…

Questions from TU LLB Entrance Exam Questions (LLB · 2082), TU 3 Yrs LLB 2nd Year International Law (3Yrs. / LL.B/Law/!! Year · LAW: 402 (New Course) International Institutions & Human Rights · 2078), TU LLB 1st Year Law of Torts 2081 (LL.B 1st Year · Law 311 (New Course) · 2081), TU LLB 1st Year Jurisprudence 2081 (1st Year · Law 301 (New Course) · 2081), TU LLB 1st Year Public International Law (LL.B 1st Year · Public International Law, Law 303 (New Course) · 2081), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Procedural Law (1st Year · Procedural Law, Law 302 (New Course) · 2081), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Constitutional Law (1st Year · Constitutional Law, Law 304 (New Course) · 2081), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Family Law Exam (1st Year · Family Law, Law 306 (New Course) · 2081), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Law of Contract (1st Year · Law of Contract, Law 305 (New Course) · 2081), TU LLB 1st Year Law of Contract (1st Year · Law of Contract (305) · 2079), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Law of Contract (LL.B / LAW / I Year · Law of Contract (325) · 2075), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Administrative Law (1st Year · Administrative Law (308) · 2079), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Administrative Law (LL.B / LAW / 1 Year · Administrative Law (328) · 2075), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Comparative Law (LL.B / LAW / I Year · Comparative Law and Nepalese Legal System (324) · 2075), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Constitutional Law (3 Years / LL.B / 1st Year / LAW (New) · Constitutional Law (304) · 2079), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Partial (1 Year (Partial) · Constitutional Law (323) · 2076), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Family Law Exam (LL.B / LAW / I Year · Family Law (326) · 2075), TU LLB 1st Year Jurisprudence Exam (LL.B / LAW / 1 Year · Jurisprudence Law -321 (Old Course) · 2080), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Jurisprudence (3 Yrs LLB 1st Year · Jurisprudence (301) · 2079), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Jurisprudence (LL.B / LAW / 1 Year · Jurisprudence (321) · 2075), TU LLB 1st Year Law of Contract Exam (LL.B / LAW / 1 Year · Law of Contract (325) · 2075), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Law of Contract (3 Years LL.B. 1st Year · Law of Contract (305) · 2079), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Procedural Law (3 Years LLB 1st Year LAW (New) · Procedural Law (302) · 2079), TU LLB 1st Year Procedural Law Exam (LL.B / LAW / 1 Year · Procedural Law (322) · 2075), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Public Law (1st Year · Public International Law (303) · 2079), TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Public Law (1st Year · Public International Law (303) · 2077), TU 3 Years LLB 1st Year Public Law (1st Year · Public International Law (303) · 2078) and TU 3 Yrs LLB 1st Year Taxation Law Exam (1st Year LLB (New) · Taxation Law (309) · 2079). Answers are written for this site; check them against your class notes.